@~1~AARAU

ARS LIBRI

THE LIBRARY OF GERNOT PRUNNER :

PART FOUR : THE INDIAN SUB CONTINENT & SOUTHEAST ASIA

1 A RE” TO` PUM (6) CON` TVAI SUI’ MA HUT` MRAN` MA MAN`” MYA” A RE” TO` PUM.

610pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Ran` Kun` (Nan`” Mran`’ Ca Pe), 1970.

2 AACHEN. KRÖNUNGSSAAL IM RATHAUS. Vergessene Städte am Indus.

Frühe Kulturen in Pakistan vom 8.-2.

Jahrtausend v.Chr. June-Sept. 1987. iv, 312pp. 526 illus. (132 color). Sq. 4to. Leatherette.

Mainz (Verlag Philipp von Zabern), 1987.

3 ABADIE, MAURICE. Les races du Haut-Tonkin de Phong-

Tho à Lang-Son.

Préface de Paul Pelliot. vi, (2), 194pp., 44 plates, 1 map. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Société d’Éditions Géographiques, Maritimes et Coloniales), 1924.

4 ABBAS, K.A. 20th March 1977.

A day like any other day. x, (2), 134pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1978.

5 ABBOTT, J. Indian Ritual and Belief: The Keys of Power.

viii, 560pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1932.

New Delhi (Usha Publications), 1984.

6

ABEGG, WERNER. Die Indiensammlung der Universität Zürich.

(Aus den Mitteilungen der Geographisch-

Ethnogra phischen Gesellschaft Zürich, Band 35.) 172pp. 54 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Zürich (Beer & Cie.), 1935.

7 ABU AL-FAZL IBN MUBARAK. The Akbar Nama of Abu-l-Fazl: History of the Reign of Akbar Including an Account of

His Predecessors.

Translated from the Persian by H. Beveridge. 3 vols. (4), 667, (1), xxxii, 27pp.; ii, 577, (1), 23pp.; xxxi,

(3), 1274, (2), 68pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Calcutta 1902-1921 edition.

Lahore (Book Traders), n.d.

8 ACHARYA, PRASANNA KUMAR. An Encyclopaedia of Hindu Architecture.

Second edition. (Mansara Series. 7.) xxxi,

(1), 684, 18pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1946.

New Delhi (Oriental Books Reprint Corporation), 1979.

9 ACHJADI, JUDI. Indonesia: Arts and Crafts.

91pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Jakarta] (Department of Information, Republic of Indonesia), n.d.

10 ADAM, LEONHARD. Buddhastatuen.

Ursprung und Form der Buddhagestalt. xii, 121, (3)pp., 48 plates with 52 illus.

Frontis., 20 text figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Stuttgart (Verlag Strecker und Schröder), 1925.

11 ADHIKARI, M.S. Socio-Economic Survey of Rupa: A Sherdukpen Village in Arunachal Pradesh.

(Census of India

1971. Series 1: India. Monograph No. 1 [No. 9 of 1961 Series]./ Part VI C.) xviii, 171, (1)pp., 49 plates. 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo.

Wraps.

New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), [1975].

12 ADRIANI, N. Bare’e-Nederlandsch woordenboek, met Nederlandsch-Bare’e register.

(Koninklijk Bataviaasch

Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.) xv, (1), 1074pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1928.

13 ADRIANI, N. Bare’e-verhalen.

Voor de uitgave bewerkt door M. Adriaani-Gunning. (Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van NederlandschIndië.) 2 vols. I: Tekst. viii, 427pp. II: Verkorte, vrije vertaling. xi, (1), 247pp. 4to. Boards,

1/4 cloth & orig. wraps. Vol. I interleaved.

The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1932-1933.

14 ADRIANI, NICOLAUS. Sangireesche spraakkunst.

Academisch proefschrift...Rijks-Universiteit te Leiden. xiii, (1), 288pp.

4to. Cloth.

Leiden (A.H. Adriani), 1893.

15 ADRIANI, N. Spraakkunst der Bare’e-taal.

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en

Wetenschappen. 70.) xvi, 481pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1931.

16 ADRIANI, N. & KRUIJT, ALB. C. De Bare’e-sprekende Toradja’s van Midden-Celebes.

4 vols. I-II: Land-en volkenkunde. xi, (1), 426pp.; vii, (1), 468pp. III: Taal- en letterkundige schets der Bare’e taal en overzicht van het taalgebied: Celebes -

Zuit-Halmahera. vii, (1), 717pp., 1 lrg. folding map. IV: Platen en kaarten. 3 lrg. folding maps, 39 plates, loose in portfolio, as issued. Vols. I-III 4to.; vol. IV: Sm. folio. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Batavia (Landsdrukkerij), 1912-1914.

17 AGASE, KASINATHASASTRI (EDITOR). Vedavyasapranitamahabharatantargata

Srimadhusudanasarasvati virachitaya Gudharthadipikakhyaya

Srimadbhagavadgita vyakhyaya tatha

ARS LIBRI



2 sridharasvamiviracitasubodhinyakhyaya vyakhyaya sameta.

Second edition. (Anandasramasamskrtagranthavalih. 45.)

2, 519pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.

Punyakhyapattane (Hari Narayana Apte), 1912.

18 AGRAWAL, C.M. Golu Devata: The God of Justice of Kumaun Himalayas.

ix, (7), 147pp. 17 color illus. (partly tipped-in).

4to. Cloth.

Almora (Shree Almora Book Depot), 1992.

19 AGRAWAL, D.P. The Archaeology of India. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 46.) (12) , 294pp.

161 illus. 4to. Wraps.

London/Malmö (Curzon Press), 1982.

20 AGRAWAL, USHA. Museums in India: A Brief Directory.

Fourth edition. (6), 144pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (Museums Association of India), 1985.

21 AHMAD, HAFIZ MANZOORUDDIN. Geheimnisvolles Indien?

Indien von einem Inder gesehen. Zweite Auflage. 186,

(4)pp. 90 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Berlin (Deutsche Verlagsgesellschaft), 1937.

22 AHMAD, H. MANZOORUDDIN. Thailand, Land der Freien.

263, (1)pp., 14 plates. 4to. Boards.

Leipzig (Wilhelm Goldmann Verlag), 1943.

23 AKIN RABIBHADANA, M.R. The Organization of Thai Society in the Early Bangkok Period, 1782-1873.

(Data Paper :

Number 74, Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University.) xi, (1), 247, (17)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Ithaca, N.Y. (Cornell University), 1969.

24 AKIRA, HIRAKAWA. A History of Indian Buddhism: From Sakyamuni to Early Mahayana.

(Asian Studies at Hawaii.

36.) xvi, (2), 402, (4)pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

N.p. (University of Hawaii Press), 1990.

25 ALAGIYAVANNA MUKAVETI. Sewul sandesaya.

By the poet Alagiyawanna Mukaweti (Mohottala). Revised and paraphrased with commentary by W.N. Wijayawardhana and J.R. Weerasekara. iv, 139pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Colombo (W.A. Perera/ Sewyasri Press), 1929.

26

‘ALI MUHAMMAD KHAN. Mirat-i-Ahmadi: A History of Gujarat in Persian.

Edited by Syed Nawab Ali. (Gaekwad’s

Oriental Series. 33-34.) 2 vols. Part I: 8, 416pp., 2 plates. Part II: 1127 to 1174 A.H. With foreword by Jadunath Sarkar. viii,

(2), 17, (5), 624pp. With: Mirat-i-Ahmadi Supplement (Persian Text) . (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 40 [i.e. 50].) 3, (1), 254,

(2)pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Baroda (Oriental Institute/ Central Library), 1928; 1927; 1930.

27 ‘ALI MUHAMMAD KHAN. Mirat-i-Ahmadi: A History of Gujarat in Persian.

(English Translation). Translated from the

Persian original of Ali Muhammad Khan by M.F. Lokhandwala. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 146.) (4), 946, xxiii, (1)pp. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth. Edition limited to 500 copies.

Baroda (Oriental Institute), 1965.

28 ALI, TARIQ. The Nehrus and the Gandhis.

An Indian dynasty. With an introduction by Salman Rushdie. 301, (1)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

London (Picador), 1985.

29 ALIKANOV, K.M. Russkov’etnamskii slovar’.

/ Tù dien Nga-Viêt. [By] K.M. Alikanov, V.V. Ivanov, I.A. Mal’khanova. 2 vols. 648pp.; 704pp. 4to. Cloth.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Russkii Iazyk”), 1977.

30 ALKEMA, B. & BEZEMER, T.J. Beknopt handboek der volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-

Indië.

xii, (4), 583pp. 131 illus.

4to. Cloth.

Haarlem (H.D. Tjeenk Willink & Zoon), 1927.

31 ALLAN, J., ET AL. The Cambridge Shorter History of India.

By J. Allan, T. Wolseley Haig, H.H. Dodwell. Edited by H.H.

Dodwell. xix, (3), 970pp. 21 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Cambridge (University Press), 1934.

32 ALLCHIN, BRIDGET & ALLCHIN, RAYMOND. The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan.

(Cambridge World

Archaeology.) 379, (1)pp. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Cambridge/London (Cambridge University Press), 1982.

33 ALLEN, CHARLES. Raj: A Scrapbook of British India, 1877-1947.

142pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



3

London (Book Club Associates), 1977.

34 ALLEN, CHARLES & DWIVEDI, SHARADA. Lives of the Indian Princes.

352pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

London (Century Publishing), 1984.

35 ALLISON, GORDON H. Easy Thai.

An introduction to the Thai language with exercises and answer key.... xiii, (1), 105pp.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Co.), 1969.

36 ALLISON, W.L. The Sadhs.

(The Religious Life of India.) ii, (4), 127, (3)pp. Wraps.

Calcutta (Y.M.C.A. Publishing House), 1934.

37 ALSDORF, LUDWIG. Beiträge zur Geschichte von Vegetarismus und Rinderverehrung in Indien.

(Akademie der

Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz. Abhandlungen der geistes- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse. Jahrgang 1961,

Nr. 6.) 69, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Mainz/Wiesbaden (Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur/ Franz Steiner Verlag), 1961.

38 ALTEKAR, A.S. The Coinage of the Gupta Empire.

And its imitations. (Corpus of Indian Coins. 4.) xvi, 390, (2)pp., 27 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Numismatic Society of India), 1957.

39 ALTEKAR, A.S. State and Government in Ancient India.

ix, (1), 407pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the third revised and

Singapore (Eastern Universities Press), 1962. enlarged edition of 1958.

Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1972.

40 ALWI BIN ALHADY. Malay Customs and Traditions.

xv, (1), 128pp., 13 plates. Wraps.

41 AMATYA, JAGDISH MAN SINGH. Picturesque Nepal.

Second edition. (6), ii, 109, iii pp., 1 folding map. Illus. Buckram.

Kathmandu (Ratna Pustak Bhandar), 1961.

42 AMBALAL, AMIT. Krishna as Shrinathji: Rajasthani Paintings from Nathdvara.

177pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Ahmedabad (Mapin Publishing), 1987.

Ambalangoda, 1987.

43 AMBALANGODA. AMBALANGODA MASK MUSEUM. The Ambalangoda Mask Museum.

Edited by Wolfgang Mey,

Martin Prösler, Anna Wischkowski. (18), 67pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

44 AMENDED LIST OF ANCIENT MONUMENTS IN BURMA.

(206)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery, Union of Burma), 1960.

45 AMES, FRANK. The Kashmir Shawl and Its Indo-French Influence.

347pp. 222 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Woodbridge, Suffolk (Antique Collectors’ Club), 1986.

46

AMIN, ENTJI’. Sja‘ir perang Mengkasar (The Rhymed Chronicle of the Macassar Way).

Edited and translated by C.

Skinner. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 40.) (4), 314pp., 2 plates (1 doublepage). 4to. Wraps.

The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1963.

47 AMIN, MOHAMED, ET AL. Reise durch die Malediven.

[Von] Mohamed Amin, Duncan Willetts, Peter Marshall. 191pp.

Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Hannover (Landbuch-Verlag), 1992.

48 AMPHA OTRAKUL. Kurzgeschichten aus Thailand.

Ausgewählt und übersetzt. 312pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Bangkok (Chalermnit Verlag), [1982].

49 AMPHA OTRAKUL, ET AL. Photchananukrom Thai-Yoeraman.

Doi Àmpha Òtrakun; khana phuchuai, Thiamchan

Chiamprasoet...[et al.]; bannathikan Khlao Weng./ ThaiDeutsches Wörterbuch.... (12), 779pp. Stout 8vo. Boards.

Bangkok (Duang Kamon), 1982.

50 AMSTERDAM. TROPENMUSEUM. India nu.

Nov. 1968. 96pp., 16 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Amsterdam, 1968.

51 ANAND, MULK RAJ. Madhubani Painting.

58, (2)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1984.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



4

52 ANAND, MULK RAJ, ET AL. Homage to Kalamkari.

134pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Dec. cloth, 1/4 boards. With texts by 14 contributors on the painted cloths of India.

Bombay (Marg Publications), 1979.

53 ANAND, MULK RAJ, ET AL. Homage to Khajuraho.

By Mulk Raj Anand, Charles Fabri, Stella Kramrisch. Second edition.

68pp. 55 plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j.


54 ANAND, UMA. Mansions of the Sun: The Indian Desert Thaar.

With photographs by Vivek Anand. 167pp. Prof. illus. Lrg.

4to. Cloth.

London (Al-Falak/ Scorpion), 1982.

55 ANAWARATNA, S. Easy Steps to Sinhalese.

Especially adapted for Europeans. 51pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Colombo (The Wesleyan Mission Press), 1908.

56 ANCIENT INDIA.

Bulletin of the Archaeological Survey of India. Vols. 1 - 5. Lrg . 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi, 1946-1949.

57 ANDERSEN, DINES. A Pali Reader: With Notes and Glossary.

2 vols. I: Text and Notes. (4), iii, 132pp. II: A Pali

Glossary: [Words of the] Pali Reader and of the Dhammapada. (2), 288pp. 4to. Buckram. Originally published 1901.

New Delhi (Award Publishing House), 1979.

58 ANDERSON, J.D. A Manual of the Bengali Language.

(12), 178pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1920.

New York (Frederick Ungar Publishing Co.), 1962.

59 ANDERSON, MARY M. The Festivals of Nepal.

288pp., 23 color plates. 4to. Cloth.

London (George Allen & Unwin), 1971.

60 ANDREW, G.P. Mergui District.

Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) (2), 39, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the map.

Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1962.

61 ANDRONOV, M.S. Dravidian Languages.

(Languages of Asia and Africa.) 199pp. Sm. 4to Wraps.

Moscow (”Nauka” Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature), 1970.

62 ANDRONOV, M.S. The Kannada Language.

(Languages of Asia and Africa.) 86, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Moscow (“Nauka” Publishing House, Central Department of Oriental Literature), 1969.

63 ANDRONOV, M.S. & MAKARENKO, V.A. Malaialamrusskii slovar’.

/ Malayala-Rasyan nighandu. Edited by Naraianikutti

Unnikrishnan. 871pp. 4to. Cloth.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Entsiklopediia”), 1971.

64 ANNAMBHATTA. Tarka-samgraha of Annambhatta.

With the author’s own Dîpika, and Govardhana’s Nyaya-bodhini.

Edited with critical and explanatory notes by Yashwant Vasudev Athalye, together with introduction and English translation of the text by Mahadev Rajaram Bodas. Revised and enlarged. Second edition, re-impression. (Bombay Sanskrit Series.

55.) lxxii, 384pp. 4to. Buckram, 3/4 leather.

Poona (Bhandarkar Institute Press), 1930.

65 ANSARI, DAGMAR. Chrestomathie der Hindi-Prosa des 20. Jahrhunderts.

221pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1967.

66 ANTON, H. Subramanya Bharati.

Eine Darstellung seiner weltanschaulichen und künstlerischen Entwicklung. xix, (1),

174pp. 4to. Wraps.

Madras (Privately Printed), 1977.

67 ANTON, HELGA. The Script and Pronunciation of Modern Tamil.

(4), 83, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


68 ANUMAN RAJADHON, PHYA. Essays on Thai Folklore.

383pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (The Social Science Association Press of Thailand), 1968.

69 ANUMAN RAJADHON, PHYA. The Nature and Development of the Thai Language.

Second edition. (Thai Culture. N.S.

10.) 36pp. Illus. Wraps.

Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department), 1963.

70 ANURUDDHA. A Manual of Abhidhamma.

Being Abhidhammattha sangaha of Bhadanta Anuruddhacariya. Edited in the original Pali text with English translation and explanatory notes [by] Narada Maha Thera. Third revised edition. vii, (1),

451pp., 3 folding charts. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



5

Kandy (Buddhist Publication Society), 1975.

71 ANUVIT CHARERNSUPKUL. ‘Ongprakop sathapattayakam Thai.

/ The Elements of Thai Architecture. 142pp. 62 plates.

Oblong 4to. Cloth. Parallel texts in Thai and English.

Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Kanphim Satri San), 2521 [1978].

72 ANWARUL HAQ, M. The Faith Movement of Mawlana Muhammad Ilyas.

210pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (George Allen & Unwin Ltd.), 1972.

73 AO, ALEMCHIBA. Waromung: An Ao Naga Village.

Foreword: Asok Mitra. (Census of India 1961. Monograph Series. Vol.

I, Part VI, No. 1.) xvii, (1), 210, (2)pp., 6 maps (partly double-page), 28 plates. 62 tables. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


74 APASTAMBA. Das Srautasutra des Apastamba.

[II:] Achtes bis fünfzehntes Buch.

Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt von W.

Caland. (Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. N.S.

XXIV#2.) 467, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Amsterdam (Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen), 1924.

75 APFFEL-

MARGLIN, FRÉDÉRIQUE. Wives of the God-King: The Rituals of the Devadasis of Puri.

xv, (1), 388pp. 21 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1985.

76 APPASAMY, JAYA. Indian Paintings on Glass.

(6), 38pp., 87 plates (partly in color). Sq. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

New Delhi (Indian Council for Cultural Relations), 1980.

77 APPASAMY, JAYA. Tanjavur Painting of the Maratha Period.

xiv, (2), 121pp., 50 plates. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), 1980.

78

APTE, VAMAN SHIVARAM. The Student’s Guide to Sanskrit Composition.

Being a treatise on Sanskrit syntax.... 11th edition. xvi, 404pp. Cloth.

Bombay (The Standard Publishing Company), 1934.

79 APTE, VINAYAK MAHADEV. Social and Religious Life in the Grihya Sutras.

With brief surveys of social and religious conditions in pre-Grihya-sutra Vedic literature and in early Avestan literature. Reset edition with a foreword by R.P. Tripathi. xxxii, 280, (8)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (The Popular Book Depot), 1954.

80 ARAVAMUTHAN, T.G. Portrait Sculpture in South India.

Foreword by Ananda K. Coomaraswamy. 100pp. 34 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

London (The India Society), 1931.

81 ARCHAIMBAULT, CH. Contribution à l’étude d’un cycle de légendes Lau.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-

Orient. 119.) 440, (2)pp., 9 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1980.

82 ARCHAIMBAULT, CHARLES. La fête du T’at.

Trois essais sur les rites laotiens . (Série: Documents sur le Laos. 1.) 75pp.

Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Vientiane?] (Mission Française d’Enseignement et de Coopération Culturelle au Laos), n.d.

83 ARCHAIMBAULT, CHARLES. Structures religieuses Lao (rites et mythes).

(Collection “Documents pour le Laos.” 2.) x,

(2), 289pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Vientiane (Éditions Vithagna), 1973.

84 ARCHER, MILDRED. Indian Popular Painting in the India Office Library.

xii, 196, (2)pp., 6 color plates. 92 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (UBS Publishers’ Distributors Ltd.), 1977.

85 ARCHER, W.G. The Hill of Flutes: Life, Love and Poetry in Tribal India.

A portrait of the Santals. 375pp. 60 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


86 ARCHER, W.G. Indian Painting in Bundi and Kotah.

(Victoria & Albert Museum Monograph. No. 13.) v, (1), 58pp., 56 plates. 4to. Wraps.

London (H.M.S.O.), 1959.

87 ARCHER, W.G. Indische Miniaturen.

22, (2)pp., 15 tipped-in color plates. 6 tipped-in text illus. Sm. folio. Boards.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



6

Laupen-Bern (Iris-Verlag), 1957.

88 ARCHER, W.G. Indische Miniaturen.

17, (3)pp., 100 plates (partly tipped-in color) with facing commentary. Folio. Cloth.

Recklinghausen (Verlag Aurel Bongers), [1960].

89 ARCHER, W.G. Kalighat Paintings.

A catalogue and introduction. xiv, 127, (3)pp., 95 plates (4 color). 4to. Cloth.

London (Victoria & Albert Museum), 1971.

90 ARCHER, W.G. The Loves of Krishna in Indian Painting and Poetry.

(Ethical and Religious Classics of East and West.

18.) 127, (3)pp., 40 plates with facing commentary. 4to. Wraps.

New York (Macmillan), n.d.

91 ARDEN, A.H. A Progressive Grammar of the Telugu Language.

xi, (5), 476pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (The Christian Literature Society), 1975.

92 ARIS, MICHAEL. Bhutan.

The early history of a Himalayan kingdom. (Central Asian Studies.) xxxiv, 344pp. 31 plates, 5 figs., 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Warminster (Aris & Phillips), 1979.

93 ARJAN DEV GURU. Sacred Sukhmani.

Grmukhi & Roman scripts with English translation and gist of the Divine Sermons by Harbans Singh Doabia. 323, (1)pp. Buckram.

Amritsar (Singh Brothers), 1984.

94 ARNDT, PAUL. Religion auf Ostflores, Adonare und Solor.

(Studia Instituti Anthropos. 1.) xii, 248pp., 1 folding map. Lrg.

4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Wien-

Mödling 1951 edition.

New York/London (Johnson Reprint Corporation), 1968.

95 ARRIAN. Der Alexanderzug. Indische Geschichte.

Griechisch und Deutsch. Herausgegeben und übersetzt von Gerhard

Wirth und Oskar von Hinüber. (Sammlung Tusculum.) (2), 1153pp. Cloth.

München/Zürich (Artemis Verlag), 1985.

96 ARSHI, P.S. The Golden Temple.

History, art and architecture. xv, (1), 142, (2)pp., 42 plates. Text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Harman Publishing House), 1989.

97 ARTS AND CRAFTS IN INDONESIA.

96pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Djakarta (Ministry of Information, Republic of Indonesia), [1955].

98 ARTS & CRAFTS IN INDONESIA.

7th edition. 93pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Jakarta] (Department of Information, Republic of Indonesia), 1979.

99 ARYABHATA. The Aryabhatiya of Aryabhata.

An ancient Indian work on mathematics and astronomy. Translated with notes by Walter Eugene Clark. xxix, (1), 90pp. Cloth. D.j.

Chicago (The University of Chicago Press), 1930.

100 ARYAN, K.C. Folk Bronzes of North Western India.

123pp. 93 plates, 12 figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Rekha Prakashan), [1973].

101 ARYAN, K.C. The Little Goddesses (Matrikas). 74pp. 34 illus. hors texte. 17 text figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Rekha Prakashan), 1980.

102 ARYAN, SUBHASHINI. Crafts of Himachal Pradesh.

Photographed by R.K. Datta Gupta. (Living Traditions of India.) 167,

(1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.


103 ASHER, R.E. & RADHAKRISHNAN, R. A Tamil Prose Reader.

Selections from contemporary Tamil prose with notes and glossary. x, 237pp. 4to. Cloth.


104 ASHFAQ ALI. Bhopal, Past and Present.

A brief history of Bhopal and Madhya Pradesh from the hoary past upto the present time. (Bhopal Series. 3.) xii, vii, (7), 482, (350)pp. Numerous plates hors texte. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth.

Bhopal (Jai Bharat Publishing House), 1984.

105 ASPECTS DU BOUDDHISME LAO.

(Numéro spécial: Bulletin des Amis du Royaume Lao. 9.) (4), 200, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Vientiane, 1973.

106 ASSAYAG, JACKIE. La colère de la déesse décapitée.

Traditions, cultures et pouvoir dans le sud de l’Inde. 558pp. 19 plates, 3 figs., 2 maps, 2 plans. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



7

Paris (CNRS Éditions), 1992.

107 ASTAVAKRA. Die Astavakra-Gita.

Bearbeitet und übersetzt von Richard Hauschild. (Abhandlungen der Sächsischen

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Leipzig. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Vol. 58#2.) 128pp., 4 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1967.

108 ASVAGHOSA. The Buddhacarita: Or, Acts of the Buddha.

Complete Sanskrit text with English translation. Cantos I to

XIV translated from the original Sanskrit supplemented by the Tibetan version together with an introduction and notes [by]

E.H. Johnston. (Panjab University Oriental Publications. 31-32.) 2 vols. Part I: Sanskrit Text. Edited by E.H. Johnston. xx,

(2), 165pp. Part II: Cantos I to XIV translated from the original Sanskrit supplemented by the Tibetan version together with an introduction and notes [by] E.H. Johnston. xcviii, 232pp. 4to. Cloth.

Lahore/Calcutta (The University of the Panjab/ Baptist Mission Press), 1935-1936.

109

ASVAGHOSA. Buddhas Wandel (Açvaghoshas Buddhacarita).

Frei übertragen von Carl Cappeller. (Religiöse Stimmen der Völker: Die Religionen des Alten Indien. 5.) (2), 84, (4)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Jena (Eugen Diederichs), 1922.

110 ASVAGHOSA. The Saundarananda, or, Nanda the Fair.

Translated from the original Sanskrit of Asvaghosa by E.H.

Johnston. (Panjab University Oriental Publications. 14.) viii, (4), 123pp. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford/London (Oxford University Press/ Humphrey Milford), 1932.

111 ÀTHIBAI PHLENG LÆ BOTRONG PHÆNSIANG.

/ Notes on Thai Songs: Long Play. 36pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Texts in Thai and English.

Bangkok (Krom Sinlapakon), 1962.

112 ÀTHIBAI PHLENG LÆ BOTRONG PHÆNSIANG.

/ Notes on Thai Songs: Long Play. [2.] 63, (1)pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to.

Wraps. Texts in Thai and English.

Bangkok (Krom Sinlapakon), 1965.

113 AN ATLAS OF INDIA.

vi, 185pp. 150 maps. Folio. Cloth.


114 ‘ATTHAWATHITHAMMAPRAWAT, LUANG. Pratithin horasat Pho. So. 2417 thung Pho.

So. 2479 kap khambanyai munlahet kansang, ka n’anpratithin, withi khamnuan chata yang la’iat lae ‘un ‘un talot thung kanphayakon. (2), x, (2), 157,

(1), 68pp., 399 charts. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth.

Phra Nakhon (Rongphim Sophonphiphatthanakon), 1936.

115 AUBARET, G. HoangViêt-Luât-Le, code annamite.

Lois et règlements du royaume d’Annam, traduits du texte chinois original. 2 vols. bound in 1. xiv, (2), 394pp.; 309pp. Lrg. 4to. New marbled boards, 1/4 leather.

Paris (Imprimerie Impériale), 1865.

116 AUBERT, HANS-JOACHIM. Sri Lanka.

Kunst- und Reiseführer mit Landeskunde. (Kohlhammer Kunst- und Reiseführer.)

Freiburg/Basel (Herder), 1982.

330, (2)pp., 24 plates. 57 maps and plans (2 color). Boards.

Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1984.

117 AUBOYER, JEANNINE. Buddha: Der Weg der Erleuchtung.

271, (1)pp. 129 color illus., text figs. Sm. folio. Cloth.

118 AUFRECHT, THEODOR. Catalogus Catalogorum: An Alphabetical Register of Sanskrit Works and Authors.

3 vols. in

1. viii, 795pp.; iv, 239pp.; iv, 161pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus/ G. Kreysing), 1891 - Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1903.

119 AUGARDE, A.J., ET AL. The English-English Kannada Dictionary.

vi, (2), 611, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (Oxford University Press), 1985.

120 AUNG-THWIN, MICHAEL. Pagan.

The origins of modern Burma. xii, 264, (2)pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth.

Honolulu (University of Hawaii Press), 1985.

121 AUROUSSEAU, LÉONARD (EDITOR). Ngan-nan tche yuan.

Texte chinois édité et publié sous la direction de Léonard

Aurousse au. Avec une étude sur Le Ngan-nan tche yuan et son auteur, par E. Gaspardone. (École Française d’Extrême-

Orient: Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 1.) 56, (4), 257pp. 4to. Wraps. Attributed to Kao Hsiung-chen.

Hanoi (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1932.

122 AVALOKITASIMHA, BHIKSHU. Dharma-samuccaya, compendium de la loi.

Recueil de stances, extraites du

Saddharma-smrty-upasthanasutra par Avalokitasimha. (Publications du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque d’Études. 53. 74, 75.)

3 vols. I: Cha pîtres I-V. Texte sanskrite édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit en français par Lin

Likouang. 292, (2)pp. II: Chapîtres VI-XII. Texte sanskrite édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



8 en français par Lin Li-kouang. Révision de André Bareau, J.W. de Jong et Paul Demiéville. Avec des appendices par J.W. de Jong. viii, 416, 27pp. III: Chapîtres XIII-XXXVI. Texte sanskrite édité avec la version tibétaine et les versions chinoises et traduit en français par Lin Li-kouang. Révision de André Bareau, J.W. de Jong et Paul Demiéville. Avec des appendices par

J.W. de Jong. vi, 567, 48pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1946-1973.

123 AVALON, ARTHUR. Tantra of the Great Liberation (Mahanirvana Tantra).

A translation from the Sanskrit, with introduction and commentary. cxlvi, 359, (19)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Originally published London 1913.

New York (Dover Publications), 1972.

124 AYE KYAW. On the Birth of Modern Family Law in Burma and Thailand.

(Teaching and Research Exchange

Fellowships. Report No. 4.) (10), 123pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Singapore] (Southeast Asian Studies Program), 1990.

Bangkok (Silapakorn University), 1993.

125 AYE MYINT, U. Burmese Design Through Drawings.

Edited by Sone Simatrang. x, 214pp. 762 illus., figs. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.

126 AYER, V.A.K. Sariraka Sastra: Indian Science of Palmistry (The Kartikeyan System).

Sanskrit text, with translation & notes. Second edition. (4), 112pp. 155 illus. Sm. 4to. Boards.

Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), 1965.

127 AYMONIER, ÉTIENNE. Les Tchames et leurs religions.


Paris (Ernest Leroux), 1891.

128 AYMONIER, ÉTIENNE & CABATON, ANTOINE. Dictionnaire cam-français.



Orient. 7.) xlvi, (2), 587pp. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Ernest Leroux), 1906.

129

‘AZIZ AHMAD, MUHAMMAD. Political History & Institutions of the Early Turkish Empire of Delhi (1206-1290 AD).

With a foreword by Muhammad Habib. xii, (2), 395pp. Frontis., 3 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Lahore 1949.

130 BA HAN, MAUNG. The University English-Burmese Dictionary.

(2), 2292, (1), 3, (1), 5, (1)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth, 3/4 leather.

Rangoon (The Hanthawaddy Press), 1951.

131 BA KHIN, U. The Real Values of True Buddhist Meditation.

(4), 57, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Rangoon (Vipassana Association), [1966].

132 [BA KHIN, U.] What Buddhism Is.

(4), 19, (3)pp. 1 color plate. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Rangoon (Vipassana Research Association), n.d.

133 BA SHIN, U. The Lokahteikpan.

[Early Burmese culture in a Pagan temple]. (6), iv, 209, (3)pp., 71 plates, 1 folding map.

4to. Wraps.

[Rangoon] (The Burma Historical Commission, Ministry of Union Culture), 1962.

134 BABAR, SAROJINI. Folk Literature of Maharashtra.

(Basic Pamphlets on Life and Culture of Maharashtra.) ii, 39pp. Sm.

4to. Wraps. D.j.

New Delhi (Maharashtra Information Centre), 1968.

135 BABB, LAWRENCE A. The Divine Hierarchy: Popular Hinduism in Central India.

xviii, (4), 266pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

New York/London (Columbia University Press), 1975.

136 BABUR, EMPEROR OF HINDUSTAN. Babur-nama (Memoirs of Babur).

Translated from the original Turki text of

Zahiru’d-din Muhammad Babur Padshah Ghazi by Annette Susannah Beveridge. 2 vols. in 1. lxi, (1), 880pp. 4to. Cloth.

Reprint of the London 1922 edition.


137 [BADARAYANA]. Brahma sutras.

[Commentary by Sri Swami Sivananda.] Second revised edition. xxxiv, 686pp. 4to.

Cloth.


138 BADEN-POWELL, B.H. The Indian Village Community.

(Behavior Science Reprints.) xvi, 456, (16)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

New Haven (HRAF Press), 1957.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



9

139 BADER, HERMANN. Die Reifefeiern bei den Ngada (Mittelflores, Indonesien).

(St.-Gabrieler Studien. 12.) viii, 146pp., 2 maps. Wraps.

Mödling bei Wien (St.-Gabriel Verlag), n.d.

140 BAEPRIAN WANNAKHADI THAI: SAMRAP CHAN TRIAM’UDOMMASUKSA.

2 vols. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Phra Nakhon (Khurusapha), 1959.

141 BAHADUR, K.P. [& CHIB, SUKHDEV SINGH]. Caste, Tribes & Culture of India.

Vols. 1 - 8, as follows:

[1]: Assam. (8), 135pp. 8 plates.

2: Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, & Maharashtra. vi, 146pp. 8 plates.

3: Bengal, Bihar & Orissa. vi, (2), 143pp. Frontis.

4: Karnataka, Kerala & Tamil Nadu. viii, 120pp. 6 plates.

5: Uttar Pradesh. (4), v, (1), 119pp. 6 plates.

6: Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Jammu & Kashmir and Sikkim. (4), 187pp. 12 plates.

7: Western Maharashtra & Gujarat. vii, (3), 201pp. 12 plates.

8: North-Eastern India. [By] Sukhdev Singh Chib. vi, (2), 328pp. 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Buckram.

Delhi (Ess Ess Publications), 1977-1984.

142 BAHRI, HARDEV. Hindi-Angraiji shabdh kosh.

/ Learners’ Hindi-English Dictionary. xix, (1), 758pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Delhi (Rajpal & Sons), 1983.

143 BAHRI, UJJAL SINGH. Introductory Course in Spoken Punjabi....

Revised edition. (Series in Indian Languages and

Linguistics. II.) (14), xxviii, 252pp. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Bahri Publications), 1977.

144 BAIER, MARTIN, ET AL. Wörterbuch der Priestersprache der Ngaju-Dayak (Bahasa Sangiang - Ngaju-Dayakisch/

Bahasa Indonesia - Deutsch).

Begonnen von August Hardeland; zusammengestellt von Hans Schärer; bearbeitet, erweitert und eingeleitet von Martin Baier. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.

128.) xviii, (2), 175pp. 4to. Wraps.

Dordrecht/Providence (Foris Publications), 1987.

145 BAILEY, F.G. Caste and Economic Frontier.

A village in highland Orissa. xvi, 292pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Manchester (Manchester University Press), 1967.

146 BAILEY, JANE TERRY. A Syllabus for a Course in Burmese Art at the Undergraduate Level.

i, 121 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.,

GBC-bound.

Washington, D.C. (U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare; Office of Education, Bureau of Research), 1968.

147 BAINES, ATHELSTANE. Ethnography (Castes and Tribes).

With a list of the more important works on Indian ethnography by W. Siegling. (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan

Research]. II. Band, 5. Heft.) 211, (3)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J. Trübner), 1912.

148 BAKHTAVAR KHAN, MUHAMMAD. Mir’at al-‘alam: Tarikh-i Awrangzib.

Bih tashih va-muqaddimah va-havashi-i Sajidah

S. ‘Alvi./ Mir’at al-‘alam: History of Awrangzeb (1658-1668). (Intisharat-i Idarah-i Tahqiqat-i Pakistan. 54-55.) 2 vols. (10),

807, 83, (11)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Lahur (Idarah’i Tahqiqat-i Pakistan, Danishgah-i Punjab), 1979.

149 BALA RATNAM, L.K. (EDITOR). Anthropology on the March.

Recent studies of Indian beliefs, attitudes and social institutions. xvi, 390, (2)pp., 9 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (The Book Centre), 1963.

150 BALDISSERA, FABRIZIA. Der Indische Tanz.

Körpersprache in Vollendung. (DuMont Dokumente.) 210, (6)pp. 79 illus.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Köln (DuMont Buchverlag), 1988.

151 BALFOUR, EDWARD. The Cyclopaedia of India and of Eastern and Southern Asia, Commercial, Industrial, and

Scientific; products of the mineral, vegetable, and animal kingdoms, useful arts and manufactures. Third edition. 3 vols. vi,

1280pp.; 1128pp; 1203pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1885 edition.

Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1967-1968.

152 BALI: STUDIES IN LIFE, THOUGHT, AND RITUAL.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Reprints on

Indonesia.) xii, (2), 434, (4)pp. Illus. Wraps.

Dordrecht/Cinnaminson (Foris Publications), 1984.

153 BALLARD, EMILIE M. Lessons in Spoken Burmese.

2 vols. (6), iv, 159pp.; x, 283pp. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



10

Rangoon (The Baptist Board of Publications/ U Maung U), 1961-1962.

154 BALTIMORE. THE WALTERS ART GALLERY. Indo-Asian Art from the John Gilmore Ford Collection.

By Pratapaditya

Pal. 58pp., 87 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Baltimore, 1971.

155 BANDARANAYAKE, SENAKE. Sri Lanka, Ceylon: Eine Insel Zivilisation.

Photos: Christian und Nadine Zuber. 211pp.

129 plates. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette.

[Boulogne (Delroisse), n.d.].

156 BANDARANAYAKE, SENAKE, ET AL. (EDITORS). Sri Lanka and the Silk Road of the Sea.

Editors: Senake

Bandaranayake, Lorna Dewaraja, Roland Silva, K.D.G. Wimalaratne. 291, (7)pp. Most prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Colombo (The Sri Lanka National Commission for Unesco/ The Central Cultural Fund), 1990.

New Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1983.

157 BANERJEA, AKSHAYA KUMAR. Philosophy of Gorakhnath With Goraksha-Vacana-Sangraha.

Prefatory note:

Gopinath Kaviraj; foreword: C.P. Ramaswami Aiyar. xlii, 355pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Gorakhpur 1962.

158 BANERJEA, JITENDRA NATH. The Development of Hindu Iconography.

Second edition, revised and enlarged. xxxvii,

(1), 653, (3)pp., 49 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (University of Calcutta), 1956.

159 BANERJEE, ANIL CHANDRA. The Eastern Frontier of British India.

iv, (8), 413, (1), v pp., 4 maps. Cloth. First Edition.

Calcutta (A. Mukherjee & Bros.), 1943.

160 BANERJEE, P. The Life of Krishna in Indian Art.

xxvii, (1), 348pp., 273 illus. Numerous tipped-in plates in text (mostly in color). Folio. Cloth.

New Delhi (National Museum), 1978.

161 BANERJEE, P. Rama in Indian Literature, Art & Thought.

2 vols. xxi, (3), 320pp.; 284 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Sundeep Prakashan), 1986.

162 BANERJEE, R.D. History of Orissa from the Earliest Times to the British Period.

2 vols. viii, 351pp.; xx, 481pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Bharatiya Publishing House), 1980.

163 BANERJEE, SUKUMAR. Ethnographic Study of the Kuvi-Kandha.

(Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 24.) (6),

Calcutta (Naya Prokash), 1988.

113pp., 16 plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India), 1969.

164 BANERJI, S.C. A Brief History of Tantra Literature.

xvii, (1), 662pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

165 BANGALORE. MAX MUELLER BHAVAN, INDO-GERMAN CULTURAL CENTRE. Bhuatas and Teyyams.

Spiritworship and ritual dances in South Kanara and North Malabar. Texts and photographs: Valentina Stache Rosen. 32pp. 58 illus. Lrg. sq. 8vo. Wraps.

Bangalore, 1978.

166 BANGDEL, LAIN S. Nepal.

Zweitausendfünfhundert Jahre nepalesische Kunst. Vorwort von Krishna Deva. 358pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

München (List Verlag), 1987.

167 BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Ayudhya Art.

12pp., 22 plates. Wraps.

Bangkok, 1956.

168 BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Exhibition of Masterpieces from Private Collections.

March-April 1968.


Bangkok, 1968.

169 BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Guide to the National Museum, Bangkok, Thailand.

Third edition.

(44)pp., 1 lrg. folding chart. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok, 1970.

170 BANGKOK. NATIONAL MUSEUM. Kitchakan phiphitthaphan sathan.

Chatphim nu’ang nai ngan chalong khrop rop 100 pi Phiphitthaphan Sathan hæng Chat, 19 Kanyayon 2517./ Museum Work.... 210pp., 78 plates. 4to. Wraps.

[Krungthep Mahanakhon?] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1974.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



11

171 BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONAL MUSEUM. Masterpieces from Private Collections Displayed at the Bangkok

National Museum.

March-April 1968. By M.C. Subhadradis Diskul. 28, (2)pp., 48 plates. Wraps.

Bangkok, 1968.

172 BANGKOK. NATIONAL MUSEUM. Moradok thang watthanatham bon phændin Thai kon Phutthasatawat thi 19.

3

Phru’tsachikayon - 30 Thanwakhom 2513. 49, (91)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1970.

173 BANGKOK. BANGKOK NATIONA

L MUSEUM. Sanim kat kron khong samrit læ withi kanraksa.

Chat phim pen

èkkasan prakop kanchat nithatsakan phiset na Phrathinang Ìtsarawinitchai Phiphitthaphan Sathan hæng Chat Phranakhon

22 Minakhom thu’ng 22 Mithunayon 2518./ Bronze Disease and Its Treatment.... (4), iv, 77pp. 84 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Parallel texts in Thai and English.

[Krungthep Mahanakhon?] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1975.

174 BANGKOK. CHULALONGKONMAHAWITTHAYALAI. Bibliography of Material About Thailand in Western Languages.

Compiled by the Central Library of Chulalongkorn University. 325, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University), 1960.

175

BANGKOK. KHRONGKAN WICHAI PHASA THAI LÆ PHASA PHU’NMU’ANG THIN TANG TANG, SATHABAN SUN

PHASA ÀNGKRIT. Bibliography of Tai Language Studies.

/ Bannanukrom kansu’ksa phasa trakun Tai. vii ff., 78pp. Lrg.

4to. Wraps.

Bangkok, 1977.

176 BANGS, RICHARD & KALLEN, CHRISTIAN. Islands of Fire, Islands of Spice.

Exploring the wild places of Indonesia. xi,

(3), 226pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

San Francisco (Sierra Club Books), 1988.

177 BANNERTH, ERNST. Hindostani-Briefe.

15 Briefe von Kriegsgefangenen in der Urdu- und 6 in der Hindi-Schrift mit

Umschrift und Übersetzung. (Arbeitshefte für den Sprachmittler. 49.) 55pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Leipzig (Pan-Verlag Rudolf Birnbach), 1943.

178 BAPAT, P.V. (EDITOR). 2500 Years of Buddhism.

Foreword by S. Radhakrishnan. xxii, 429pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1971.

179 [BAPATA, DHUNDIRAJA GANESA DIKSHITA, ET AL. (EDITORS).] Srautakosah.

/ Srautakosa. Encyclopaedia of Vedic sacrificial ritual comprising the two complementary sections, namely, the Sanskrit Section and the English Section. Vol. I:

English Section. Based on the Srautasutras belonging to the various Vedic schools. The Seven Havis-sacrifices together with the relevant optional and expiatory rites and the Pitrmedha. Part I. 537pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j. Edition limited to 750 copies.

Poona (Vaidika Samsodhana Mandala), 1958.

180 BARANA-GANITAYA. Nilakobo sandesaya.

A Sinhalese poem composed by Baranaganit Acharya and edited with a paraphrase by P.Y. Aryasena of Dodanduwa.... (2), vii, (1), 53, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Ambalangoda (M.D.S. Gunasekera/ Wijaya Printing Works), 1915.

181 BARBIER, JEAN PAUL. Tobaland: The Shreds of Tradition.

235pp. 206 illus. 4to. Stiff wraps.

Geneva (Musée Barbier-Müller), 1983.

182 BARBIER, JEAN PAUL & NEWTON, DOUGLAS. Islands and Ancestors: Indigenous Styles of Southeast Asia.

362pp.

76 color plates, 196 figs., 76 catalogue illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

München (Prestel), 1988.

183 BAREAU, ANDRÉ. La vie et l’organisation des communautés bouddhiques modernes de Ceylan.

(Publications de l ’Institut Français d’Indologie. 10.) iii, (1), 90pp., 55 plates, 1 map. 4to. Wraps.

Pondichéry (Institut Français d’Indologie), 1957.

184 BAREH, HAMLET. The History and Culture of the Khasi People.

v, (9), 485pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Privately Printed/ Manimala), 1968.

185 BARLEY, NIGEL. Der Löwe von Singapur.

Eine fernöstliche Reise auf den Spuren von Thomas Stamford Raffles. 315,

(3)pp. Illus. Cloth. D.j.

Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), 1996.

186 BARNARD, J.T.O. A Handbook of the Rawang Dialect of the Nung Language.

Containing a grammar of the language, colloquial exercises and a vocabulary with an appendix of Nung manners and customs. xi, (1), 118pp. 4to. Cloth.

Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery, Burma), 1934.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



12

187 BARNARD, NICHOLAS. Arts and Crafts of India.

192pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

London (Conran Octopus), 1993.

188

BARNES, R.H. Kédang.

A study of the collective thought of an Eastern Indonesian people. With a foreword by Rodney

Needham. (Oxford Monographs on Social Anthropology.) xiv, (4), 350pp., 5 plates. 3 maps, 13 figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1974.

189 BARRÉ, VINCENT, ET AL. Panauti, une ville au Nepal.

[Par] Vincent Barré, Patrick Berger, Laurence Feveile, Gérard

Toffin. Avec la collaboration de René Fouque; préface de Corneille Jest. (Collection Architectures, École Nationale

Supérieure des Beaux-Arts.) 207, (3)pp. 160 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Berger-Levrault), 1981.

190 BARRETT, DOUGLAS & GRAY, BASIL. Indische Malerei.

(Die Kunstschätze Asiens.) 213, (5)pp. 82 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Geneva (Skira), 1963.

191 BARRON, JOHN & PAUL, ANTHONY. Murder of a Gentle Land.

The untold story of communist genocide in Cambodia. xv, (1), 240pp. Cloth.

N.p. (Reader’s Digest Press), 1977.

192 BARTH, ARIANE & TERZANI, TIZIANO. Holocaust in Kambodscha.

Dokumentation: Anke Rashatasuvan. (Spiegel-Buch.

3.) 222, (2)pp. Wraps.

Reinbek bei Hamburg (Rowohlt), 1980.

193 BARTZ, KARL. Englands Weg nach Indien.

Schicksalsstunden des britischen Weltreichs. 314, (6)pp., 24 plates. 4to.

Cloth.

Berlin (Ullstein), 1936.

194 BARUA, GOLAP CHANDRA (EDITOR). Ahom-buranji: With Parallel English Translation.

From the earliest time to the

Guwahati (Spectrum Publications), 1985. end of Ahom rule. Translated and edited by Rai Sahib Golap Chandra Barua. vi, (2), 388pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the

Calcutta 1930 edition.

195 BARUA, S.N. Tribes of Indo-Burma Border.

A socio-cultural history of the inhabitants of the Patkai Range. Foreword by

Bipin Borgohain. xv, (3), 411, (1)pp., 28 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1991.

196 BASEL. MUSEUM DER KULTUREN. Bhutan: Festung der Götter.

Herausgeber: Christian Schic klgruber und Françoise

Pommaret. May-Nov. 1998. 282pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

London (Serindia Publications), 1998.

197 BASEL. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE UND SCHWEIZERISCHES MUSEUM FÜR VOLKSKUNDE. Patola und

Geringsing.

Zeremonialtücher aus Indien und Indonesien. [By] Alfred Bühler, Urs Ramseyer, Nicole Ramseyer-Gygi.

Sonderausstellung 1975/76. 72, (26)pp. 77 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Basel, 1975/1976.

198 BASHAM, A.L. Aspects of Ancient Indian Culture.

(Heras Memorial Lecture, 1963.) vii, (1), 46pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Bombay (Asia Publishing House), 1970.

London (Sidgwick & Jackson), 1954.

199 BASHAM, A.L. The Wonder That Was India.

A survey of the history and culture of the Indian sub-continent before the coming of the Muslims. xxiii, (3), 568pp., 90 plates. Stout 4to. Cloth.

200 BASTIAN, ADOLF. Reisen in Birma in den Jahren 1861-1862.

(Die Voelker des Oestlichen Asien. Studien und Reisen.

2.) xiii, (1), 521pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Leipzig (Verlag von Otto Wigand), 1866.

201 BASU, S.P. The Concept of Brahma: Its Origin and Development.

xvii, (3), 383, (1)pp., 15 plates. 4to. Boards.


202 BAUDESSON, HENRY. Indo-China and its Primitive People.

xii, (2), 328pp. 48 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.), n.d.

203 BAUMANN, ERNST. Lehrbuch der Indonesischen Sprache (Bahasa Indonesia).

Nebst einer Einführung in die Schrift und den Briefstil der Indonesier. 178pp. 4to. Wraps.

Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1967.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



13

204 BAUTZE, J. Indian Miniature Paintings, c. 1590-c. 1850.

143pp. 60 color plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Galerie Saundarya Lahari, Oct.-Nov. 1987.

Amsterdam (Galerie Saundarya Lahari), 1987.

205 BAYREUTH. IWALEWA-HAUS. Neue Kunst aus Indien.

Konzept und Zusammenstellung: Ulli Beier. Nov. 1981-Feb.

1982. 145, (5)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps.

Bremen (Edition CON), 1981.

206 BEATTY, ANDREW. Society and Exchange in Nias.

(Oxford Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology.) xii, 322pp., 8 plates with 15 illus., 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.


207 BECHERT, HEINZ. Buddhismus, Staat und Gesellschaft in den Ländern des Theravada-Buddhismus.

(Schriften des

Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 17.) 3 vols. I: Allgemeines und Ceylon. xiv, 374, (4)pp. II: Birma, Kambodscha, Laos,

Thailand. x, 377pp. III: Bibliographie, Dokumente, Index. Mit Beiträgen von Hellmuth Hecker und Vu Duy-Tu. xvii, (1), 662pp.

4to. Wraps.

Frankfurt/Berlin (Alfred Metzner Verlag), 1966 - Wiesbaden (Otto Harrassowitz), 1973.

208 BECHERT, HEINZ (EDITOR). Buddhism in Ceylon and Studies on Religious Syncretism in Buddhist Countries.

Report on a symposium in Göttingen. (Symposien zur Buddhismusforschung, I./ Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge. 108.) 341, (3)pp., 26 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1978.

209 BECHERT, HEINZ (EDITOR). Die Sprache der ältesten buddhistischen Überlieferung.

/ The Language of the Earliest

Buddhist Tradition. (Symposien zur Buddhismusforschung, II./ Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in

Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge. 117.) 193, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.


210 BECHERT, HEINZ & GOMBRICH, RICHARD (EDITORS). Die Welt des Buddhismus.

Mit Beiträgen von Heinz Bechert,

Jane Bunnag, Michael B. Carrithers, Richard Gombrich, Robert K. Heinemann, Oskar von Hinüber, Lal Mani Joshi, Per

Kvaerne, Etienne Lamotte, Siegfried Lienhard und Erik Zürcher. 308pp. 297 illus. (82 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

München (Verlag C.H. Beck), 1984.

211

BECHERT, HEINZ & SIMSON, GEORG VON (EDITORS). Einführung in die Indologie: Stand - Methoden - Aufnahmen.

Unter Mitarbeit von Peter Bachmann, Peter Gaeffke, Udo-

Heiner Gräfe, Günter Grönbold, Michael Hahn, Wilhelm Halbdass,

Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1979.

Johanna E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw, Emie te Nijenhuis, Wilhelm Rau, Ludo Rocher, Gustav Roth, Hans Ruelius, Lore

Sander, Klaus T. Schmidt, Valentina Stache-Rosen, Claus Vogel und Friedrich Wilhelm. xiv, 272, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

212 BECHTOLDT, HEINRICH. Indien oder China.

Die Alternative in Asien. 331, (1)pp. Cloth.

Berlin/Darmstadt (Deutsche Buch-Gemeinschaft), 1962.

213 BECKER, JUDITH. Gamelan Stories: Tantrism, Islam, and Aesthetics in Central Java.

(Monographs in Southeast Asian

Studies, Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University.) 222pp. 19 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Tempe (Monographs in Southeast Asian Studies, Program for Southeast Asian Studies), 1993.

214 BECKER-RITTERSPACH, RAIMUND O.A. Gestaltungsprinzipien in der Newarischen Architektur.

Beitrag zur

Konstruktion und Formgebung. Dissertat ion...Technische Universität Berlin. 427, (1)pp., 112 plates with 215 illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Hamburg (Sautter + Lackmann), 1982.

215 BEDI, SOHINDARA SINGHA WANAJARA. Pañjabi lokadhara wishawa kosha.

Vols. 1 - 5. 4to. Boards.

Nawim Dilli (Loka Prakashana), 1978-1991.

216

[BEER, ROLAND (POSTSCRIPT).] Die sieben Töchter.

Indische Märchen aus dem Bergland von Orissa. 149, (3)pp. Sm.

8vo. Cloth.

Kassel (Erich Röth-Verlag), 1979.

217 BEERY, GALEN. Basic Spoken Lao: In Sixteen Lessons.

(28)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Rutland, Vermont/Tokyo (Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1977.

218 BEHR, HANS-GEORG. Die Moguln.

Macht und Pracht der indischen Kaiser von 1369-1857. 317, (3)pp., 8 color plates.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Wien/Düsseldorf (Econ Verlag), 1979.

219 BEHURA, N.K. Peasant Potters of Orissa: A Sociological Study.

xv, (1), 320pp., 4 plates with 24 illus., 1 folding map.

4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



14

New Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1978.

220 BEL’KOVICH, A.A. & VYKHUKHOLEV, V.V. Singal’sko-russkii slovar’.

824pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


221 BELLWOOD, PETER. Prehistory of the Indo-Malaysian Archipelago.

x, (2), 370pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Sydney (Academic Press), 1985.

222 BELO, JANE. Bali: Temple Festival.

(Monographs of the American Ethnological Society. 22.) viii, 70pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.

Seattle/London (University of Washington Press), 1966.

223 BELSARE, MALHAR BHIKAJI. An Etymological Gujarati English Dictionary.

/ Gujarati-Angreji diksanari. Second edition, revised and enlarged. xi, (1), 1207pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Originally published Ahmedabad 1904.

New Delhi (Asian Educational Services), 1981.

224 BENDA, E. Der vedische Ursprung des symbolischen Buddhabildes.

(Sammlung orientalistischer Arbeiten. 1.) vii, (1),

67pp. 4to. Wraps.

Leipzig (Otto Harrassowitz), 1940.

225 BENDER, ERNEST. Hindi Grammar and Reader.

(University of Pennsylvania South Asia Regional Studies.) 458pp. 4to.

Darmstadt (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), 1968-1969.

Cloth.

Philadelphia (University of Pennsylvania Press), 1968.

226 BENFEY, THEODOR. Samavedarcikam./ Die Hymnen des Sâma-Veda.

I: [Text]. 280pp. [II]: Einleitung, Glossar,

Übersetzung. lxvi, 307pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Leipzig 1848 edition.

227 BENFEY, THEODOR. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary.

With reference to the best editions of Sanskrit authors and etymologies and comparisons of cognate words chiefly in Greek, Latin, Gothic, and Anglo-Saxon. (Handbooks for the Study of Sanskrit.) xi, (1), 1145, (9), 28, (2)pp. Stout 4to. New cloth.

London (Longmans, Green, and Co.), 1866.

228

BERGAIGNE, ABEL. L‘ancien royaume de Campa, dans l’Indo-Chine, d’après les inscriptions.

(Extrait du Journal

Asiatique.) 106pp. Boards. Bound with: Gerini, G.E. The Nagarakretagama List of Countries on the Indo-Chinese Mailing

(circâ 1380 A.D.). (32)pp. London, 1905. Both titles presentation copies, inscribed by the authors to H. Kern.

Paris (Imprimerie Nationale), 1888.

229 BERLIN. MUSEUM FÜR INDISCHE KUNST. Ausgestellte Werke. Katalog 1971. Catalogue by H. Härtel, V. Moeller, G.

Bhattacharya. (140)pp., 72 plates (partly color). 4to. Wraps.

Berlin, 1971.

230 BERLIN. STAATSBIBLIOTHEK PREUSSISCHER KULTURBESITZ. Handschriften aus Südostasien.

Jan.-Feb. 1977.

64pp. 12 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1977.

231 BERLINER INDOLOGISCHE STUDIEN.

Herausgegeben vom Institut für indische Philologie und Kunstgeschichte der

Freien Universität Berlin. Vols. 1 - 2. 4to. Wraps.

Reinb ek (Dr. Inge Wezler, Verlag für Orientalistische Fachpublikationen), 1985.

232 BERNANOSE, MARCEL. Les arts décoratifs au Tonkin.

viii, 134, (2)pp., 64 plates. 44 figs. 4to. New cloth; orig. frontcover mounted.

Paris (Henri Laurens), 1922.

233 BERNATZIK, HUGO ADOLF. Akha und Meau.

Probleme der angewandten Völkerkunde in Hinterindien. 2 vols. (4), 568, x pp., 112 plates (4 color), 1 map. 431 text illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Innsbruck (Wagner’sche Univ.-Buchdruckerei), 1947.

234 BERNATZIK, HUGO ADOLF. Die Geister der gelben Blätter.

Forschungsreisen in Hinterindien. Unter Mitarbeit von Emmy

Bernatzik. 240pp. 204 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

München (Verlag F. Bruckmann), 1938.

235 BERNET KEMPERS, A.J. Ageless Borobodur.

Buddhist mystery in stone, decay and restoration, Mendut and Pawon, folklife in ancient Java. 288pp. 255 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Wassenaar (Servire/ Wassenaar), 1976.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



15

236 BERNET KEMPERS, A.J. The Kettledrums of Southeast Asia.

A Bronze Age world and its aftermath. (Modern

Quaternary Research in Southeast Asia. 10.) xxxiv, 599pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Rotterdam/Brookfield (A.A. Balkema), 1988.

237 BERNHARD, FRANZ, ET AL. (EDITORS). Udanavarga.

(Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen.

Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge. Nr. 54 & 187./ Sanskrittexte aus den Turfanfunden. 10.) 3 vols., as follows:

I: Einleitung. Beschreibung der Handschriften. Textausgabe. Bibliographie. 537, (3)pp.

II: Indices. Konkordanzen. Synoptische Tabellen. 280, (2)pp., 33 tables (partly double-page or folding).

III: Der tibetische Text unter Mitarbeit von Siglinde Dietz herausgegeben von Champa Thupten Zongtse. 447, (1)pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1965-1990.

238 BERNIER, FRANÇOIS. Travels in the Mogul Empire AD 1656-1668.

Translated...and annotated by Archibald Constable.

Second edition revised by Vincent A. Smith. li, (3), 497pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1934 edition.


239 BERNIER, RONALD M. Temples of Nepal: An Introductory Survey.

viii, 239pp. 32 plates. Sm. 4to. Buckram.

Kathmandu (Voice of Nepal), 1970.

240 BERNOT, DENISE. Dictionnaire birmanfrançais.

Compilé par Denise Bernot, Jean-Pierre Sribnai et Daw Yin Yin

Myint...revue par U Hl Tin, Daw Khin Mya Kyu et U Wun. (Langues et Civilisations de l’Asie du Sud-Est et du Monde

Insulindien. 3.) 15 vols. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Société d'Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France/ Peeters), 1978-1992.

241 BERNOT, DENISE. Le prédicat en birman parlé.

(Langues et Civilisations de l’Asie du Sud-Est et du Monde Insulindien.)

381pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Société d'Études Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France), 1980.

242 BERREMAN, GERALD D. Hindus of the Himalayas.

x, (2), 430pp. 28 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Berkeley/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1963.

243 BERTHIER, MARIETHÉRÈSE & SWEENEY, JOHN-THOMAS. “Tenung:” Le Livre des explications.

Traité divinatoire de la tradition balinaise. 245pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Guy Trédaniel), [1978].

244 BERTRAIS, YVES & CHARRIER, [RENÉ]. Dictionnaire hmong (mèo blanc)-français.

(586)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Mimeographed.

Vientiane (Mission Catholique), 1964.

245 BERTRAND, GABRIELLE. Secret Lands Where Women Reign.

224pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Robert Hale Limited), 1958.

246 BERVAL, RENÉ DE (EDITOR). Présence du Bouddhisme.

(France-Asie. Vol. 16#153/157.) 1024, (2)pp., 110 plates.

Numerous text figs. Stout 4to. Wraps.

Saigon (France-Asie), 1959.

247 BERZIN, E.O. Istoriia Tailanda: Kratkii ocherk.

316, (4)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka,” Glavnaia Redaktsiia Vostochnoi Literatury), 1973.

248 BERZINA, M.IA. & BRUK, S.I. Naselenie Indonezii, Malaii i Filippin.

Prilozhenie k karte narodov. 92, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Akademii Nauk SSSR), 1962.

249 BESSAIGNET, PIERRE. Tribesmen of the Chittagong Hill Tracts.

(Asiatic Society of Pakistan Publications. 1.) xiii, (1),

106, (4)pp., 1 folding map. 32 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

Dacca (Asiatic Society of Pakistan), 1958.

250 BÉTEILLE, ANDRÉ. Caste, Class, and Power.

Changing patterns of stratification in a Tanjore village. (6), 238pp. 1 plan.

4to. Cloth.


251 BEURDELEY, JEAN-MICHEL. Thailande des formes.

xii, 127pp. 120 plates (partly in color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Fribourg/Paris (Office du Livre/ Société Française du Livre), 1979.

252 BEYTHAN, HERMANN. Praktische Grammatik der Tamilsprache.

(Praktische Grammatik und Übungsbuch der

Tamilsprache. 1./ Sprachenkundliche Lehr- und Wörterbücher. 42.) x, (2), 225, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



16

253 BEZAC IER, LOUIS. L’art viêtnamien.

Avec une préface de Georges Coedès. 236pp., 29 plates (partly folding). 33 figs.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions de l’Union Française), [1955].

254 BEZACIER, LOUIS. Le panthéon des pagodes bouddhiques du Tonkin.

(Extrait du Bulletin de la Société des Études

Indochinoises. 3e trimestre 1943.) 41pp. 15 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Saigon (S.I.L.I.), 1943.

255 BHADURI, MANINDRA BHUSAN. A Mundari-English Dictionary.

With an introduction by Sarat Chandra Roy. xv, (1), 228,

(1), ii pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta 1931.

New Delhi/Allahabad (Northern Book Centre), 1983.

256 BHANDARKAR, R.G. Vaisnavism, Saivism and Minor Religious Systems.

(Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und

Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, 6. Heft.) 167pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.


257 BHARADVAJA. Bharadvajasrautasutram: Paitrmedhikaparisesasutrabhyam sahitam.

/ The Srauta, Paitrmedhika and

Parisesa Sutras of Bharadvaja. Critically edited and translated by C.G. Kashikar. Part II: Translation. (6), 526, (2)pp. Lrg.

4to. Boards. D.j. Edition limited to 750 copies.

Punem (Vaidika-Samsodhana-Mandalam), 1964.

258 BHARDWAJ, SURINDER MOHAN. Hindu Places of Pilgrimage in India: A Study in Cultural Geography.

xviii, (2),

Blaricum (De Waelburgh), 1927.



259 (BHARTRHARI) WAALS, H.G. VAN DER (TRANSLATOR). De spreuken Bhartrhari’s.

131pp. 4to. Leather.

260 BHATTACARYA, AHIBHUSANA. Varahapuranam: Anglabhasanuvadasahitam.

Anuvadakah Ahibhusanabhattacaryah;

Varanasi (Sarvabharatiyakasirajanyasah), 1981. sampadakah Anandasvarupaguptah./ The Varaha-Purana (With English Translation). Translated by Sri Ahibhushan

Bhattacharya; edited by Sri Anand Swarup Gupta. 6, (2), iii, (1), 37, (1), 989, (1), 71, (1), 168pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

261 BHATTACARYYA, SATYAVRATA SAMASRAMI (TRANSLATOR). Samavedasya Aranyasamhita.

56pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

Ramapuram (Satya Press), Çaka 1794 [=1873].

262 BHATTACARYYA, SATYAVRATA SAMASRAMI (TRANSLATOR). Samavedasya Mantra-brahmanam.

(4), 138pp.

Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

Ramapuram (Satya Press), Çaka 1794 [=1873].

263 BHATTACHARYA, BHOLANATH. Krishna in the Traditional Painting of Bengal.

59pp., 28 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (B.K. Banerjee), 1972.

264 BHATTACHARYA, B.C. The Jaina Iconography.

(The Punjab Oriental Series, or, A Collection of Rare & Unpublished

Books Relating to Ancient India. 26./ Indian Images. 2.) 3, (3), 4, 192, x, 3, (1)pp., 27 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

Lahore (Motilal Banarsidass), 1938/1939.

265 BHATTACHARYA, D.K. (EDITOR). Anthropologists in India.

Directory of professional anthropologists. Revised edition. xxviii, 305, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Delhi (Indian Anthropological Association), 1978.

266 BHATTACHARYA, DEBEN. The Mirror of the Sky: Songs of the Bauls from Bengal.

Translated from the original Bengali with introduction and notes. (Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 120pp., 5 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


267 BHATTACHARYYA, A. K. Chamba Rumal.

(Indian Museum Monograph No. 2.) 81, (1)pp., 16 tipped-in color plates. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Calcutta (Indian Museum), 1968.

268 BHATTACHARYYA, BENOYTOSH. The Indian Buddhist Iconography.

Based on the Sadhanamala and other cognate tantric texts of rituals. xxix, (1), 220pp., 70 plates. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1924.

New Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1985.

269 BHATTACHARYYA, D.M. (EDITOR). Chandogyabrahmana with the Commentaries of Gunavisnu and Sayana.

(Calcutta Sanskrit College Research Series. 1.) xxvii, (1), 225pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



17

Calcutta (Sanskrit College), 1958.

270 BHATTACHARYYA, N.N. The Geographical Dictionary: Ancient and Early Medieval India.

xxv, (1), 378pp., 6 folding maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers), 1991.

271 BHATTACHARYYA, N.N. History of the Tantric Religion.

A historical, ritualistic and philosophical study. xviii, 507pp. 4to.

Cloth.

New Delhi (Manohar), 1982.

272 BHATTOJI DIKSITA. The Siddhanta Kaumudi of Bhattoji Diksita.

Edited and translated into English by Srisa Chandra

Vasu. 2 vols. (2), ii, 1028pp.; (2), ii, 713, (1), 408, 247, (1), 106pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Allahabad 1906 edition.

Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), [1962].

273 BHUBANESWAR. ORISSA STATE MUSEUM. Orissa State Museum.

16pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps.

[Bubaneswar (The Superintendent of Museum, Orissa), n.d.].

274 BHUSHAN, JAMILA BRIJ. Indian Jewellery, Ornaments and Decorative Designs. xviii, 189, (1)pp., 80 plates (3 color).

471 text figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), [1950].

275 BIELEFELD, C. & MEERWALDT, J.H. Boekoe sidjahaon ni anak sikola metmet angka-na di rongkanan porgindjang.

(Boengaboenga na angoer. 3.) 137, (3)pp. Orig. wraps.

Langoeboti, Toba (Nirongkom di Pangarongkoman Mission), 1919.

276 BILLARD, ROGER. L’astronomie indienne.

Investigation des textes sanskrits et des données numériques. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 83.) 181, (3)pp. 52 figs. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


277 BINGHAM, JUNE. U Thant.

Eine Biographie. 352pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Düsseldorf/Wien (Econ-Verlag), 1967.

278 BIRASRI, SILPA. Thai Buddhist Art: Architecture.

Second edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 4.) 23, (1)pp., 8 plates. Text figs.

Wraps.


279 BIRASRI, SILPA. Thai Lacquer Works.

(Thai Culture. N.S. 5.) 16pp. 26 illus. hors texte. Wraps.


280 BIRDWOOD, GEORGE C.M. The Industrial Arts of India.

New edition. (South Kensington Museum Art Handbooks.) 2 vols. xvi, 438, (34)pp., 1 folding map, 76 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. cloth.

London (Chapman and Hall), 1884.

281 AL-

BIRUNI, ABU ’L-RAYHAN MUHAMMAD B. AHMAD. Alberuni’s India.

An account of the religion, philosophy, literature, geography, chronology, astronomy, customs, laws and astrology of India about AD 1030. Edited with notes and indices by Edward C. Sachau. 2 vols. in 1. (52), 408pp.; 431pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1910 edition.


282 BISTA, DOR BAHADUR. People of Nepal.

Second edition. xvi, (4), 210pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


283 BISTA, KHEM BAHADUR. Le culte du Kuldevata au Nepal, en particulier chez certains Ksatri de la vallée de

Kathmandu.

169pp. 18 illus., 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions Nove), 1972.

284 BISWAS, SAILENDRA, ET AL. Samsad Bengali-English Dictionary.

Revised & enlarged second edition. Compiled by

Sailendra Biswas; edited by Birendramohan Dasgupta; revised by Subodhchandra Sengupta. (6), 962pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Sahitya Samsad), 1983.

285 BISWAS, SAILENDRA, ET AL. Samsad English-Bengali Dictionary.

Revised & enlarged fifth edition. Compiled by

Sailendra Biswas; revised by Subodhchandra Sengupta and Sudhangshukumar Sengupta. Fifth edition edited by

Birendramohan Dasgupta. xiii, (1), 1354pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Sahitya Samsad), 1983.

286 BISWAS, U.N. Crime and Detective Sciences in Selected Ancient Indian Literature.

(The Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

Monograph No. 27.) x, 93pp. 18 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



18

Calcutta (The Asiatic Society), 1987.

287 BITSCH, JÖRGEN. Warum lächelt Buddha.

Rätselhafte Welt Hinterindiens. 180, (4)pp. 57 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

Berlin/Frankfurt (Ullstein), 1964.

288 BIZOT, FRANÇOIS. Le don de soi-même.

Recherches sur le bouddhisme Khmer, III. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 130.) 206, (6)pp. 46 illus. 4to. Wraps.


289 BIZOT, FRANÇOIS. Le figuier à cinq branches.

Recherche sur le bouddhisme khmer. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 107.) iv, (2), 164, (2)pp., 15 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


290 BLACKBURN, STUART H., ET AL. (EDITORS). Oral Epics in India.

Edited by Stuart H. Blackburn, Peter J. Claus, Joyce

B. Flueckiger, and Susan S. Wadley. Contributors: Brenda E.F. Beck, Stuart H. Blackburn, Peter J. Claus, Joyce B.

Flueckiger, Jonathan GoldbergBelle, Komal Kothari, Karine Schomer, John D. Smith, Susan S. Wadley. xi, (1), 296pp. Text figs. 4to. Cloth. Based on papers from a conference held in 1982 at the University of Wisconsin, Madison.


291 BLOFELD, JOHN. Bangkok.

Photographs by Philip Jones Griffiths. (Die grossen Städte.) 200pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to.

Leatherette.

Amsterdam (Time-Life), 1979.

292 BLOOMFIELD, MAURICE. A Vedic Concordance.

Being an alphabetic index to every line of every stanza of the published

Vedic literature and to the liturgical formulas thereof, that is an index to the Vedic mantras, together with an account of their variations in the different Vedic books. (The Harvard Oriental Series. 10.) xxii, (2), 1078pp. Sm. stout folio. Cloth. Reprint of

London (British Museum Press), 1992. the Cambridge 1906 edition.


293 BLURTON, T. RICHARD. Hindu Art. 239, (1)pp. 150 illus. (100 color). 4to. Wraps.

294 BLYTHE, WILFRED. The Impact of Chinese Secret Societies in Malaya.

A historical study. xiv, 566pp., 18 plates, 8 maps. 4to. Cloth.

London (Oxford University Press), 1969.

295 BOAL, BARBARA M. The Konds.

Human sacrifice and religious change. xiv, 294pp. 23 plates, 5 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Warminster (Aris & Phillips), 1982.

296 BODDING, P.O. A Santal Dictionary.

(Det Norske Videnskaps Akademi i Oslo.) 5 vols. in 7 parts. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. With a

1p. typed letter from the author inserted.

Oslo (Jacob Dybwad), 1929-1936.

297 BODDING, P.O. A Santali Grammar for Beginners.

(2), 104pp. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

Benagaria (Santal Mission of the Northern Churches/ The Mission Press), 1929.

298 BODDING, P.O. Studies in Santal Medicine & Connected Folklore.

(Memoirs of the Asiatic Society. 10.) 3 parts in 1 vol. vi, (4), 502pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1925-1940.


299 BODDING, P.O. (EDITOR). Santal Folk Tales.

(Instituttet for Sammenlignende Kulturforskning. Serie B: Skrifter. 2, 7, 14.) 3 vols. xvi, 369pp.; viii, 403pp.; vi, 411pp. Sq. 4to. Boards, 3/4 leather.

Oslo (H. Aschehoug & Co. [W. Nygaard]), 1925-1929.

300 BODROGI, TIBOR. Kunst in Indonesien.

92, (16)pp., 16 color plates. 157 illus. hors texte. Text figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Wien/München (Verlag Anton Schroll & Co.), 1972.

301 BÖHNE, CARL GEORG. Primitive Stage.

101pp., 1 plate. 12mo. Wraps.

Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1971.

302 BÖHTLINGK, OTTO. Sanskrit-Chrestomathie.

Dritte verbesserte und vermehrte Auflage. Herausgegeben von Richard

Garbe. vi, (2), 416pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Leipzig 1909 edition.


303 BÖHTLINGK, OTTO. Sanskrit-Wörterbuch in kürzerer Fassung.

7 vols. in 3. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the St. Petersburg

1879-1889 edition.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



19

Graz (Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1959.

304 BOELES, J.J. Second Expedit ion to the Mrabri (“Khon pa”) of North Thailand.

(30)pp., 15 plates. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

[Bangkok (Pracandra Press), 1963].

305 BOHM, WERNER. Chakras.

Lebenskräfte und Bewusstseinszentren in Menschen. Vorwort von H.H. Veltheim. 131pp., 8 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München-Planegg (Otto-Wilhelm-Barth-Verlag), 1953.

306 BOISSELIER, JEAN. Ceylon, Sri Lanka.

(Archaeologia Mundi.) 215pp. 116 illus. (17 color). Sm. 4to. Buckram.

München/Genf (Nagel Verlag), 1979.

307 BOISSELIER, JEAN. Malerei in Thailand.


Stuttgart/Berlin (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1976.

308 BOISSELIER, JEAN. Notes sur l’art du bronze dans l’ancien Cambodge.

(Reprinted from Artibus Asiae, vol. 29.) 60pp.

38 illus. hors texte. 25 figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Ascona (Artibus Asiae), 1968.

309 BOISSELIER, JEAN. La statuaire du Champa.

Recherches sur les cultes et l’iconographie. (Publications de l’École

Française d’Extrême-Orient. 54.) xi, (1), 468, (2)pp., 9 plates, 4 folding maps and plans. 257 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.


310 BOISSELIER, JEAN & BEURDELEY, JEAN-MICHEL. Kunst in Thailand.

271pp. 169 plates (partly tipped-in color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth. D.j.


311

BOLDT, KAJ. Djævledansernes kyst: Masker og maskedans på Sri Lanka.

(Skarv’s Etnografiske Serie.) 63pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Holte (Skarv Nature Publications), 1980.

312 BOMBAY. MAHARASHTRA CENSUS OFFICE. Handicrafts in Maharashtra: Himroo Weaving.

Foreword by Asok Mitra; preface by D.V. Rangnekar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. X: Maharashtra. Part VII-A [1].) viii, (4), 40pp., 5 plates (1 color), 2 maps. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1966.

313 BOMBAY. MAHARASHTRA CENSUS OFFICE. Handicrafts in Maharashtra: Wooden Toys of Savantvadi and Coir

Ropes of Achare, District Ratnagiri.

Foreword by Asok Mitra; preface by D.V. Rangnekar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. X:

Maharashtra. Part VII-A [4 & 5].) viii, (8), 52pp., 15 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Bombay (The Manager, Government Central Press), 1968.

314 BOMPAS, CECIL HENRY (TRANSLATOR). Folklore of the Santal Parganas.

483pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (David Nutt), 1909.

315 BOND, GEORGE D. The Buddhist Revival in Sri Lanka: Religious Tradition, Reinterpretation and Response.

(Studies in Comparative Religion.) ix, (1), 322pp. 4to. Cloth.

N.p. (University of South Carolina Press), 1988.

316

BONIFACY, ÉMILE. Conférence sur les groupes ethniques du Haut Tonkin au nord du Fleuve Rouge.

(Cahiers de la

Société Géographique de Hanoi. 7.) 30pp. 26 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Hanoi (Société Géographique de Hanoi), 1924.

317

BONN, GISELA. Indische Feste: Bilder von Göttern und Menschen.

Fotos und Festkalender von Jean-Louis Nou.

125pp. 68 color plates, text figs. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.


318 BONN, GISELA & WIRSING, GISELHER. Indien und der Subkontinent.

Reiseführer und Länderkunde: Indien, Pakistan,

Bangla Desh, Nepal, Sikkim, Bhutan. Zweite, revidierte Ausgabe. 311, (1)pp., 1 folding map, 20 plates with 51 illus. Sq. 8vo.

Cloth.

Tübingen/Basel (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1974.

319 BONNERJEA, BIREN. Praktische Grammatik der Hindisprache.

(A. Hartleben’s Bibliothek der Sprachenkunde. 137.) 8,

83pp. 12mo. Wraps.

Wien/Leipzig (A. Hartleben’s Verlag), n.d.

320 BOON CHUEY SRISAVASDI. The Hill Tribes of Siam.

(2), 203pp. 568 illus. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



20

Bangkok (Khun Aroon), [1963].

321 BOON CHUEY SRISAVASDI. 30 chat nai Chiang Rai.

Phim khrang thi 5./ Thirty tribes in Chiengrai. Fifth edition. 724,

(4)pp. Prof. illus. Stout 8vo. Boards (spine damaged).

[Krung Thep?], n.d.

322 BORIBAL BURIBHAND, LUANG & GRISWOLD, A.B. The Royal Monasteries and Their Significance.

Third edition.

(Thai Culture. N.S. 2.) 16pp., 8 plates. Wraps.


323 BORISKOVSKII, P.I. Pervobytnoe proshloe V’etnama.

183pp. 46 plates. Wraps.

Moskva/Leningrad (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”), 1966.

324 BOSC

HER, WINFRIED. Wörterbuch Vietnamesisch-Deutsch.

Unter Mitarbeit von Phan trung Liên. 738pp. Stout 8vo.

Wraps.

München (Max Hueber Verlag), 1981.

325 BOSE, D.M., ET AL. (EDITORS). A Concise History of Science in India.

Edited by D.M. Bose, S.N. Sen, B.V.

Subbarayappa. xvii, (1), 689pp., 9 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Indian National Science Academy), 1971.

326 BOSE, PRADIP (EDITOR). The Cartoon Exhibition on Chinese Expansionism in Asia & Africa.

47pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

[Calcutta (Satya Roy), n.d.].

327 BOSTON. MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS. The Arts of India and Nepal: The Nasli and Alice Heeramaneck Collection. Nov.

1966-Jan. 1967. Catalogue by John Rosenfield, Pratapaditya Pal, Milo Beach, Adolph S. Cavallo. 184, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps.

Boston, 1966.

328

BOULBET, JEAN. Quelques aspects du coutumier (N’dri) des Cau Maa.

(Bulletin de la Société des Études

Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXXII#2.) 66, (18)pp., 20 plates, 2 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Sai gon (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1957.

329

BOULBET, JEAN (EDITOR). Dialogue lyrique des Cau Maa’ (Tam pöt maa’).

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 85.) 116, (2)pp. 32 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.


330 BOUROTTE, BERNARD. Essai d’histoire des populations montagnardes du Sud-Indochinois jusqu’à 1945.

(Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXX#1.) 116pp., 12 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Wraps.

S aigon (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1955.

331 BOWER, URSULA GRAHAM. The Hidden Land.

xx, 244pp., 1 double-page map. 26 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (John Murray), 1953.

332 BOWER, URSULA GRAHAM. Naga Path.

x, 260pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth.


333 BRAC DE LA PERRIÈRE, BÉNÉDICTE. Les rituels de possession en Birmanie: Du culte d’état aux cérémonies privées.

227, (1)pp., 16 plates with 32 color illus. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations), 1989.

334 BRADLEY, DAN BEACH. Nangsu’ àkkharaphithansap./ Dictionary of the Siamese Language.

(2), 828pp. Lrg. 4to.

Buckram, 3/4 leatherette. Title on spine “Chatphim lianbæp khong doem thuk prakan.” Reprint of the Bangkok 1873 edition.

[Phra Nakhon (Khurusapha Lat Phrao), 1971].

335 BRAMZELIUS, ABBE W. Die hinduistische Pantheon Glasmalerei.

Eine ethnographische, religions- und kunstgeschichtliche Studie über die hinduistischen Glasgemälde im Staatlichen Ethnographischen Museum zu Stockholm

(Schweden). (Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie. Vol. 34, Supplement.) xiv, 107, (1)pp., 17 plates (1 color). 32 text figs.

Folio. Wraps.


336 BRANDENBURG, DIETRICH. Der Tâj Mahâl in Agra.

Eine Studie zur Baukunst des Islam in Indien. 184pp. 55 illus., 25 figs., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Verlag Bruno Hessling), 1969.

337 BRAUN, ROLF & BRAUN, ILSE. Opiumgewichte.

/ Opium Weights./ Poids d’Asie. 239, (1)pp. 631 illus., text figs. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps. D.j. Parallel texts in German, English, and French.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



21

Landau (Pfälzische Verlaganstalt), 1983.

338 BRAUNS, CLAUSDIETER & LÖFFLER, LORENZ G. Mru: Bergbewohner im Grenzgebiet von Bangladesh.

248pp.

Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Basel/Boston (Birkhäuser Verlag), 1986.

339 BRECHER, MICHAEL. Nehru.

Eine politische Biographie. 296, (4)pp., 16 plates. 2 maps. Cloth.

München (Wilhelm Goldmann Verlag), 1963.

340 BRIGGS, GEO. W. The Chamars.

(The Religious Life of India.) 270pp., 13 plates. Cloth.

Calcutta/London (Association Press/ Oxford University Press), 1920.

341 BRIGGS, GEORGE WESTON. The Doms and Their Near Relations.

ix, (3), 680pp., 17 plates. Boards.

Mysore (The Wesley Press and Publishing House), [1953].

342 BRIGGS, GEORGE WESTON. Gorakhnath and the Kanphata Yogis.

xiv, 380pp., 14 plates, 1 lrg. folding chart. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps. Originally published Calcutta 1938. Photocopy.


343 BRIGGS, LAWRENCE PALMER. The Ancient Khmer Empire.

(Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol.

41, Part 1.) 295pp. 58 illus., 16 maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Philadelphia (American Philosophical Society), 1951.

344 BRIMMELL, JACK HENRY. Communism in Southeast Asia.

A political analysis. ix, (1), 415pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Oxford University Press), 1959.

345 BRISTOW, ROBERT. Cochin Saga.

A history of foreign government and business adventures in Kerala, South India, by

Arabs, Romans, Venetians, Dutch, and British, together with the personal narrative of the last adventurer and an epilogue.

With a preface by James Grigg. 264pp., 13 plates. 5 maps and diagrams. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Cassell), 1959.

346 BROCKINGTON, J.L. The Sacred Thread.

Hinduism in its continuity and diversity. ix, (1), 222pp. 15 plates. 12mo. Wraps.

Edinburgh (University Press), 1985.

347 BRONSON, M. A Dictionary in Assamese and English.

Introduction by Maheshwar Neog./ Asamiya aru Imraji abhidhana. xii, 609pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Sibsagor 1867.

New Delhi (Omsons Publications), 1983.

348 BROWN, CHARLES PHILIP. Dictionary English-Telugu.

/ Nighantu, Inglis Telugu. xlvii, (1), 1367pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Originally published Madras 1852.


349 BROWN, CHARLES PHILIP. Dictionary Telugu-English.

/ Nighantu, Telugu Inglis. Second edition. New edition thoroughly revised and brought upto date by M. Venkata Ratnam, W.G. Campbell and Rao Bahadur K. Veeresalingam. vi, (2), 1416pp.

Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published Madras 1905.

New Delhi (Asian Educational Service), 1979.

350 BROWN, G.E.R. GRANT. Upper Chindwin District.

Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) iv, 91, (1), vii, (1)pp., 23 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


351 BROWN, J. MARVIN. From Ancient Thai to Modern Dialects.

ix, (1), 180pp. 11 maps and diagrams Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (Social Science Association Press of Thailand), 1965.

352 BROWN, PERCY. Indian Architecture (Buddhist and Hindu Periods).

Third revised edition. xiv, 216pp., 165 plates with over 500 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


353 BROWN, PERCY. Indian Architecture (Islamic Period).

Second edition. xv, (1), 146, (2)pp., 125 plates with over 250 illus.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Taraporevala’s Treasure House of Books), n.d.

354 BROWN, ROXANNA M. The Ceramics of South-East Asia.

Their dating and identification. (Oxford in Asia Studies in

Ceramics.) xiv, 82, (2)pp., 63 plates with 223 illus. (84 color). 28 figs. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Kuala Lumpur/ London/ New York (Oxford University Press), 1977.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



22

355 BROWN, W. NORMAN. Manuscript Illustrations of the Uttaradhyayana Sutra.

(American Oriental Series. 21.) xiii, (3),

54pp., 46 plates with 150 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Haven (American Oriental Society), 1941.

356 BROWN, W. NORMAN. The Story of Kalaka.

Texts, history, legends, and miniature paintings of the Svetambara Jain hagiographical work the Kalakacaryakatha. (Freer Gallery of Art. Oriental Studies. 1.) viii, 149pp., 15 plates. Folio. Wraps.

Washington (Smithsonian Institution), 1933.

357 BRUCE, HELLEN. Nine Temples of Bangkok.

(12), 137pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (Chalermnit Press), 1960.

358 BRÜCKNER, HEIDRUN. Fürstliche Feste: Texte und Rituale der Tulu-Volksreligion an der Westküste Südindiens.

(Neuindische Studien. 12.) xvii, (1), 549pp. 3 maps (1 double-page). 4to. Cloth.

Wiesbaden (Harrassowitz Verlag), 1995.

359 BRUK, S.I. Naselenie Indokitaia.

Poiasnitel’naia zapiska k karte narodov. 25, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.


360 BRUN, VIGGO. Sug, the Trickster who Fooled the Monk.

A Northern Thai tale with vocabulary. (Scandinavian Institute of

Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 27.) 191pp. 4to. Wraps.

Lund/London (Studentlitteratur/ Curzon Press), 1976.

361 BRUNET, JACQUES. Tänze auf Bali.

11, (1)pp., 26 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Internationales Institut für vergleichende Musikstudien und Dokumentation), 1972.

362 BRUNS, AXEL & LHA SAMIN’. Birmanisches Marionettentheater.


Berlin (Privately Printed), 1990.

363 BRUXELLES. PALAIS DES BEAUX-

ARTS. Le tantrisme dans l’art et la pensée.

March-April 1974. 93, (1)pp. 22 plates

(partly color). Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Bruxelles, 1974.

364 BUCK, C.H. Faiths, Fairs & Festivals of India.

ix, (1), 262, (2)pp., 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published in

1917.

New Delhi (Asian Publication Services), 1977.

365 BUDAPEST. HOPP FERENC KELETAZSIAI MÜVÉSZETI MÚZEUM. Indiai es hatsoindiai müvészet.

43pp. Illus. Lrg.

8vo. Wraps.

Budapest, 1986.

366 BUDAPEST. HOPP FERENC KELETAZSIAI MÜVÉSZETI MÚZEUM. Indiai és jávai müvészet./ Indian and Javanese

Art. Valogatás a Hopp Ferenc Múzeum anyagából./ Selection of the collections of the Francis Hopp Museum of Eastern-

Wiesbaden (Emil Vollmer Verlag), [1967].

Asiatic Arts. 78pp. 143 illus. Wraps.

Budapest, 1983.

367 BUDDHA UND SEINE ZEIT.

75pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

368 BUDDHADATTA, A.P. Concise Pali-English Dictionary.

viii, (2), 294pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Colombo

1957.


369 BUDDHADATTA, A.P. English-Pali Dictionary.

xiii, (1), 588pp. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass Publishers), 1989.

370 BUDDHADATTA, A.P. The New Pali Course.

2 vols. xiv, 119pp.; viii, (2), 268pp. Boards. Mixed 4th & 6th editions.

Colombo (The Colombo Apothecaries’ Co.), 1962; 1956.

371 BUDDHAGHOSA. Visuddhi-magga, oder, Der Weg zur Reinheit.

Die grösste und älteste systematische Darstellung des

Buddhismus. Zum ersten Male aus dem Pali übersetzt von Nyanatiloka. 2. Auflage. xiii, (1), 981pp., 1 table. 4to. Cloth.

Konstanz (Verlag Christiani), 1952.

372 BUDDHIST YEARLY.

Jahrbuch für Buddhistische Forschungen. Vols. 1 - 4. With: Bibliography of Literature on Buddhist

Topics Published on the Territory of the G.D.R. since 1945. Supplement to “Buddhist Yearly 1966.” 4to. Wraps.

Halle (Buddhist Centre), 1966-1970.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



23

373 BÜHLER, G. Indian Paleography.

viii, 152pp. 9 lrg. folding plates and transliteration tables, loose in rear pocket, as issued.

4to. Boards. D.j.

Calcutta (Indian Studies Past & Present), 1962.

374 BÜHLER, GEORG. Leitfaden für den Elementarcursus des Sanskrit.

Mit Übungsstücken und zwei Glossaren. vii, (1),

171, (1)pp., 2 folding plates. Sm. 4to. New cloth.

Wien (Verlag von Carl Konegen), 1883.

375

BÜHLER, GEORG (TRANSLATOR). The Laws of Manu.

Translated with extracts from seven commentaries. (The Sacred

Books of the East. 25.) cxxxviii, (2), 620pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Oxford 1886 edition.


376 BÜHNEMANN, GUDRUN & TACHIKAWA, MUSASHI. The Hindu Deities Illustrated According to the

Pratisthalaksanasarasamuccaya.

(Bibliotheca Codicum Asiaticorum. 3.) 172pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1990.

377 BÜHNEMANN, GUDRUN & TACHIKAWA, MUSASHI. Nispannayogavali: Two Sanskrit Manuscripts from Nepal.

(Bibliotheca Codicum Asiaticorum. 5.) xxii, (2), 156pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j.


378 BUHLER, JEAN. Nepal.

(Das Buch der Reisen. 18.) 214pp. Prof. illus. Tall 4to. Boards.

Lausanne (Éditions Rencontre), 1964.

379 BÙI, HU’U NGHIA. L’union merveilleuse de Kim et de Thach.

Manuscrit en chu’-nôm précédé d'une introduction, transcription en quocngu’ et traduction en français avec une introduction et des commentaires par P. Midan. (Extrait du

Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises, tome IX, nos. 1-2.) 456pp. Lrg. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.

Presentation copy, inscribed by the editor.

Saigon (J. Testelin), 1934.

380 BUITENEN, J.A.B. VAN. The Mahabharata.

Translated and edited. 3 vols. I. 1: The Book of the Beginning. xlvii, (5),

492pp., 1 folding chart. II. 2: The Book of the Assembly Hall. 3: The Book of the Forest. xi, (3), 864pp. III. 4: The Book of

Virata. 5: The Book of the Effort. x, 572pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Vol. 2 inscribed by the editor.

Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1973-1978.

381

BULTEAU, R. Cours d’annamite (langue vietnamienne).

4e édition. xix, (1), 292, x pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions Larose), 1953.

382 BUNCE, FREDERICK W. An Encyclopaedia of Buddhist Deities, Demigods, Godlings, Saints and Demons.

With special focus on iconographic attributes. (Emerging Perceptions in Buddhist Studies. 1-2.) 2 vols. xxiv, 1151pp. 24 color plates, 286 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (D.K. Printworld), 1994.

383 BUNGE, FREDERICA M. (EDITOR). Thailand: A Country Study.

Fifth edition. (Area Handbook Series./ Foreign Area

Studies, The American University.) xxvii, (1), 354pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Washington, D.C. (Department of the Army), 1981.

384 BUNNAG, JANE. Buddhist Monk, Buddhist Layman.

A study of urban monastic organization in Central Thailand.

(Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 6.) xii, 219pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.


385 BURGESS, JAMES. The Temples of Satrunjaya.

The celebrated Jaina place of pilgrimage near Palitana in Kathiawad.

Completely revised with additional materials, notes and up-to-date informations. (12), 82pp. 45 illus. hors texte. Text figs.

4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Jain Bhawan), 1977.

386 BURLING, ROBBINS. A Garo Grammar.

(Deccan College Monograph Series. 25.) x, 95pp. 4to. Wraps.

Poona (Deccan College, Postgraduate and Research Institute), 1961.

387 BURLING, ROBBINS. Hill Farms and Padi Fields.

Life in Mainland Southeast Asia. viii, (2), 180, (2)pp. 1 map. Wraps.

Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (Prentice-Hall), 1965.

388 BURLING, ROBBINS. Hill Farms and Padi Fields.

Life in Mainland Southeast Asia. (Monographs in Southeast Asian

Studies, Program for Southeast Asian Studies, Arizona State University.) x, 168, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Tempe] (Arizona State University), 1992.

389 BURLINGAME, EUGENE WATSON. Buddhist Legends.

Translated from the original Pali text of the Dhammapada

Commentary. (The Harvard Oriental Studies. 28-30.) I: Introduction; Synopses; Translation of Books 1 and 2. xxxviii, 328pp.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



24

II: Translation of Books 3 to 12. 366pp. III: Translation of Books 13 to 26. 391, (1), 16pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published

Cambridge 1921.

London (Published for the Pali Text Society by Luzac & Company), 1969.

390 BURMA AND THE INSURRECTIONS.

(2), 63, (1)pp., 8 color maps. 4to. Wraps. Originally published 1949.

[Rangoon?] (Government of the Union of Burma), 1957.

391 BURMA: TEXTE UND FRAGEN.


Hamburg (Missionshilfe Verlag), 1988.

392 BURN, RICHARD (EDITOR). The Mughul Period.

(The Cambridge History of India. IV.) xxvi, 670, (2)pp., 58 plates, 6 maps

(mostly folding). Sm. 4to. Cloth.


393 BURROW, T. The Sanskrit Language.

(The Great Languages.) vii, (1), 426pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (Faber and Faber), 1959.

394 BURROW, T. & EMENEAU, M.B. A Dravidian Etymological Dictionary.

xxix, (1), 609pp. 4to. Cloth.


395 BUSSABARGER, ROBERT F. & ROBINS, BETTY DASHEW. The Everyday Art of India.

xi, (1), 205, (9)pp. 282 illus. (4 color). 4to. Wraps.

New York (Dover), 1968.

396 BUSSAGLI, MARIO. Indian Miniatures.

158pp. 73 color plates. Cloth.

London (Paul Hamlyn), 1969.

397 BUTLER, JACQUELINE. Yao Design.

35pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth.

Bangkok (The Siam Society), 1970.

398 BUTTERWORTH, ALAN & VENUGOPAUL CHETTY, V. Copper-Plate and Stone Inscriptions of South India.

3 vols. xi,

(3), 1520pp., 46 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


399 BUTTINGER, JOSEPH. Der kampfbereite Drache.

Vietnam nach Dien Bien Phu. 364, (4)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Wien/Frankfurt (Europa Verlag), 1968.

400 BYKOVA, E.M. The Bengali Language.

(Languages of Asia and Africa.) 188, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


401 CABATON, ANTOINE. Nouvelles recherches sur les Chams.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 2.) (2),

215pp. Illus. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 vellum; orig. wraps. bound in.


402

CADIÈRE, LÉOPOLD. Croyances et pratiques religieuses des viêtnamiens.

Avant-propos de Louis Malleret. (Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises. N.S. 33#1/2 & Publications hors série de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient.) 3 vols. xiii, (1), 343pp., 8 plates. 343pp. 58 illus.; 286pp., 8 plates. 58 illus. 4to. Wraps. Vol. I = deuxième édition. Avertissement de

Louis Malleret.

Saigon (Imprimerie Nouvelle d’Extrême-Orient), 1958/ Saigon/Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1955-1957.

403 CADY, JOHN F. A History of Modern Burma.

xiii, (3), 682pp. 4 plates, 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Ithaca (Cornell University Press), 1958.

404 CAI, TINGLAN. Hainan za zhu.

Cai Tinglan zhu, Taiwan yin hang jing ji yan jiu shi bian ji. (Taiwan wen xian cong kan. 42.)

8, 2, 62pp. Wraps.

Taibei (Taiwan yin hang), 1959.

405 CALAND, W. Die Altindischen Todten- und Bestattungsgebräuche mit Benutzung handschriftlicher Quellen dargestellt.

(Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. Deel I, no.

6.) xiv, 191, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Amsterdam 1896 edition.

Wiesbaden (Dr. Martin Sändig), 1967.

406 CALAND, W. Altindisches Zauberritual.

Probe einer Uebersetzung der wichtigsten Theile des Kausika Sutra.

(Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. Nieuwe Reeks. Deel

III, no. 2.) xii, 195, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Amsterdam 1900 edition.

Wiesbaden (Dr. Martin Sändig), 1967.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



25

407 CALAND, W. (TRANSLATOR). Pancavimsa-Brahmana: The Brahmana of Twenty Five Chapters.

([Bibliotheca Indica.

255./ New Series. No. 1514].) xxxvi, 660, (2)pp. Frontis. 4to. New boards, 1/ cloth.

Calcutta (The Baptist Mission Press/ The Asiatic Society of Bengal), 1931.

408 CALCUTTA. BHARAT JAIN MAHAMANDAL, ACADEMY OF FINE ARTS. Exhibition of Jaina Art.

April 1965. (Mahavira

Jayanti 1965.) 58pp., 14 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Calcutta, 1965.

409 CALCUTTA. CRAFT MUSEUM. Craft Museum.

Text by Ajit Mookerjee. 127pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Calcutta (The Indian Institute of Art in Industry), 1959.

410 CALCUTTA. INDIAN MUSEUM. Catalogue of Embroidered Textiles from Cutch & Kathiawar in the Indian Museum.

By

Santipriya Mukhopadhyay. (4), 70, (4)pp. 23 illus. hors texte (mostly in color). 4to. Cloth. D.j.

Calcutta, 1983.

411 CALCUTTA. INDIAN MUSEUM. A Catalogue of Phulkari Textiles in the Collection of The Indian Museum.

By Devayani

Mitra Dutta. 36pp., 26 plates (17 color). 4to. Boards. D.j.

Calcutta, 1985.

412 CALCUTTA. INDIAN MUSEUM. The Kondh: A Tribe of Orissa.

Sept. 1981. (14)pp., 1 plate. Tall 4to. Wraps.

Calcutta, 1981.

413 CALDWELL, ROBERT. A Comparative Grammar of the Dravidian or South-Indian Family of Languages.

Third edition, revised and edited by J.L. Wyatt and T. Ramakrishna Pillai. xl, 640pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1913 edition.


414 CAM SA ON`, U”. The Buddhist Art of Ancient Arakan.

An eastern border state beyond ancient India, east of Vanga and

Samatata. [By] San Tha Aung. (2), ii, 128pp., 91 plates, 3 maps. 4to. Wraps.

[Rangoon (Daw Saw Saw), 1979].

415 CAMBEFORT, GASTON. Introduction au cambodgien.

(Les Langues de l’Orient. I: Manuels. 7.) vii, 80pp., 1 map. Lrg.

8vo. Wraps.

Paris (G.P. Maisonneuve & Cie.), 1950.

416 CAMBODGE.

307, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth (slightly soiled).

Phnom Penh (Le Ministère d’Information du Gouvernement Royal du Cambodge), 1962.

417 CAMPBELL, A. Campbell’s English-Santali Dictionary.

Third edition. Edited by R.M. Macphail. (2), 234pp. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Eastern Books), 1984.

418 CAMPBELL, J. GABRIEL. Saints and Householders.

A study of Hindu ritual and myth among the Kangra Rajputs.

(Bibliotheca Himalayica. Series III, Vol. 6.) xiv, 175pp., 27 plates. 4to. Cloth.


419 CAMPBELL, MARGARET. From the Hands of the Hills. 226pp. Prof. illus. (partly color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Hong Kong (Media Transasia), 1978.

420 CAMPBELL, STUART & SHAWEEVONGSE, CHUAN. The Fundamentals of the Thai Language.

Third edition. xii,

523pp. 4to. Cloth.

New York/Melbourne (Paragon Book Gallery/ F.W. Cheshire), [1964].

421 (CANDRAKIRTI) SCHAYER, STANISLAV. Ausgewählte Kapitel aus der Prasannapada (V, XII, XIII, XIV, XV, XVI).

Einleitung, Übersetzung und Anmerkungen./ Wybrane rozdzialy z Prasannapady. Wstep, tlumaczenie i uwagi. (Polska

Akademja Umiejetnosci. Prace Komisji Orjentalistycznej/ Mémoires de la Commission Orientaliste. 14.) xxxiii, (1), 126,

(2)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Krakowie (Nakladem Polskiej Akademji Umiejetnosci), 1931.

422 CANTLIE, AUDREY. The Assamese.

Religion, caste and sect in an Indian village. (Centre of South Asian Studies, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. London Studies on South Asia. 3.) xiii, (3), 322pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (Curzon Press), 1984.

423 CAO, XUÀN PHO. Cham Sculpture: Album.

/ Ðiêu khac Chàm: Tap anh. Introduction: Pham Huy Thông; photographs:

Nguyen Van Ku-Pham Ngoc Long. 232pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth. Parallel texts in Vietnamese and

English.

Hà Noi (Khoa hoc xã hoi), 1988.

424 CAPE, C. PHILLIPS. Benares, the Stronghold of Hinduism.

262pp. 42 plates. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



26

Boston (Richard G. Badger, The Gorham Press), n.d.

425 CAPPELLER, CARL. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary.

Based upon the St. Petersburg lexicons. viii, 672pp. 4to. New cloth.

Strassburg (Karl J. Trübner), 1891.

426 CAPPELLER, CARL. SanskritWörterbuch.

Nach den Petersburger Wörterbüchern bearbeitet. viii, 541, (1), 44pp. 4to.

Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.


427 THE CARAKA SAMHITA.

Expounded by the worshipful Atreya Punarvasu, compiled by the great sage Agnivesa, and redacted by Caraka & Drdhabala. Edited and published... with translations in Hindi, Gujarati, and English by Shree

Gulabkunverba Ayurvedic Society. Popular edition. 6 vols. Lrg. 4to. Buckram.

Jamnagar (Shree Gulabkunverba Ayurvedic Society), 1949.

428

CAREY, WILLIAM. Carey’s A Dictionary of the Bengali Language (Bengali-English).

/ Bamla-Imreji abhidhana. In which the words are traced to their origin and their various meanings given. 2 vols. 616pp.; 1544pp. Stout 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Serampore 1825 edition.


429 CARLE, RAINER. Opera Batak: Das Wandertheater der Toba-Batak in Nord-Sumatra.

Schauspiele zur Wahrung kultureller Identität im nationalen indonesischen Kontext. (Veröffentlichungen des Seminars für Indonesische und

Südseesprachen der Universität Hamburg. 15) 2 vols. I: Entwicklungsgeschichte und Textkommentare. (8), xi, 494pp. II:

Dramentexte, Kurzkommentare und Dokumentation. (4), 515, (3)pp., 2 diagrams, 4 maps (1 loosely inserted in rear pocket, as issued). 53 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin/Hamburg (Dietrich Reimer Verlag), 1990.

430 CARRITHERS, MICHAEL. The Forest Monks of Sri Lanka.

An anthropological and historical study. xii, 306pp., 14 plates.

Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


431 CARRITHERS, MICHAEL & HUMPHREY, CAROLINE (EDITORS). The Assembly of Listeners: Jains in Society.

xiii, (1),

328pp. 14 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Cambridge (Cambridge University Press), 1991.

432 CARROLL, DAVID. Tadsch Mahal.


Wiesbaden (Ebeling Verlag), 1975.

433 CARSTAIRS, G. MORRIS. Die Zweimal Geborenen.


München (Szczesny Verlag), 1963.

434 CARTER, CHARLES. An English-Sinhalese Dictionary.

Revised edition. (12), 535pp. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the

Colombo 1936 edition.

Colombo (M.D. Gunasena & Co.), 1965.

435

CARTER, CHARLES. An English and Singhalese Lesson Book on Ollendorff’s System.

Designed to teach Singhalese through the medium of the English language./ Simhala iganaganima pinisa kartar padili unnanse visin ingrisiyen saha simhalen sadanta yeduna padam potakya. 167pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Colombo, n.d.

436 CARTER, CHARLES. A Sinhalese-English Dictionary.

x, 806pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Reprint of the Colombo 1924 edition.


437 CASAL, JEAN-

MARIE. La civilisation de l’Indus et ses énigmes: De la Mésopotamie à l’Inde.

(Résurrection du Passé.)

225pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Paris (Fayard), 1969.

438 CASPARIS, J.G. DE. Indonesian Palaeography.

A history of writing in Indonesia from the beginning to c. A.D. 1500.

(Handbuch der Orientalistik. Dritte Abteilung: Indonesien, Malaysia und die Philippinen unter Einschluss der Kap-Malaien in

Südafrika. Vierter Band, Erste Lieferung.) vi, (2), 96, (2)pp., 10 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Leiden/Köln (E.J. Brill), 1975.

439 CATURVEDI, MAHENDRA & TIWARI, BHOLANATH. A Practical Hindi-English Dictionary.

Ninth edition./ Vyavaharika

Hindi-Angrezi kosa. xvi, 875pp. Sm. stout 4to. Buckram.

New Delhi (National Publishing House), 1982.

440 CAUCHETIER, RAYMOND. Saigon.

Préface de Pierre-Jean Laspeyres. 9, (7)pp., 96 plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards. D.j.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



27

Paris (Éditions Albin Michel), 1955.

441 CAVE, HENRY W. Bau denkmäler aus ältester Zeit in Ceylon.

xi, (1), 205pp., 65 plates. 4to. Dec. cloth, 1/4 leather.

Berlin (Verlag von Dietrich Reimer [Ernst Vohsen]), 1901.

442 CEKKILAR. Cekkilar Cuvamikal ennum Arunmolittevar aruliya Periya puranam.

Ennum, tiruttontar puranam: patankalutan. Ci. Ke. Cuppiramaniya Mutaliyar tokuttiyarriya uraiyutan. (Kovait Tamile Cankam. Kovait Tamile Canka veliyitu. 12.) xxi, (3), 923, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy.

Tiruvadamarudur (Panniruthirumurai Publication Endowment), 1964.

443 CEKKILAR. Periya puranam.

A Tamil classic on the great Saiva saints of South India by Sekkizhaar. Condensed English version by G. Vanmikanathan. xvi, 578, xvi pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy.

Madras (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1985.

444 CENSE, A.A. Makassaars-Nederlands woordenboek met Nederlands-Makassaars register.

In samenwerking met

Abdoerrahim. Voorwoord door J. Noorduyn. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xxxi, (1), 989pp. 4to.

Cloth.


445 CEYLON ADMINISTRATION REPORTS 1964-65.

Part IV: Education, Science and Art (G). Administration Report of the

Archaeological Commissioner for the Financial Year 1964-65. [By] C.E. Godakumbura. 140pp. 26 plates. Sm. 4to. Selfwraps. Parallel texts in Sinhalese and English.

Colombo, 1967.

446 CHACKO, V.C. DeutschMalayalam Wörterbuch.

/ Jarmman-Malayalam nighantu. xv, (1), 812pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

[Trivandrum] (Department of German, University of Kerala), 1972.

447 CHAKRA.

A Journal of Tantra and Yoga. Vols. 1 - 2. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi, 1970-1971.

448 CHAKRAVORTY, BANKABEHARI. Decipherment of Indus Script: A New Light.

(Indian Publications Monograph Series.

16.) 54pp., 2 plates. 4to. Boards.

Calcutta (Indian Publications), 1975.

449 CHAKRAVORTY, BANKABEHARI. The Message of Indus Script 122pp. 14 plates. 4to. Cloth. D.j.


450 CHANCHIRAYU RATCHANI, M.C. Guide Through the Inscriptions of Sukhothai.

[By] Mom Chao Chand Chirayu Rajani.

(Southeast Asian Studies Working Paper No. 9.) (2), iii, 94 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Honolulu (Southeast Asian Studies Program, University of Hawaii), 1976.

451 CHAND, EMCEE & YIMSIRI, KHIEN. Thai Monumental Bronzes.

Preface by Silp Birasri. 96pp., 99 plates. Text illus. Lrg.

Boulder/San Francisco (Westview Press), 1992.

8vo. Buckram.

Bangkok (Privately Printed), [1957].

452 CHANDLER, DAVID P. Brother Number One.

A political biography of Pol Pot. xiv, (2), 254pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

453 CHANDLER, DAVID P. A History of Cambodia.

Second edition. xv, (1), 287, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Boulder/Sydney (Westview Press/ Allen & Unwin), 1992.

454 CHANDLER, DAVID P. The Tragedy of Cambodian History.

Politics, war, and revolution since 1945. xiii, (3), 396pp., 10 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

New Haven/London (Yale University Press), 1991.

455 CHANDRA, MOTI. Mewar Painting in the Seventeenth Century.

(Lalit Kala Series of Indian Art.) (26)pp. 10 tipped-in color plates. Sm. folio. Wraps.

New Delhi (Lalit Kala Akademi), 1957.

456 CHANDRA, PRAMOD. Bundi Painting.

(Lalit Kala Series of Indian Art.) (26)pp. 10 tipped-in color plates, 1 tipped-in text illus. Sm. folio. Wraps.


457 CHANDRA, VIKRAM. Red Earth and Pouring Rain.

(2), 522pp. 4to. Cloth.

London/Boston (Faber and Faber), 1995.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



28

458 CHANTHABURINARU’NAT, PRINCE, SON OF CHULALONGKORN, KING OF SIAM. Pathanukrom Bali Thai 'Angkrit

Sansakrit.

Phim khrang thi 2./ Pali-Thai-English-Sanskrit Dictionary. Second edition. (4), 112, (6), 902pp., 3 plates. Stout

4to. Leatherette (spine taped).

[Bangkok] (Mahamakutratchawitthayalai), 1977.

459 CHAPEKAR, L.N. Thakurs of the Sahyadri.

viii, (4), 227, (5)pp., 17 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


460 CHAPUIS, OSCAR. The Last Emperors of Vietnam: From Tu Duc to Bao Dai.

(Contributions in Asian Studies. 7.) xiii, (1),

185, (1)pp. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Westport, Connecticut/London (Greenwood Press), 2000.

461 CHARAK, SUKHDEV SINGH. History and Culture of Himalayan States.

Foreword by S.C. Dube. Vols. 1 - 5. I-III:

Himachal Pradesh. IV-V: Jammu Kingdom. Prof. illus. 4to. Buckram.

New Delhi (Life & Life Publishers), 1978-1980.

462 CHARNVIT KASETSIRI. The Rise of Ayudhya.

A history of Siam in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. (East Asian

Historical Monographs.) xii, 194pp. 4to. Boards.

Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press/Duang Kamol Book House), 1976.

463 CHAT GOBCHITTI. Das Urteil.

Übersetzt von Ampha Otrakul und Xaver Götzfried. ii, 310pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

[Bangkok (Privately Printed), 1989].

464 CHATTERJEE, ASIM KUMAR. A Comprehensive History of Jainism [up to 1000 A.D.] xii, 400pp. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Firma KLM Private Limited), 1978.

465 CHATTOPADHYAY, BHASKAR. Kushana State and Indian Society.

A study in post-Mauryan polity & society. xlviii,

288pp., 4 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Punthi Pustak), 1975.

466 CHATTOPADHYAYA, KAMALADEVI. The Glory of Indian Handicrafts.

(India Library.) 200pp. 21 illus. hors texte. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Indian Book Company), 1976.

467 CHATTOPADHYAYA, KAMALADEVI. Tribalism in India.

viii, (2), 302pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth.


468 CHAUDHURI, NIRAD C. Hinduism.

A religion to live by. xii, 340pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1980.

469 CHAUDHURI, NIRAD C. A Passage to England.

viii, 229pp. 4to. Wraps.

London/New York (Macmillan/ St. Martin’s Press), 1966.

470 CHAUDHURY, P.C. ROY. Folklore of Bihar.

(Folklore of India.) (4), 203, (1)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

New Delhi (National Book Trust, India), 1976.

471 CHEESMAN, PATRICIA. Lao Textiles. Ancient symbols-living art. 140pp. Prof. illus. in color. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette.

Bangkok (White Lotus Co.), 1988.

472

CH’EN, KENNETH K.S. Buddhism: The Light of Asia.

viii, 297, (3)pp. Wraps.

Woodbury, N.Y. (Barron’s Educational Series), 1968.

473 CHEN, MONG HOCK. The Early Chinese Newspapers of Singapore, 1881-1912.

ix, (1), 171pp., 4 plates. 16 text illus.

Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Singapore (University of Malaya Press), 1967.

474 CHERRY, W.T. Geography of British Malaya and the Malay Archipelago.

Together with brief historical outlines of the principal areas under British protection. Fourth edition. 81pp., 9 maps (1 folding). 2 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Singapore (Methodist Publishing House), 1923.

475 CHESNEAUX, JACQUES. Geschichte Vietnams.

390, (2)pp., 16 plates. 4 maps. Cloth.

Berli n (Rütten & Loening), 1963.

476

CHESNOV, IA.V. Historische Ethnographie der Länder Indochinas.

353, (1)pp. 44 illus. hors texte. 2 lrg. folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 24 figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



29

477 CHESNOV, IA.V. Istoricheskaia etnografiia stran Indokitaia.

296, (4)pp. Wraps.


478 CHETTIAR, A. CHIDAMBARANATHA (GENERAL EDITOR). English-Tamil Dictionary.

With a foreword by A.

Lakshmanaswami Mudaliar. xxvii, (1), 1223pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1965.

Madras (University of Madras), 1977.

479 CHETWODE, PENELOPE. Kulu: The End of the Habitable World.

x, 233pp., 30 plates, 1 double-page map. 4to. Cloth.


480 CHIANG MAI. TRIBAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE, TECHNICAL SERVICE CLUB. The Hill Tribes of Thailand.

37pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps.

[Chiang Mai], 1986.

481 CHILDERS, ROBERT CAESAR. A Dictionary of the Pali Language.

xvii, (1), xii, 624pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the

London 1875 edition.

Kyoto (Rinsen Book Company), 1976.

482 CHIN VEI, U. & BOROVIKOV, A.I. Karmannyi russkobirmanskii slovar’: Okolo 7500 slov.

756pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth.

Moskva (G osudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Inostrannykh i Natsional’nykh Slovarei), 1962.

483 CHIN YUDI. Ban Chiang Prehistoric Cultures.

vii, (1), 26, (2)pp., 52 plates, 2 charts, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Fine Arts Department), 1975.

484 CHIN YUDI. Die Banchieng-Kultur in der Vorgeschichte.

Von Chin Yudi Pantarakapises; Übertragung ins Deutsche von

Wilaiwan Kunnawatana, P.U. Klemm, Helmut Ploog. 32ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

N.p., n.d.

485 CHIN YUDI. Watthanatham Ban Chiang: Nai samai kon prawattisat.

(4), 34pp., 30 plates (1 lrg. folding). 1 map. 4to.

Wraps.

[Khrungthep Mahanakhon] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1972.

486 CHIT PHUMISAK. Khwampenma khong kham Sayam, Thai Lao lae Khom lae laksana thang sangkhom khong chu’ chonchat.

658pp. Illus. Wraps.

Krungthep (Duang Kamol), 1981.

487 CHO, HUNGGUK. Die politische Geschichte Thailands unter der Herrschaft Königs Narais (r. 1656-1688).

Dissertation...Universität Hamburg. v, (1), 401, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Signed by the author on the title-page.

Seoul (Munduksa Publishing Co.), 1994.

488 CHO, HUNGGUK. Die thailändische Denkschrift des Jahres 1885 und ihre historische Bedeutung.

Mit einer vollständigen Übersetzung des Originaltextes. (90)ff. Oblong 4to. Wraps. MA thesis, Universität Hamburg.

Hamburg, 1987.

489 CHOPRA, P.N. (EDITOR). The Gazetteer of India, Indian Union. Volume Two: History and Culture.

lxxvii, (3), 807pp., 4 maps. Stout 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Gazetteers Unit, Department of Culture, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare), 1973.

490 CHORLTON, WINDSOR. Felsbewohner des Himalaya: Die Bhotia.

(Völker der Wildnis.) 168pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to.

Boards.

Amsterdam (TimeLife Bücher), 1982.

491 CHOUDHURY, MAMATA. Tribes of Ancient India.

(14), 161pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

Calcutta (Indian Museum), 1977.

492 CHRIST, RICHARD. Alt-Delhi, Neu-Delhi.

Spaziergänge zwischen Affenstadt und Rotem Fort. 173, (3)pp. 118 plates. 4to.

Cloth.

Berlin (Verlag Volk und Welt), [1983].

493 CHRISTIAN, JOHN LEROY. Burma and the Japanese Invader.

With a foreword by Reginald Hugh Dorman-Smith. xii,

418pp., 22 plates, 5 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Thacker & Company), 1945.

494 CHU, VALENTIN. Thailand Today.

A visit to modern Siam. 200pp. 42 color plates, text figs. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Thomas Y. Crowell Company), 1968.

495 CHUAWIWAT, TOM. A Portrait of Thailand.

(6), 211, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



30

Bangkok (Asia Books Co.), 1979.

496 CHULA, PRINCE. The Twain Have Met, or, An Eastern Prince Came West.

By His Royal Highness Prince Chula

Chakrabongse of Thailand. (8), 299pp. 34 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (G.T. Foulis & Co.), n.d.

497 CHUNLACHAKKRAPHONG, PRINCE, GRANDSON OF CHULALONGKORN, KING OF SIAM. Lords of Life.

A history of the kings of Thailand. Second revised edition. 352pp., 1 folding map, 1 folding chart. 53 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

London (Alvin Redman), 1967.

498 CHUNLATHAT PHAYAKHARANON. Lai rotnam læ lai kammalo.

Phim khrang ræk. (4), 66pp., 18 plates. Lrg. 8vo.

Wraps.

Krungthep (Samakhom Sangkhomsat hæng Prathet Thai), 1973.

499 CINKARAVELU MUTALIYAR, A. Abithana chintamani: The Encyclopedia of Tamil Literature.

/ Apitana cintamani. A.

Cinkaravelu Mutaliyar; tiruttiyatu, A. Civappirakaca Mutaliyar. viii, (4), 1639pp. 1 plate. Stout 4to. Cloth.


500 CLARAC, ACHILLE. Thailand.

Kunst- und Reiseführer mit Landeskunde. (Kohlhammer Kunst- und Reiseführer.) 507pp. 30 plates, 30 maps. Buckram.


501 CLARK, T.W. Introduction to Nepali.

A first-year language course. xvii, (1), 421pp. 4to. Cloth.

Cambridge (W. Heffer & Sons), 1963.

502 CLASSEN, ANNETTE. Kann die Gupta-Kunst Kalidasas Werke illustrieren?

(Marburger Studien zur Afrika- und

Asienkunde. Serie B: Asien. 11.) (4), 89, (5)pp.; 45 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Berlin (Verlag von Dietrich Reimer), 1988.

503 CLASSICAL AND FOLK DANCES OF INDIA.

(8), 58, (4), 54, (2), 66, 52, 64, 77, (3)pp. Most prof. illus. Folio. Cloth.


504 CLAUDIUS, EDUARD. Als die Fische die Sterne schluckten.

Märchen und Legenden aus Vietnam, Laos und

Kambodscha. 277, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Halle/Saale (Mitteldeutscher Verlag), [1976].

505 CLÉMENT-CHARPENTIER, SOPHIE & CLÉMENT, PIERRE. L’habitation lao dans les régions de Vientiane et de

Luang Prabang.

Préface de Lucien Bernot. (Asie et Monde Insulindien. 18 & 21./ Société d'Études Linguistiques et

Anthropologiques de France. 305 & 312.) 2 vols. xxiv, (2), 738pp., 36 plates. 592 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Peeters), 1990.

506 CLOTHEY, FRED W. The Many Faces of Murukan.

The history and meaning of a South Indian god. With the poem

“Prayers to Lord Murukan,” by A.K. Ramanujan. (Religion and Society. 6.) xvi, 252, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.

The Hague/Paris (Mouton Publishers), 1978.

507 COEDÈS, G. Les états hindouisés d’Indochine et d’Indonésie.

(Histoire du Monde. VIII, 2.) xi, (1), 466, (4)pp., 2 folding charts, 5 folding maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (E. de Boccard), 1948.

508

COEDÈS, GEORGE. Inscription du Roi Rama Gamhen de Sukhodaya (1292 A.D.).

Édité traduite d’après le: Recueil des inscription du Siam, première partie: Inscriptions de Sukhodaya, Bangkok, 1924, pages 37-48. Stone Inscriptions of

Sukhothai. Translation by Prince Wam Waithayakon. 12pp. 4to. Wraps.


509

COEDÈS, GEORGE. Les inscriptions malaises de Çrivijaya.

(Extrait du Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient, t.

30, nos. 1-2.) 52pp., 7 plates. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1930.

510 COEDÈS, G. Les peuples de la Péninsule Indochinoise.

Histoire - civilisations. (Collection Sigma. 2.) (2), 228pp., 16 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Paris (Dunod), 1962.

511 C OEDÈS, G, Prachum sila charu’k. Phak thi 2: Charu’k Thwarawadi, Siwichai, Lawo.

Ti phim khrang thi 2 [kækhai mai]./ Recueil des inscriptions du Siam. Deuxième partie: Inscriptions de Dvaravati, de Çrivijaya et de Lavo. Deuxième

édition revue et mise à jour. (8), 66, (4), 40pp., 18 plates. 4to. Boards. Parallel texts in Thai and French.

[Phranakhon (Krom Sinlapakon)], 1961.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



31

512 COLE, FAY-COOPER. The Peoples of Malaysia.

xiv, 354pp. 37 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York (D. Van Nostrand Company), 1945.

513 COLE, W. OWEN & SAMBHI, PIARA SINGH. The Sikhs: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices.

xxvii, (1), 210pp., 8 plates with 11 illus. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

London/Henley (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1978.

514 COLLINS, D.G. An English Laos Dictionary.

237pp. Cloth. Reprint of the Chieng Mai 1906 edition.

Farnborough, Hants. (Gregg International Publishers), 1972.

515 COLLIS, MAURICE. The Descent of the God.

147pp. 4to. Cloth.


516 COLLIS, MAURICE. The Land of the Great Image.

Being experiences of Friar Manrique in Arakan. 259pp. Cloth.

London (Readers Union/ Faber & Faber), 1946.

517 COLLIS, MAURICE. Lords of the Sunset.

A tour in the Shan states. 326pp., 1 folding map. 47 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.


518 COLLIS, MAURICE. Siamese White.

312pp., 4 maps (1 folding). Sm. 4to. Cloth.


519 COLOMBO. NATIONAL MUSEUM. 1977-1977: One Hundred Years.

Compiled by P.H.D.D. de Silva. 148pp., 22 plates.

4to. Cloth.

Colombo, 1977.

520 COMALE. Folklore of Tamil Nadu.

[By] S.M.L. Lakshmanan Chettiar. (Folklore of India Series.) ix, (3), 208, (4)pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


521 COMBER, L.F. Chinese Secret Societies in Malaya.

A survey of the triad society from 1800 to 1900. (Monographs of the

Association for Asian Studies. 6.) 324, (2)pp., 11 plates, 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Locust Valley, New York (J.J. Augustin), 1959.

522 COMBER, LEON. Chinese Magic and Superstitions in Malaya.

(Malayan Heritage Books. 5.) 79pp., 13 plates. 10 illus. charts. Wraps.

Singapore (Donald Moore/ Eastern Universities Press), 1960.

523 CONDOMINAS, GEORGES. Wir assen den Wald des Geist ersteins Gôo.

Hii saa Brii Mau-

Yaang Gôo. Chronik des

Mnong Gar-

Dorfes Sar Luk im Hochland Südvietnams. 459, (3)pp. 51 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), 1969.

524 CONE, MARGARET & GOMBRICH, RICHARD F. The Perfect Generosity of Prince Vessantara: A Buddhist Epic.

Translated from the Pali and illustrated by unpublished paintings from Sinhalese temples. xlvii, (1), 111pp., 40 plates. 4to.

Cloth.


525

CONFERENCE OF ‘SANKARA AND SHANMATA’ (1969 : MADRAS). Sankara and shanmata.

Souvenir published in connection with the Conference on Sankara and Shanmata held in Madras from June 1-June 9, 1969. (360)pp. Numerous plates hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (M. Ramaratnam), [1969].

526

CÔNG HUYEN TÔN NU’, NHA TRANG. Vietnamese Folklore: An Introductory and Annotated Bibliography.

(Center for

South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California, Berkeley. Occasional Papers. 7.) xxi, 33 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Berkeley (Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California), 1970.

527 CONRAD, JÜRGEN. Die East India Company.

Kaufmannsabenteurer und Kolonialherren. 164, (4)pp. 27 plates. 4to.

Wraps.

Lampertheim (Kübler Verlag), 1980.

528 CONWAY, SUSAN. Thai Textiles.

192pp. 160 illus. (105 color). 4to. Wraps.

London (British Museum Press), 1992.

529 CONZE, EDWARD. Buddhistisches Denken.

Drei Phasen buddhistischer Philosophie in Indien. 453, (1)pp. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



32

530 COOLER, RICHARD M. The Karen Bronze Drums of Burma: Types, Iconography, Manufacture and Use.

(Studies in

Asian Art and Archaeology. 16.) xx, 235, (5)pp., 40 plates. 59 figs., 32 tables. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


531 COOLSMA, S. Hollandsch-Soendaneesch woordenboek.

Met medewerking van C. Albers. xii, 730, (6)pp. Lrg. stout 8vo.

Orig. buckram.

Leiden (A.W. Sijthoffs’ Uitgevers-Maatschappij), [1910].

532 COOLSMA, S. Soendaneesch-Hollandsch woordenboek.

Met medewerking van C. Albers. xxxvi, 729, (3)pp. Lrg. stout

8vo. Cloth.

Leiden (A.W. Sijthoffs’ Uitgevers-Maatschappij), [1884].

533 COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K. The Arts & Crafts of India & Ceylon.

xiii, (1), 259pp. 225 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

New York (The Noonday Press), 1964.

534 COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K. Elements of Buddhist Iconography. (4), 95, (35)pp., 15 plates with 44 illus. 8 text figs.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1935.

535 COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K. History of Indian and Indonesian Art. 295, (1)pp., 128 plates with 400 illus. & 9 maps.

4to. Wraps.


536 (COOMARASWAMY, ANANDA K.) LIPSEY, ROGER. Coomaraswamy.

3: His Life and Work. (Bollingen Series. LXXXIX.) xvii, (1), 312pp. 31 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1977.

537 COOPER, ROBERT & COOPER, NANTHAPA. Kultur-Knigge Thailand.

Second edition. 184pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to.

Wraps.

München (Simon & Magiera), 1988.

538 CORNETS DE GROOT, A. D., ET AL. Javaansche spraakkunst.

Uitgegeven...door J.F.C. Gericke. Tweede verbeterde en vermeerderde uitgaaf, gevolgd door een Leesboek tot oefening in de Javaansche taal, verzameld en uitgegeven door F.J.C.

Gericke; op nieuw uitgegeven en voorzien van een nieuw Woordenboek, door T. Roorda. xii, x, xv, viii, (3), 234, 254, (2),

45pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

Amsterdam (Johannes Müller), 1843.

539 CORNYN, WILLIAM S. Burmese Chrestomathy.

(American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages.

Publications Series A: Texts. 4.) 393pp. 4to. Wraps.

Washington, D.C. (American Council of Learned Societies), 1957.

540 CORNYN, WILLIAM S. Spoken Burmese.

Basic course. 2 vols. vii, (1), 472pp. Lrg. oblong 8vo. Wraps.

Washington, D.C. (Linguistic Society of America/ Intensive Language Program, American Council of Learned Societies),

1945-1946.

541 CORNYN, WILLIAM S. & MUSGRAVE, JOHN K. Burmese Glossary.

(American Council of Learned Societies. Program in

Oriental Languages. Publications Series A: Texts. 5.) 209pp. 4to. Wraps.


542 CORNYN, WILLIAM S. & ROOP, D. HAIGH. Beginning Burmese.

(Yale Linguistic Series.) xxiii, (1), 501pp. 4to. Wraps.


543 CORPUS OF INDUS SEALS AND INSCRIPTIONS.

(Suomalaisen Tiedeakatemian toimituksia. Sarja B, nide 239-240./

Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India. 86. [Vol. 2:] Memoirs of the Department of Archaeology and Museums,

Government of Pakistan. 5].) 2 vols. 1: Collections in India. Edited by Jagat Pati Joshi and Asko Parpola with the assistance of Erja Lahdenperä and Virpi Hämeen-Anttila. xxxii, 392pp. Most prof. illus. 2: Collections in Pakistan. Edited by Sayid

Ghulam Mustafa Shah and Asko Parpola in collaboration with Ahmad Nabi Khan, M. Rafique Mughal, F.A. Durrani, M.A.

Halim, George F. Dales, Michael Jansen, M. Tosi, Walter A. Fairservis and Giorgio Stacul and with the assistance of Jyrki

Lyytikkä, S.M. Ilyas, Arto Vuohelainen and Petteri Koskikallio. xxxii, 448pp. Most prof. illus. Sm. folio. Boards.

Helsinki (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia), 1987-1991.

544 COSTELLO, NANCY A. Ngu’-vu’ng Katu./ Katu Vocabulary.

(Tu sách Ngôn-ngu’ dân-toc thieu-so Viet-Nam. 5.) (12),


[Saigon] (Trungtâm Hoc-lieu, Bô Giáo-duc), 1971.

545 COULET, GEORGES. Cultes et religions de l’Indochine annamite.

241, (1)pp., 9 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



33

Saigon (Imprimerie Commerciale C. Ardin), n.d.

546 COURTRIGHT, PAUL B. Ganesa: Lord of Obstacles, Lord of Beginnings.

xiv, (2), 274pp. 12 illus. hors texte. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.

New York/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1985.

547 COVARRUBIAS, MIGUEL. Island of Bali.

With an album of photographs by Rose Covarrubias. xxv, (1), 417, (1), x pp.

Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Alfred A. Knopf), 1956.

548 COWELL, E.E. (EDITOR). The Jataka, or, Stories of the Buddha’s Former Births.

Translated from the Pali by various

Paris (Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1981. hands. (Unesco Collection of Representative Works.) 6 vols. in 3. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1895.

London (The Pali Text Society/ Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1981.

549

COYAUD, MAURICE. Contes de Thaïlande.

Avec un aperçu grammatical du siamois. (Langues et Civilisations à Tradition

Orale. 43.) 153, (7), 30, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

550 CRAVEN, ROY C. A Concise History of Indian Art.

(The World of Art Library.) 252pp. 200 illus. (30 color). Sm. 4to.

Wraps.

London (Thames and Hudson), 1976.

551 CREDNER, WILHELM. Siam: Das Land der Tai.

Eine Landeskunde auf Grund eigener Reisen und Forschungen.

(Bibliothek länderkundlicher Handbücher.) xvi, 422, (2)pp., 32 plates with 70 illus. 27 text figs., 12 maps, 1 table. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (J. Engelhorns Nachf.), 1935.

552 CRILL, ROSEMARY. Hats from India.

64pp. 46 illus. 4to. Wraps.

London (Victoria & Albert Museum), 1985.

553 CROOKE, W. The Popular Religion and Folk-lore of Northern India.

A new edition, revised and illustrated. 2 vols. vi, (2),

294pp.; (2), 359, (3), 31, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Ex-library.

London (Archibald Constable & Co.), 1896.

554 CROOKE, WILLIAM. A Glossary of North Indian Peasant Life.

Edited, with an introduction, notes and appendices by

Shahid Amin. liv, 290pp., 12 color plates. 4to. Cloth.


555 CUISINIER, JEANNE. Les Mu’ò’ng: Géographie humaine et sociologie.

(Université de Paris. Travaux et Mémoires de l’Institut d’Éthnologie. 45.) xx, 618, (6)pp., 32 plates. 86 text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Pa ris (Institut d’Éthnologie), 1948.

556 CUISINIER, JEANNE. Prières accompagnant les rites agraires chez les Mu’ò’ng de Mán Dú’c.

(Publications de l’École

Française d’Extrême-Orient. 33.) 74, (6)pp., 11 folding plates. 4to. Wraps.

Hanoî (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1951.

557 CUNNINGHAM, ALEXANDER. Book of Indian Eras, With Tables for Calculating Indian Dates.

xiv, (2), 227pp. 4to.


Buckram. Reprint of the Calcutta 1883 edition.

Delhi (Oriental Publishers), 1971.

558 CURRIE, P.M. The Shri ne and Cult of Mu‘in al-Din Chishti of Ajmer.

(Oxford University South Asian Studies Series.) (6),

220pp., 13 plates (1 color). 4to. Cloth.

559 CUSHING, J.N. Elementary Handbook of the Shan Language.

(2), 272pp. Cloth. Reprint of the Rangoon 1888 edition.


560 CUSHING, J.N. A Shan and English Dictionary.

/ K-ayi than tai tang Ingalil' kan kusing thut thvak lè l-i yang tim vai nang sai liñ tup' Lik ik kh-ar-u kh-a kaw. 15, (1), 708pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Rangoon 1914 edition.


561 CUTIVONGS, NANDANA. The Iconography of Avalokitesvara in Mainland South East Asia.

Proefschrift...Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden. 616pp. 179 illus. & 17 figs. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Leiden, 1984.

562 DABBS, JACK AUTREY. A Short Bengali-English, English-Bengali Dictionary.

Third edition. xiv, (2), 264pp. Sm. 4to.

Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



34

[College Station] (Department of Modern Languages, Texas A&M University), 1971.

563 DAHM, BERNHARD. Die Südostasienwissenschaft in den USA, in Westeuropa und in der Bundesrepublik

Deutschland.

(121, (1)pp.) Wraps.

Göttingen (Verlag Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1975.

564 DAHMEN-DALLAPICCOLA, A.L. Indische Miniaturen: Malerei der Rajput Staaten.

(Holle Kunstbibliothek.) 107, (1)pp.

36 color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Baden-Baden (Holle Verlag), 1976.

565 DALGADO, SEBASTIÃO RODOLFO. Diccionario Komkani-Portuguez./ Konkani-Portuguese Dictionary./ Konkani-

Poracogiza sabda-kosha.

Philologiceetymologico composto no alphabeto Devanâgarî com a translitteração segundo o systema Jonesiano xxxvii, (5), 560pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Bombay 1893 edition.


566 DALGADO, SEBASTIÃO RODOLFO. Glossário luso-asiático.

Con uma introdução de Joseph M. Piel. (Romanistik in

Geschichte und Gegenwart. 11.) 2 vols. 12, lxvii, (3), 535pp.; x, 580pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Coimbra 1919-1921 edition.

Hamburg (Helmut Buske Verlag), 1982.

567 DALLAPICCOLA, ANNA L., ET AL. Krishna. The Divine Lover. Myth and legend through Indian art. Contributions by Anna

L. Dallapiccola, Brijinder N. Goswamy, Karuna Goswamy, Karl J. Khandalavala, Walter Spink, Kapila Vatsyayan. 218, (2)pp.

199 illus. (partly color). Sm. folio. Cloth.

London/ Boston (Serindia Publications/ David R. Godine), 1982.

568 DAM, BO. Les populations montagnardes du Sud-Indochinois.

Présentation par René de Berval. (Collections

“Animismes.”/ France-Asie. Numéro spécial.) (4), 278pp., 28 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Lyon (Derain), 1950.

569 DANDEKAR, R.N. Der vedische Mensch.

Studien zur Selbstauffassung des Inders in Rg- und Atharveda.

(Indogermanische Bibliothek. 3. Abteilung: Untersuchungen. 16.) (2), 69pp. Wraps.

Heidelberg (Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1938.

570 DANDIN. Die Erlebnisse der zehn Prinzen.

Eine Erzählung Dandins. [Herausgegeben und übersetzt von] Walter Ruben.

(Deutsche Akademie der W issenschaften zu Berlin. Institut für Orientforschung. Veröffentlichung Nr. 11.) 90pp. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.


571 DANG, THE BINH, ET AL. Tù diên Anh-Viêt hiên dai: Khoàng 65,000 tù.

/ Modern English-Vietnamese Dictionary: 65,000

New Delhi (Navrang), 1986-1990.

Entries. 1959pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth.

Hong Kong (Lee Man Publishing), 1982.

572 DANGE, SADASHIV AMBADAS. Encyclopaedia of Puranic Beliefs and Practices.

5 vols. 4to. Cloth.

573 DANI, AHMAD HASAN. The Historic City of Taxila.

xiv, (2), 190pp. 62 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

Paris/Tokyo (Unesco/ The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1986.

574 DANI, AHMAD HASAN. Indian Palaeography.

Second edition. xxviii, (2), 297, (3)pp., 46 double-page plates. Text figs. 4to.

Cloth.

New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1986.

575 DANIÉLOU, ALAIN. Hindu Polytheism.

xxxi, (1), 537pp., 33 plates. 4to. Cloth.

London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1964.

576

DANIÉLOU, ALAIN. Histoire de l’Inde.

(Les Grandes Études Historiques.) 379pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


577 ÐÀO, DUY ANH. Hán Viêt tù diên: Gian yéu.

/ Han Yüeh tzú tien : chien yao. Ðào Duy Anh biên soan; Hãn Man Tu’ hieu dính. Third edition. (10), 605pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Boards.

Saigon (Tru’ò’ng-Thi), [1957].

578 DAS GUPTA, BIDHU BHUSAN & DAS, BIMBADHAR. Oriya Self-Taught (English Medium).

Thoroughly revised and enlarged second edition. 200pp. Frontis. Boards.

Calcutta (Das Gupta Prakashan), [1975].

579 DAS GUPTA, CHIDANANDA & KOBE, WERNER. Kino in Indien.

154pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



35

Freiburg i.Br. (Verlag Wolf Mersch), 1986.

580 DAS GUPTA, PRANAB KUMAR. Impact of Industrialisation on a Tribe in South Bihar.

(Anthropological Survey of India.

Memoir No. 48.) (8), 188pp. 58 tables, 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


581 DAS GUPTA, R. Eastern Indian Manuscript Painting.

110, (2)pp., 28 plates with 99 illus. (4 color). Text figs. Lrg. 4to.


Cloth.


582 DAS GUPTA, TAPAN KUMAR. Der Vajra: Eine vedische Waffe.

(Alt- und Neuindische Studien, Seminar für Kultur und

Geschichte, Universität Hamburg. 16.) (6), 119pp. 39 illus., text figs. 4to. Wraps.

583 DAS, J.P. Puri Paintings: The Chitrakara and His Work.

200p. 27 color illus. hors texte. 48 illus., 86 figs. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Arnold-Heinemann), 1982.

584 DAS, JOGESH. Folklore of Assam.

(Folklore of India Series.) 142, (6)pp., 11 plates. Cloth.


585 DAS, TARAKCHANDRA. The Bhumijas of Seraikella.

With: Das, Tarakchandra. The Wild Kharias of Dhalbhum.

(Anthropological Papers, University of Calcutta. N.S. Nos. 2 & 3.) (6), 61pp., 12 plates; (6), 38pp., 13 plates. 4to. Wraps.


586 DASA, SYAMASUNDARA (EDITOR). Hindi sabdasagara.

Mula sampadaka Syamasundaradasa. Mula sahayaka sampadaka Balakrshna Bhatta [tatha anya]; sampadakamandala Sampurnananda [tatha anya] sahayaka sampadaka

Trilocana Sastri [tatha] Visvanatha Tripathi. 11 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Mixed editions.

Kasi (Nagari pracarini Sabha), 1965-1975.

587 DASGUPTA, ALOKERANJAN & DASGUPTA, TRUDBERTA. Krishna, der liebende Hirtengott.

Religiöse Volksmalerei

Ostindiens. 2 parts. I: Text. 16pp. 12mo. II: Plates. 6 color plates, loose in portfolio, as issued. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps.

München (Bharatiya Sangha), n.d.

588 DASGUPTA, SURENDRANATH. A History of Indian Philosophy.

5 vols. 4to. Cloth. Mixed printings.

Cambridge (University Press), 1969-1975.

589 DASGUPTA, SURENDRANATH. Yoga as Philosophy and Religion.

x, (2), 200pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London

1924 edition.

Port Washington, N.Y./London (Kennikat Press), 1970.

590 DATTA, AMARESH [& LAL, MOHAN] (EDITORS). Encyclopaedia of Indian Literature.

Vols. 1 - 5 (=A - Zorghot). Lrg.

4to. Buckram.

New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1987-1992.

591 DATTA, BHABATARAN. A Linguistic Study of Personal Names and Surnames in Bengali.

xvi, 491pp. 4to. Cloth.


592 DATTA, BIMAL KUMAR. Libraries & Librarianship of Ancient and Medieval India.

vi, (2), 247, (1)pp. 20 illus. hors texte.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Atma Ram & Sons), 1970.

593 DATTA, M.S. Pottery at Kumbharwada, Bombay.

Foreword: A. Chandra Sekhar. (Census of India 1961. India. Vol. I Part

VIIA [6].) x, 77pp., 41 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Simla/Delhi (Manager, Government of India Press/ Manager of Publications, Civil Lines), 1973].

594 DAUDUIN, PIERRE. Sigillographie sino-annamite.

x, 321, (3)pp., 32 plates. Numerous text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Saigon (Imprimerie de l’Union), 1937.

595 DAVE, H.T. Life and Philosophy of Shree Swaminarayan, 1781-1830.

Edited by Leslie Shepard. Foreword by Charles

Cunningham. 274pp. 5 illus. 4to. Cloth.


596 DAVIDS, T.W. RHYS & CARPENTER, J. ESTLIN (EDITORS). The Digha Nikaya.

(Pali Text Society.) 3 vols. Vols. I-II:

Edited by T.W. Rhys Davids and J. Estlin Carpenter. 261, (1)pp.; 386, (2)pp. Vol. III: Edited by J. Estlin Carpenter. 327,


London (Pali Text Society/ Henry Frowde, Oxford University Press), 1890-1911.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



36

597 DAVIDS, T.W. RHYS & STEDE, WILLIAM. The Pali Te xt Society’s Pali-English Dictionary.

xiv, 173, (1)pp.; 214pp.; 167,

(1)pp.; 203pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

London (The Pali Text Society), [1921-1925].

598 DAVIDS, T.W. RHYS & STEDE, WILLIAM. The Pali Text Society’s Pali-English Dictionary.

xv, (1), 738pp. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

London (The Pali Text Society/ Luzac & Company), 1966.

599 DAVIES, C. COLLIN. An Historical Atlas of the Indian Peninsula.

Second edition. 94, (2)pp. 47 maps. 4to. Wraps.


600 DAVIS, KINGSLEY. The Population of India and Pakistan.

xvi, 263pp. 94 tables, 55 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth (worn & shaken).


Bangkok (Pandora), 1984.

601 DAVIS, RICHARD B. Muang Metaphysics: A Study of Northern Thai Myth and Ritual.

(Studies in Thai Anthropology. 1.)

324pp. 22 illus. hors texte. 4to. Boards.

602 DAVIS, RICHARD H. Ritual in an Oscillating Universe: Worshipping Siva in Medieval India.

xvi, (2), 200pp., 6 plates.

4to. Cloth.


603 DAWSON, BARRY & GILLOW, JOHN. The Traditional Architecture of Indonesia.

192pp. 244 illus. (192 color). Sq. 4to.

Cloth.


604 DAWSON, G.W. The Bhamo District.

(Burma Gazetteer.) iii, (1), 97, (1), x pp. 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


605 DAY, CLARENCE BURTON. Peasant Cults in India.

(Chinese Materials and Research Aids Service Center. Occasional

Series.) xiv, 126, (8)pp., 37 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

San Francisco (Chinese Materials Center), 1974.

606 DE, SUSHIL KUMAR. Some Problems of Sanskrit Poetics.

(4), 267pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


607 DEFRANCIS, JOHN. Index Volume: Beginning, Intermediate and Advanced Texts in Spoken and Written Chinese.

xvii, (1), 422, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.


608 DEHEJIA, VIDYA. Early Buddhist Rock Temples.

A chronology. (Studies in Ancient Art and Archaeology.) 240pp. 90 illus.

4to. Cloth.

Ithaca, N.Y. (Cornell University Press), 1972.

609 DEHEJIA, VIDYA. Slaves of the Lord: The Path of the Tamil Saints.

xi, (1), 206pp. 88 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


610 DEHEJIA, VIDYA. Yogini: Cult and Temples.

A tantric tradition. xii, 239pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.


611 DELEURY, GUY. Le modèle indou.

Essai sur les structures de la civilisation de l’Inde d’hier et d’aujourd’hui. Préface de

Roger Garaudy. (Le Temps & les Hommes.) 365pp. 9 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Flammarion), 1978.

612 DELL, DAVID J., ET AL. Guide to Hindu Religion.

[By] David J. Dell and Thomas J. Hopkins, Robert A. McDermott, Gary

Tartakov, Suzanne Hanchett, Joel Brerton, Elizabeth Rosen with contributions from Bruce J. Stewart, Todd Lewis, Sukumar

Bhattacarja, V. Naravane, Susan S. Wadley, Leslie Casale. (The Asian Philosophies and Religions Resource Guides.) xxvi,

461pp. 4to. Buckram.

Boston (G.K. Hall & Co.), 1981.

613 DENECK, M. Indische Plastik.

Plastiken aus Indien, Khmer und Tschampa. Photographien von W. und B. Forman. (40)pp.,

264 plates. Folio. Cloth.

Hanau (Verlag Werner Dausien), 1962.

614 DERANIYAGALA, P.E.P. Some Sinhala Combative, Field and Aquatic Sports and Games.

Revised edition. 51, (1)pp., 5 plates. 14 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



37

N.p. (National Museums of Ceylon), 1959.

615 DESAI, SANTOSH N. Hinduism in Thai Life.

Foreword by Ainslie T. Embree. xvii, (1), 163pp., 4 color plates. 1 map. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1980.

616 DESAPANDE, PANDURANGA GANESA. Concise English-Gujarati Dictionary.

/ Angreji-Gujarati vinita kosa. 8, (4),

466pp. Sm. 4to. Boards.

Bombay (Oxford University Press), 1986.

617 DESCOURS-GATIN, CHANTAL & VILLIERS, HUGUES. Guide de recherches sur le Vietnam.

Bibliographies, archives et bibliothèques de France. 259pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions L’Harmattan), 1983.

Nagpur/Poona (Suvichar Prakashan Mandal), 1968.

618 DESHPANDE, MADHAV K. & DESHPANDE, PRAKASH M. Marathi-English Dictionary.

Second revised edition. (8),

604pp. Boards.

619 DESHPANDE, PANDURANG GANESH. Gujarati-amgrezi kosa.

/ Gujarati-English Dictionary. Third edition. (6), 962pp.

Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Amadabada (Yunivarsiti Gramtha Nirmana Borda), 1974.

620 DE SILVA, K.M. A History of Sri Lanka.

xx, 603pp. 21 illus. hors texte. 7 maps. 4to. Cloth.


621 DE SILVA, K.M. Managing Ethnic Tensions in Multi-Ethnic Societies.

Sri Lanka, 1880-1985. xvii, (3), 429pp. 6 maps.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Lanham/New York (University Press of America), 1986.

622 DE TERRA, HELLMUT & MOVIUS, HALLAM L., JR. Research on Early Man in Burma.

With “Supplementary Reports upon the Pleistocene Vertebrates and Mollusks of the Region,” [by] Edwin H. Colbert and J. Bequaert, and, “Pleistocene

Geology and Early Man in Java,” [by] Hellmut de Terra. (Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. N.S. Vol. 32,

Part 3.) (200)pp., 35 plates. 106 illus. Lrg. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth.

Philadelphia (The American Philosophical Society), 1943.

623 DETMOLD, GEOFFREY & RUBEL, MARY. The Gods and Goddesses of Nepal.

A traveller’s guide to the Hindu and

Buddhist deities in the Kathmandu Valley of Nepal, with a comprehensive glossary to aid in their identification. (4), 120pp.

Numerous plates hors texte. 12mo. Wraps.


624 DEUSSEN, PAUL. Allgemeine Einleitung und Phil osophie des Veda bis auf die Upanishad’s.

Dritte Auflage.

(Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. 1. Band, 1. Abteilung.) xvi, 361,


Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1915.

625 DEUSSEN, PAUL. Die nachvedische Philosophie der Inder.

Nebst einem Anhang über die Philosophie der Chinesen und

Japaner. Zweite Auflage. (Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. 1. Band,

3. Abteilung.) xvi, 728, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.


626 DEUSSEN, PAUL. Die Philosophie der Upanishad’s.

Dritte Auflage. (Allgemeine Geschichte der Philosophie mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Religionen. 1. Band, 2. Abteilung.) 2 parts xiii, (1), 401pp. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Photocopy.


627 DEUSSEN, PAUL. Sechzig Upanishads des Veda.

Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und mit Einleitungen und Anmerkungen versehen. Zweite Auflage. xxvii, (1), 928pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.


628 DEUSSEN, PAUL. Das System des Vedânta.

Nach den Brahmasûtra’s des Bâdarâyana und dem Kommentare des

Çankara über dieselben als ein Kompendium der Dogmatik des Brahmanismus vom Standpunkte des Çankara aus dargestellt. Dritte Auflage. xvii, (3), 540pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.


629

DEUSSEN, PAUL & STRAUSS, OTTO (TRANSLATORS). Vier philosophische Texte des Mahâbhâratam: Sanatsujâta-

Parvan, Bhagavadgîtâ, Mokshadharma, Anugîtâ.

xviii, (2), 1010, (2)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



38

630 DEUSTER, R.H. Kanawar.

Grundriss einer Volks- und Kulturkunde. (Studien zur Völkerkunde. 14.) (4), 112pp., 5 plates with


Leipzig (Jordan & Gramberg), 1939.

631 DEV, ASHU TOSH. Pocket Dictionary (Bengali to English).

Thoroughly revised and enlarged edition.... (4), 680, (2)pp.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Calcutta (S.C. Mazumder), 1967.

632 DEVAHUTI, D. Harsha, a Political Study.

xx, 295, (1)pp., 11 plates, 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


633 DEVARAKKHITA, DON ANDRIS DE SILVA BATUVANTUDAVE (EDITOR). The Ruvanmala.

By King Parkrama Bahu

Sirisanghabodhi. And, Piyummala (by an unknown author). iv, (2), 111pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Sinhalese-language text.

Colombo, 1892.

634 DEVASAHAYAM, N. Puppets in the Collection of the Madras Government Museum.

(Bulletin of the Madras

Government Museum. N.S.-General Section. Vol. 11#1.) (4), 57pp. 35 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Madras (The Director of Stationery and Printing, Government of Tamil Nadu), 1973.

635 DEVI CHAND (EDITOR). The Atharvaveda.

Sanskrit text with English translation. With introductory remarks by M.C. Joshi.

With glossary and index. x, (2), 939pp. 4to. Cloth.


636 DEVI CHAND (EDITOR). The Samaveda.


Second revised and enlarged edition. xxviii, 304pp. 4to. Cloth.


637 DEVI CHAND (EDITOR). The Yajurveda.


Third revised and enlarged edition. xxvii, (1), 452pp. 4to. Cloth.


638 DEY, NUNDO LAL. The Geographical Dictionary of Ancient and Mediaeval India.

xv, (1), 262pp., 1 folding map. Lrg.

4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1927 edition.


639 DEYOUNG, JOHN E. Village Life in Modern Thailand.

(Institute of East Asiatic Studies, University of California.) vi, (6),

224, (2)pp., 8 plates. 6 maps. 4to. Cloth.


640 DHAL, UPENDRA NATH. Goddess Laksmi: Origin and Development.

xvi, 229, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Oriental Publishers & Distributors), 1978.

641 DHAMIJA, JASLEEN. Indian Folk Arts and Crafts.

Revised edition. (India: The Land and the People.) 116pp., 42 plates.

Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


642 DHAMMARASO BHIKKHU & VIROCANO BHIKKHU. The Historical Background and Tradition of the Meo.

Third edition. (Hill Tribes in the North of Thailand.) 198pp., 12 plates (4 color). 12mo. Wraps.

Bangkok (Susksa Samphan Ltd.), 1977.

643 [DHANIT YUPHO.]. The Khon and Lakon.

Dance dramas presented by The Department of Fine Arts. Programmes of the

Khon, Lakon Jatri, Lakon Nok, Lakon Nai , Lakon Dükdamban and Lakon Phanthang for the years 1945-62. Illustrated and fully annotated, with libretto, historical background and technical notes on the dance dramas. xx, (2), 260pp. Numerous illus hors texte. 4to. Buckram.

Bangkok (The Department of Fine Arts), 1963.

644 DHANIT YUPHO. Khon Masks.

(Thai Culture. N.S. 7.) 16pp., 4 plates (2 color). Text figs. Wraps.


645 DHANIT YUPHO. Thai Musical Instruments.

Second edition. xi, (1), 104, (2)pp., 4 plates. 56 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

[Bangkok] (The Department of Fine Arts), 1971.

646 DHARMAKIRTI. Saddharmalankara by His Holiness Dharmacirti the III Sangharaja Maha Swami.

Edited by Kalutara

Sarananda Thero. 3, v, 772pp. Lrg. 8vo. New boards, 1/4 cloth.

Colombo (J.D. Fernando), 1934.

647 DIEZ, ERNST. Akbar, Gottsucher und Kaiser.

242, (2)pp., 32 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



39

Wien (Rudolf M. Rohrer Verlag), 1961.

648 DIEZ, ERNST. Die Kunst Indiens.

(Handbuch der Kunstwissenschaft: Ergänzungsband.) (2), 193, (1)pp., 13 tipped-in plates. 231 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Wildpark-Potsdam (Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion), n.d.

649 DIEZEMANN, ECKART. Birma.

Land der goldenen Pagoden. Menschen, Religion, Kunst und Kultur. Orte und

Sehenswürdigkeiten. 338, (2)pp. 126 illus., 94 plans. 12mo. Wraps.

Pforzheim (Goldstadtverlag), 1979.

650 DIFFLOTH, GÉRARD. An Appraisal of Benedict’s Views on Austroasiatic and Austro-Thai Relations.

(The Center for

Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University. Discussion Paper No. 82.) 20, iii pp. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Kyoto (The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University), 1976.

651 DIFFLOTH, GÉRARD. The Daravati Old Mon Language and Nyah Kur.

(Monic Language Studies. 1.) (4), iii, (1), 402pp.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University Printing House), 1984.

652

DIFFLOTH, GÉRARD. Proto-Mon-Khmer Final Spirants.

(The Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University.

Discussion Paper No. 88.) 15, (7)pp. 4to. Wraps. Mimeograph. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.


653 DIGUET, E. Les annamites.

Société, coutumes, religions. 367pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 leather.

Paris (Augustin Challamel), 1906.

654 DIGUET, E. Les montagnards du Tonkin.

Préface par Auguste Pavie. xv, (3), 159pp., 15 plates. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 leather.

Paris (Augustin Challamel), 1908.

655 DIJK, C. VAN. Rebellion Under the Banner of Islam.

The Darul Islam in Indonesia. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk

Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 94.) x, 468pp., 5 maps. 4to. Wraps.


656 DIMAND, MAURICE. Indische Miniaturen.

28pp., 10 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

München (Südwest Verlag), n.d.

657 DIMCOCK, EDWARD C., JR. The Place of the Hidden Moon.

Erotic mysticism in the Vaisnava-Sahajiya cult of Bengal. xix, (1), 299pp. 4to. Cloth.

Chicago/London (The University of Chicago Press), 1966.

658 DIMOCK, EDWARD C., JR., ET AL. The Literatures of India: An Introduction.

[By] Edward C. Dimock, Jr., Edwin Gerow,

C.M. Naim, A.K. Ramanujan, Gordon Roadarmel, J.A.B. van Buitenen. xii, (2), 264pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.


659 DIRKS, NICHOLAS B. The Hollow Crown.

Ethnohistory of an Indian kingdom. (Cambridge South Asian Studies.) xxix, (5),

458, (2)pp. 7 plates, 10 figs. 4to. Cloth.


New Delhi (Classical Publications), 1977.

660 DISKALKAR, D.B. Selections from Sanskrit Inscriptions (2nd Cent. to 8th Cent. A.D.) Containing also portions from G.

Buhler’s essay on ‘Indian Inscriptions and Antiquity of Indian Artificial Poetry.’ xi, (3), 224pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

661 DISSEL, J.S.A. VAN (EDITOR). Hikayat si-Miskin.

12, 133pp. 4to. Wraps.


662 DITTMAR, JOHANNA. Thailand und Burma.

Tempelanlagen und Königsstädte zwischen Mekong und Indischem Ozean.

(DuMont Dokumente: KunstReiseführer.) 371, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Stiff wraps.


663 DOABIA, HARBANS SINGH. Sacred Nitnem: Containing the Divine Hymns of the Daily Pragers by the Sikhs.

In

Gurmukhi and Roman scripts with their English translation and the Summaries of the Teachings and some fundamentals of the Sikh religion based thereon. xiv, (2), 410, (2)pp. Buckram.

Amritsar (Singh Brothers), 1985.

664 DÖHRING, KARL. Buddhistische Tempelanlagen in Siam.

(Der indische Kulturkreis in Einzeldarstellungen. 1. Abteilung.)

3 vols. 348pp.; 180 tipped-in gravure plates with facing commentary. 116 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Orig. boards.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



40

Bangkok (Asia Publishing-House), 1920.

665 DOGRA, RAMESH CHANDER & MANSUKHANI, GOBIND SINGH. Encyclopaedia of Sikh Religion and Culture.

x,

556pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Vikhas Publishing House), 1996.

666 DOLD, JULIA. Lacktraditionen in Thailand.

Formen der Gewinnung, Verarbeitung und Anwendung von Lack in der frühen

Bangkok-Periode. ii, 121 ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. M.A. thesis, Albert-LudwigsUniversitäts, Freiburg i.Br.

Freiburg i.Br., n.d.

667 DOMROES, MANFRED & ROTH, HELMUT (EDITORS). Sri Lanka, Past and Present: Archaeology, Geography,

Economics.

Selected papers on German research. (4), 197pp. Illus. 4to. Boards.

Weikersheim (Margraf Verlag), 1998.

668 DONNER, WOLF. The Five Faces of Thailand.

An economic geography. (The Institute of Asian Affairs, Hamburg.) xxii,

930pp. 159 figs. Stout 4to. Cloth.

St. Lucia (University of Queensland Press), 1978.

669 DONNER, WOLF. Lebensraum Nepal.

Eine Entwicklungsgeographie. (Mitteilungen des Instituts für Asienkunde, Hamburg.

226.) 723pp. 62 tables, 142 figs. Stout 4to. Wraps.

Hamburg (Institut für Asienkunde), 1996.

670 DORÉ, AMPHAY. Un après-goût de bonheur.

Une ethnologie de la spiritualité lao. (Collection “Documents pour le Laos.”

4.) 99, (1)pp., 4 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


671 DOURISBOURE, P.X. Dictionnaire bahnarfrançais.

xlv, (3), 363pp. Orig. wraps.

Hongkong (Imprimerie de la Société des Missions Étrangères), 1889.

672 DOURISBOURE, PIERRE X. Les sauvages Ba-Hnars (Cochinchine orientale).

Souvenirs d’un missionnaire. xvi, 336,

(4)pp. Illus. Wraps.

Paris (P. Téqui/ Missions-Étrangères), 1929.

673 DOURNES, JACQUES. Bois-bambou.

Aspect végétal de l’univers Jörai. (Centre de Documentation sur l’Asie du Sud-Ést.

Atlas éthno-linguistique. Recherche coopérative sur programme no. 61./ Deuxième série: Monographies. 2.) 196pp., 26 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique), 1969.

674 DOURNES, JACQUES. Forêt, femme, folie.

Une traversée de l’imaginaire joraï [sic]. 288pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Aubier-Montaigne), 1978.

675 DOURNES, JACQUES. Nri.

Recueil des coutumes Srê du Haut-Donnai. Recueillies, traduites et annotées. 43pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Saigon (Éditions France-Asie), 1951.

676 DOURNES, JACQUES. Le parler des Jörai et le style oral de leur expression.

(Publications Orientalistes de France:

Études.) 343pp. 1 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Paris (Publications Orientalistes de France), 1976.

677 DOWNS, HUGH R. Rhythms of a Himalayan Village.

x, 228pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

San Francisco (Harper & Row), 1980.

678 DOWSON, JOHN. A Classical Dictionary of Hindu Mythology and Religion, Geography, History, and Literature.

11th edition. xix, (1), 411pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


679 DRAGUHN, WERNER. Der Einfluss des Islams auf Politik, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft in Südostasien.

(Mitteilungen des Instituts für Asienkunde Hamburg. 133.) xviii, 153, (3)pp. Wraps.


680 DRIEM, GEORGE VAN. A Grammar of Limbu.

(Mouton Grammar Library. 4.) xxviii, 565, (3)pp., 5 plates with 10 illus. 4to.

Cloth.

Berlin/New York (Mouton de Gruyter), 1987.

681 DRIEM, GEORGE VAN. A Grammar of Dumi.

(Mouton Grammar Library. 10.) xx, 452pp. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



41

682 DUBE, S.C. India’s Changing Villages.

Human factors in community development. (International Library of Sociology and

Social Reconstruction.) xii, 230, 15, (1)pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

London (Routledge and Kegan Paul), 1958.

683 DUBEY, K.C. & JAIN, H.C. Handloom Sari Industry of Maheshwar.

(Census of India 1961. Vol. VIII: Madhya Pradesh.

Part VII-A. Handicraft Survey Monographs No. 2.) (6), vi, 64, xxxi, (1)pp., 42 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Text figs. Lrg. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.


684 DUBEY, K.C. & MOHRIL, M.G. Fairs and Festivals.

(Census of India. Vol. VIII: Madhya Pradesh. Part VII-B. Handicraft

Survey Monographs. 2.) vi, (4), 104pp., 39 plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


685 DUBOIS, J.A. Hindu Manners, Customs and Ceremonies.

Translated from the author’s later French ms. and edited with notes, corrections, and biography by Henry K. Beauchamp. With a prefatory note by F. Max Müller. Third edition. xxxiv,

741pp. Frontis. Cloth.


686

DÜRST, ARTHUR. Nepal.

Photos: Michael und Luzzi Wolgensinger. 128pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Silva-Verlag), 1966.

687 DÜSSELDORF. HETJENS-MUSEUM. Keramik aus Südostasien.

May-June 1976. 71pp. 54 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Düsseldorf, 1976.

688 DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. Borobudur.

Edited and translated by Michael Smithies. 72pp., 28 plates (8 color). 10 figs. Sm.

4to. Wraps.

Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1979.

689

DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The House in South-East Asia.

(Images of Asia.) (2), 74pp. 33 illus. Boards.

Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1987.

690 DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The Palaces of South-East Asia: Architecture and Customs.

143pp. 40 plates, 62 figs. 4to.

Cloth.


691 DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The Temples of Java.

vii, (1), 100pp., 12 color plates. 21 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Singapore/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1986.

692 DUMARÇAY, JACQUES. The Temples of Java.

vii, (1), 100pp., 12 color plates. 21 figs. Wraps.

Singapore/Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1989.

693 DUMONT, LOUIS M. Gesellschaft in Indien.

Die Soziologie des Kastenwesens. 416pp. 4to. Cloth.

Wien (Europaverlag), 1976.

694 DUMONT, LOUIS. A South Indian Subcaste.

Social organization and religion of the Pramalai Kallar. Translated from the

French by M. Moffatt, L. and A. Morton, revised by the author and A. Stern. Edited with an introduction by Michael Moffatt.

(French Studies in South Asian Culture and Society. I.) xxiii, (1), 501, (1)pp., 32 plates. 24 text figs. 4to. Cloth.


695 DUMOULIN, HEINRICH. Geschichte des Zen-Buddhismus.

2 vols. I: Indien und China. xv, (1), 382pp. II: Japan. x, (2),

522pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bern/München (Francke Verlag), 1985-1986.

696 DUMOULIN, HEINRICH (EDITOR). Buddhismus der Gegenwart.

Mit Beiträgen von Heinz Bechert, Ernst Benz, Heinrich

Dumoulin, Antony Fernando, Adele M. Fiske, Helmut Hoffmann, Joseph M. Kitagawa, Hajime Nakamura, Yves Raguin,

Frank Reynolds, Donald K. Swearer, Vu Duytu, Holmes Welch. (Weltgespräch bei Herder.) 232pp. 4to. Cloth.

Freiburg (Herder), 1970.

697 DUMOUTIER, GUSTAVE. Le rituel funéraire des annamites.

Étude d’éthnographie religieuse. (6), 295, (5)pp., 42 plates

(6 color; 5 folding). 116 figs. Lrg. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 red morocco.

Hanoi (Imprimerie Typo-Lithographique F.-H. Schneider), 1902.

698 DUNBAR, GEORGE. Geschichte Indiens von den ältesten Zeiten bis zur Gegenwart.

xi, (1), 426, (4)pp. 16 maps. 4to.

Cloth.

München/Berlin (Verlag von R. Oldenbourg), 1937.

699 DUNDAS, PAUL. The Jains.

(The Library of Religious Beliefs and Practices.) x, (2), 276pp. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



42

London/New York (Routledge), 1992.

700 DUNNEBIER, W. Bolaang Mongondowsch-Nederlandsch woordenboek.

Met Nederlandsch-Bolaang Mongondowsch register. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xii, 635pp. 4to. Wraps.


701 DUNSMORE, SUSI. Nepalese Textiles.

204pp. 180 illus. (100 color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


702 DUPONT, MAURICE. Kunstgewerbe der Hindu.

(8)pp., 48 collotype plates. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Berlin (Verlag Ernst Wasmuth), n.d.

703 DUP ONT, PIERRE. L’archéologie Mône de Dvaravati.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 41.) 2 vols. xi,

(1), 329, (1)pp., 23 plates (partly folding), 3 folding maps; 152 plates with 542 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


704 DUPONT, PIERRE. La version mône du Narada-Jataka.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 36.) 278,

(4)pp. Lrg. 4to. New cloth.

Saigon (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1954.

705 DURAND, MAURICE. Imagerie populaire vietnamienne.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 47.) xcv,

(1), 491pp. 314 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


706 DURAND, MAURICE. Technique et panthéon des médiums viêtnamiens (Dông).

(Publi cations de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 45.) 334pp., 8 color plates. 76 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


707

DURAND, MAURICE M. & NGUYÊN, TRÂN-HUÂN. Introduction à la littérature vietnamienne.

(Collection Unesco:

Introduction aux Littératures Orientales.) 253, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions G.-P. Maisonneuve et Larose), 1969.

708 DUROISELLE, CHAS. Pageant of King Mindon Leaving His Palace on a Visit to the Kyauktawgyi Buddha Image at

Mandalay (1865).

Reproduced from a contemporary and rare document. (Memoirs of the Archæological Survey of India.

27.) iii, (3), 16, iii, (3)pp., 15 plates (1 color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Calcutta (Government of India, Central Publication Branch), 1925.

709 DUROISELLE, CHAS. (EDITOR). Epigraphia Birmanica.

Being the lithic and other inscriptions of Burma. (Archaeological

Survey of Burma.) Vol. I, Part II: Môn Inscriptions: General Introduction, section I - The Early Môn records, the Inscriptions.

(100)pp., 12 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


710 DURRENBERGER, E. PAUL. Lisu Religion.

(Northern Illinois University. Center for Southeast Asian Studies. Monograph

Series on Southeast Asia. Occasional Paper No. 13.) (2), 44, (4)ff. 4to. Wraps.

N.p. (Northern Illinois University), 1989.

711 DUTT, MANMATHA NATH (TRANSLATOR). Agni puranam.

A prose English translation. (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit

Studies. 54.) 2 vols. ii, (2), vii, (1), xviii, 1346pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office), 1967.

712 DUTT, SUKUMAR. Buddhist Monks and Monasteries of India.

Their history and their contribution to Indian culture. 397,

(2)pp., 24 plates. Figs. 4to. Cloth.

London (George Allen and Unwin), 1962.

713 DUTTA, NIRMALENDU & HALDAR, PRAMATHA RANJAN. The Tiyar: A Scheduled Caste in West Bengal.

(Census of

India 1971. Series I. Monograph Series. Part V./ Ethnographic Study No. 2 [No. 21 of 1961 Series].) vii, (1), 79, (1)pp., 8 plates. Wraps.

New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India; Ministry of Home Affairs), n.d.

714 DUYVENDAK, J. PH. Inleiding tot de ethnologie van de Indische Archipel.

(Indische Cultuur-Historische Bibliotheek. 1.)

201, (3)pp. 35 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Groningen/Batavia (J.B. Wolters), 1935.

715 DYE, JOSEPH M. Ways to Shiva: Life and Ritual in Hindu India.

95pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with the exhibition “Manifestations of Shiva” at the Philadelphia Museum of Art, March-June 1981.

Philadelphia (Philadelphia Museum of Art), 1981.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



43

716 DZENIT, S. IA., ET AL. Telugurusskii slovar’.

Sostavili: S.Ia. Dzenit, Z.N. Petrunicheva, N.V. Gurov. Pod redaktsiei:

Vuppala Lakshmana Rao. S prilozheniem kratkogo grammaticheskogo ocherka iazyka telugu, sostavlennogo S.Ia. Dzenit i

N.V. Gurovym./ Telugu-Rasyan nighantuwu. 744pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


717 DZHON, A.A. Material’naia kul’tura dungan: Poselenie, usad’ba, zhilishche (konets XIX-XX v.).

150, (2)pp. 31 illus.

(partly hors texte). Wraps.

Frunze (Izdatel’stvo “Ilim”), 1986.

718 E PYHE NYA NA NAI VA.

/ Khun Reader. 2 vols. 38pp.; 51, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

[Ran` kun` mrui : s.n.], 1964.

719 EADE, J.C. The Calendrical Systems of Mainland South-East Asia.

(Handbuch der Orientalistik. Dritte Abteilung:

Südostasien. 9.) xvi, (2), 182, (2)pp., 5 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1995.

720 EADE, J.C. The Thai Historical Record.

A computer analysis. xix, (1), 265pp. 4to. Wraps.

Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies for Unesco/ The Toyo Bunko), 1996.

721 EARLY HISTORY AND AYUDHYA PERIOD.

(Selected articles from The Siam Society Journal. 3.) (2), 315pp. Prof. illus.

4to. Wraps.


722 EATON, RICHARD MAXWELL. Sufis of Bijapur, 1300-1700.

Social roles of Sufis in medieval India. xxxii, 358pp. 14 plates, 6 charts, 8 tables. 4to. Cloth.


723 EBIHARA, MAY M., ET AL. (EDITORS). Cambodian Culture Since 1975: Homeland and Exile.

Edited by May M.

Ebihara, Carol A. Mortland, Judy Ledgerwood. (Asia East by South.) xvi, (2), 194pp. 4to. Cloth.

Ithaca/London (Cornell University Press), 1994.

724 ECK, DIANA L. Banaras, Stadt des Lichts.

481, (1)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


725 EDGERTON, FRANKLIN. The Bhagavad Gita: Translated and Interpreted.

(Harvard Oriental Series. 38-39.) 2 vols. I:

Text and

Translation. xiv, (2), 190pp. II: Interpretation and Arnold’s Translation. 180pp. 4to. Cloth.


726 EDGERTON, FRANKLIN. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary.

(William Dwight Whitney Linguistic

Series.) Vol. I: Grammar. xxx, 239pp. II: Dictionary. (4), 627pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the New Haven 1953 edition.


727 EDGERTON, FRANKLIN (TRANSLATOR). The Panchatantra.

Translated from the Sanskrit. (Unesco Collection of

Representative Works: Indian Series.) 151pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. D.j.


728 EDWARDES, MICHAEL. Everyday Life in Early India.

xiv, 176pp. 97 illus. 4to. Cloth.

London/New York (B.T. Batsford/ G.P. Putnam’s Sons), 1969.

729

EDWARDES, MICHAEL. Illustrierte Geschichte Indiens von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart.

434pp. 127 illus., 21 maps. 4to. Cloth.

München/Zürich (Droemersche Verlagsanstalt, Th. Knaur Nachf.), 1961.

730 EDWARDES, MICHAEL. The Orchid House.

Splendours and miseries of the kingdom of Oudh, 1827-1857. xiv, (4),

216pp., 16 plates. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.

London (Cassell), 1960.

731 EDWARDES, S.M. Babur: Diarist and Despot.

138, vi pp., 5 plates. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

London (A.M. Philpot Ltd.), n.d.

732 EERDE, J.C. VAN. Inleiding tot de volkenkunde van NederlandschIndië.

(Volksuniversiteits Bibliotheek. 1.) 232pp., 4 folding maps. Cloth.

Haarlem (De Erven F. Bohn), 1920.

733

EERDE, J.C. VAN. De volken van Nederlandsch Indië in monographieën.

2 vols. (6), 319, (1)pp. 204 illus., 2 maps; (6),

317pp. 204 illus., 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Orig. cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



44

Amsterdam (“Elsevier”), 1920-1921.

734 EGGER, GERHART. Der Hamza Roman.

Eine Moghul-Handschrift aus der Zeit Akbar des Grossen. (Schriften der

Bibliothek des Österreichischen Museums für angewandte Kunst. 1.) 23, (3)pp., 38 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Wien (Österreichisches Museum für angewandte Kunst.), 1969.

735 EHRMAN, MADELINE E., ET AL. Contemporary Cambodian: Political Institutions.

By Madeline E. Ehrman, Kem Sos,

Lim Hak Kheang. xiii, (1), 373pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Washington, D,C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1974.

736 EHRMAN, MADELINE E., ET AL. Contemporary Cambodian: The Land and the Economy.

By Madeline E. Ehrman,

Kem Sos, Lim Hank Kheang. xvii, (1), 358pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1973.

737 EHRMAN, MADELINE E. & KEM SOS. Contemporary Cambodian: Grammatical Sketch.

xii, 115pp. 4to. Wraps.


738 EKKA, FRANCIS. Kurux Phonetic Reader.

(Central Institute of Indian Languages. Phonetic Reader Series. 9.) v, (3), 152,

(4)pp. 1 fig. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Mysore (Central Institute of Indian Languages), 1985.

739 ELIADE, MIRCEA. Yoga.

Unsterblichkeit und Freiheit. (6), 515pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Frankfurt (Insel), 1977.

740 ELLIOTT, ALAN J.A. Chinese Spirit-Medium Cults in Singapore.

(Monographs on Social Anthropology. 14. New Series.)

179, (1)pp., 6 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

London (Department of Anthropology, The London School of Economics and Political Science), 1955.

741 ELLIOTT, WALTER. Coins of Southern India.

(The International Numismata Orientalia.) xi, 159pp., 4 plates, 1 folding map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1884.

Varanasi (Indological Book House), 1970.

742 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Aboriginals.

(Oxford Pamphlets on Indian Affairs. 14.) 31, (1)pp. Sm. 8vo. Self-wraps.


743 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Agaria.

With a foreword by Sarat Chandra Roy. xxxv, (1), 292pp., 36 plates. 44 figs., 5 maps. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

London (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1942.

744 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Baiga.

With a foreword by J.H. Hutton. xxxi, (1), 550pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


745 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Kingdom of the Young.

Abridged from The Muria and Their Ghotul. xix, (1), 261pp., 20 plates. 41 figs. 4to. Cloth.


746 ELWIN, VERRIER. Maria Murder and Suicide.

With a foreword by W.V. Grigson. xxvi, 259pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


747 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Muria and Their Ghotul.

xxix, (1), 730pp., 154 plates (3 color). 146 figs., 9 maps. 4to. Cloth.

[Bombay] (Oxford University Press), 1947.

748 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Religion of an Indian Tribe.

xxiv, 597pp., 72 plates (1 color). 63 figs., 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.

London (Geoffrey Cumberledge, Oxford University Press), 1955.

749 ELWIN, VERRIER. The Tribal World of Verrier Elwin.

xii, 356pp. 21 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


750 EMBREE, AINSLIE T. (EDITOR). Encyclopedia of Asian History.

Prepared under the auspices of The Asia Society. 4 vols. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New York/London (Charles Scribner’s Sons/ Collier Macmillan), 1988.

751 EMBREE, JOHN F. & DOTSON, LILLIAN OTA. Bibliography of the Peoples and Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia.

xxxiii, (1), 821, (1), xii pp. Maps. Stout 4to. Cloth.

New York (Russell & Russell), 1972.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



45

752 EMENEAU, M.B. Ritual Structure and Language Structure of the Todas.

(Transactions of the American Philosophical

Society. N.S. Vol. 64, Part 6.) 102, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


753 EMENEAU, MURRAY B. Toda Grammar and Texts.

(American Philosophicalk Society: Memoirs. 155.) xiii, (1), 426pp. Sm. folio. Cloth.


754 ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF INDIAN MUSIC WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE RAGAS.

(Raga-Nrtya Series. 3.) 3 vols. in

1. (2), 41, (1), 44, 42, (2), 98, vii, 18, (2), 15, (3)pp. Oblong 4to. Cloth. Originally published Poona 1918-1923.

Delhi (Sri Satguru Publications), 1986/1988.

755 AN ENGLISHMAN’S SIAMESE JOURNALS, 1890-1893.

276, (2)pp. Illus. Wraps. "The journals are reprinted full and unabridged from Report of a Survey in Siam, published anonymously in London, in 1895 for private circulation."

Bangkok (Siam Media International Books), [1983].

756 ENRIQUEZ, C.M. Races of Burma.

(Handbooks for the Indian Army.) xiv, (2), 98, vi pp., 14 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the second edition Delhi, 1933.

New York (AMS Press), 1981.

757 ENTWISTLE, A.W. Braj: Centre of Krishna Pilgrimage.

(Groningen Oriental Studies. III.) xviii, 554pp. Frontis., 3 lrg. folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 4to. Cloth.

Groningen (Egbert Forsten), 1987.

758 EPSTEIN, V.G. Pravila russkoi transkriptsii birmanskikh geograficheskikh nazvanii.

54, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo Vostochnoi Literatury), 1959.

759 ERBACH/ODENWALD. DEUTSCHES ELFENBEIN-MUSEUM. Schnitzkunst und Plastik aus Indonesien aus dem

Reichmuseu m für Völkerkunde, Leiden, Holland mit ergänzenden Leihgaben des Hamburgischen

Völkerkundemuseums und aus Privatsammlungen.

Sept.-Oct. 1977. (48)pp. 20 plates, 1 map, text figs. Sm. oblong 4to.

Wraps.

Erbach/Odenwald, 1977.

760 ERIKSON, ERIK H. Gandhis Wahrheit.

Über die Ursprünge der militanten Gewaltlosigkeit. 551, (3)pp. Wraps.


761 ERINGA, F.S. Loetoeng Kasaroeng.

Een mythologisch verhaal uit West-Java. Bijdrage tot de Soendase taal- en letterkunde. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 8.) vii, (1), 393, (3)pp. 4to.

Wraps.


762 ERINGA, F.S. Soendaas-Nederlands woordenboek.

Mede met gebruikmaking van eerder door R.A. Kern bijeengebrachte gegevens. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xv, (1), 846pp. 4to. Cloth.

Dordrecht/Cinnaminson (Foris Publications Holland), 1984.

763 ERNDL, KATHLEEN M. Victory to the Mother.

The Hindu goddess of Northwest India in myth, ritual, and symbol. viii, (4),

208pp., 10 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


764 ERNST, CARL W. Eternal Garden: Mysticism, History, and Politics at a South Asian Sufi Center.

Foreword by

Annemarie Schimmel. (SUNY Series in Muslim Spirituality in South Asia.) xxxi, (3), 381pp. 17 illus., 5 maps. 4to. Boards.

First edition.

Albany (State University of New York Press), 1992.

765

ESCHE, ANNEMARIE. Wörterbuch Burmesisch-Deutsch.



766 [ESCHE, ANNEMARIE (EDITOR).] Die Goldene Pagode.

Shwedagon - ein Sinnbild des Buddhismus. 146, (2)pp. 51 color plates. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Hanau (Müller & Kiepenheuer), [1985].

767 ESCHE, ANNEMARIE (EDITOR). Das Goldene Kloster zu Mandalay.

(InselBücherei. 1015.) 62pp., 48 plates. 12mo.

Boards. Presentation copy, inscribed by the editor.

Leipzig (Insel-Verlag), 1977.

768 ESCHE, ANNEMARIE (EDITOR). Märchen der Völker Burmas.

543pp. 12mo. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



46

Wiesbaden (Drei Lilien Verlag), 1979.

769 ESCHMANN, ANNCHARLOTT, ET AL. (EDITORS). The Cult of Jagannath and the Regional Tradition of Orissa.

Edited by Anncharlott Eschmann, Hermann Kulke, Gaya Charan Tripathi. (South Asia Interdisciplinary Regional Research

Programme, Orissa Research Project./ South Asia Institute, New Delhi Branch, Heidelberg University. South Asian Studies.

8.) xx, 537, (1)pp., 8 folding plans. 74 illus. hors texte 4to. Cloth.


770 ESMULA, WADJA K. Compar ative Analysis of the Tausug and Pattani Muslims’ Adat Laws.

(Teaching and Research

Exchange Fellowships.) (2), 78pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Singapore (Institute of South East Asian Studies), 1990.

771 ESQUIROL, JOS. & WILLIATTE, GUSTAVE. Essai de dictionnaire dioi3français.

Reproduisant la langue parlée par les tribus Thai de la haute Rivière de l’Ouest...suivi d’un vocabulaire français-dioi3. lvi, 669, (1)pp., 1 folding chart. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

Hongkong (Imprimerie de la Société des Missions-Etrangères), 1908.

772 ESSEN. VILLA HÜGEL. 5000 Jahre Kunst aus Indien/ Five Thousand Years Art from India. May-Sept. 1959. Texts by

Erich Boehringer, Hermann Goetz and Klaus Fischer. 420pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in German and English.

Essen, 1959.

773 ESSEN. VILLA HÜGEL. Nepal: Kunst aus dem Königreich im Himalaja.

Feb.-April 1967. 107, (3)pp., 93 plates (partly color). 31 illus. hors texte. 2 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Essen, 1967.

774 ETTINGHAUSEN, RICHARD. Paintings of the Sultans and Emperors of India in American Collections.

(Lalit Kala

Series of Indian Art.) (8)pp., 14 tipped-in color plates. 1 tipped-in text illus. Folio. Wraps.


775 EVANS, GRANT. Lao Peasants Under Socialism.

xv, (3), 268pp. 9 figs. 4to. Cloth.


776 EVERS, HANS DIETER. Modernization in South-East Asia.

(Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore.) xix, (3),

249pp. 4to. Cloth.


777 EVERS, HANS-DIETER. Monks, Priests and Peasants.

A study of Buddhism and social structure in Central Ceylon.

(Monographs in Social Anthropology and Theoretical Studies in Honour of Nels Anderson. Publication I.) xi, (1), 136pp., 8 plates. 27 tables, 10 figs. 4to. Cloth.


778 EXEM, A. VAN. The Religious System of the Munda Tribe.

An essay in religious anthropology. (Collectanea Instituti

Anthropos. 28.) 279pp. 4to. Wraps.

St. Augustin (Haus Völker und Kulturen), 1982.

779 FAHS, ACHIM. Grammatik des Pali.



780 FAIRBANKS, GORDON H., ET AL. Colloquial Sinhalese.

[By] Gordon H. Fairbanks, James W. Gair, M.W.S. De Silva.

Ithaca (South Asia Program, Cornell University), 1981; 1968.

Second printing. Part I: Lessons 1-24. xxvii, (1), 390pp. Part II: Lessons 25-36. Appendix. Glossary. ix, (1), 251pp. 4to.

Wraps.

781 FAIRSERVIS, WALTER A., JR. The Roots of Ancient India.

The archaeology of early Indian civilization. xxv, (1), 482pp.

58 plates, figs. 4to. Cloth.

New York (The Macmillan Company), 1971.

782 FAIRSERVIS, WALTER A. The Harappan Civilization and Its Writing.

A model for the decipherment of the Indus script. viii, (2), 239pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


783 FALL, BERNARD B. The Two Viet-nams.

A political and military analysis. Revised edition. xii, 498pp. 13 maps and charts.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York/London (Frederick A. Praeger), 1964.

784 FANTIN, MARIO. Mani Rimdu, Nepal: The Buddhist Dance Drama of Tengpoche.

(6), 170pp., 8 maps. 110 color illus. &

60 figs. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



47

New Delhi (The English Book Store), 1976.

785 FARQUHAR, J.N. Modern Religious Movements in India.

xiv, (2), 471pp., 11 plates. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the New York

1915 edition.

Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1967.

786 FARQUHAR, J.N. A Primer of Hinduism.

xi, (3), 187, (3)pp. 32 illus. Cloth.

London (The Christian Literature Society for India), 1912.

787 FASS, VIRGINIA. The Forts of India.

Foreword by the Maharaja of Jaipur. Text by Rita and Vijay Sharma and Christopher

Tadgell. 287pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth.

London (Collins), 1986.

788

FAUSBØLL, V. Indian Mythology, According to the Mahabharata, in Outline.

xxxii, 206, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the

London 1903 edition.

Varanasi (Bhartiya Vidya Prakashan), 1972.

789 FAUSBØLL, V. (EDITOR). The Jataka Together With Its Commentary: Being Tales of the Anterior Births of Gotama

Buddha.

For the first time edited in the original Pali by F. Fausbøll and translated by T.W. Rhys Davids. (The Pali Text

Society.) 7 vols. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1877-1897 edition.

London (Luzac & Company), 1962-1964.

790 FELTEN, WOLFGANG & LERNER, MARTIN. Das Erbe Asiens: Skulpturen der Khmer und Thai vom 6. zum 14.

Jahrhundert.

Photographien von Hugo Stiegler. 265, (3)pp. 82 color plates. 2 maps. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), [1988].

791 FERKINGHOFF, KLAUS. Deutschvietnamesisches Wörterbuch./ Tù-diên-Dú’c-Viêt.

(2), 110pp. 4to. Wraps.


792

FERRAND, GABRIEL. L’empire sumatranais de Çrivijaya.


Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1922.

793 FERREIRA, JOHN V. Totemism in India.

viii, (2), 304pp. 4to. Cloth.


794 FESSEN, HELMUT & KUBITSCHEK, HANS DIETER. Geschichte Malaysias und Singapurs.

240pp. 36 illus. hors texte.

7 maps. Boards.

Berlin (Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften), 1984.

795 FESTIVAL OF INDIA IN THE UNITED STATES, 1985-1986.

Foreword by Pupul Jayakar. 240pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Harry N. Abrams), 1985.

796 FESTSCHRIFT GERALD B. KELLEY. Dimensions of Sociolinguistics in South Asia.

Papers in memory of Gerald B.

Kelley. Editors: Edward C. Dimcock, Jr., Braj B. Kachru, Bh. Krishnamurti. xxvii, (1), 347pp. 4to. Cloth. Texts by 24 contributors.

New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing), 1992.

797 FESTSCHRIFT PIERREBERNARD LAFONT. Notes sur la culture et la religion en péninsule indochinoise.

En hommage à Pierre-Bernard Lafont. Nguyên Thê Anh et Alain Forest (eds.). (Collection Recherches Asiatiques.) 252pp. Illus.

4to. Wraps. Texts by 16 contributors. Bibliography.


798 FESTSCHRIFT CHARLES ROCKWELL LANMAN. Indian Studies in Honor of Charles Rockwell Lanman.

x, 258pp. Sm.

4to. Cloth. Texts by 27 contributors.


799 FESTSCHRIFT GAJANAN BALKRISHNA PASULE. Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit Studies, No. 6: [To

Professor G.B. Palsule...By Colleagues and Students].

Edited by S.D. Joshi. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced

Study in Sanskrit. Class E. No. 8.) ii, 214, (2), iv pp., 2 folding plates. 4to. Wraps. Texts by 24 contributors.

Pune (University of Poona), 1928.

800 FESTSCHRIFT F.I. SHCHERBATSKII. Indiiskaia kul’tura i buddhizm / Indian Culture and Buddhism.

Sbornik statei pamiati akademika F.I. Shcherbatskogo. Edited by N.I. Konrad and G.M. Bongard-Levin. 278, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to.

Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



48

801 FEUERSTEIN, GEORG. Der Yoga im Lichte der Bewusstseinsgeschichte der indischen Kultur.

239pp. Lrg. 8vo.

Leatherette.

Schaffhausen (Noval Verlag), 1981.

802 FICK, RICHARD. Praktische Grammatik der SanskritSprache für den Selbstunterricht.

Mit Übungsbeispielen,

Lesestücken und Glossaren. Dritte, umgearbeitete Auflage. (Die Kunst der Polyglottie. 33.) xii, 194pp. 12mo. Cloth.

Wien/Leipzig (A. Hartleben’s Verlag), n.d.

803

FICK, RICHARD. Die sociale Gliederung im nordöstlichen Indien zu Buddhas Zeit.

xii, 233pp. Cloth. Reprint of the Kiel

1897 edition.


804 FIELDS, RICK. How the Swans Came to the Lake.

A narrative history of Buddhism in America. xvii, (1), 433pp. Illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Boulder (Shambala), 1981.

805 FILCHNER, WILHELM & MARATHE, DATTATRAYA SHRIDHAR. Hindustan im Festgewand.

247, (1)pp., 16 plates with

32 illus. 10 text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Celle (Verlagsbuchhandlung Joseph Giesel), 1953.

806 FILLIOZAT, VASUNDHARA (EDITOR). The Vijaynagar Empire As Seen by Domingos Paes and Fer não Nuniz, Two

16th Century Portuguese Chroniclers.

Translated by Robert Sewell. (India: The Land and the People.) 180pp., 8 plates.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.


807 FINDLY, ELLISON BANKS. Nur Jahan, Empress of Mughal India.

(8), 407pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.


808 FINOT, LOUIS (EDITOR). Rastrapalapariprccha.

Sutra du Mahayana. (Indo-Iranian Reprints. 2.) xvi, (2), 77pp. 4to. Cloth.

The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1957.

809 FISCHER, EBERHARD, ET AL. Tempeltücher für die Muttergöttinnen in Indien.

Zeremonien, Herstellung und

Ikonographie gemalter und gedruckter Stoffbilder aus Gujarat. Von Eberhard Fischer, Jyotindra Jain, Haku Shah. 244, (2)pp.

455 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with the exhibition “Der Muttergöttin Baldachin,” Museum Rietberg,

Zürich, Jan.-June. 1982.

Zürich (Museum Rietberg), 1982.

810 FISCHER, EBERHARD & SHAH, HAKU. Mogra Dev - Tribal Crocodile Gods.

Wooden crocodile images of Chodhri,

Gamit and Vasava tribes, South Gujarat (India). (Art for Tribal Rituals in South Gujarat. 1.) 43, (1)pp. 55 illus. hors texte. 4to.

Wraps.

Ahmedabad (Tribal Research and Training Institute of Gujarat Vidyapith/ South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg),

1971.

811 FISCHER, EBERHARD & SHAH, HAKU. Vetra ne khambha - Memorials for the Dead.

Wooden figures and memorial slabs of Chodhri, Gamit and Vasava tribes, South Gujarat (India). (Art for Tribal Rituals in South Gujarat. 2.) 60pp. 65 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Ahmedabad (Tribal Research and Training Institute of Gujarat Vidyapith/ South Asia Institute, University of Heidelberg),

1973.

812

FISCHER, GERO & BUA SRIKASIBHANDHA. Einführung in die thailändische Schrift.

95pp. 1 lrg. folding chart, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Text illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


813 FISCHER, H.TH. Inleidung tot de volkenkunde van Nederlands-

Indië.

(Volksuniversiteits Bibliotheek. 73.) (4), 230pp., 2 folding charts. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

Haarlem (De Erven F. Bohn), 1940.

814 FISCHER, KLAUS. Erotik und Askese in Kult und Kunst der Inder.

(DuMont Taschenbücher.) 292, (4)pp. 144 illus. (20 color). Wraps.


815 FISCHER, KLAUS. Schöpfungen indischer Kunst.

Von den frühesten Bauten und Bildern bis zum mittelalterlichen

Tempel. 412pp. 275 plates, text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Köln (Verlag M. DuMont Schauberg), 1959.

816 FISCHER, KLAUS, ET AL. Architektur des indischen Subkontinents.

[By] Klaus Fischer, Michael Jansen, Jan Pieper. viii, 264pp. 275 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



49


817 FISCHER, KLAUS & FISCHER, CHRISTA-M. FRIEDRIKE. Indische Baukunst islamischer Zeit.

(Holle Kunstbibliothek.)



818 FISCHER, LOUIS. Indonesien.

Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. 459, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 35 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo.

Cloth.

Berlin (Safari-Verlag), 1960.

819 FISER, IVO. Indian Erotics of the Oldest Period.

(Acta Universitatis Carolinae. Philologica Monographia. 14.) 139, (1)pp.

4to. Wraps.

Praha (Universita Karlova), 1966.


820 FISHER, JAMES F. Sherpas.

Reflections on change in Himalayan Nepal. With a foreword by Edmund Hillary. xxv, (1),

205pp., 19 color plates. 104 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

821 FISHER, JAMES F. (EDITOR). Himalayan Anthropology.

The Indo-Tibetan interface, (World Anthropology.) xvi, 567pp.


The Hague/Paris (Mouton), 1978.

822 FISHLOCK, TREVOR. India File.

(6), 189pp., 8 plates, 1 double-page map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


823 FITZGERALD, FRANCES. Fire in the Lake.

The Vietnamese and the Americans in Vietnam. xiv, (2), 491pp. 1 map. 4to.

Cloth.

London (Macmillan), 1972.

824 FORBES, DUNCAN. A Dictionary, Hindustani & English: Accompanied by a Reversed Dictionary, English and

Hindustani.

The second edition, greatly enlarged, and much improved. 2 vols. in 1. viii, 802pp.; 318, (2)pp. Stout 4to. Cloth,

3/4 leather (crudely rebacked).

London (Wm. H. Allen & Co.), 1866.

825 FORMAN, B. Batik und Ikat: Textilkunst aus Indonesien.


Hanau (Verlag Werner Dausien), 1990.

826 FORMAN, BEDRICH. Borobudur.

Das buddhistische Heiligtum, Abbild der geistigen Welt. 134, (2)pp. Most prof. illus. Lrg.

4to. Cloth.

Hanau (Dausien), 1980.

827 FORTH, GREGORY L. Rindi.

An ethnographic study of a traditional domain in Eastern Sumba. (Verhandelingen van het

Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 93.) xiii, (3), 519, (1)pp., 6 plates. 3 maps, 10 figs. 4to. Wraps.


828 FOSTER, BRIAN L. Social Organization of Four Mon and Thai Villages.

(HRAFlex Books. AP9-001. Ethnography

Series.) 4 vols. xiii, 810 ff. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

New Haven (Human Relations Area Files), 1977.

829 FOUCAR, E.C.V. Mandalay the Golden.

240pp., 17 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Dennis Dobson), 1963.

830 FOUCAR, E.C.V. They Reigned in Mandalay.

165pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

London (Dennis Dobson), 1946.

831 FRAIN, IRÈNE. Nabob.

Ein Roman. 516, (6)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

München (Meyster), 1982.

832 FRANK, JOSEF & MEYERHOF, MAX. Ein Astrolab aus dem indischen Mogulreiche.

(Heidelberger Akten der von-

Portheim-

Stiftung. 13./ Arbeiten aus dem Institut für Geschichte der Naturwissenschaft. 3.) 48pp., 4 plates. 4to. Wraps.


833 FRANKFURTER, O. Elements of Siamese Grammar with Appendices.

x, 141, (1), ii pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok/Leipzig (American Presbyterian Mission Press/ Karl W. Hiersemann), 1900.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



50

834 FRANZ, HEINRICH GERHARD. Das alte Indien.

Geschichte und Kultur des indischen Subkontinents. Mit Beiträgen von

Peter Gaeffke, JeanFrançois Jarrige, Anneliese Keilhauer, Eberhard Rebling, Walter Slaje, Heinrich von Stietencron, Ernst

Topitsch, Friedrich Wilhelm und Herbert Wilhelmy. 460pp. 453 illus., 23 figs. Sm. folio. Cloth.

München (C. Bertelsmann), 1990.

835 FRANZ, HEINRICH GERHARD. Buddhistische Kunst Indiens. (Der indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und

Einzeldarstellungen.) 381, (3)pp. 313 illus., 98 text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (E.A. Seemann), 1965.

836 FRANZ, HEINRICH GERHARD. Hinduistische und islamische Kunst Indiens.

(Der indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.) 437, (3)pp. 355 illus., 93 text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB E.A. Seemann), 1967.

837 [FRASER, JAMES OUTRAM.] Handbook of the Lisu (Yawyin) Language.

xi, (1), 108pp. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.

Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing), 1922.

838 FRASER, THOMAS M., JR. Rusembilan: A Malay Fishing Village in Southern Thailand.

(Cornell Studies in

Anthropology.) xviii, (2), 281pp. 17 illus., 11 figs. 4to. Cloth.


839 FRASER-LU, SYLVIA. Burmese Crafts, Past and Present.

xiv, (2), 371pp. 64 color illus. hors texte. 294 illus. Lrg. 4to.

Boards.


840 FRASER-LU, SYLVIA. Burmese Lacquerware.

164pp. 165 color illus., 35 figs., reference illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (The Tamarind Press), 1985.

841 FRAUWALLNER, ERICH. Geschichte der indischen Philosophie.

Einführung von Leo Gabriel. (Reihe Wort und Antwort.

6.) 2 vols. I: Die Philosophie des Veda und des Epos. Der Buddha und der Jina. Das Samkhya und das klassische Yoga-

System. xlix, (3), 495pp. II: Die naturphilosophischen Schulen und das Vaisesika-System. Das System der Jaina. Der

Materialismus. 348, (4)pp. Cloth.

Salzburg (Otto Müller Verlag), 1953-1956.

842 FRAUWALLNER, ERICH. Die Philosophie des Buddhismus.

(Philosophische Studientexte. Texte der indischen

Philosophie. 2.) xiii, (1), 423pp. Cloth.


843 FRÉDÉRIC, LOUIS. Indien: Tempel und Skulpturen.

Introduction by Jean Naudou. 454pp. 424 photogravure illus., 24 maps & plans. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Essen (Burkhard-Verlag Ernst Heyer), 1959.

844 FRÉDÉRIC, LOUIS. Südost-Asien: Tempel und Skulpturen.

439pp. 455 gravure illus., 44 maps and diagrams. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

Essen (Burkhard-Verlag Ernst Heyer), [1964].

845 FREED, RUTH S. & FREED, STANLEY A. Ghosts: Life and Death in North India.

(Anthropological Papers of The

American Museum of Natural History. 72.) 396pp. 10 illus. 4to. Wraps.

New York (The American Museum of Natural History), 1993.

846

FRIEDERICH, RUDOLF TH. A. Boma kawja (Skt. Bhâuma kawja), dat is: Gedicht van Bhâuma, den zoon van Wisjnoe en de aarde (Skt. Prèthiwî of Bhûmî).

In het oorspronkelijk Kawi, volgens twee Balinesche manuskripten. 233pp. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.

[Batavia 1852].

847

FRIEDRICH, GÖTZ & FRIEDRICH, MARGARETE. Ceylon: Sri Lanka.

Kunst- und Reisef

ührer. 427pp. Plans in text. Sm.

4to. Wraps.

München (Privately Printed), 1972.

848 FRÖLICH, RICHARD. Tamulische Volksreligion.

Ein Beitrag zu ihrer Darstellung und Kritik. Zweite Auflage. 67, (3)pp. 12 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Boards.

Leipzig (Verlag der Evang.-luth. Mission), n.d.

849 FROHNMEYER, L.J. A Progressive Grammar of the Malayalam Language for Europeans.

Second edition, revised. xv,

(1), 306pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth. Intermittent wear.

Mangalore (Basel Mission Book and Tract Depository), 1913.

850 FUCHS, STEPHEN. The Aboriginal Tribes of India.

vi, (2), 307pp. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



51

Delhi (Macmillan India), 1973.

851 FUCHS, STEPHEN. The Children of Hari.

A study of the Nimar Balahis in the Central Provinces of India. (Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. 8.) xviii, 463, (1)pp., 22 plates with 64 illus., 2 maps. 15 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Wien (Verlag Herold), 1950.

852 FUCHS, STEPHEN. Rebellious Prophets.

A study of messianic movements in Indian religions. xiii, (3), 304pp. 4to. Cloth.


853 FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Himalayan Barbary.

xiv, 241pp., 20 plates. Maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


854 FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Himalayan Traders.

Life in Highland Nepal. xv, (1), 316pp., 24 plates. 7 maps.

4to. Cloth.


855 FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Morals and Merit.

A study of values and social controls in South Asian societies. (The Nature of Human Society Series.) xii, (2), 239pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Chicago (The University of Chicago Press), 1967.

856 FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Die nackten Nagas.

Dreizehn Monate unter Kopfjägern Indiens. 255, (1)pp., 3 maps. 108 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


857 FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. The Sherpas of Nepal: Buddhist Highlanders.

xix, (1), 298pp., 32 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


858

FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON. Tribes of India: The Struggle for Survival.

With contributions by Michael

Yorke and Jayaprakash Rao. xiii, (3), 342pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


859 FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, CHRISTOPH VON & FÜRER-HAIMENDORF, ELIZABETH VON. The Gonds of Andhra

Pradesh.

Tradition and change in an Indian tribe. ix, (3), 569pp., 12 plates. 4to. Cloth.


860 FUKUI, HAYAO. Food and Population in a Northeast Thai Village.

(Monographs of the Center for Southeast Asian


Studies, Kyoto University. English-Language Series. 19.) xxii, 421, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.


861 FULLER, C.J. The Camphor Flame.

Popular Hinduism and society in India. xiii, (6), 306pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

862 FULLER, C.J. The Nayars Today.

(Changing Cultures.) xi, (1), 173pp. 8 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


863 FULLER, C.J. Servants of the Goddess.

The priests of a South Indian temple. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology.

47.) xxvi, 232pp. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth.


864 FUNKE, FRIEDRICH W. Die Sherpa und ihre Nachbarvölker im Himalaya.

Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Wilhelm

Ziehr. 209, (1)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Frankfurt (Wolfgang Krüger Verlag), 1978.

865 FURNIVAL, J.S. & MORRISON, W.S. Syriam District.

Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) iv, 210, (2), viii, (2), xiii, (1)pp., 1 colored map. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the folding map.


866 GAEKWAD, FATESINGHRAO, MAHARAJA OF BARODA. The Palaces of India.

[By the] Maharaja of Baroda. With photographs by Virginia Fass. 245pp. 257 illus. (143 color). Sm. folio. Cloth.

London (Collins), 1980.

867 GAENSZLE, MARTIN. Verwandtschaft und Mythologie bei den Mewahang Rai in Ostnepal.

Eine ethnographische

Studie zum Problem der “ethnischen Identität.” (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg.

136.) xvi, 409, (9)pp. 8 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1991.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



52

868 GAI, GOVIND SWAMIRAO. Historical Grammar of Old Kannada.

Based entirely on the Kannada inscriptions of the 8th,

9th and 10th centuries A.D. (Deccan College Dissertation Series. 1.) xv, (1), 231, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.


869 GAIL, ADALBERT J. Tempel in Nepal. 2 vols. I: Ikonographie hinduistischer Pagoden in Patan Kathmandutal. 93, (3)pp.,

51 plates with 178 illus. Text illus. II: Ikonographische Untersuchungen zur späten Pagode und zum Sikhara-Tempel. 77,

(3)pp., 60 plates with 182 illus. Text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Graz (Akademische Druck- u. Verlagsanstalt), 1984-1988.

870 GAINEY, JERRY W. & THONGKUM, THERAPHAN L. Khumu’ phænthi phasa nai Prathet Thai.

/ Language Map of

Thailand Handbook. (16), xiii, 24pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English.

[Krungthep?] (Khrongkan Wichai Phasa Thai læ Phasa Phu’nmu’angthin Tangtang, Sathaban Sun Phasa Àngkrit), 1977.

871 GAIT, EDWARD. A History of Assam.

Second edition, revised. xiv, (6), 388pp., 4 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta/Simla (Thacker, Spink & Co.), 1926.

872 GALLOP, ANNABEL TEH & ARPS, BERNARD. Golden Letters: Writing Traditions of Indonesia.

/ Surat emas: Budaya tulis di Indonesia. 152pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in English and Bahasa Indonesia. Published in conjunction with a travelling exhibition.

London/Jakarta (The British Library/ Yayasan Lontar), 1991.

873 GANGADHARAN, N. Garuda purana: A Study.

PhD. thesis...Madras University. xvi, 387pp. 4to. Buckram. D.j.

Ramnagar, Varanasi (All India Kashiraj Trust), 1972.

874 GANGOLY, O.C. Konarak. Photographs by Sudhanshu Chowdhury. 28, 8pp., 72 plates with 80 illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta, 1956.

875 GANGULI, KALYAN KUMAR. Cultural History of Rajasthan.

xiii, (3), 286, (2)pp., 28 plates. 4to. Leatherette.


876 GANGULI, KALYAN KUMAR. Designs in Traditional Arts of Bengal.

Foreword by Srimati Padmaja Naidu. vi, (2), 143pp.

98 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

[Calcutta] (Directorate of Industries, Government of West Bengal), 1963.

877 GANGULI, MILADA. Reise zu den Naga.

261, (3)pp., 56 plates (16 color), 1 folding map. 28 figs. Cloth.

Leipzig (Edition Leipzig), 1976.

878 GANHAR, J.N. Jammu Shrines and Pilgrimages.

x, (2), 180pp., 24 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Ganhar Publications), n.d.

879 GARBE, RICHARD. Die Samkhya-Philosophie.

Eine Darstellung des indischen Rationalismus nach den Quellen. viii,

347pp. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Leipzig (Verlag von H. Haessel), 1894.

880 GARD, RICHARD A. Der Buddhismus.

Mit einem Vorwort von Nicholas Bouvier. (Die grossen Religionen der Welt.) 334,

(6)pp. 24 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Leatherette.

Genf (Edito-Service), 1972.

Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1987.

881 GARG, GANGA RAM. International Encyclopaedia of Indian Literature.

Foreword by Juan Miguel de Mora. Revised and enlarged edition. Vol. I: Sanskrit, Pali, Prakrit & Apabhramsa. 2 vols. xlix, (1), 660pp. 4to. Cloth.

882 GARGI, BALWANT. Theater und Tanz in Indien.

151, (1)pp., 24 plates (4 color). Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Henschelverlag), 1960.

883 GARRETT, JOHN. A Classical Dictionary of India Illustrative of the Mythology, Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities,

Arts, Manners, Customs &c. of the Hindus.

2 parts in 1 vol. x, (2), 793, (1), 160pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the

Madras 1871 edition.


884 THE GARUDA PURANA.

(Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 12-14./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works:

Indian Series.) 3 vols. xxxv, (1), 1163pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Delhi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1978-1980.

885 GARUSINGHE, DAYARATNE. Sinhalese, the Spoken Idiom.

With a foreword by S. Paranavitana. 106pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



53

München (Max Hueber Verlag), 1962.

886 GASCOIGNE, BAMBER. The Great Moghuls.

264pp. 56 color plates., 192 illus., 1 map, 1 chart. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Harper & Row), 1971.

887 GATZLAFFHÄLSIG, MARGOT. Wörterbuch Deutsch-Hindi.

646pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


888

GAUDES, RÜDIGER. Wörterbuch Khmer-Deutsch.

2 vols. 1321pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


889 (GAUTAMA BUDDHA) ÑANA, LEDI CHA RA TO` & PHE MON` TAN`, U”. Dhamma cakkappa vattana sutta dhamma cakra sut`nhan`’ anatta lakkhana sut`.

/ Buddha’s First Sermons, Dhamma cakkappa vattana sutta and

Anattalakkhanasutta. (8), 37, (3)pp. Illus. Oblong folio. Orig. dec. boards. Parallel texts in Burmese, Pali, and English.

Ran` Kun` (U” sa Van`”), [1973].

890 GAYATRI DEVI, MAHARANI OF JAIPUR & RAMA RAU, SANTHA. A Princess Remembers.

(The Century Lives &

Letters.) 335pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


891 GEAR, DONALD & GEAR, JOAN. Earth to Heaven.

The royal animal-shaped weights of Burma. xvii, (1), 299pp. 62 plates,

4 maps, 24 tables. 4to. Boards. First edition.

Kenton, Harrow (Twinstar), 1992.

892 GEDDES, WILLIAM ROBERT. Migrants of the Mountains.

The cultural ecology of the Blue Miao (Hmong Njua) of

Thailand. xviii, 274pp., 16 plates. 2 maps, 5 figs. 4to. Cloth.


893 GEERTZ, CLIFFORD. Peddlers and Princes.

Social change and economic modernization in two Indonesian towns. viii, (2),

162pp. Text figs. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


894 GEERTZ, CLIFFORD. The Religion of Java.

xv, (1), 392, (6)pp. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

New York (The Free Press of Glencoe), 1964.

895 GEERTZ, CLIFFORD. The Social History of an Indonesian Town.

(2), 217pp. Cloth.

Cambridge (The M.I.T. Press), 1965.

896 GEHRTS, HEINO. Mahabharata: Das Geschehen und seine Bedeutung.

(Abhandlungen zur Kunst-, Musik- und

Literaturwissenschaft. 178.) (4), 295, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Bonn (Bouvier Verlag Herbert Grundmann), 1975.

897 GEIB, RUPRECHT. Zur Frage nach der Urfassung des Pañcatantra.

(Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie. 2.) ix, (1), 196pp.

4to. Wraps.


898 GEIGER, WILH. Eleme ntarbuch des Sanskrit unter Berücksichtigung der vedischen Sprache.

Dritte, um einen

Nachtrag vermehrte Auflage. 3 vols. in 1. Erster Teil: Grammatik. (4), 92pp. Zweiter Teil: Übungen und Lesestücke. (2),

56pp. Dritter Teil: Wörterverzeichnisse, Verbesserungen und Nachträge. (2), 79, (1), 3pp. 4to. New boards, 1/4 cloth.

Berlin/Leipzig (Walter de Gruyter & Co.), 1923.

899 GEIGER, WILHELM. Pali: Literatur und Sprache.

(Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde

[Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. I. Band, 7. Heft.) iv, 183pp. 4to. Cloth.


900 GEIGER, WILHELM. Samyutta-Nikaya.

Die in Gruppen geordnete Sammlung aus dem Pali-Kanon der Buddhisten zum ersten Mal ins Deutsche übertragen. 2 vols. in 1. (2), 385, (3)pp.; (4), 294pp. 4to. Cloth.

München-Neubiberg (Benares-Verlag/Ferdinand Schwab), 1930; München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1925.

901 GEIGER, WILHELM. Studien zur Geschichte und Sprache Ceylons.

(Sitzungsberichte der Bayerischen Akademie der

Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-historische Klasse. Jahrgang 1941. Band II, Heft 4.) 79pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

München (Verlag der Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften/ C.H. Beck), 1941.

902 GELDNER, KARL FRIEDRICH. Der Rig-veda.

Aus dem Sanskrit ins Deutsche übersetzt und mit einem laufenden

Kommentar versehen. (Harvard Oriental Series. 3335.) 3 vols. I: Erster bis vierter Liederkreis. xix, (1), 490pp. II: Fünfter bis achter Liederkreis. 435pp. III: Neunter bis zehnter Liederkreis. 422pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the 1951 edition.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



54

Cambridge/London (Harvard University Press), 1978.

903 GELLNER, DAVID N. Monk, Householder, and Tantric Priest.

Newar Buddhism and its hierarchy of rituals. (Cambridge

Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology. 84.) xxiii, (1), 428, (4)pp., 12 plates. 20 figs. 4to. Cloth.


904 GENÈVE. MUSÉE BARBIER-MUELLER. Power and Gold.

Jewelry from Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines. From the collection of the BarbierMüller Museum, Geneva. Text by Susan Rodgers. 369, (3)pp. Prof. illus. (numerous full-page color plates & 252 color illus.) Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Genève, 1985.

905 GEORGE, DIETER. Sanmukhakalpa.

Ein Lehrbuch der Zauberei und Diebeskunst aus dem indischen Mittelalter.

(Monographien zur indischen Archäologie, Kunst und Philologie. 7.) 209, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Dietrich Reimer Verlag), 1991.

906 GEORGE, E.C.S. Ruby Mines District.

Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) iii, (1), 151, (1), v, (1)pp. 1 folding map. Sm. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.


907 GEORGE, K.M. Malayalam Grammar and Reader.

viii, (4), 342, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. D.j.

Kottayam (National Book Stall), 1971.

908 [GERASIMOV, A.V. (EDITOR).] Kultura drevnei Indii.

428pp. 84 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


909 GERBER, TH. Lexique franco-stieng.

224pp. 4to. Wraps.

Sa igon (Imprimerie du Théâtre), 1937.

910 GERICKE, J.F.C. & ROORDA, T. Javaansch-Nederlandsch handwoordenboek.

Vermeerderd en verbeterd door A.C.

Vreede. Met medewerking van J.G.H. Gunning. 2 vols. xx, 905pp.; 872pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Amsterdam/Leiden (Johannes Müller/ E.J. Brill), 1901.

911 GERLITZ, PETER. Religion und Matriarchat.

Zur religionsgeschichtlichen Bedeutung der matrilinearen Strukturen bei den

Khasi von Meghalaya unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der national-religiösen Reformbewegungen. (Studies in Oriental

Religions. 11.) xi, (1), 285, (3)pp. 24 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.


912 GERNER, MANFRED. Bhutan.

Kultur und Religion im Land der Drachenkönige. 194pp. 75 plates (16 color), 2 maps.

Wraps.

Stuttgart (Verlag Indoculture), 1981.

913 GEROW, EDWIN. A Glossary of Indian Figures of Speech.

(Publications in Near and Middle East Studies, Columbia

University. Series A. XVI.) 346pp. 4to. Cloth.


914 GEROW, EDWIN & LANG, MARGERY D. (EDITORS). Studies in the Language and Culture of South Asia.

(Publications on Asia of the Institute for Comparative and Foreign Area Studies. 23.) xiv, 160pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.



915 GETTY, ALICE. Ganesa.

A monograph on the elephant-faced god. With an introduction by Alfred Foucher. xxiii, (1), 103,

(1)pp., 42 plates (2 color). 8 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Oxford 1936.

916 GHOSH, A. (EDITOR). An Encyclopaedia of Indian Archaeology.

2 vols. I: Subjects. xvi, 413pp. 54 illus. II: A Gazetteer of Explored and Excavated Sites in India. 469, (1)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


917 GHOSH, D.P. Studies in Museum and Museology in India.

iii, (1), 155, (3)pp. 20 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


918 GHULAM SARWAR YOUSOF. Southeast Asian Traditional Performing Arts: A Preliminary Bibliography.

(Teaching and Research Exchange Fellowships.) vii, (3), 161pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

[Singapore] (Southeast Asian Studies Program), 1990.

919 GHURYE, G.S. Indian Sadhus.

Second edition. x, (2), 260pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



55

920 GIBBONS, BOB & ASHFORD, BOB. The Himalayan Kingdoms: Nepal, Bhutan and Sikkim.

157pp. 39 illus. hors texte.

4to. Cloth.

London (B.T. Batsford), 1983.

921 GIBBS, PHILLIP, ET AL. Building a Malay House.

In collaboration with Yahya Abdul Rahman and Zamani Kassim.

(Images of Asia.) ix, (1), 99, (1)pp. 34 illus. Boards.


922 GICHNER, LAWRENCE E. Erotic Aspects of Hindu Sculpture.


N.p. (Privately Printed), 1949.

923 GILHODES, C. The Kachins: Religion and Customs.

(2), ii, 304pp. Sm. 8vo. Orig. wraps.

Calcutta (A. Rome/ Catholic Orphan Press), 1922.


924 GIMLETTE, JOHN D. A Dictionary of Malayan Medicine.

Edited and completed by H.W. Thomson. With a foreword by

Malcolm Watson. xvi, 259pp. 4to. Wraps. Originally published 1939.

925 GIMLETTE, JOHN D. Malay Poisons and Charm Cures.

xiv, 301pp. 4to. Wraps. Originally published 1915.


926 GINSBURG, HENRY. Thai Manuscript Painting.

112pp. 73 illus. (27 color). 4to. Cloth.

London (The British Library), 1989.

927 GIOVANNI, DA CAPUA. Beispiele der alten Weisen des Johann von Capua.

Übersetzung der hebräischen Bearbeitung des in dischen Pañcatantra ins Lateinische. Herausgegeben und übersetzt von Friedmar Geissler. (Deutsche Akademie der

Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Institut für Orientforschung. Veröffentlichung Nr. 52.) xvi, (2), 412pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j.


928 GITEAU, MADELEINE. Angkor.

287, (1)pp. 151 illus., figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


929 GITEAU, MADELEINE. Le bornage rituel des temples bouddhiques au Cambodge.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 68.) 152, (2)pp., 29 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient ), 1969.

930 GITEAU, MADELEINE. Iconographie du Cambodge post-angkorien.


Orient. 100.) 381, (1)pp., 118 plates, 1 folding map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


931 GITEAU, MADELEINE. Khmer: Kunst und Kultur von Angkor.

Photographien von Hans Hinz. 307pp. 24 tipped-in color,

135 catalogue illus., numerous text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

München (Hirmer Verlag), 1973.

932 GITTINGER, MATTIEBELLE & LEFFERTS, H. LEEDOM, JR. Textiles and the Tai Experience in Southeast Asia. 264pp.

Prof. illus. (partly color). 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Textile Museum, Washington, D.C.

Washington, D.C. (The Textile Museum), 1992.

933 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Brahma und Buddha.

Die Religionen Indiens in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 350,

(2)pp., 35 plates. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Berlin (Deutsche Buch-Gemeinschaft), 1926.

934 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Buddhismus - eine atheistische Religion.

Mit einer Auswahl buddhistischer Texte, zusammengestellt von Heinz Bechert. 272pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

München (Szczesny Verlag), 1966.

935 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Buddhismus in Indien und im Fernen Osten.

Schicksale und Lebensformen einer

Erlösungsreligion. 402, (2)pp., 16 plates. 4to. Boards.

Berlin/Zürich (Atlantis-Verlag), 1936.

936 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Buddhistische Mysterien.

Die geheimen Lehren und Riten des Diamant-Fahrzeugs.

(Sammlung Voelkerglaube.) 201, (3)pp., 8 plates. Text figs. Wraps.

Stuttgart (W. Spemann Verlag), 1940.

937 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Hinduismus.

Religion und Gesellschaft im heutigen Indien. xv, (1), 503, (3)pp. 43 illus. hors texte. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



56

München (Kurt Wolff Verlag), 1922.

938 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Jainismus.

Eine indische Erlösungsreligion. Nach den Quellen dargestellt. (Kultur und

Weltanschauung. 1.) x, (2), 505, (1)pp., 31 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. The rare original edition.

Berlin (Alf Häger Verlag), 1925.

939 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Die Literaturen Indiens von ihren Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart.

In Verbindung mit

Banarsi Das Jain, Wilhelm Geiger, Friedrich Rosen, Hilko Wiardo Schomerus. (Handbuch der Literaturgeschichte.) 339,

(1)pp., 7 tipped-in plates. 159 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Wildpark-Potsdam (Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion), 1929.

940 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Die Philosophie der Inder.

Eine Einführung in ihre Geschichte und ihre Lehren. Second edition. xi, (1), 505, (3), 8pp. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Alfred Kröner), 1958.

941 GLASENAPP, HELMUTH VON. Der Stufenweg zum Göttlichen.

Shankaras Philosophie der All-Einheit. 178, (2)pp. Lrg.

8vo. Cloth.

BadenBaden (Verlag Hans Bühler Junior), 1948.

942 GLAUCHE, JOHANNES W. Der Stupa: Kultbau des Buddhismus.

142, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Köln (DuMont), 1995.

943 GLEBOVA, I.I., ET AL. V’etnamsko-Russkii slovar’.

Sostavili: I.I. Glebova, V.A. Zelentsov, V.V. Ivanov, N.I. Nikulin, A.P.

Shiltova./ Tù dien Viêt-Nga. 616pp. 4to. Cloth.

Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Inostrannykh i Natsional’nykh Slovarei), 1961.

944 GLOCKNER, UTE. Literatursoziologische Untersuchung des thailändischen Romans im XX. Jahrhundert.

Inaugural-

Dissertation...Albert-LudwigsUniversität, Freiburg i.Br. (Dissertationsreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg.

1.) (4), 283, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Freiburg, 1967.

945 GOBRON, GABRIEL. H istoire et philosophie du Caodaïsme.

Bouddhisme rénové, spiritisme vietnamien, religion nouvelle en Eurasie. 194, (4)pp., 9 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Paris (Dervy), 1948.

946 GOBRON, GABRIEL. Histoire et philosophie du Caodaïsme.

Bouddhisme rénové, spiritisme vietnamien, religion nouvelle en Eurasie. 214, (10)pp., 21 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Paris (Dervy), 1949.

947 GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Matirupa./ Terracotta Heads.

(Kala pela. 10.) 52pp. 27 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Kolamba (Puravidya departamentuva), n.d.

948 GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Simhala nataya ha sangitaya./ Sinhalese Dance and Music.

(Kala pela. 12.) 49pp. 28 plates.

4to. Wraps.

Kolamba (Puravidya departamentuva), 1970.

949 GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Sinhalese Literature.

xiv, (2), 375pp. 4to. Cloth.

C olombo (The Colombo Apothecaries’ Co.), 1955.

950 GODAKUMBURA, C.E. Tivankapilimageyi bitusituvam./ Murals at Tivanka Pilimage.

(Kala pela. 4.) 45pp. 15 plates.

4to. Wraps.

Kolamba (Puravidya departamentuva), 1969.

951 GOETZ, HERMANN. Bilderatlas zur Kulturgeschichte Indiens in der Grossmoghul-Zeit.

Die materielle Kultur des

Alltags, ihre Wurzeln, Schichten, Wandlungen und Beziehungen zu anderen Völkern auf Grund der indischen Miniatur-

Malerei und anderer Quellen dargestellt. viii, 79, (1)pp., 48 plates with 135 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Berlin (Dietrich Reimer/ Ernst Vohsen), 1930.

952 GOETZ, HERMANN. Epochen der indischen Kulturen.

xii, 601, (3)pp. 8 maps. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (Verlag Karl W. Hiersemann), 1929.

953 GOETZ, HERMANN. Indien.

Fünf Jahrtausende indischer Kunst. (Kunst der Welt: Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.) 289,

(5)pp. 68 tipped-in color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



57

954 GÖTZFRIED, SANGSRI. Das Thailändische Schattentheater.

Katalog der Sammlung des Deutschen

Ledermuseums/Deutschen Schuhmuseums, Offenbach am Main. (Veröffentlichungen des Deutschen Ledermuseums mit dem angeschlossenen Deutschen Schuhmuseum. [7].) 87pp. 110 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Offenbach am Main (Deutsches Ledermuseum/Deutsches Schuhmuseum), 1991.

955 GÖTZFRIED, XAVER. Die Religion der Yao: Yozoku shukyo.

(Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft für Natur- und Völkerkunde

Ostasiens, Hamburg. 114.) 180pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Stiff wraps.

Hamburg (Gesells chaft für Natur- und Völkerkunde Ostasiens), 1990.

956 GOGOI, PADMESWAR. Tai-Ahom Religion and Customs.

(4), 117pp., 3 plates. 4to. Boards.

Gauhati (Publication Board, Assam), 1976.

957 GOKULANATHA UPADHYAYA. The Amrtodaya of Gokulanatha.

Edited by Mahamahopadhyaya Pandit S’ivadatta and

Kas’inath Pandurang Parab & Vasudev Laxman S’astri Pans’ikar. Second revised edition. (Kavyamala. 59.) 85, 3pp. Wraps.

Bombay (Pandurang Jawaji), 1935.

958 GOLDMAN, ROBERT P. & SUTHERLAND, SALLY J. Devavanipravesika: An Introduction to the Sanskrit Language.

Second edition, revised. xxxii, 460, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps.


959 GOLE, SUSAN. Indian Maps and Plans.

From earliest times to the advent of European surveys. 206, (2)pp. 122 plates.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Manohar Publications), 1989.

960 GOMBRICH, RICHARD F. Precept and Practice: Traditional Buddhism in the Rural Highlands of Ceylon.

xiv, 366pp.

4to. Cloth.


961 GOMBRICH, RICHARD & OBEYESEKERE, GANANATH. Buddhism Transformed: Religious Change in Sri Lanka.

xvi,

484pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. 4to. Cloth.


962 GONDA, J. Het oud-javaansche Brahmanda-Purana.

Proza-tekst en Kakawin. Uitgegeven en van aanteekeningen

Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1933. voorzien. (Bibliotheca Javanica. 5.) (4), 390pp. Stout 4to. Wraps.

[Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1932].

963 GONDA, J. Het oud-javaansche Brahmanda-Purana.

[Vertaling]. (Bibliotheca Javanica. 6.) ix, (1), 134pp. 4to. Wraps.

964 GONDA, J. Visnuism and Sivaism: A Comparison.

(School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. Jordan

Lectures in Comparative Religion. 9.) (4), 228pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (University of London, The Athlone Press), 1970.

965 GONDA, JAN, ET AL. Die Religionen Indiens.

(Die Religionen der Menschheit. 1113.) 3 vols. I: Veda und älterer

Hinduismus. Von Jan Gonda. xv, (1), 369, (3)pp. II: Der jüngere Hinduismus. Von Jan Gonda. xiii, (3), 366, (2)pp. 1 map. III:

Buddhismus - Jainismus - Primitivvölker. Von André Bareau, Walther Schubring, Christoph von Fürer-Haimendorf. vi, 302,

(2)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (W. Kohlhammer Verlag), 1960-1964.

966 GOONATILLEKA, M.H. Masks and Mask Systems of Sri Lanka.

93pp. 138 illus, Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Colombo (Tamarind Books), 1978.

967 GOPAL PANIKKAR, T.K. Malabar and Its Folk.

A systematic description of the social customs and institutions of Malabar.

Third edition, revised and enlarged. xiii, (3), 280, (16)pp. Cloth.

Madras (G.A. Natesan & Co.), n.d.

968 GOPINATHA RAO, T.A. Elements of Hindu Iconography.

Second edition. 2 vols. in 4 parts. xxxiii, 399, (1), 71, (3), 159,

28, (4)pp., 123 plates.; xxxv, 577, (1), 279, (1), 37, (1)pp., 158 plates. 4to. Cloth.


969 GORER, GEOFFREY. Himalayan Village: An Account of the Lepchas of Sikkim.

Second edition. 488pp., 32 plates. 4to.

Cloth.

New York (Basic Books), 1967.

970 GORGONIEV, IU.A. Kkhmerskorusskii slovar’: Okolo 20,000 slov.

S prilozheniem kratkogo grammaticheskogo ocherka kkhmerskogo iazyka. 951pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



58


971 GORGONIEV, IU.A. The Khmer Language.

(Languages of Asia and Africa.) 133, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


972 GOSLING, BETTY. Sukhothai.

Its history, culture, and art. (The Asia Collection.) xiv, 123pp. 24 color illus. hors texte. 87 text illus. 4to. Boards.


973 GOSWAMI, C.L. & SASTRI, M.A. (TRANSLATORS). Srimad Bhagavata Mahapurana: With Sanskrit Text and English

Translation.

Second edition. 2 vols. 6, 6, 1715pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Gorkhapur (Motilal Jalan, Gita Press), 1982.

974

GOTHÓNI, RENÉ. Modes of Life of Theravada Monks.

A case study of Buddhist monasticism in Sri Lanka. (Studia

Orientalia. 52.) xiii, (1), 267pp., 2 color plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Helsinki (Finnish Oriental Society), 1982.

975 GOUIN, EUGÈNE. Dictionnaire Vietnamien Chinois Français.

(6), 1606, (2), 40pp. Sm. stout folio. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

Saigon (Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1957.

976 GOURDON, HENRI. L’art de l’Annam.

(Les Arts Coloniaux.) 73, (3)pp., 16 plates. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Paris (E. de Boccard), n.d.

977 GOUROU, PIERRE. Esquisse d’une étude de l’habitation annamite dans l’Annam septentrional et central du Thanh

Hoá au Bình Dinh.

(Publications d e l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 28.) 80, (2)pp., 16 plates with 28 illus. 35 text figs.

4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth; orig. wraps. bound in.

Paris (Les Éditions d’Art et d’Histoire), 1936.

978 GOVINDA, ANAGARIKA BRAHMACARI. Die psychologische Haltung der frühbuddhistischen Philosophie und ihre systematische Darstellung nach der Tradition des Abhidhamma.

(10), 263, (3)pp. Cloth.

Zürich/Stuttgart (Rascher Verlag), 1962.

979 GOYANDKA, JAYADAYAL. Gems of Truth.

Second series. 216pp. Frontis. in color. Boards.

Gorakhpur (The Gita Press), 1985.

980 GRADMANN, ERWIN. Indische Miniaturen.

(Orbis Pictus. 6.) 9, (1)pp., 19 color plates with facing description. Boards.

Bern/ Stuttgart (Hallwag), n.d.

981 GRANDIN, INGEMAR. Music and Media in Local Life: Music Practice in a Newar Neighbourhood in Nepal.

(Linköping

Studies in Arts and Science. 41.) xx, 233, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Linköping (Linköping University, Dept. of Communication Studies), 1989.

982 GRANVILLE, OHIO. DENISON UNIVERSITY. SLAYTER HALL. An Exhibition of Burmese Crafts from the Denison

University Collection.

March-April 1973. (12)pp. 10 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Granville, 1973.

983 GRASSMANN, HERMANN. Rig-Veda.

Übersetzt und mit kritischen und erläuternden Anmerkungen versehen. 2 vols. I. Die

FamilienBücher des Rig-Veda. Zweites bis achtes Buch. vi, 589pp. II: Sammelbücher des Rig-Veda. Erstes, neuntes, zehntes Buch. 523, (1)pp. 4to. New wraps.

Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus), 1876-1877.

984 GRASSMANN, HERMANN. Wörterbuch zum Rig-Veda.

viii, (888)pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Leipzig 1873.


985

GRASSMANN, HERMANN. Wörterbuch zum Rig-veda.

5., unveränderte Auflage. viii, (888)pp. 4to. Cloth.


986 GREAT BRITAIN. MINISTRY OF DEFENCE. Nepal and the Gurkhas.

vi, 158pp., 1 folding map. 34 illus. hors texte. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

London (Her Majesty’s Stationery Office), 1965.

987 GREAVES, EDWIN. Hindi Grammar.

xiii, (1), 527pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Allahabad (Indian Press), 1933.

988

GREVE, REINHARD. A Shaman’s Concept of Illness and Healing Rituals in the Mustang District, Nepal.

(Offprint from

Journal of the Nepal Research Centre, Vol. 5/6.) (26)pp., 5 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



59

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1981/1982.

989 GRIERSON, GEORGE A. Bihar Peasant Life.

Being a discursive catalogue of the surroundings of the people of that province.... 7, vi, (4), 431, (1), clv pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1885 edition.

Delhi (Cosmo Publications), 1975.

990 GRIERSON, GEORGE A. A Dictionary of the Kashmiri Language.

Compiled partly from materials left by the late Pandit

Isvara Kaula. Assisted by...Mukundaram Sastri.... 4 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta/Hertford, 1916-1932.

Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corp.), 1985.

991 GRIFFITH, RALPH T.H. (TRANSLATOR). The Hymns of the Rgveda.

Translated with a popular commentary. (The

Chowkhamba Sanskrit Studies. 35.) 2 vols. xv, (1), 707pp.; 672pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (The Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office), 1963.

Calcutta (The Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal), 1946.

992 GRIFFITHS, WALTER G. The Kol Tribe of Central India.

With an introduction by B.S. Guha. (Royal Asiatic Society of

Bengal. Monograph Series. 2.) xiv, 333pp., 29 plates. 30 text figs. 4to. Boards.

993 GRIGNARD, A. An Oraon-English Dictionary in the Roman Character With Numerous Phrases Illustrative of Sense and Idiom and Notes on Tribal Customs, Beliefs, Etc.

(2), v, (1), 697pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1924.

New Delhi (Unity Book Service), 1986.

994 GRIMES, JOHN. A Concise Dictionary of Indian Philosophy.

Sanskrit terms defined in English. (6), 440pp. 4to. Cloth.

Albany (State University of New York Press), 1989.

995 GRIMM, GEORG. Die Lehre des Buddha.

Die Religion der Vernunft. xv, (1), 512, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

München (R. Piper & Co.), 1915.

996 GRISWOLD, ALEXANDER B. Towards a History of Sukhodaya Art.

68pp., 4 maps (2 folding). 71 illus. hors texte. 4to.

Wraps.

Bangkok (The Fine Arts Department, The National Museum), 1967.

997 GROENEVELDT, W.P. Historical Notes on Indonesia and Malaya Compiled from Chinese Sources.

x, 144pp., 1 map.

N.p., n.d.

4to. Wraps.

Djakarta (C.V. Bhratara), 1960.

998 GRONEMAN, I. Tjandi Parambanan op Midden-Java.

3, (1)pp. 51 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

999 GROOT, J.J.M. DE. Jaarlijksche feesten en gebruiken van de Emoy-Chineezen.

Een vergelijkende bijdrage tot de kennis van onze Chinessche medeburgers op Java. Met uitgebderide monographieën van godheden, die te Emoy worden vereerd. Eerste deel [all published]. xiii, (3), 644pp. 4to. Cloth, 3/4 leather. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

[Batavia (Bruining), 1883].

1000 GROOT, J.J.M. DE. De lijkbezorging der Emoy-Chineezen.

(Overgedrukt uit de Bijdragen tot de Taal-, Land- en

Volkenkunde van NederlandschIndië, 5e Volgr. VII.) 114pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1001 GROSLIER, BERNARD PHILIPPE. Angkor.

Eine versunkene Kultur im indochinesischen Dschungel. 228pp. Prof. illus.

Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.


1002 GROSLIER, BERNARD PHILIPPE. Hinterindien.

Kunst im Schmelztiegel der Rassen. Second edition. (Kunst der Welt.

Ihre ge schichtlichen, soziologischen und religiösen Grundlagen. “Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.”) 294pp. 62 tipped-in color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase.

Baden-Baden (Holle-Verlag), 1962.

1003 GROSLIER, BERNARD PHILIPPE. Indochina.

Deutsche Bearbeitung: Gunhild Gabbert. (Archaeologia Mundi.) 285, (1)pp.

145 illus. (35 color). Sm. 4to. Buckram.

München/Genf (Nagel Verlag), 1966.

1004 GROSSMANN, BERNHARD (EDITOR). Southeast Asia in the Modern World.

(Schriften des Instituts für Asienkunde in

Hamburg. 33.) 422pp. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the editor.


1005 GRÜNWEDEL, ALBERT. Buddhistische Kunst in Indien. (Handbücher der Staatlichen Museen zu Berlin.) viii, 177, (1)pp.

76 illus. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



60

Berlin (W. Spemann), 1893.

1006 GRUNFELD, FREDERIC V. Siedler der ThaiWälder: Die Akha.

(Völker der Wildnis.) 168pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards.

Amsterdam (Time-Life Books), 1982.

1007 GUBER, A.A., ET AL. (EDITORS). Narody Iugo-Vostochnoi Azii.

Pod redaktsiei A.A. Gubera, Iu.V. Maretina, D.D.

Tumarkina, N.N. Cheboksarova. (Narody Mira. Etnograficheskie ocherki.) 761, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”), 1966.

1008 GÜBELIN, E. Burma, Land der Pagoden.

Photos: Mari e Helen Gübelin. 131pp. Numerous tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.


1009

GÜNTHER, HERBERT. Grammatik des buddhistischen Mischprakrits I: Die Sprache des Mahavastu.

Inaugural-

Dissertation...Ludwig-Maximilians-Univers ität, München. ix, (3), 297pp. Lrg. 4to. Stiff wraps. Mimeograph.

[München, n.d.].

1010 GÜNTHER, HERBERT. Das Seelenproblem im älteren Buddhismus.

(Edition Asoka.) 157, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. D.j.

Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Konstanz (Curt Weller Verlag), 1949.

1011 GUESDON, JOSEPH. Dictionnaire cambodgienfrançais.

(Ministère de l’Instruction Publique et des Beaux-Arts.

Commission Archéologique de l’Indochine.) 5 parts bound in 2 vols. 15, (1), 1928pp. Lrg. stout 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth.

Paris (Plon-Nourrit), [1914]-1930.

1012 GUHA, UMA, ET AL. The Didayi: A Forgotten Tribe of Orissa.

[By] Uma Guha, M.K.A. Siddiqui, P.R.G. Mathur.

(Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 23.) 252pp., 27 plates. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Anthropological Survey of India), 1970.

1013 GUILLEMINET, PAUL. Coutumier de la tribu bahnar des Sedang et des Jarai de la province de Kontum.

[Selon la coutume appliquée dans les tribunaux de cette province de 1908 à 1939]. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-

Orient. 32.) 2 vols. 763pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris/Hanoi (E. de Boccard/ École Française d’Extrême-Oriient), 1952.

1014 GUILLEMINET, PAUL & ALBERTY, JULES. Dictionnaire bahnarfrançais.

Tome premier, première partie & Tome sec onde, première parte (all published). (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 40.) 2 vols. xx, 991, (3)pp. Lrg.

4to. Wraps.

Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1959-1963.

1015

GUILLON, EMMANUEL. L’armée de Mara: Au pied de l’Ananda (Pagán - Birmanie).

(Éditions Recherche sur les

Civilisations. “Mémoire” no. 60.) 108pp. 32 illus. 6 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations), 1985.

1016 GUILLON, EMMANUEL. Cham Art.

[Treasures from the Dà Nang Museum, Vietnam]. 204pp. 200 color illus. 4to. Wraps.

London (Thames & Hudson), 2001.

1017 GULBADAN, BEGAM. The History of Humayun (Humayun-nama).

By Gul-Badan Begam (Princess Rose-Body).

Translated with introduction, notes, illustrations and biographical appendix and reproduced in the Persian from the only known MS. of the British Museum [by] Annette S. Beveridge. xii, 331, (1), 96pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1902 edition.


1018 GULIK, R.H. VAN. Siddham.

An essay on the history of Sanskrit studies in China and Japan. (Sarasvati-vihara Series. 36.)

12, 240pp., on double leaves. 60 plates, 11 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Nagpur (International Academy of Indian Culture), 1956.

1019 GULLICK, J.M. A History of Selangor, 1742-1957.

(Malayan Historical Series. 1.) 122pp., 8 plates with 15 illus. 10 maps & figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Singapore (Eastern Universities Press), 1960.

1020 GUNASEKARA, ABRAHAM MENDIS. A Comprehensive Grammar of the Sinhalese Language.

xv, (1), 516pp. Sm. 4to.

Buckram. Originally published Colombo 1891.


1021

GUNASEKARA, B. (EDITOR). The Rájávaliya: Or, A Historical Narrative of Sinalese Kings from Vijaya to Vimala

Dharma Súrya II.

To which are added a glossary, a list of sovereigns and an index. v, (1), 96pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Sinhalese-language text.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



61

Colombo (H. Ross Cottle, Government Printer), 1926.

1022 GUNAWARDANA, R.A.L.H. Robe and Plough.

Monasticism and economic interest in early medieval Sri Lanka. (The

Association for Asian Studies: Monographs and Papers. 35.) xii, 377pp. 4to. Wraps.

Tucson (The University of Arizona Press), 1979.

1023 GUNAWARDHANA, W.F. (EDITOR). Kokila sandesaya, or, Cuckoo-Message.

A Sinhalese classical poem. 2 parts. (2),

238pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Sinhalese-language text.

Colombo (N.J. Cooray & Sons/ Vidyasagara Printing Works), 1924.

1024 GUNDERT, H. A Malayalam and English Dictionary.

2 vols. xviii, 1116pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Mangalore/London

1871-1872 edition.

Osnabrück (Biblio Verlag), 1970.

1025 GUPTA, ANANDASVARUPA (EDITOR). Sri Vamanapuranam: Anglabhasanuvadasahitam.

/ The Vamana Purana with

English Translation. Edited by Anand Swarup Gupta. Translated by Satyamsu Mohan Mukhopadhyaya, Ahibhushan

Bhattacharya, N.C. Nath, K.V. Verman (2), xlix, (1), 543, (1), 70, (1), 97pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Sarvabharatiyakasirajanyasah), 1968.

1026 GUPTA, C.S. Rajasthan: Fairs & Festivals.

(Census of India 1961. Vol. XIV, Part VII-B.) xii, (2), 141, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg.

4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Delhi (Manager of Publications, Government of India), 1966.

1027 GUPTA, EVA MARIA. Brata und Alpana in Bengalen.

(Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität

Heidelberg. 80.) x, 210pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.


1028 GUPTA, MUNILALA (EDITOR). Srisrivisnupurana: Mula sloka aura hindi-anuvadasahita, sacitra.

[Trtiya samskarana].


[Gorakhapura] (Gitapresa), [1952].

1029 GUPTA, PARMESHWARI LAL (EDITOR). Ancient Indian Alphabets.

6 vols. I: Ashokan Brahmi Script. II: Early Brahmi

Script. III: Brahmi Script. IV: Gupta Brahmi Script. V: Post Gupta Northern Indian Script. VI: Karoshthi Script. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers.

New Delhi (All India Educational Supply Co.), 1970s.

1030 GUPTA, PARMESHWARI LAL (EDITOR). Medieval Indian Alphabets.

6 vols. I: Nagari, North India. II: Nagari, Western and Southern India. III: Bengali and Orissan. IV: Canarese and Telugu. V: Grantha and Tamil. VI: North and Western India.

Sm. 4to. Plastic covers.

Delhi (All India Educational Supply Company), 1970-1974?.

1031 GUPTA, SANJUKTA, ET AL. Hindu Tantrism.

By Sanjukta Gupta, Dirk Jan Hoens, Teun Goudriaan. (Handbuch der

Orientalistik. Zweite Abteilung: Indien. Vierter Band, zweiter Abschnitt.) x, (4), 208pp. 4to. Wraps.

Leiden/Köln (E.J. Brill), 1979.

1032 GUPTA, SHAKTI M. Legends Around Shiva.

(6), 137, (1)pp. 54 illus. hors texte. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Somaiya Publications), 1979.

1033 GUPTA, SHAKTI M. Surya, the Sun God.

(12), 71, (1)pp., 36 plates. Sm. sq. 4to. Boards.

Bombay/New Delhi (Somaiya Publications), 1977.

1034 GUPTE, R.S. Iconography of the Hindus, Buddhists and Jains.

xviii, (2), 201pp., 36 plates with 201 illus. 84 text figs.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1035 GURUTU, NILAKANTHA. Sri Paratrimsika.

Abhinava Gupta viracita vivrti sameta, mula Samskrta sodhita patha, Hindi anuvada, svatantra tippaniyam. 42, 455pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Dilli (Motilala Banarasidasa), 1985.

1036 GUSEVA, N.R. Indien: Jahrtausende und Gegenwart.

166, (4)pp. 112 color illus. hors texte. Numerous text figs. Lrg. sq.

4to. Cloth.

Leipzig/Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag), 1978.

1037 GUSEVA, N.R. Sovremennoe dekorativno-prikladnoe iskusstvo Indii.

52, (4)pp. 122 illus. hors texte. 11 tipped-in color plates in text. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Moskva (Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo Iskusstvo), 1958.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



62

1038 GUSEVA, N.R., ET AL. (EDITORS). Narody Iuzhnoi Azii.

Indiia, Pakistan, Nepal, Sikkim, Butan, Tseilon, i Mal’divskie

Ostrova. Pod redaktsiei N.R. Gusevoi, A.M. D’iakova, M.G. Levina, N.N. Cheboksarova. (Narody Mira. Etnograficheskie

Ocherki.) 963, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram.


1039 GUTSCHOW, NIELS. Stadtraum und Ritual der newarischen Städte im Kathmandu-Tal.

Eine architekturanthropologische Untersuchung. 208pp. 233 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1040 GUTSCHOW, NIELS & MICHAELS, AXEL. Benares.

Tempel und religiöses Leben in der heiligen Stadt der Hindus.

(DuMont Taschenbücher. 294.) 258, (6)pp. Prof. illus. Wraps.


1041

GUTSCHOW, NIELS & PIEPER, JAN. Indien: Von den Klöstern im Himalaya zu den Tempelstädten Südindiens.

Bauformen und Stadtgestalt einer beständigen Tradition. Mit Beiträgen von Bernhard Kölver über Geschichte und Religion und Klaus Fischer über Bildhauerei und Malerei. (DuMont Dokumente: Kunst-Reiseführer.) 424pp. 188 illus., text figs. Sm.

4to. Wraps.


1042 GWYNN, J.P.L. A Telugu-English Dictionary.

Assisted by J. Venkateswara Sastry. xxii, (2), 569, (5)pp. 4to. Cloth.


1043 HAAS, HANS. “Das Scherflein der Witwe” und seine Entsprechung im Tripitaka.

(Veröffentlichungen des

Forschungsinstituts für vergleichende Religionsgeschichte an der Universität Leipzig. 5.) (4), 175pp., 8 plates, 1 folding map.

23 illus. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Bound with: Haas, Hans. Bibliographie zur Frage nach den

Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Buddhismus und Christentum. 47pp.

Leipzig (J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung), 1922.

1044 HAAS, MARY R. Thai Reader.

(American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications

Series A: Texts. No. 1.) ccxxiii pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1045 HAAS, MARY R. The Thai System of Writing.

(American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages.

Publications Series B: Aids. No. 5.) xiv, 115pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1046 HAAS, MARY R. Thai Vocabulary.

(American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications

Series A: Texts. 2.) xiv, (368)pp. 4to. Wraps.


1047 HAAS, MARY R. Thai-Englis h Student’s Dictionary.

With the assistance of George V. Grekoff, Ruchira C. Mendiones,

Waiwit Buddhari, Joseph R. Cooke, Soren C. Egerod. xxix, (3), 638pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1048 HABERLANDT, MICHAEL (TRANSLATOR). Die Abenteuer der zehn Prinzen.

Neue Ausgabe. (Dichtungen des Ostens.) xiii, (3), 309, (3)pp. Boards.

München (Hyperionverlag), 1923.

1049 HABIB, IRFAN. An Atlas of the Mughal Empire.

Political and economic maps, with detailed notes, bibliography and index.

(Centre of Advanced Study in History, Aligarh Museum University.) xvii, (1), 105, (1)pp. 32 double-page maps. Folio. Cloth.


1050 HADIWIJONO, HARUN. Man in the Present Javanese Mysticism.

Academisch proefschrift...Vrije Universiteit te

Amsterdam. vi, (2), 271pp., 2 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Baarn (Bosch & Keuning), 1967.

1051 HÄLSIG, MARGOT. Grammatischer Leitfaden des Hindi.

(Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen. 14.) 197pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1052 HAHN, EMILY. Raffles of Singapore.

A biography. 350pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

London (Francis Aldor Publisher), 1948.

1053 HAHN, FERDINAND. Grammar of the Kurukh Language.

xiv, 162pp. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Mittal Publication), 1985.

1054 HAJRA, D. The Dorla of Bastar.

(Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 17.) v, 218pp., 18 plates. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



63


1055 HALL, D.G.E. Burma.

184pp.,1 folding map. Cloth.

London (Hutchinson’s University Library), 1950.

1056 HALL, D.G.E. A History of South-East Asia.

xv, (3), 807pp. 11 maps, 43 illus. 4to. Cloth.

London (Macmillan & Co.), 1961.

1057 HALL, H. FIELDING. The Soul of a People.

viii, 314, (2)pp. Cloth.

London (Macmillan and Co.), 1908.

1058 HALL, KENNETH R. & WHITMORE, JOHN K. (EDITORS). Explorations in Early Southeast Asian History: The Origins of Southeast Asian Statecraft.

(Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia. 11.) xiv, 358pp. 4to. Wraps.

Ann Arbor (Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies, The University of Michigan), 1976.

1059 HALLADE, MADELEINE. Indien.

Gandhâra, Begegnung zwischen Orient und Okzident. 277, (3)pp. 24 color plates, 179 illus., 6 figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

München (Hirmer Verlag), 1968.

1060 HALLIDAY, R. A Mon-English Dictionary.

xxx, 512pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Originally published Bangkok 1922.

Rangoon (The Mon Cultural Section, Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), 1955.

1061 HALLIDAY, R. The Talaings.

viii, (2), 164pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing), 1917.

1062 HAMBLY, GAVIN. Cities of Mughal India: Delhi, Agra and Fatehpur Sikri.

Photographs by Wim Swaan. 168pp. 128

Hamburg, 1991. illus., 25 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

London (Elek Books), n.d.

1063

HAMBURG. MUSEUM FÜR KUNST UND GEWERBE. Der Pfau in der Wüste.

Die Pracht indischer Gewänder von

Maharajas und Nomaden. Sept.-Nov. 1991. 178, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

1064 HAMM, FRANK-RICHARD & SCHUBRING, WALTHER. Studien zum Mahanisiha: Kapitel 6-8.

(Alt- und Neu-Indische

Studien. Herausgegeben vom Seminar für Kultur und Geschichte Indiens an der Universität Hamburg. 6.) 116pp. Lrg. 4to.

Orig. wraps.

Hamburg (Cram, de Gruyter & Co.), 1951.

1065 HAMZURI. Batik klasik.

/ Classical Batik. 113pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Bahasa Indonesia and English.

Jakarta (Penerbit Djambatan), 1981.

1066 HANDA, O.C. Pahari Folk Art.

xviii, (2), 84pp., 49 plates. 50 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Taraporevala), 1975.

1067 HANDA, R.L. History of Hindi Language and Literature.

xiv, (2), 504pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan), 1978.

1068 A HANDBOOK ON BURMA.

Revised edition. 178, (2)pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Wraps.

Rangoon (Directorate of Information), 1968.

1069 HANNOVER. GALERIE SANDVOSS. Bildnisse Buddhas aus Südostasien.

June-July 1986. 19pp. 73 illus. Sm. sq. 4to.

Wraps.

Hannover, 1986.

1070

HANNOVER. NIEDERSÄCHSISCHES LANDESMUSEUM. Schätze indischer Kunst. Text by Herbert Härtel and Wibke

Lobo. 227pp. 124 illus. (partly color). Oblong 4to. Boards.

Berlin, 1984.

1071 HANSEN, HENNY HARALD. Some Costumes of Highland Burma at the Ethnographical Museum of Gothenburg.

(Etnologiska Studies. 24.) 81pp., 1 plate. 27 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Göteborg (Etnografiska Museet), 1960.

1072 HANSEN, WALDEMAR. The Peacock Throne: The Drama of Mogul India.

xi, (3), 560pp., 4 maps. 40 illus. hors texte.

4to. Cloth. Ex-library.

New York (Holt, Rinehart and Winston), 1972.

1073 HANSON, O. A Dictionary of the Kachin Language.

iv, 739pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1906.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



64

Rangoon (Baptist Board of Publications), 1954.

1074 HANSON, O. The Kachins: Their Customs and Traditions.


Rangoon (American Baptist Mission Press), 1913.

1075 HAQ, MUHAMMAD ENAMUL. Muslim Bengali Literature.

(4), 231pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Karachi (Pakistan Publications), 1957.

1076

HARDY, EDMUND. König Asoka.

Indiens Kultur in der Blütezeit des Buddhismus. (Weltgeschichte in Karakterbildern. I.

Abteilung: Altertum.) 72pp., 1 folding map. 62 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Mainz (Verlag von Franz Kirchheim), 1902.

1077 HARDY, FRIEDHELM. The Religious Culture of India: Power, Love and Wisdom.

(Cambridge Studies in Religious

Traditions.) xiiii, (1), 613pp. 19 plates, 2 figs., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


1078 HARDY, FRIEDHELM. Viraha-bhakti.

The early history of Krsna devotion in South India. xxi, (3), 692pp., 4 plates. 6 maps.

4to. Cloth.


1079 HARMAN, WILLIAM P. The Sacred Marriage of a Hindu Goddess.

(Religion in Asia and Africa Series.) viii, (8), 232pp.

Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Bloomington/Indianapolis (Indiana University Press), 1989.

1080 HARRER, HEINRICH (EDITOR). Borneo.

Mensch und Kultur seit ihrer Steinzeit. 271, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Innsbruck/Frankfurt (Pinguin-Verlag/ Umschau-Verlag), 1988.

1081 HARRIS, F.R. Jamsetji Nusserwanji Tata.

A chronicle of his life. With a foreword by J.R.D. Tata. Second edition. xxiii, (3),


Bombay/Calcutta (Blackie & Son), 1958.

1082 HARRISSON, TOM. The Malays of South-West Sarawak Before Malaysia: A Socio-Ecological Study.

671pp., 32 plates. 24 figs., 8 maps. 4to. Cloth.

East Lansing (Michigan State University Press), 1970.

1083 HART, GEORGE L., III. The Poems of Ancient Tamil.

Their milieu and their Sanskrit counterparts. (Publications of the

Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies.) viii, (2), 308pp. 4to. Cloth.


1084 [HARTMANN, FRANZ (INTRODUCTION).] Die Bhagavad Gita.

Das Hohe Lied enthaltend die Lehre der Unsterblichkeit.

Vierte Auflage. xxi, (1), 214, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Leipzig (Theosophisches Verlagshaus), 1924.

1085 HARTSUIKER, DOLF. Sadhus, Holy Men of India.

128pp. 125 illus. (115 color). Oblong 4to. Wraps.


1086 HARTWIG, WERNER. Wirtschaft und Gesellschaftsstruktur der Naga in der zweiten Hälfte des 19. und zu Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts.

(Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde, Leipzig. 20.) 274pp., 1 folding map. 17 illus., 5 figs., 4 maps. 4to. Wraps.


1087 HASAN, AMIR. The Buxas of the Tarai.

A study of their socio-economic disintegration. xi, (5), 264pp., 20 plates. 1 map.

4to. Cloth.

Delhi (B.R. Publishing Corporation), 1979.

1088 HASAN, MOHIBBUL. Kashmir Under the Sultans.

(Abdul Halim Memorial Volume.) xii, (2), 338pp., 9 plates. 2 maps. 4to.

Cloth.

Calcutta (Iran Society), 1959.

1089 HASIBUAN, JAMALUDIN S. Batak Art and Culture.

Second edition. (2), 314pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Medan (Privately Printed), 1985.

1090 HASSAN, ABID. Der Islam in Indien.

Indien im Weltislam. (Indien. 5.) vii, (1), 123, (1)pp. 10 maps. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Heidelberg (Kurt Vowinckel Verlag), 1942.

1091 HASSON, HASKIA. Ancient Buddhist Art from Burma.

104pp. 84 color illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



65

Bangkok (White Lotus), 1993.

1092 HAUER, J.W. Die Dharani im nördlichen Buddhismus und ihre Parallelen in der sogenannten Mithrasliturgie.

(Beiträge zur indischen Sprachwissenschaft und Religionsgeschichte. 2.) 25pp. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Verlag von W. Kohlhammer), 1927.

1093 HAUER, J.W. Der Vratya.

Untersuchungen über die nichtbrahmanische Religion Altindiens. Erster Band [all published]: Die

Vratya als nichtbrahmanische Kultgenossenschaften arischer Herkunft. viii, 356pp. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

Stuttgart (Verlag von W. Kohlhammer), 1927.

1094 HAUG, MARTIN. Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the Parsis.

Second edition. Edited by E.W.

West. xvi, 427pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

London (Trübner & Co.), 1878.

1095

HAUGHTON, GRAVES CHAMNEY. Bengálí Selections, With Translations and a Vocabulary.

xii, 198, (2)pp. Sq. 4to.

Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.

London (Printed for the Author/ Sold by Kingsbury, Parbury, and Allen), 1822.

1096

HAUSER, BEATRIX. Göttinnenverehrung im modernen Indien.

Eine Bestandsaufnahme. (2), 128ff. 6 illus. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps. MA thesis, University of Hamburg.

Hamburg, 1989.

1097 HAUSER, BEATRIX. Mit ird ischem Schaudern und göttlicher Fügung.

Bengalische Erzähler und ihre Bildvorführungen.

(Indus 4.) 272pp. 6 plates, text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Das Arabische Buch), 1998.

1098 HAUSER, BEATRIX. Möglichkeiten und Grenzen von Sozialarbeit von und mit indischen Frauen im ruralen Tamil

Nadu: Eine ethnologische Annäherung.

(Universität Hamburg. Seminar für Völkerkunde. Bericht eines

Feldforschungspraktikums, Aug./Sept. 1986.) 80ff. 7 tipped-in orig. color photographs, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Hamburg, n.d.

1099 HAUSSIG, HANS WILHELM, ET AL. (EDITORS). Götter und Mythen des Indischen Subkontinents.

Unter Mitarbeit von

Heinz Bechert, Herman Berger, Jozef Deleu, Günter Grönbold, Volker Moeller, Martin Pfeiffer, Kamil V. Zvelebil herausgegeben von Ha ns Wilhelm Haussig. (Wörterbuch der Mythologie. V.) xv, (1), 1040pp., 65 plates. Figs. Stout 4to.

Cloth.

Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), 1984.

1100 HAVELL, E.B. Benares, the Sacred City.

Sketches of Hindu life and religion. xiii, (3), 226pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Buckram. Exlibrary.

London (Blackie & Son), 1905.

1101 HAVELL, E.B. Benares, the Sacred City.

Sketches of Hindu life and religion. viii, 226pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint

Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1984. of the Calcutta 1933 edition.

Calcutta (Pioneer Art Printers), 1968.

1102 HAWKINS, R.E. Common Indian Words in English.

vii, (3), 106pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

1103 HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON. Krishna, the Butter Thief.

xxi, (1), 415pp. 40 illus. 4to. Cloth.


1104 HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON. Songs of the Saints of India.

Translations by J.S. Hawley and Mark Juergensmeyer. xii,

244pp. Figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1105 HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON & GOSWAMI, SHRIVATSA. At Play with Krishna: Pilgrimage Dramas from Brindavan.

xvi, 339pp. 49 illus. 4to. Cloth.


1106 HAWLEY, JOHN STRATTON & WULFF, DONNA MARIE (EDITORS). The Divine Consort: Radha and the Goddesses of India.

(Berkeley Religious Studies Series.) xviii, 414pp., 4 color plates. 15 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Berkeley (Graduate Theological Union), 1982.

1107 HAZEU, G.A.J. Gajosch-Nederlandsch woordenboek met Nederlandsch-Gajosch register.

xx, 1148pp. Stout 4to. New cloth; orig. front-cover mounted.

Batavia (Landsdrukkerij), 1907.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



66

1108 HAZRA, R.C. Studies in the Upapuranas.

Vol I: Saura and Vaisnava Upapuranas. (Calcutta Sanskrit College Research

Series. 2./ Studies. 1.) xii, (2), 398pp. 4to. Cloth.


1109 HEADLEY, ROBERT K., JR., ET AL. Cambodian-English Dictionary.

[By] Robert K. Headley, Jr., Kylin Chhor, Lim Hak

Kheang, Lam Kheng Lim, Chen Chu. (Publications in the Languages of Asia. 3.) 2 vols. xxvii, (1), 1495, (1)pp., 13 plates.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Washington, D.C. (The Catholic University of America Press), 1977.

1110 HEARN, GORDON RISLEY. The Seven Cities of Delhi.

xiv, 319pp., 20 plates, 5 folding plans. Cloth. Originally published

London 1906. Stained.

Delhi (Ram Nath & Co.), 1974.

1111 HEEKEREN, H.R. VAN. The Bronze-Iron Age of Indonesia.

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 22.) (4), 108, (2)pp. 59 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1112 HEEKEREN, H.R. VAN. The Stone Age of Indonesia.

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en

Volkenkunde. 21.) (4), 141, (5)pp. 47 illus. hors texte. 24 text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1113 HEILER, FRIEDRICH. Die Mystik in den Upanishaden.

(Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus und verwandter

Gebiete. 14./ Sonderdruck aus der “Zeitschrift für Buddhismus.”) 46, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1925.

1114 HEIN, NORVIN. The Miracle Plays of Mathura.

xi, (1), 313pp., 6 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1115 HEINE-

GELDERN, ROBERT. Die Megalithen Südostasiens und ihre Bedeutung für die Klärung der Megalithenfrage in Europa und Polynesien.

(Tirage à part “Anthropos,” tome 23.) (40)pp., 7 plates with 25 illus. 3 text figs. 4to. Wraps.

St. GabrielMödling (Anthropos), 1928.

1116 HEINZE, RUTH-INGE. Tham Khwan: How To Contain the Essence of Life.

A socio-psychological comparison of a Thai

Bangkok/Berkeley (White Lotus Co./ Independent Scholars of Asia), 1988. custom. xviii, 172pp. 20 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Singapore (Singapore University Press), 1982.

1117 HEINZE, RUTH-INGE. Trance and Healing in Southeast Asia Today.

ix, (1), 406pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

1118 HEJZLAR, JOSEF. Vietnamesische Kunst.

Fotografien von W. und B. Forman. 291pp. 243 illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Hanau (Dausien), [1973].

1119 HELD, G.J. The Mahabharata: An Ethnological Study.

vii, (1), 348, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth.

London/Amsterdam (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co./ Uitgeversmaatschappij Holland), 1935.

1120 HEMACANDRA. Ausgewählte Erzählungen aus Hemacandras Parisistaparvan.

Deutsch mit Einleitung und

A nmerkungen von Johannes Hertel. (Bibliothek morgenländischer Erzähler. 1.) xi, (1), 271, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (Wilhelm Heims), 1908.

1121

HEMAVIJAYAGANI. Katharatnakara: Das Märchenmeer.

Eine Sammlung indischer Erzählungen von Hemavijaya.

Deutsch von Johannes Hertel. (Meisterwerke orientalischer Literaturen. 4-5.) 2 vols. in 1. xxi, (1), 284, (2)pp.; 303, (1)pp.

Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München (Georg Müller), 1920.

1122

HEMMET, CHRISTINE. Montagnards des pays d’Indochine dans les collections du Musée de l’Homme.

135pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Centre Culturel de Boulogne-Bilancourt, Feb.-

May 1995.

BoulogneBilancourt (Éditions Sépia), 1995.

1123 HEMPOEH SEDAH. Baratayudda kakawin.

/ Bhârata-yudda, Oudjavaansch heldendicht. Uitgegeven door J.G.H. Gunning.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsche Indië.) iv, (112), 21, (3)pp. Sm. folio. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.


1124 HENDERSON, JOHN W., ET AL. Area Handbook for Thailand.

Coauthors: John W. Henderson, Helen A. Barth, Judith M.

Heimann, Philip M. Moeller, Rinn-Sup Shinn, Francisco S. Soriano, John O. Weaver, Eston T. White. Fourth edition. xiv,

414pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



67

Washington, D.C. (Government Printing Office), 1971.

1125 HENDRIKSEN, HANS. Himachali Studies.

(Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Historisk-filosofiske

Meddelelser. 48.) 3 vols. I: Vocabulary. xxiii, (1), 227pp. II: Texts. 132pp. III: Grammar. viii, 228pp. 4to. Wraps.

Copenhagen (Munksgaard), 1976-1986.

1126 HENDRY, JAMES B. The Small World of Khanh Hau.

xi, (1), 312pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Chicago (Aldine Publishing Company), 1967.

1127 HERAS, HENRY. South India Under the Vijayanagara Empire: The Aravidu Dynasty.

2 vols. xliv, xii, 680pp., 31 plates.

Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1927.


1128 HERBERT, PATRICIA M. The Life of the Buddha.

95, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

London (The British Library), [1993].

1129 HERBERT, PATRICIA & MILNER, ANTHONY (EDITORS). South-East Asia: Languages and Literatures.

A select guide.

(South-East Asia Library Group.) x, 182pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Whiting Bay, Arran (Kiscadale Publications), n.d.

1130 HERMAN, A.L. An Introduction to Indian Thought.

xv, (3), 301pp. 4to. Wraps.

Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey (Prentice-Hall), 1976.

1131 HERMANNS, MATTHIAS. Die religiös-magische Weltanschauung der Primitivstämme Indiens.

3 vols. I: Die Bhagoria

Bhil. xvi, 543, (3)pp., 26 plates. II: Die Bhilala, Korku, Gond, Baiga. xii, 571pp., 36 plates with 70 illus., 1 map. III: Die Oraon. x, 420, (4)pp., 32 plates with 49 illus., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1964-1973.

1132 HERRENSCHMIDT, OLIVIER. Le cycle de Lingal.

Essai d’étude textuelle de mythologies: Les mythologies des tribus de langue gondi (Inde Centrale). 3, (1), 351, (3)pp., 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (École Pratique des Hautes Études, VIe Section), 1966.

1133 HERRFURTH, HANS. Djawanischdeutsches Wörterbuch.



1134 HERRFURTH, HANS. Lehrbuch des modernen Djawanisch.

(Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen. 9.) 259, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1135 HERTZ, H.F. A Practical Handbook of the Kachin or Chingpaw Language.

Containing the grammatical principles and

Rangoon (Superintendent, Government Printing and Stationery), 1954. peculiarities of the language, colloquial exercises, and a vocabulary with an appendix on Kachin customs, law and religion. vi, 173pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

1136 HESKE, FRANZ. Im heiligen Lande der Gangesquellen.

352pp., 48 plates with 104 illus. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Neudamm (Verlag von J. Neumann), 1937.

1137 HESS, PETER. Bangladesh.

Tragödie einer Staatsgründung. 227pp., 7 plates. 5 maps, 4 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Frauenfeld/Stuttgart (Verlag Huber), 1972.

1138 HICKEY, GERALD CANNON. Free in the Forest.

Ethnohistory of the Vietnamese Central Highlands, 1954-1976. xxi, (1),



1139 HICKEY, GERALD CANNON. Sons of the Mountains.

Ethnohistory of the Vietnamese Central Highlands to 1954. xxi, (1),



1140 HICKEY, GERALD CANNON. Village in Vietnam.

xxviii, 325pp. 1 map, 25 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1141 HICKMANN, REGINA, ET AL. Miniaturen, Volks- und Gegenwartskunst Indiens.

[Von] Regina Hickmann, Heinz Mode,

Siegfried Mahn. (Die indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.) 361, (1)pp. 289 illus., text figs. 4to.

Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB E.A. Seemann), 1975.

1142 HIEBER, WOLFGANG. Alltag in Indien.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



68

Düsseldorf/Wien (Econ Verlag), 1986.

1143 HIEBERT, PAUL G. Konduru.

Structure and integration in a South Indian village. xi, (5), 192pp., 4 plates. Figs. 4to. Boards,

1/4 cloth.

Minneapolis (University of Minnesota Press), 1971.

1144 HIGHAM, CHARLES. The Archaeology of Mainland Southeast Asia.

From 10,000 B.C. to the fall of Angkor. (Cambridge

World Archaeology.) xvi, 387pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


1145 HIGHAM, CHARLES. The Bronze Age of Southeast Asia.

(Cambridge World Archaeology.) xvi, 381pp. Prof. illus. 4to.

Boards.


1146 HIKAYAT HANG TUAH: DIE GESCHICHTE VON HANG TUAH.

Aus dem Malayischen übersetzt von H. Overbeck.

(Meisterwerke orientalischer Literatur. 7-8.) 2 vols. bound in 1. xv, (1), 334 , (2)pp.; 318, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1147 HILDESHEIM. ROEMER- UND PELIZAEUS-

MUSEUM. Versunkene Königreiche Indonesiens.

Catalogue edited by Arne and Eva Eggebrecht. Aug.-Nov. 1995. xii, 688pp. 521 illus. (491 color). Sq. 4to. Boards.


1148 HILGERSHESSE, IRENE. Beiträge zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Bahasa Indonesia unter besonderer

Berücksichtigung einiger syntaktischer Fragen.

115pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1965.

1149 HILLEBRANDT, ALFRED. Ritual-Litteratur, vedische Opfer und Zauber.

(Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und

Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, 2. Heft.) 199pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Strassburg

1897 edition.


1150 HILLEBRANDT, ALFRED. Vedische Mythologie.

Kleine Ausgabe. viii, 200pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Breslau (Verlag von M. & H. Marcus), 1910.

1151 HILLEBRANDT, ALFRED (TRANSLATOR). Lieder des Rgveda.

(Quellen der Religions-Geschichte. 5./ Gruppe 7.) xii,

152pp. 4to. Cloth.

Göttingen/Leipzig (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht/ J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung), 1913.

1152 HILTEBEITEL, ALF. The Cult of Draupadi.

2 vols. I: Mythologies, From Gingee to Kuruksetra. xxvii, (3), 487pp. 34 illus. II:

On Hindu Ritual and the Goddess. xxi, (1), 533pp. 38 illus., 15 figs. 4to. Wraps.


1153 HINDERLING, PAUL. Volkstümliche Medizin in Thailand.

Interviews mit traditionellen Ärzten über Erklärungssysteme un d Therapien. Aspekte der Interaktion zwischen Ärzten und Patienten. (Sozialpsychologische Forschungsstelle für

Entwicklungsplanung, Universität des Saarlandes. Sonderforschungsbereich 16 “Südasien” der Deutschen

Forschungsgemeinschaft. Forschungsprojekt “Kommunikation zwischen Ärzten und Patienten in Thailand.” 3.) v, (1), 140pp.

Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Saarbrücken (Universität des Saarlandes), 1972.

1154 HINDI VISVAKOSA.

12 vols. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Mixed editions.

Varanasi (Nagaripracarini Sabha), 1963-1973.

1155 HINLOOPEN LABBERTON, D. VAN. Dictionnaire de termes de droit coutumier indonésien.

(Union Académique

Internationale.) viii, 782pp., 6 maps (2 folding). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Amsterdam (Académie Royale des Sciences), [1934].

1156 HIRIYANNA, M. The Essentials of Indian Philosophy.

215, (1)pp. 4to. Boards. D.j.


1157 HIRO, DILIP. Inside India Today.



1158 HITCHCOCK, JOHN T. The Magars of Banyan Hill.

(Case Studies in Cultural Anthropology.) 115pp., 2 plates. 1 map. 4to.

Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



69

1159 HITCHCOCK, JOHN T. & JONES, REX L. (EDITORS). Spirit Possession in the Nepal Himalayas.

xxviii, 401pp. 21 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Warminster (Aris and Phillips), 1976.

1160 HO, WING MENG. Straits Chinese Silver: A Collector’s Guide.

191pp. 135 color illus. 4to. Cloth.

Singapore (Times Books International), 1984.

1161 HO-GIA-HUONG, ET AL. Deutschvietnamesisches Wörterbuch.

Herausgegeben von Ho-gia-Huong, Do-Ngoan und

Winfried Boscher. 4. Auflage. xxxi, (1), 324pp. Cloth.


1162 THE HOANG SA AND TRUONG SA ARCHIPELAGOES (PARACELS AND SPRATLY): DOSSIER.

I [all published?] 59pp.

4to. Wraps.

Hanoi (Vietnam Courier), 1981.

1163 HOÀNG THI CHÂU. Grundkurs Vietnamesisch.

212pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1164

[HOÀNG, TUE, ET AL. (EDITORS).] Materialy Sovetsko-V’etnamskoi Lingvisticheskoi Ekspeditsii 1979 goda: Iazyk

Plakha.

406, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards.


1165 [HOÀNG, TUE, ET AL. (EDITORS).] Materialy Sovetsko-V’etnamskoi Lingvisticheskoi Ekspeditsii 1979 goda: Iazyk

Myong.

518, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards.


1166 HOCKINGS, PAUL. Counsel from the Ancients.

A study of Badaga proverbs, prayers, omens and curses. With an outline of the Badaga language by Christiane Pilot-Raichoor. (Trends in Linguistics: Documentation 4.) xii, (2), 796, (2)pp. 33 figs.

4to. Cloth.


1167 HOCKINGS, PAUL (EDITOR). Blue Mountains.

The ethnography and biogeography of a South Indian region. vii, (7),



1168 HOCKLY, T.W. The Two Thousand Isles.

A short account of the people, history and customs of the Maldive Archipelago.

191pp., 7 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (H.F. & W. Witherby), 1935.

1169

HÖFER, ANDRÁS. Tamang Ritual Texts.

(Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 65-

66.) 2 vols. I: Preliminary Studies in the Folk-Religion of an Ethnic Minority in Nepal. (4), 184pp. 14 illus. hors texte. Text figs.

II: Ethnographic Studies in the Oral Tradition and Folk-Religion of an Ethnic Minority. xxii, 217, (3)pp., 5 plates with 12 illus.

4to. Wraps.

Wiesbaden/Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1981-1997.

1170 HÖPFNER, GERD. Masken aus Ceylon.

(Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde, Berlin. Neue Folge. 19./

Abteilung Südasien. I.) (40)pp., 168 plates (12 color). Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Museum für Völkerkunde), 1969.

1171

HÖRHAGER, HERBERT. Die Volkstumsgrundlagen der indischen Nordwest-Grenzprovinz.

(Indien-Arbeiten. 1.) viii,

130pp., 1 map. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

Heidelberg (Kurt Vowinckel Verlag), 1943.

1172 HOERSCHELMANN, WERNER. Christliche Gurus.

Darstellung von Selbstverständnis und Funktion indigenen Christseins durch unabhängige, charismatisch geführte Gruppen in Südindien. Mit einem Vorwort von Bischoff Lesslie Newbigin.

(Studien zur interkulturellen Geschichte des Christentums. 12.) 589pp. 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Edition limited to 300 copies.

Frankfurt/Bern (Peter Lang), 1977.

1173 HOFFMANN, J. Mundari Grammar.

ii, lix, (1), 222, xiv, xi pp. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Bengal Secretariat Press), 1903.

1174 HOFFMANN, JOHN & EMELEN, ARTHUR VAN. Encyclopaedia Mundarica.

13 vols. + 1 vol. plates. 4to. Orig. wraps. Vol.

9 supplied in photocopy.

Patna (Superintendent, Government Printing, Bihar and Orissa), 1930-1941.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



70

1175 HOF MANN, NORBERT. Der islamische Festkalender in Java und Sumatra unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des

Fastenmonats und Fastenbruchfests in Jakarta und Medan.

ix, (1), 214pp. 13 illus., 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bad Honnef (Bock + Herchen), 1978.

1176 HOFSTETTER, ERICH. Der Herr der Tiere im Alten Indien.

(Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie. 14.) (6), 153pp. 4to.

Wraps.


1177

HOHNHOLZ, JÜRGEN (EDITOR). Thailand.

Geographie, Geschichte, Kultur, Religion, Staat, Gesellschaft, Politik,

Wirtschaft. Unter Mitwirkung von Karl-

Heinz Bechtold. (Ländermonographien. 13.) viii, 518pp. 52 illus. hors texte. 19 text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Tübingen (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1980.

1178 HOLLAND, BARRON. Popular Hinduism and Hindu Mythology: An Annotated Bibliography.

xxiv, (6), 394pp. 4to.

Cloth.

Westport, Connecticut/London (Greenwood Press), 1979.

1179 HOLROYDE, PEGGY. Indian Music.

A vast ocean of promise. Foreword by Ravi Shankar. 291pp. 28 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.


1180 HONEY, P.J. (EDITOR). North Vietnam Today.

Profile of a communist satellite. vi, (2), 166pp. Cloth.

New York (Frederick A. Praeger), 1962.

1181 HONG KONG. HONG KONG MUSEUM OF HISTORY. Taiguo li dai tao ci gong yi: Di san jie ya zhou yi shu jie.

/ Thai

Xianggang (Xianggang shi zheng ju), 1978.

Ceramics Through the Ages. Text by B.A.V. Peacock. 79pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Chinese and

English.

1182 HONG KONG. HONG KONG MUSEUM OF HISTORY. Yindu yue qi.

/ Musical Instruments of India. Text by B.C. Deva.

Edited by B.A.V. Peacock. (4th Festival of Asian Arts.) 94, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Chinese and

English.

Xianggang (Xianggang shi zheng fu), 1979.

1183 HOOVER, THOMAS. Der Mogul.

543pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bergisch Gladbach (Gustav Lübbe Verlag), 1984.

1184 HOOYKAAS, C. Balinese Bauddha Brahmans.

(Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van

Wetenschappen, Afd. Letterkunde. N.S. 80.) 251pp., 1 folding chart, 4 plates. Numerous text figs. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Amsterdam/London (North-Holland Publishing Company), 1973.

1185 HOOYKAAS, C. The Balinese Poem Basur.

An introduction to magic. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en

Volkenkunde. Bibliotheca Indonesica. 17.) xii, 106, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.


1186 HOOYKAAS, C. A Balinese Temple Festival.

(Bibliotheca Indonesica, Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en

Volkenkunde. 15.) ix, (5), 105, (1), 24pp., 48 plates. 4to. Wraps.



1187 HOOYKAAS, C. Cosmogony and Creation in Balinese Tradition.

(Bibliotheca Indonesica. 9.) vii, (1), 177, (3)pp. Illus.

4to. Wraps.

1188 HOOYKAAS, C. Drawings of Balinese Sorcery.

Published with a commentary. (Iconography of Religions. Supplement I.) xiv, 209pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.


1189 HOOYKAAS-VAN LEEUWEN BOOMKAMP, JACOBA. Ritual Purification of a Balinese Temple.

(Verhandelingen der

Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen. Afd. Letterkunde. N.S. Vol. 68#4.) 81pp. 122 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Amsterdam (N.V. Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers Maatschappij), 1961.

1190 HOPKINS, E. WASHBURN. Epic Mythology.

(2), 274, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the edition originally published as

“Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, Heft B,”

Strassburg 1915.


1191 HOPKINS, E. WASHBURN. The Great Epic of India.

Its character and origin. xvi, 485pp. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



71


1192 HOPKINS, EDWARD WASHBURN. The Religions of India.

(Handbooks on the History of Religions.) xiii, (3), 612pp., 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Boston/New York (Ginn & Company), 1895.

1193 HORNE, ELINOR C. Beginning Javanese.

(Yale Linguistic Series. 3.) xxxiii, (1), 560pp. 4to. Cloth.


1194 HORNELL, JAMES. The Origins and Ethnological Significance of Indian Boat Designs.

(Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. VII#3.) (118)pp., 6 plates. 34 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth, 1/4 leather; orig. wraps. bound in.

Calcutta (The Captist Mission Press/ The Asiatic Society), 1920.

1195 HORNER, I.B. (TRANSLATOR). The Book of the Discipline (Vinaya-pitaka).

(Sacred Books of the Buddhists. 10-11, 13-

14, 20, 25.) 6 vols. I-III: Suttavibhanga. IV: Mahavahgga. V: Cullavagga. VI: Parivara. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (The Pali Text Society/ Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1975-1986.

1196 HORRIDGE, ADRIAN. The Prahu.

Traditional sailing boat of Indonesia. With drawings by Chris Snoek. xvii, (1), 112pp., 40 plates (16 color). Text figs. 4to. Boards.


1197 HORTEN, M. Indische Strömungen in der islamischen Mystik.

(Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus. 12-13.) 2 vols. I:

Zur Geschichte und Kritik. 32pp. II: Lexikon wichtigster Termini der islamischen Mystik. Terminologische Untersuchungen zu grundlegenden Texten islamischer Frühmystik in Persien um 900. x, 141pp. 4to. Wraps.

Heidelberg (Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig/ Carl Winter’s Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1927-1928.

1198 HOSHINO, TATSUO. Basic Lao.

141pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok?] (Siam Communications), 1973.

1199 HOSHINO, TATSUO & MARCUS, RUSSELL. Lao for Beginners.

An introduction to the spoken and written language of

Laos. 209pp. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers.


1200 HOSKEN, FRAN P. The Kathmandu Valley Towns.

A record of life and change in Nepal. viii, 327, (1)pp. 505 illus. Oblong

4to. Cloth.

New York/Tokyo (Weatherhill), 1974.

1201 HOSKIN, JOHN. The Mekong: A River and Its People.

Photographed by Allen W. Hopkins. 232pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

London (New Holland Publishers), 1992.

1202 HOSKINS, JANET. The Play of Time.

Kodi perspectives on calendars, history, and exchange. xx, 414pp. 15 illus., 3 maps,

9 tables. 4to. Cloth.


1203 HOSPITALIER, J.-J. Grammaire laotienne.

(12), viii, (2), 270pp. Wraps.

Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1937.

1204 HOTTINGER, ARNOLD. Akbar der Grosse (1542-1605).

Herrscher über Indien durch Versöhnung der Religionen. 216pp.,

16 color plates. Maps. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Verlag Neue Zürcher Zeitung), 1998.

1205 HOWARD, ANGELA FALCO. The Imagery of the Cosmological Buddha.

(Studies in South Asian Culture. 13.) xviii,

194pp., 59 plates with 67 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1206 HOWARD, WAYNE. Samavedic Chant.

xxv, (1), 572pp. 4to. Cloth.


1207 HTIN AUNG, U. Folk Elements in Burmese Buddhism.

xiii, (1), 140pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Rangoon (U Hla Maung/ Buddha Sasana Council Press), [1959].

1208 HTUN HMAT WIN, SAO. Mran` ma’ rui” ra patima sippam panna chuin` ra lak` ne lak` tha” han` pan` à mu à ra kho`:

Mudr a mya”.

/ [Burmese Buddhist Iconography]. 134pp., 64 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Ran` kun` (Prann` thon` cu Chuirhay`lac` Sammata Mran` ma nuin` nam to` Sasana re” O” Ci” Thana), 1977.

1209 HUARD, PIERRE & DURAND, MAURICE. Conaissance du Viêt-Nam.

iv, 356, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 132 illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



72

Paris/Hanoi (Imprimerie Nationale d’École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1954.

1210 HUDSON, D.F. Teach Yourself Bengali.

ix, (1), 134pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

London (The English Universities Press), 1965.

1211 HÜLSEWIEDE, BRIGITTE. Indiens heilige Kühe in religiöser, ökologischer und entwicklungspolitischer Perspektive.

Ergebnisse einer aktuellen ethnologischen Kontroverse. (Ethnologische Studien. 1.) 152, (2)pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Münster (Lit Verlag), 1986.

1212 HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E., ET AL. Cambodian System of Writing and Beginning Reader with Drills and Glossary.

With the assistance of Chhom-Rak Thong Lambert and Im Proum. xii, 365pp. 4to. Wraps.


1213 HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E. & IM PROUM. Cambodian Literary Reader and Glossary.

(Yale Linguistic Series.) vi, (2), 325,

(5), vi, (2), 152pp. 4to. Wraps.


1214 HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E. & IM PROUM. English-Khmer Dictionary.

/ Vacananukram qángles-khmaer. (Yale Linguistic

Series.) xix, (1), 690pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1215 HUFFMAN, FRANKLIN E. & IM PROUM (EDITORS). Intermediate Cambodian Reader.

viii, (2), 502pp. 4to. Cloth.


1216 HUMMEL, REINHART. Indische Mission und neue Frömmigkeit im Westen.

Religiöse Bewegungen Indiens in westlichen Kulturen. 312pp. Wraps.


1217 HUNTER, G.R. The Script of Harappa and Mohenjodaro and Its Connection With Other Scripts.

With an introduction by

S. Langdon. (Studies in the History of Culture. 1.) xii, 210pp., 37 plates. 4to. Cloth.

London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.), 1934.

1218 HUNTINGTON, SUSAN L. The Art of Ancient India: Buddhist, Hindu, Jain.

With contributions by John C. Huntington.



1219 HUSAIN, AGHA MAHDI. Tughluq Dynasty.

Containing a revised and enlarged edition of the “Rise & Fall of Muhammad ibn

Tughluq....” (12), xl, 675, (1)pp. Illus. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta 1963.

New Delhi (S. Chand & Co.), 1976.

1220 HUSSAIN, SALEH BIN. A History of Malaysia, 1945 to 1981.

British military administration to Datuk Seri Dr. Mahathir

Muhammad. (6), 127pp. 2 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Penang] (Malaysian-German Society), [1986].

1221

HUT’ CIN’, U”. A mya” sum” Mram` Ma An` Ga Lip` Pa Li a bhi dhan`.

/ The Universal Burmese-English-Pali Dictionary.

11, (1), 1064, (2)pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Ran` kun` Mrui’ (The Author), 1978.

1222 HUTHEESING, OTOME KLEIN. Emerging Sexual Inequality Among the Lisu of Northern Thailand.

The waning of dog and elephant repute. xi, (1), 217, (5)pp., 12 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1223 HUTT, MICHAEL J. Modern Literary Nepali.

An introductory reader. (SOAS Studies on South Asia.) xv, (1), 286pp. 1 map.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (Oxford University Press), 199.

1224 HUTTON, J.H. The Sema Nagas.

With...a foreword by Henry Balfour. xviii, (2), 463, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Orig. dec.

London (Thames and Hudson), 1994. cloth.


1225 HUYLER, STEPHEN P. Painted Prayers: Women’s Art in Village India.

203, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

1226 HYDERABAD. JAGDISH AND KAMLA MITTAL MUSEUM OF INDIAN ART. Jagdish and Kamla Mittal Museum of

Indian Art, Hyderabad.

13, (45)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Hyderabad, n.d.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



73

1227 IBN HASDAI, ABRAHAM BEN SAMUEL, HA-LEVI. Prinz und Derwisch/ Ben ha-melekh veha-nazir, oder die Makamen

Ibn-Chisdais.

Von W.A. Meisel. xii, (2), 288, (2)pp. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Stettin (Druck und Verlag von H.G. Effenbarts Erbinn [J.T. Bagmihl]), 1847.

1228 ICKE-SCHWALBE, LYDIA. Die Munda und Oraon in Chota Nagpur.

Geschichte, Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft.

(Abhandlungen und Berichte des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde, Dresden. Forschungsstelle. 40./ Monographien 6.)

200pp., 2 maps (1 folding). Frontis., 130 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.


1229 ICKESCHWALBE, LYDIA (EDITOR). Die Erzählungen von Visnu.

Indische Mythen und Legenden aus dem Bhagavata

Purana und Überlieferungen aus Tamilnadu und Orissa. (Orientalische Bibliothek.) 134pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.


1230 IGNATENKO, B.A. Karmannyi birmanskorusskii slovar’.

382pp. 12mo. Cloth.


1231 IKEDA, DAISAKU. Buddhismus.

Das erste Jahrtausend. 256pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München (Nymphenburger), 1986.

1232 IKUNO, ZENNO. Biruma Bukkyo: Sono Jittai to shugyo.

(Daizo sensho. 14.) 304pp., 3 folding maps. Prof. illus. Cloth.

Tokyo (Daizo shuppan), 1975.

1233 ILANKOVATIKAL. The Cilappatikaram of Ilanko Atikal: An Epic of South India.

Translated, with an introduction and postscript, by R. Parthasarathy. (Translations from the Asian Classics.) xix, (1), 426pp. Frontis., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Columbia University Press), 1992.

1234 IMANISHI, J. Das Pañcavastukam und die Pañcavastukavibhasa.

(Abhidharmatexte in Sanskrit aus den Turfanfunden I).

(Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in G öttingen. I. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Jahrgang 1969, Nr. 1.)

31pp. 4to. Wraps.


1235 INDEN, RONALD B. Marriage and Rank in Bengali Culture.

A history of caste and clan in Middle Period Bengal.

(Publications of the Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies.) x, 161pp. 4to. Cloth.


1236 INDISCHE MINIATUREN: DIE BHAGAVAD GITA.

47, (1)pp. 12 tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

[Laus anne (“Astra-Klub”), 1968].

1237 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOUTH ASIAN ARCHAEOLOGISTS (1ST : 1971 : CAMBRIDGE, ENG.) South

Asian Archaeology. Papers from the first International Conference of South Asian Archaeologists held in the University of

Cambridge. Edited by Norman Hammond. Foreword by Sir Mortimer Wheeler. xii, 308pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Park Ridge, N.J. (Noyes Press), 1973.

1238 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOUTH ASIAN ARCHAEOLOGISTS (6TH : 1981 : CAMBRIDGE, ENG.) South

Asian Archaeology 1981.

Proceedings of the Sixth International Conference of the Association of South Asian

Archaeologists in Western Europe held in Cambridge University, 5-10 July 1981. Edited by Bridget Allchin (with assistance from Raymond Allchin and Miriam Sidell). ix, (1), 346, (2)pp. Numerous text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


Cuttack (Reception Committee, International Seminar on Buddhism and Jainism), 1976.

1239 INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON BUDDHISM AND JAINISM (1976 : CUTTACK, INDIA).

Souvenir: International Seminar on Buddhism and Jainism, January 1976. (20), 112pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

1240 INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON FOLK CULTURE (1978 : CUTTACK, ORISSA, INDIA). Souvenir: International Seminar on Folk Culture, [Cuttack, Orissa, India, 19th to 23rd] December, 1978.

34, (2), 62, (46), iv pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Orissa] (The Council of Cultural Growth and Cultural Relations/ Institute of Oriental and Orissan Studies), [1978].

1241 INTERNATIONAL SEMINAR ON FOLK CULTURE (1978 : CUTTACK, ORISSA, INDIA). Synopses of Papers to be

Presented at the International Seminar on Folk Culture 19th to 22nd December, 1978.

(113)pp. 4to. Wraps.

[Orissa] (The Council of Cultural Growth and Cultural Relations/ Institute of Oriental and Orissan Studies), [1978].

1242 IONS, VERONICA. Indian Mythology. 139, (1)pp. 125 illus. (24 color). 4to. Cloth.

London (Paul Hamlyn), 1967.

1243 IRVING, ROBERT GRANT. Indian Summer.

Lutyens, Baker, and Imperial Delhi. x, 406pp. 273 illus. (numerous color). 4to.

Wraps. Third printing.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



74

New Haven/ London (Yale University Press), 1984.

1244 ISAACS, RALPH & BLURTON, T. RICHARD. Visions from the Golden Land: Burma and the Art of Lacquer.

240pp.



1245 ISHERWOOD, CHRISTOPHER. Ramakrishna and His Disciples.

(8), 348pp. 33 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

New York (Simon and Schuster), [1965].

1246 ISHII, YONEO, ET AL. An Index of Officials in Traditional Thai Governments.

Volume I, Part 1: The Law of Civil


Hierachy [sic] and The Law of Military & Provincial Hierachies [sic]. By Yoneo Ishii, Osamu Akagu, Shigeharu Tanabe. (The

Center for Southeast Asian Studies, Kyoto University. Discussion Paper No. 76.) v, 179pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

1247 ISRAELI, RAPHAEL (EDITOR). The Crescent in the East: Islam in Asia Major.

(2), 245pp. Sm. 4to. Boards.

London/Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey (Curzon Press/ Humanities Press), 1982.

1248 IVANOV, L.G. Tseilon.

2 parts. I: Text. 16pp. Wraps. II: Map. 1 Lrg. folding map. Boards. Lrg. 8vo.

Moskva (Glavnoe Upravlenie Geodezii i Kartografii pri Sovete Ministrov SSSR), 1971.

1249 IZIKOWITZ, KARL GUSTAV. Lamet: Hill Peasants in French Indochina.

(Etnologiska Studier. 17.) 375, (1)pp. 129 illus.

4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Göteborg (Etnografiska Museet), 1951.

1250 JACOB, JUDITH M. A Concise Cambodian-English Dictionary.

xxxiv, 242pp. 4to. Cloth.


1251 JACOB, JUDITH M. Introduction to Cambodian.

xii, 341pp. 4to. Cloth.


1252 JACOB, JUDITH M. The Traditional Literature of Cambodia.

A preliminary guide. (London Oriental Series. 40.) vii, (7),



London (The Royal Asiatic Society), [1986].

1253 JACOB, JUDITH M. & HAKSREA, KUOCH (TRANSLATORS). Reamker (Ramakerti), the Cambodian version of the

Ramayana.

(The Royal Asiatic Society: Oriental Translation Fund. N.S. 45.) xxxii, (2), 320pp. 4to. Cloth.

1254 JACOBS, JULIAN, ET AL. The Nagas: Society, Culture and the Colonial Encounter.

[By] Julian Jacobs with Alan

Macfarlane, Sarah Harrison and Anita Herle. (Hill Peoples of Northeast India.) 359pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth.

London (Thams and Hudson), 1990.

1255 JACOBS, PETER. Bengalisches Feuer.

Fotos: Thomas Billhardt. 184pp., 80 plates (32 color). Sm. 4to. Boards.

Berlin (Berlag Neues Leben), 1973.

1256 JADHAV, C.G. Textile Dyeing and Hand-Printing in Madhya Pradesh.

Foreword: A. Mitra. (Census of India 1961.

Monograph Series Vol. I, Part VII-A [III], Monograph No. 3.) vi, v, (1), 129, (1)pp., 78 plates, 4 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1257

JA‘FAR SHARIF. Islam in India, or, the Qanun-i-Islam.

The Customs of the Musalmans of India. Comprising a full and exact account of their various rites and ceremonies from the moment of birth to the hour of death. Composed under the direction of, and translated by G.A. Herklots. New edition, revised and rearranged, with additions by William Crooke. xl,

374pp., 26 plates. Cloth.


1258 JAGAD-DEVA, SON OF DURLABHARAJA. Der Traumschlüssel des Jagaddeva.

Ein Beitrag zur indischen Mantik von

Julius von Negelein. (Religionsgeschichtliche Versuche und Vorarbeiten. Vol. XI#4.) xxiv, 428pp. 4to. Wraps.

Giessen (Verlag von Alfred Töpelmann), 1912.

1259 JAGANNATHAN, SHAKUNTHALA. Hinduism: An Introduction.

84pp. 90 illus. (partly tipped-in color). 4to. Wraps.

Bombay (Vakils, Feffer and Simons Ltd.), 1984.

1260 JAGGI, O.P. History of Science and Technology in India.


I: Dawn of Indian Technology (Pre- and Proto-historic Period). Foreword by D.S. Kothari. 12, (4), 144pp., 27 plates. 10 figs.,

1 map.

II. Dawn of Indian Science (Vedic and Upanishadic Period). Foreword by D.S. Kothari. xiii, (2), 248pp. Prof. illus.

III: Folk Medicine. xxxii, 228pp., 20 plates.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



75

IV: Indian System of Medicine. (10), 260pp., 37 plates.

V: Yogic and Tantric Medicine. xvi, 176pp., 50 plates.

VI: Indian Astronomy and Mathematics. With the technical assistance of Vikram Jaggi. xiii, (3), 272pp., 8 plates. Text figs.

VII: Science and Technology in Medieval India. (8), 258pp., 11 plates.

VIII: Medicine in Medieval India. (8), 244pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi/Lucknow (Atma Ram & Sons), 1969-1981.

1261 JAIN, JYOTINDRA. Bavaji und Devi.

Besessenheitskult und Verbrechen in Indien. 187, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1262 JAIN, JYOTINDRA. Kalighat Painting.

Images from a changing world. 232pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.


1263 JAIN, KAILASH CHAND. Malwa Through the Ages: From the Earliest Time to 1305 A.D.

xxvi, 555, (1)pp., 51 plates with

100 illus., 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1264 JAIN, S.K. Dictionary of Indian Folk Medicine and Ethnobotany.

A reference manual of man-plant relationships, ethnic groups & ethnobotanists in India. Foreword by Richard Evans Schultes. xviii, 311pp., 16 color plates with 51 illus. 382 figs.

Lrg. 4to. Leatherette.

New Delhi (Deep Publications), 1991.

1265 JAINA, JYOTIPRASAD. Religion and Culture of the Jains.

(Jñanapitha Murtidevi granthamala: English Series. 6.) xi, (1),

196pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

New Delhi (Bharatiya Jnanpith Publications), 1975.

1266 JAKARTA. LEMBAGA KEBUDAJAAN INDONESIA. MUSEUM. Short Guide to the Museum.

Second revised edition.


43pp. 10 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Jakarta, 1954.

1267 JAMIESON, NEIL L. Understanding Vietnam.

xv, (1), 428pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

1268 JANSE, OLOV R.T. Archaeological Research in Indo-China.

(Harvard-Yenching Institute. Monographie Series. Vols. VII

& X./ Institut Belge des Hautes Études Chinoises [for Vol. III].) 3 vols. I: The District of Chiu-Chên During the Han Dynasty:

Central Considerations and Plates. xl, 73, (3)pp., 169 plates with facing commentary. 58 text figs. II: The District of Chiu-

Chên During the Han Dynasty: Description and Comparative Study of the Finds. viii, (4), 300, (2)pp., 43 plates with facing commentary (3 color with overlays). 144 text figs., 1 map. III: The Ancient Dwellingsite of Ðông-So'n (Thanh-Hoá, Annam):

General Description and Plates. 114, (2)pp., 86 plates with facing commentary. 44 figs. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Cambridge (Harvard University Press), 1947-1951; Bruges (St.-Catherine Press), 1958.

1269 JANSE, OLOV. Ljusmannens gåta.

Arkehologiska upplevelser i Sydöstasien. 253, (1)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Stockholm (Rabén & Sjögren), 1959.

1270

[JANSEN, F.C.] Bahasa Indonesia für Anfänger.

Von Guru Ferdinand. (140)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Amsterdam (Modjopahit), 1984.

1271 JANSEN, MICHAEL. Die Indus-Zivilisation.

Wiederentdeckung einer frühen Hochkultur. Mit einem Beitrag von Alexandra

Ardeleanu. (DuMont Dokumente.) 304, (8)pp. 148 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1272 JANSEN, ROLAND. Die Bhavani von Tuljapur.

Religionsgeschichtliche Studien des Kultes einer Göttin der indischen

Volksreligion. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 168.) xv, (1), 304, (2)pp. 2 maps.

4to. Wraps.


1273 JANSZ, P. Javaansche spraakkunst.

Geheel omgewerkte, vermeerderde en verbeterde uitgave van de kleine Javaansche spraakkunst. xxxi, (1), 510pp. Wraps.

Samarang (G.C.T. van Dorp & Co.), 1893.

1274 JAPANESE STUDIES IN ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL INDIAN HISTORY.

(Acta Asiatica. Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern

Culture. 43.) vi, (2), 114pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Tokyo (The Toho Gakkai), 1982.

1275 JAPANESE STUDIES IN INDIAN PHILOSOPHY.

(Acta Asiatica. Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture. 57.) v, (3),

105pp. Figs. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



76


1276 JASPAN, M.A. Folk Literature of South Sumatra: Redjang Ka-Ga-Nga Texts.

92pp. 8 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Canberra (The Australian National University), 1964.

1277 JASPER, J.E. & PIRNGADIE, MAS. De inlandsche kunstnijverheid in Nederlandsch Indië.

I [all published]: Het vlechtwerk. 240, xl pp., 82 plates. 369 text illus. Sm. folio. Cloth. Reprint, limited to 1000 numbered copies, of the The Hague

1912 edition.

Amsterdam (Drukkerij Bevrijding), 1998.

1278 JAVAANSCHE ALMANAK./ SERAT PANANGGALAN.

Year: 1908 [=Vol. 55]. Orig. wraps.

Semarang, Soerabaia (G.C.T. van Dorp & Co.), 1908.

1279 JAYAGOPALA. Sampurna sacitra adarsa Valmikiya Ramayana bhasha.

Racayita, Kaviraja Pam. Jayagopala 'Vidya

Bandara'. 519pp. 4to. Plastic covers.

Dilli (Hinda Pustaka Bhandara), [197_?].

1280 JAYAKAR, PUPUL. The Earthen Drum.

An introduction to the ritual arts of rural India. xv, (3), 304pp. 299 illus. Lrg. sq. 4to.

Cloth.

New Delhi (National Museum), n.d.

1281 JAYANAMA, DIRECK. Thailand im Zweiten Weltkrieg.

Vom Kriegsausbruch in Europa bis zu Hiroshima. Ein Dokument der Zeitgeschichte Asiens. 311, (1)pp., 8 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1282 JAYAWARDENA-MOSER, PREMALATHA. Aufbauwortschatz Singhalesisch-Deutsch.

xvii, (3), 229pp. 4to. Wraps.


1283 JAYAWARDENA-MOSER, PREMALATHA. Grundwortschatz Singhalesisch-Deutsch.

Mit einer grammatischen

Übersicht./ Simhala-Jarman sabda kosaya: Mulika vacana malava. xiv, 210, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps.


1284 JEFFERY, PATRICIA. Purdah: Muslimische Frauen in Indien.

195, (5)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Berlin (EXpress Edition), 1985.

1285 JENNER, PHILIP N., ET AL. (EDITORS). Austroasiatic Studies.

Edited by Philip N. Jenner, Laurence C. Thompson,

Stanley Starosta. (Oceanic Linguistics Special Publications. 13.) 2 vols. xii, 1343pp. 4to. Wraps.

Honolulu (The Univerity Press of Hawaii), 1976.

1286

JENSEN, AD. E. Die drei Ströme.

Züge aus dem geistigen und religiösen Leben der Wemale, einem Primitiv-Volk in den

Molukken. (Ergebnisse der Frobenius-Expedition 1937-

38 in die Molukken und nach Holländisch Neu-Guinea. 2.) xi, (1),

319, (1)pp., 28 plates, 1 folding map. 33 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1287 JENSEN, HANS. Grammatik der Kanaresischen Schriftsprache.

(Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen. 17.) 187pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1288 JENSEN, HERMAN. A Classified Collection of Tamil Proverbs.

xxiv, 499pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the London 1897 edition.

New Delhi Asian Educational Services (1986).

1289 JESSUP, HELEN IBBETSON. Court Arts of Indonesia.

288pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at The Asia Society, New York, Sept.-Dec. 1990.


1290 JEST, CORNEILLE. Tarap, une vallée dans l’Himalaya.

Postface d’André Leroi-Gourhan. (Les Jours de l’Homme.) 157pp.

Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Stiff wraps.

Paris (Éditions du Seuil), 1974.

1291 JETTMAR, GABRIELE. Die Holztempel des Oberen Kulutales in ihren historischen, religiösen und kunstgeschichtlichen Zusammenhängen.

(Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 2.)

133, (1)pp., 48 plates. 27 text figs. 4to. Wraps.


1292 JEYA SANKHAYA. Rvhe bhum nidan`”.

Lha Sa min` taññ`” phrat` saññ`./ Shwe bon nidun, by Jeya Thingaya. 16, 214pp.

Illus. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



77

Ran` kun` (Hamsavati Pum nhip` tuik`), 1963.

1293 JINDEL, RAJENDRA. Culture of a Sacred Town.

A sociological study of Nathdwara. ix, (3), 233pp., 5 plates (1 color) with

9 illus. 4to. Cloth.


1294 JODOIN, CLAUDE (EDITOR). Gaya mahatmya.

Édition critique, traduction française et introduction par Claude Jacques.

(Publications de l’Institut Français d’Indologie. 20.) lxvi, 432, (2)pp., 18 plates (1 folding), 1 double-page folding map. 4to.

Wraps. (detached).


1295 JØRGENSEN, HANS. A Dictionary of the Classical Newari.

(Det. Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab. Historiskfilologiske Meddelelser. XXIII, 1.) 178pp. 4to. Wraps.

Copenhagen (Levin & Munksgaard), 1936.

1296 JØRGENSEN, HANS. Batisaputrikakatha: The Tales of the Thirty-Two Statuettes.

A Newari recension of the

Simhasanadvatrimsatika. Edited and translated with explanatory notes. (Det Kgl. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab.

Historisk-filologiske Meddelelser. XXIV, 2.) 372pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Copenhagen (Ejnar Munksgaard), 1939.

1297 JOHARI, HARISH. Lila, das kosmische Spiel.

Vorwort: Claudio Naranjo. 133pp. 1 lrg. folding color plate, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Sm. oblong 4to. Boards.

Basel (Sphinx Verlag), 1976.

1298 JOHARI, HARISH. Wege zum Tantra.

Vorbereitung und Durchführung tantrischer Rituale. 153, (3)pp., 17 color plates. 94 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Freiburg i.Br. (Verlag Hermann Bauer), 1987.

1299 JOHNSON, GORDON. Indien und Pakistan, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka.

(Weltatlas der alten Kulturen.)

240pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

München (Christian Verlag), 1995.

1300 JONES, JOHN R. Vietnam Now.

143pp. Most prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Bourne End, Bucks. (Aston Publications), 1989.

1301 JONES, ROBERT B., ET AL. Pramuan khwamriang bettalet.

/ Thai Cultural Reader. 2 vols. I: [By] Robert B. Jones,

Ruchira C. Mendiones, Craig J. Reynolds. Second revised edition. viii, 517pp. II: [By] Robert B. Jones, Ruchira C.

Mendiones. viii, 791pp. 4to. Wraps.

Ithaca (Cornell University, Southeast Asia Program), 1976; 1969.

1302 JONES, ROBERT B., JR. & HUYNH, SANH THÔNG. Introduction to Spoken Vietnamese.

(American Council of Learned

Ithaca (Cornell University, Southeast Asia Program), 1970.

Societies. Program in Oriental Languages. Publications Series B: Aids. 8.) xiv, 258pp. 4to. Wraps.


1303

JONES, ROBERT B. & MENDIONES, RUCHIRA C. Pramuan wannakam Thai bang ru’ang.

/ Introduction to Thai

Literature. vii, (1), 563pp. 4to. Wraps.

1304 JOSHI, N.P. Iconography of Balarama.

xii, (2), 135, (3)pp., 37 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


1305 JOSHI, O.P. Painted Folklore and Folklore Painters of India.

A study with reference to Rajasthan. xi, (3),119pp., 5 color plates. 29 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Concept Publishing Company), 1976.

1306 JOSSELIN DE JONG, P.E. DE. Minangkabau and Negri Sembilan.

Socio-political structure in Indonesia. viii, 208pp., 1 plate. 6 maps, text figs. 4to. Boards.


1307 JOTI KALYANAMITRA. Photchananukrom sathapattayakam læ sinlapa kieonu’ang.

842pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

[Bangkok] (Kanfaifa Fai Phalit hæng Prathet Thai), 1975.

1308 JOTIMUTTU, P. A Guide to Tamil by the Direct Method.

xx, 264pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (The Christian Literature Society), 1965.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



78

1309 JOUIN, BERNARD Y. La mort et la tombe. L’abandon de la tombe.

Les cérémonies, prières et sacrifices se rapportant à ces très importantes manifestations de la vie des autochtones du Darlac. (Université de Paris. Travaux et Mémoires de l’Institut d’Éthnologie. 52.) viii, 260, (6)pp. 43 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Institut d’Éthnologie), 1949.

1310 JOUSTRA, M. Batakspiegel.

Tweede, vermeerderde druk. (Uitgaven van het Bataksch Instituut. 21.) xvi, (2), 382pp. 1 lrg.

Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1907. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 1 map in text. 4to. Wraps.

Leiden (S.C. van Doesburgh), 1926.

1311 JOUSTRA, M. Karo-Bataksch woordenboek.

xi, (1), 232pp. 4to. New cloth.

1312 JOUVEAU-DUBREUIL, G. Iconography of Southern India.

135, (7)pp., 78 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Paul Geuthner), 1937.

1313 JUDAH, J. STILLSON. Hare Krishna and the Counterculture.

xviii, 301pp. Frontis., 7 figs. 4to. Cloth.

New York/London (John Wiley & Sons), 1974.

1314 JUDSON, A. A Grammar of the Burmese Language.

Revised. 66pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.


1315 JUDSON, ADONIRAM. Judson’s Burmese-English Dictionary.

Unabridged centenary edition as revised and enlarged by

Robert C. Stevenson and F.H. Eveleth./ Yudasan` Mran` ma Angalip` abhidhan`. (4), 1123pp. 4to. Cloth.


1316 JUERGENSMEYER, MARK. Radhasoami Reality: The Logic of a Modern Faith.

xii, 271pp. 19 illus. 4to. Cloth.


1317 JUYNBOLL, H.H. Kawi-Balineesch-

Nederlandsch glossarium op het Oudjavaansche Râmâyana.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van NederlandschIndië.) vi, 644pp. Lrg. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.


1318 JUYNBOLL, H.H. Oudjavaansch-Nederlandsche woordenlijst.

x, 685pp. 4to. Buckram.


1319 KAB KE PAM TUAG.

335pp. Illus. Wraps. Hmong “Ritual for the Dead.”

Vees Cas, 1973.

1320 KAB TSHOOB KEV KOS.

150pp. Illus. Wraps. Hmong “Wedding Ceremonial, Rules and Songs.”

Vees Cas, 1974.

1321 KACHRU, YAMUNA & PANDHARIPANDE, RAJESHWARI. Intermediate Hindi.

/ Madhyamika Hindi. (12), 78, (2), 83pp.

4to. Boards.


1322 KÄHLER, HANS. Grammatik der Bahasa Indonésia.

Mit Chrestomathie und Wörterverzeichnis. Zweite, revidierte Auflage.

(Porta Linguarum Orientalium. N.S. 2.) vii, (1), 325pp. 4to. Wraps.


1323 KAHLO, GERHARD & SIMON-

BÄRWINKEL, ROSEMARIE. Wörterbuch Deutsch-Indonesisch.

Third edition. xxiv,



1324 KAHN, ED. Nauthars of Nepal.

(HRAFlex Books, AK 1-002. Ethnocentrism Series.) 3 vols. viii, 643 ff. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers.


1325 KALE, B.D. A Survey of Handicrafts in South Mysore.

A study of the economics of twelve crafts being pursued at certain important centres in eleven Southern districts of Mysore State. Foreword by D.R. Gadgil. (Institute of Economic Research.

Publication No. 1.) (16), 501pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Institute of Economic Research/ Bhatkal Books International), 1963.

1326 KALHANA. Rajatarangini; or, Chronicle of the Kings of Kashmir.

Edited by M.A. Stein. 3 vols. I: Introduction. Books I-

VII. xxxi, (1), 402pp. II: Book VIII. Notes. Geographical memoir. Index. Maps. iv, 555pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. III: Sanskrit Text With Critical Notes. xxi, (3), 296pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1900.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



79

1327 KALHANA. Rajatarangini: The Saga of the Kings of Kasmir.

Translated from the original Samskrta and entitled “The

River of Kings,” with an introduction, annotations, appendices, index, etc. by Ranjit Sitaram Pandit. Foreword: Jawaharlal

Nehru. xli, (1), 783pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1968.

1328 KALIDASA. Abhijñana-Sakuntala.

Translated from the Bengali recension by M.B. Emeneau. xii, 115pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1329

KALIDASA. The Abhijñanasakuntalam of Kalidasa With the Commentary of Râghavabhatta, various readings, introduction, literal translation, exhaustive notes and appendices. Edited by M.R. Kale. Sixth edition, revised and enlarged.

67, (1), 220, 83, (1), 210pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

Bombal (Gopal Narayan & Co.), 1925.

1330

KALIDASA. Kâlidâsa’s Çakuntalâ.

The Bengâlî recension. With critical notes edited by Richard Pischel. xi, (1), 209pp. 4to.

Orig. cloth.

Kiel (Schwers), 1877.

1331 KALIDASA. The Kreis der Jahreszeiten (Rtusamhara).

Nach der metrischen Übersetzung P. von Bohlens neu herausgegeben, mit Anmerkungen und einem Nachwort versehen von Herman Kreyenborg. (InselBücherei. 282.) 60, (4)pp.

Boards.

Leipzig (Insel-Verlag), n.d.

1332 KALIDASA. Meghaduta, das ist Der Wolkenbote.

Ein Gedicht von Kalidasa. Aus dem Sanskrit metrisch übersetzt von

Ludwig Fritze. 77pp. 12mo. Orig. cloth.

Chemnitz (Verlag von Ernst Schmeitzner), 1879.

1333 KALIDASA. Th e Meghadûta of Kâlidâsa With the Commentary (Sanjîvinî) of Mallinâtha.

Edited with explanatory

English notes and various readings by Nârâyana Bâlakrishna Godabole and Vâsudev Laxman Shâstrî Panasîkar./

Mahakavisrikalidasaviracitam meghadutam: Mallinathakrtasamjivinisametam. (2), 87, (1), 40pp. Wraps., 1/4 cloth.

Bombay (Tukârâm Jâvajî), 1911.

1334 KALIDASA. Meghadûtam, “Die Wolke als Botin.” Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von

Herbert Günther. v, 55 ff. 4to. Wraps. Mimeograph.


1335 KAMBAR, CHANDRASEKHARA. Kannada janapada visvakosa.

2 vols. viii, 1906pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Bengaluru (Kannada Sahitya Parisattu), 1985.

1336 KAMMERER, CORNELIA ANN & TANNENBAUM, NICOLA (EDITORS). Merit and Blessing in Mainland Southeast Asia in Comparative Perspective.

(Yale Southeast Asia Studies. Monograph 45.) xi, (1), 263pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

New Haven (Yale University Southeast Asia Studies), 1996.

1337 KAMUS BESAR BAHASA INDONESIA.

Tim penyusun kamus, Pusat Pembinaan dan Pengembangan Bahasa. Second edition. xix, (1), 1090pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Jakarta (Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan/ Balai Pustaka), 1989.

1338 KANADA. Kanadamunipranitam Vaisesikadarsanam: Tarkarnava Panditaratna (Uttamur)

Sriviraraghavacaryaviracita-Rasayanakhya-vyakhyopetam.

/ Kanãda’s Vaiseshika darsana with Rasayana-Commentary.

By...Sri Uttamur T. Viraraghavacharya. 18, 32, 309pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1339 KANE, PANDURANGA VAMANA. History of Dharmasastra (Ancient and Medieval Religious and Civil Law in India).

[Second Edition], revised and enlarged. (Government Oriental Series. Class B, No. 6.) 5 vols. in 8 parts. 4to. Buckram.

Poona (Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute), 1968-1977.

1340 KANO, HIROYOSHI. Land Tenure System and the Desa Community in Nineteenth-Century Java.

(Institute of

Developing Economies, Tokyo. Special Paper No. 5.) 40pp. 4to. Wraps.

Tokyo (Institute of Developing Economies), 1977.

1341 KANO, KATSUHIKO. Roruwarin-Sherupa no keizai to shakai.

/ Economy and Society of the Rolwaling Sherpas. (Ritoru warudo kenkyu hokoku. 3.) xviii, 43, (1)pp. 17 illus., 2 maps. 4to. Wraps. English-language summary.

Nagoya (Ningen Hakubutsukan Ritory Warudo), 1979.

1342 KANO, TADAO. Tonan Ajia minzokugaku senshigaku kenkyu.

[Dai 1-kan]. 424, 4, 9, (1)pp., 32 plates, 1 folding chart.

Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

Tokyo (Yajima Shobo), 1946.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



80

1343 KANO, TADAO. Tonan Ajia minzokugaku senshigaku kenkyu.

/ Studies in the Ethnology and Prehistory of Southeast

Asia. Vol. II. viii, 170pp., 32 plates. 24 text figs. Cloth.

Tokyo (Yajima Shobo), 1952.

1344 KANT-ACHILLES, MALLY, ET AL. Wayang beber.

Das wiederentdeckte Bildrollen-Drama Zentral-Javas. [Von] Mally Kant-

Achilles, Friedrich Seltmann, Rüdiger Schumacher. 262, (2)pp. 213 illus. hors texte. 79 text illus. ( 55 color). Sm. folio. Cloth.


1345 KANTOWSKY, DETLEF. Bilder und Briefe aus einem indischen Dorf.

Rameshvar 1965-1985. 255, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg.

8vo. Wraps.

Frankfurt/New York (Edition Qumran im Campus Verlag), 1986.

1346 KANTOWSKY, DETLEF. Von Südasien lernen.

Erfahrungen in Indien und Sri Lanka. 206, (2)pp. Wraps.

Frankfurt/New York (Edition Qumran im Campus Verlag), 1985.

1347 KAPP, DIETER B. Ein Menschenschöpfungsmythos der Mundas und seine Parallelen.

(Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes. Vol. 43#2.) (6), 67pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Wiesbaden (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft/ Franz Steiner), 1977.

1348 KAPUR, DARYAI LAL. Call of the Great Master.

Third edition, revised. xlv, (1), 268, (4)pp., 3 plates (1 color). 4to. Cloth.

Beas, Punjab (Radha Soami Satsang), 1972.

1349 KAPUR, PROMILLA. The Life and World of Call-Girls in India.

A socio-psychological study of the aristocratic prostitute. x,

(2), 368pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1350 KAR, CHINTAMONI. Indian Metal Sculpture.

viii, 46pp., 61 plates. Cloth.

London (Alec Tiranti), 1952.

1351

KARMA LEKSHE TSOMO, BHIKSUNI (EDITOR). Töchter des Buddha.

Leben und Alltag spiritueller Frauen im

Buddhismus heute. 326, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.

München (Diederichs), 1991.

1352 KARNOW, STANLEY. Vietnam: A History.

xiii, (1), 752pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.


1353 KAROW, OTTO. Burmese Buddhist Sculpture: The Johan Möger Collection.

(2), 158pp. 127 illus. 4to. Buckram.


1354 KAROW, OTTO. Vietnamesisch-deutsche s Wörterbuch.

/ Tu’-dien Viet-Ðu’c. xv, (1), 1086pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.


1355 KAROW, OTTO. (EDITOR). Märchen aus Vietnam.

278, (2)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Düsseldorf/Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1972.

1356 KAROW, OTTO & HILGERS-HESSE, IRENE. Indonesischdeutsches Wörterbuch.

/ Kamus Bahasa Indonesia-Djerman.

Zweite, verbesserte und ergänzte Auflage. xx, 491pp. 4to. Cloth.


1357 KATHIRAIVER PILLAI, NA. N. Kathiraiver Pillai's Tamil Moli Akarathi: Tamil-Tamil Dictionary.

/ Na. Kathiraiver Pillayin

Tamil Moliyakarati: Tamil-Tamil akarathi. Tiruttiyadu Kanci Nagalinga Mudaliyar. Sixth revised & enlarged edition. x, 1336,

368pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1918.


1358 KATS, JACOB. Poespa warni: Pepetikan serat djawi, ingkang mawi sekar.

xi, (3), 274pp. 4to. Wraps. Title on spine:

Bloemlezing uit Javaansche poëzie.

[Weltevreden] (Visser & Co.), 1926.

1359 KATS , J. Het Râmâyana op Javaansche tempel reliefs.

/ The Ramayana As Sculptured in Reliefs in Javanese Temples.

20, (2)pp. 93 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Dutch and English.

Batavia/Leiden (G. Kolff & Co.), n.d.

1360 KAUFFMANN, HANS E. DeutschThai: Wörterliste im Auszug.

(206)pp. 27pp. Addenda loosely inserted, as issued. Sm.

4to. Wraps.

München (Privately Printed), 1966.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



81

1361 KAUFFMANN, HANS E. Some Social and Religious Institutions of the Lawa (N.W.-Thailand).

Part I. (Reprinted from

Journal of the Siam Society, Vol. 60, Part 1& 65, Part 1.) 2 vols. (70)pp., 1 folding map. 12 illus.; (62)pp. 34 figs. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok] (The Siam Society), 1972-1977.

1362 KAUFFMANN, HANS E. & SCHNEIDER, MARIUS. Lieder aus den Naga-Bergen (Assam).

(Extrait d’Ethnomusicologie II

[Colloques du Wégimont] 1960.) 109pp. 4to. Wraps.

Liège (Imprimerie George Michiels), 1960.

1363 KAUFFMANN, HANS-EBERHARD. Die Feldbauriten der Sema-Naga in Assam.

(Anthropos. Sonderabdruck, Band 61.)

(76)pp., 1 plate, 1 folding plan. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Fribourg (Anthropos), 1966.

1364 KAUFMAN, HOWARD KEVA. Bangkhuad.

A community study in Thailand. (Monographs of the Association for Asian

Studies. 10.) viii, 251pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.


1365 KAUFMANN, WALTER. Altindien.

Unter Mitarbeit von Joep Bor, Wim van der Merr und Emmie te Nijenhuis.

(Musikgeschichte in Bildern. Band II: Musik des Altertums. Lieferung 8.) 207pp. 140 illus. Folio. Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB Deutscher Verlag für Musik), 1981.

1366 KAUTALYA. Das altindische Buch vom Welt- und Staatsleben: Das Arthaçastra des Kautilya.

Aus dem Sanskrit

übersetzt und mit Einleitung und Anmerkungen versehen von Johann Jakob Meyer. lxxxviii, 983pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Boards,

3/4 cloth.


1367 (KAUTALYA) KANGLE, R.P. The Kautiliya Arthasastra.

(University of Bombay Studies. Sanskrit, Prakrit and Pali. 1-3.)

Part I: A Critical Edition with a Glossary. Second edition. 20, 283, (1), 59pp. II: An English Translation with Critical and

Explanatory notes. Second edition. 519, (1)pp. Part III: A Study. 2, (4), 302, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (University of Bombay), 1969-1972; 1965.

1368 KAVIRAJ, GOPI NATH. Gleanings from the History and Bibliography of the Nyaya-Vaisesika Literature.

(Reprinted from Indian Studies: Past & Present, vol. 2#4, and vol. 3#1.) (2), 85pp. 4to. Boards.

Calcutta (Indian Studies: Past & Present), 1961.

1369

KAVISVARA. Mayúra sandésa, or Peacock Message.

Being a Sinhalese poem in high classics by an unknown author.

Colombo (B. Charles Fernando/ Maha-Bodhi Press), 1928.

Edited with a commentary by W.F. Gunawardhana. xxxvi, ii, (2), 206pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 3/4 cloth. English-language preface; Sinhalese-language text.

1370 KAWAKITA, JIRO. Choso no kuni: Hikyo Himaraya tankenki.

(Kappa bukkusu.) 277, (1), 18pp., 8 plates, 1 double-page map. Numerous text illus. Wraps. D.j.

Tokyo (Kobunsha), 1960.

1371 KAWAKITA, JIRO. Neparu okoku tankenki: Nihonjin sekai no yane o yuku.

(Kappa bukkusu.) 320, (2), 20, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Wraps. D.j.

Tokyo (Kobunsha), 1960.

1372 KEAY, JOHN. India Discovered: The Achievement of the British Raj.

Photographed by Clive Friend. 288pp. Prof. illus.

Sm. folio. Cloth.

[London] (Windward), [1981].

1373 KEAY, JOHN. Into India.

Third edition. 202pp., 8 plates, 2 maps. Figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1374 KEESEE, ALLEN P.K. An English-Spoken Khmer Dictionary.

With romanized writing system, usage and idioms and notes on Khmer speech and grammar. (2), 291pp. 4to. Cloth.

London/New York (Kegan Paul International), 1996.

1375 KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE. Buddhismus.

(Die Religionen Indiens. 2.) 208pp. 26 illus., 52 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart (Indoculture Verlag), 1980.

1376 KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE. Hinduismus.

Eine Einführung in die Welt des Hinduismus. Zweite verbesserte und erweiterte

Auflage. (Die Religionen Indiens. 1.) 232pp. 39 illus., 15 figs. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart (Indoculture Verlag), 1981.

1377 KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE & KEILHAUER, PETER. Die Bildsprache des Hinduismus.

Die indische Götterwelt und ihre

Symbolik. 267, (5)pp. 206 illus. (2 color). Stiff wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



82


1378 KEILHAUER, ANNELIESE & KEILHAUER, PETER. Ladakh und Zanskar.

Lamaistische Klosterkultur im Land zwischen

Indien und Tibet. (DuMont Dokumente: KunstReiseführer.) 414, (4)pp. 106 illus., figs. Lrg. 8vo. Stiff wraps.


1379 KEILHAUER, A . & KEILHAUER, P. Rajasthan, Indiens Königsland.


Wels (Verlag Welsermühl), 1983.

1380 KEITH, A. BERRIEDALE. A History of Sanskrit Literature.

xxxvi, 575, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford/ London (Oxford University Press), 1956.

1381 KEITH, ARTHUR BERRIEDALE. The Veda of the Black Yajus School, Entitled Taittiriya Sanhita.

Translated from the original Sanskrit prose and verse. (Harvard Oriental Series. 18-19.) 2 vols. I: Kandas I-III. II: Kandas IV-VII. clxxv, (1), 658pp.

4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Cambridge 1914 edition.


1382 KEITH, A. BERRIEDALE (TRANSLATOR). Rigveda Brahmanas: The Aitareya and Kausitaki Brahmanas of the

Rigveda.

Translated from the original Sanskrit. (Harvard Oriental Studies. 25.) xii, 555pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the

Cambridge 1920 edition.


1383 KELKAR, D.G. Lamps of India.

Foreword by Rajendra Prasad. (64)pp. 123 illus. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting), 1961.

1384 KELLNER, HERMANN CAMILLO. Sâvitrî, oder der Triumph ehelicher Treue.

Eine brahmanische Legende aus dem

Mahâbhârata. Übersetzt, eingeleitet und mit Anmerkungen versehen. 63pp. 12mo. Wraps.

Leipzig (Philipp Reclam jun.), n.d.

1385

KELLNER, HERMANN CAMILLO (EDITOR). Das Lied vom Könige Nala.

Erstes Lehrbuch für Anfänger im Sanskrit. Nach didaktischen Grundzügen bearbeitet und in transkribiertem Texte mit Wörterbuch herausgegeben. x, (2), 251, (1)pp. Lrg.

8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1386 KELLY, KRISTIN. The Extraordinary Museums of Southeast Asia.

224pp. Prof illus. 4to. Wraps.


1387 KEMLIN, J.E. Alliances chez les Reungao.

(Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Vol. 17#4.) 119pp. 4to. Wraps.


1388 KENNEDY, J. A History of Malaya.

Second edition. xi, (1), 364pp., 8 plates. 16 maps. 4to. Cloth. Ex-library.

Lo ndon (Macmillan, St. Martin’s Press), 1970.

1389 KERN, FRITZ. Asoka: Kaiser und Missionar.

Herausgegeben von Willibald Kirfel. 207, (1)pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bern (Francke Verlag), 1956.

1390 KERN, H. Eene Indische sage in Javaansch gewaad.

Met Javaanschen tekst. (Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam.) 32, 13pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Amsterdam (C.G. van der Post), 1876.

1391 KERN, H. Wrttasañc’aya.

Oudjavaansch leerdicht over versbouw in Kawi-tekst en Nederlandsche vertaling. (2), 207pp.


4to. Orig. wraps.


1392 KERN, H. (EDITOR). Ramayana kakawin.

./ Râmâyana, Oudjavaansch heldendicht. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indië.) (2), vii, (1), 316, 20pp. Folio. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

1393 KERR, ALLEN D. Lao-English Dictionary.

Assisted by Sing Bourommavong, Samreung Singhavara, Houmpheng

Phetmongkhonh, Somsangouane Luongsisomkham. (Publications in the Languages of Asia. 2.) 2 vols. xxiv, (2), 1223pp.

4to. Cloth.

Washington, D.C. (Consortium Press/ The Catholic University of America Press), 1972.

1394

KETKAR, SHRIDHAR VENKATESH. Maharashtriya jñanakosa.

Yathamula 2. avrtti. 23 vols. 4to. Buckram.

Mumbai (Jñanakosakara Da. Ketakara Smrti Mandala), 1920-1929.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



83

1395 KEYES, CHARLES F. (EDITOR). Ethnic Adaptation and Identity.

The Karen on the Thai frontier with Burma. ix, (1),

278pp., 4 plates. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Philadelphia (Institute for the Study of Human Issues), 1979.

1396 KHAN MAJLIS, BRIGITTE. Gewebte Botschaften: Indonesische Traditionen im Wandel.

/ Indonesian Textile Tradition in Course of Time. With contributions by Christiane Brauer; edited by Manfred Boetzkes and Johann Borwin Lüth. 432pp.

418 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Roemer-Museum, Hildesheim. Parallel texts in

German and English.

Hildesheim (Roemer-Museum), n.d.

1397 KHAN MAJLIS, BRIGITTE. Indonesische Textilien: Wege zu Göttern und Ahnen.

Bestandskatalog der Museen in

Nordrhein-Westfalen. 373pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Köln (Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum für Völkerkunde), 1984.

1398 KHANNA, MADHU. Das grosse Yantra-Buch.

Das Tantra-Symbol der kosmischen Einheit. Mit einem Vorwort von Ajit

Mookerjee. 176pp. 95 plates (38 color), 86 text figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Freiburg i.Br. (Aurum Verlag), 1980.

1399 KHANOLKAR, GANGADHAR DEORAO. The New Standard Dictionary. Marathi-English-Marathi.

/ [Di nyu stêndarda diksanari. Marathi-ingraji-marathi.] Vols. II-III. pp. (10), 1281-2526. 4to. Cloth.

Mumbai (Kesava Bhikaji Dhavale), 1977-1985.

1400 KHAUNDABHATTA. The Sphotanirnaya (Chapter XIV of the Vaiyakaranabhusanasara).

Edited with introduction, translation, and critical and exegetical notes by S.D. Joshi. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class

C. No. 2.) v, (1), 244pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Pune (University of Poona), 1967.

1401 KHIN MYO CHI, DAW. Anawrahta of Burma.

Cover design by U Ba Kyi. 217pp., 2 plates. 4to. Stiff wraps.

Rangoon (The Author/ Maung Thein Tan, Thihayatana Press), 1979.

1402 KHIN MYO CHI, DAW. Burmese Scenes & Sketches.

240pp. Figs. Wraps.

Rangoon (Nilar Publications), 1977.

1403 KHIN MYO CHI, DAW. Colourful Burma.

A collection of stories & sketches. Enlarged edition. (2), 444pp. Wraps.

Rangoon (Nilar Publications), 1978.

1404 KHIN SOK. La grammaire du khmer moderne.

Préface de Claude Hagège, iv, (2), 620pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions You-feng), 1999.

1405 KHIN SOK. Manuel de khmer.

Volume I [all published to date]./ Siavbhau rian Khmaer. Riaprian toy Ghin Sukh. xii, (2),

305pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions You-feng), 2000.

1406 KHING, HOC DY. Contribution à l’histoire de la littérature khmère.

(Collection “Recherches Asiatiques.” Travaux du

Centre d’Histoire et Civilisations de la Péninsule Indochinoise.) 2 vols. I: Littérature de l’époque “Classique” (XVe-XIXe siècles). vi, 272, (8)pp. II: Écrivains et expressions littéraires du Cambodge au XXème siècle. vi, 275, (7)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions L’Harmattan), 1990-1993.

1407 KHOO, JOO EE. The Straits Chinese: A Cultural History.


Amsterdam/Kuala Lumpur (The Pepin Press), 1996.

1408 KHRU’ANGRU’AN RATTANAKOSIN.

/ Rattanakosin Home Furnitures. 224pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Englishlanguage captions.

[Bangkok] (Ko. Samphan chatchamnai), 1981.

1409 KHUSHWANT SINGH. A History of the Sikhs.

2 vols. I: 1469-1839. xiii, (3), 419pp., 4 plates. 4 maps. II: 1839-1964. xi, (1),

395pp., 10 plates. 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Princeton (Princeton University Press), 1963-1966.

1410 KHUSHWANT SINGH. Die Sikhs.

Fotos: Raghu Rai. 144, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Sachsenheim (Burg Verlag), 1986.

1411 KHUSHWANT SINGH. The Sikhs Today.

Their religion, history, culture, customs and way of life. Edited by Rahul Singh.


New Delhi (Sangam Books), 1976.

1412 KIELHORN, FRANZ. Grammatik der Sanskrit-Sprache.

xiii, (1), 238pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Berlin 1888 edition.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



84


1413 KIELHORN, FRANZ & BÜHLER, GEORG (EDITORS). Das Pañchatantra.

(Bombay Sanskrit Series. 4, 3, 1.) 5 parts in 3 vols., bound in 1. Pañchatantra I: Sixth edition. 94, 39, 3pp. Pañchatantra II-III: Fourth edition. 89, (3)pp. Pañchatantra IV-V:

Fourth edition. 83, (3)pp. Sm 4to. Marbled boards.

Bombay (Government Central Book Depôt), 1896; 1891.

1414 KIHARA, H. Peoples of Nepal Himalaya.

Scientific results of the Japanese expeditions to Nepal Himalaya, 1952-1953. Vol.

III. (4), iv, (2), 425, (3), vii, (1), 38, 4pp., 1 lrg. folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Kyoto (Fauna and Flora Research Society, Kyoto University), 1957.

1415 KILGOUR, R.

, ET AL. Rev. R. Kilgour’s Dictionary English-Nepali.

With useful vocabulary. [By] H.C. Duncan, G.P.


Pradhan. (2), 2, 295, (15)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Cosmo Publicvations), 1987.

1416 KILIAAN, H.N. Madoereesche spraakkunst.

Eerste stuk: Inleiding en klankleer. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

1417 KING, VICTOR T. The Peoples of Borneo.

(The Peoples of South-East Asia and The Pacific.) xii, 339pp. 43 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford/Cambridge (Blackwell), 1993.

1418 KINGDON-WARD, FRANK. Return to the Irrawaddy.

224pp., 1 folding map. 46 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

London (Andrew Melrose), 1956.

1419 KINGKÆO ÀTTHAKON. The Folk Religion of Ban Nai.

A hamlet in Central Thailand. By Kingkeo Attagara. (6), 597pp.

Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

[Bangkok? (Kurusapha Press), 1968].

Bangkok (Suribayan Publishers), 1976.

1420 KINGSHILL, KONRAD. Ku Daeng - The Red Tomb.

A village study in Northern Thailand. Third edition revised. xx, 404pp.

29 illus. hors texte. 3 maps. 4to. Wraps.

1421 KINGSHIP IN SOUTH INDIAN HISTORY.

(Acta Asiatica. Bulletin of the Institute of Eastern Culture. 74.) vii, (3), 133pp. Figs.

4to. Wraps.


1422 KINSLEY, DAVID R. Flöte und Schwert: Krisna und Kali.

Visionen des Schönen und Schrecklichen in der altindischen


Mythologie. 211pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

N.p. (Otto Wilhelm Barth Verlag), 1979.

1423 KINSLEY, DAVID. Indische Göttinnen.

Weibliche Gottheiten im Hinduismus. 367, (1)pp., 12 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

1424 KINSLEY, DAVID R. The Sword and the Flute.

Kali and Krsna, dark visions of the terrible and the sublime in Hindu mythology. (Hermeneutics. Studies in the History of Religions. 3.) viii, 167, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1425 KIPARSKY, PAUL. Panini as a Variationist.

Edited by S.D. Joshi. (Current Studies in Linguistics Series. 7./ Current

Cambridge/Pune (The MIT Press/ Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit, Unidersity of Poona), 1979.

Studies in Sanskrit Grammar. 12./ Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class B. No. 6.) x, (4), 304pp.

4to. Cloth. D.j.

1426 KIRFEL, W. Die Kosmographie der Inder nach Quellen dargestellt.

viii, 401, (1)pp., 18 plates. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Bonn/Leipzig (Kurt Schroeder), 1920.

1427 KIRFEL, WILLIBALD. Das Purana Pañcalaksana: Versuch einer Textgeschichte.

il, (1), 598, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

[Bonn]/Leiden ([Kurt Schroeder Verlag]/ E.J. Brill), 1927.

1428 KIRFEL, W. Die Religion der Jaina’s.

(Bilderatlas zur Religionsgeschichte. 12.) xxv, (7)pp. 77 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.

Leipzig (A. Deichertsche Verlagsbuchhandlung D. Werner Scholl), 1928.

1429 KIRFEL, WILLIBALD. Symbolik des Hinduismus und des Jinismus.

(Symbolik der Religionen. 4.) 167pp. With:

Tafelband. Von Volker Moeller. (Symbolik der Religionen. XIX.) 174, (4)pp. 121 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Anton Hiersemann), 1959-1974.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



85

1430 KIRFEL, WILLIBALD. Zur Eschatologie von Welt und Leben.

Ein puranischer Text nebst Übertragung in textgeschichtlicher Darstellung. (Bonner Orientalistische Studien. N.S. 5.) vii, (1), 70pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bonn (Selbstverlag des Orientalischen Seminars der Uni versität Bonn), 1959.

1431 KIRFEL, WILLIBALD & KAROW, OTTO. Symbolik des Buddhismus.

(Symbolik der Religionen. 5 & 22.) 2 vols. 128pp.;

(2), 372, (2)pp. 220 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Anton Hiersemann), 1959-1989.

1432 KIRKLAND, EDWIN CAPERS. A Bibliography of South Asian Folklore.

(Indiana University Folklore Series. 21./ Asian

Folklore Studies Monographs. 4.) xxiv, 291pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Signed by the author on the title-page.

Bloomington/The Hague (Indiana University Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore, and Linguistics/ Mouton & Co.),

1966.

1433 KIRSCH, A. THOMAS. Feasting and Social Oscillation: A Working Paper on Religion and Society in Upland

Ithaca (Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University), 1973.

Southeast Asia.

(Data Paper: Number 92. Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University.) vii,

(1), 49, (11)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

1434 KIRSCH, PETER. Die Reise nach Batavia.

Deutsche Abenteurer in Ostindien, 1609 bis 1695. (Menschen & Schiffe.)

440pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Boards.

Hamburg (Ernst Kabel Verlag), 1994.

1435 KIRSCHEY, PETER. Das Geflüster des Buddha.

(Ereignisse, Tatsachen, Zusammenhänge.) 257, (1)pp., 32 plates. Cloth.

[Berlin] (Militärverlag der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik), [1979].

1436 KITTEL, F. Kittel’s Kannada-English Dictionary.

Revised and enlarged by M. Mariappa Bhat. 4 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Originally published Mangalore 1894.


1437 KLAR, HELMUT. Deutsch-

Pali Wörterbuch.


Wien (Octopus Verlag), 1982.

1438 KLAUSNER, WILLIAM J. Reflections in a Log Pond: Collected Writings.

Second edition. (6), 138pp., 18 plates (1 color).

Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Bangkok (Suksit Siam), 1974.

1439 KLEIN, WILHELM. Burma.

Herausgegeben und entworfen von Hans Höfer; fotografiert von Günter Pfannmüller; redigiert von John Gottberg Anderson. (APA Guides.) 332pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

München (Nelles Verlag), 1982.

1440 KLEMM, ERIKA. HindiDeutsches Wörterbuch.

418pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.


1441 KLERCK, E.S. DE. History of the Netherlands East Indies.

2 vols. xii, 448pp.; vi, 672pp., 5 lrg. folding maps. Frontis. 4to.

Cloth. Reprint of the Rotterdam 1938 edition.

Amsterdam (N.M. Israël), 1975.

1442 KLIMKEIT, HANS-JOACHIM. Der Buddha.

Leben und Lehre. 244pp. Wraps.


1443 KLIMKEIT, HANS-JOACHIM. Der politische Hinduismus.

Indische Denker zwischen re ligiöser Reform und politischem

Erwachen. 325pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


1444

KLINKERT, H.C. Facsimilés van eenige Maleische brieven met Arabisch-Maleisch karakter.

(2)pp., 15 lrg. folding facsimile plates. Sm. folio. New cloth; orig. front cover mounted.


1445 KLINKERT, H.C. Nieuw Nederlandsch-Maleisch woordenboek.

Tweede vermeerderde en verbeterde druk. ii, (2), 868pp.

Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


1446 KLINKERT, H.C. Nieuw Nederlandsch-Maleisch woordenboek.

Met Arabisch karakter naar de beste en laatste bronnen bewerkt. Vierde druk. viii, 1047pp. 4to. Cloth.


1447 KLOSTERMAIER, KLAUS. Hinduismus.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



86

Köln (Verlag J.P. Bachem), 1965.

1448 KNABE, WOLFGANG. Auf den Spuren der ersten deutschen Kaufleute in Indien.

Forschungsexpedition mit der

Mercator entlag der Westküste und zu den Aminen. Mit Beiträgen von H.J. de Albuquerque, Michael Gorgas und K.S.

Mathew. 476pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Anhausen (Verlag Moderne Medien), 1993.

1449 KOCH, KLAUS. Vietnam.

159pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth.

Erlangen (Karl Müller Verlag), 1994.

1450 KOCH, PITT & STEGMÜLLER, HENNING. Geheimnisvolles Nepal.

Buddhistische und hinduistische Feste. 189pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

München (List Verlag), 1983.

1451

KÖLN. MUSEUM FÜR OSTASIATISCHE KUNST. Legende und Wirklichkeit: Frühe Keramiken aus Südostasien.

[By]

Roxanna M. Brown, Otto Karow, Peter W. Meister, Hans W. Siegel. March-April 1977. 262pp. 219 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Köln, 1977.

1452

KÖLN. WALLRAF-RICHARTZ-MUSEUM. Schätze aus Thailand.

Kunst eines buddhistischen Königreiches. Feb.-April

1963. Preface by W. Frölich. Texts by J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw and Elizabeth Lyons. 152pp., 79 plates (8 color). Sm.

4to. Wraps.

Köln (Rautenstrauch-Joest-Museum), 1963.

1453 KÖMMERLING-FITZLER, HEDWIG. Der Nürnberger Kaufmann Georg Pock (+ 1528/29) in Portugiesisch-Indien und im Edelsteinland Vijanyanagara.

(Son derdruck aus “Mitteilungen des Vereins für Geschichte der Stadt Nürnberg,” 55.

Band.) (48)pp. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Nürnberg, 1967/1968.

1454

KÖNIG, DITTE. Das Tor zur Unterwelt.

Mythologie und Kult des Termitenhügels in der schriftlichen und mündlichen

Tradition Indiens. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 97.) xii, 389, (1)pp., 1 plate.

4to. Wraps.


1455 KOEPPEN, CARL FRIEDRICH. Die Religion des Buddha und ihre Entstehung.

Zweite, unveränderte Auflage. 2 vols. viii,

614, (2)pp.; xi, (3), 407, (1)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3// cloth. Vol. II has separate title-page: Die lamaische Hierarchie und

Kirche.

Berlin (W. Barsdorf), 1906.

1456 KOESTLER, ARTHUR. The Lotus and the Robot.


London (Hutchinson), 1960.

1457 KÖTTER, HERBERT, ET AL. Indonesien.

Geographie, Geschichte, Kultur, Religion, Staat, Gesellschaft, Bildwungswesen,

Politik. Herausgegeben von Herbert K ötter, Rolf O.G. Roeder, Kurt Heinz Junghans. (Ländermonographien. 11.) ix, (1), 591,

(1)pp. 82 illus. hors texte. 24 maps, text figs. Stout 4to. Cloth.


1458 KOLB, EDUARD & WELTMANN, JULIUS (TRANSLATORS). Liebe im Orient.

Das Kamasutram des Vatsyayana.

Ungekürzte, vollständig deutsche Ausgabe. Geleitwort von Rolf Italiaander. Mit einem Anhang: Das Erotische in der indischen Kunst. xxiii, (2), 266, (2)pp., 8 color plates. 72 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Hanau/Main (Verlag Karl Schustek), 1964.

1459 KOLB, EDUARD & WELTMANN, JULIUS (TRANSLATORS). Liebe im Orient.

Der Ananga Ranga des Kalyana Malla. Der duftene Garten des Scheich Nefzaui. Ungekürzte, vollständig deutsche Ausgabe. 349pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Hanau/Main (Verlag Karl Schustek), n.d.

1460 KOMATSU, CHIKO. The Way to Peace.

The life and teachings of the Buddha. xxvi, 641, (1)pp. 24 illus. (3 color) hors texte.

4to. Cloth.

Kyoto (Hozokan Publishing Co.), 1989.

1461 KONRAD, PAUL. Im Lande der Bhagoria-Bhils.

Vierte verbesserte Auflage. 291, (1)pp. 74 illus. hors texte. Wraps. D.j.

Kaldenkirchen (Steyler Verlagsbuchhandlung), 1962.

1462 KOPF, DAVID. The Brahmo Samaj and the Shaping of the Modern Indian Mind.

xxiii, (3), 399pp. 4 illus., 4 tables. 4to.

Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



87

1463 KOPPAD, K.B. Koraga, a Scheduled Tribe in Karnataka.

(Census of India 1971. Series I: India. Ethnographic Study No. 3

[No. 22 of 1961 Series]./ Monograph Series Part V.) xxiv, 89pp., 21 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1464 KOPPERS, WILHELM. Die Bhil in Zentralindien.

(Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. 7.) xx, 353, (3)pp.,

16 plates with 64 illus. 20 figs., 5 maps. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Horn-Wien (Verlag Ferdinand Berger), 1948.

1465 KOPPERS, W. Monuments to the Dead of the Bhils and Other Primitive Tribes in Central India.

A contribution to the study of the megalith-problem. (Annali Lateranensi. Vol. VI, Estratto.) (88)pp. 61 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Città del Vaticano (Tipografia Poliglotta Vaticana), 1942.

1466 KORETSKY, ELAINE & KORETSKY, DONNA. The Goldbeaters of Mandalay.

An account of hand papermaking in Burma today. 113, (3)pp. 90 illus. 1 tipped-in sample of bamboo paper. Sq. 4to. Cloth. Edition limited to 1700 copies.

Brookline, Massachusetts (Carriage House Press), 1991.

1467 KOSAMBI, D.D. The Culture and Civilisation of Ancient India in Historical Outline.

xi, (1), 243pp. 98 illus. hors texte. 16 figs., 6 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Vikas Publications), 1970.

1468 KOSKENNIEMI, SEPPO, ET AL. Materials for the Study of the Indus Script.

I [all published]: A Concordance to the Indus

Inscriptions. By Seppo Koskenniemi, Asko Parpola and Simo Parpola. (Suomalaisen Tiedeakatemian toimituksia. Series B:

Vol. 185.) xxviii, 528, 55pp. 4to. Wraps.

Helsinki (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia), 1973.

1469 KOUL, OMKAR N. An Intensive Course in Kashmiri.

Dialogues, drills, exercises, vocabulary, notes on grammar and work index. (Central Institute of Indian Languages. Intensive Course Series. 7.) xxv, (1), 462pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Mysore (Central Institute of Indian Languages), 1985.

Bangkok, 1982.

1470 KRABUAN PHAYUHAYATRA CHONLAMAK.

/ The Royal Barge Procession: On the Occasion of The Rattanakosin

Bicentennial, 1982. (40)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Stiff wraps.

1471 KRAMRISCH, STELLA., ET AL. The Arts and Crafts of Kerala.

By Stella Kramrisch, J.H. Cousins, R. Vasudeva Poduval.


Cochin (Paico Publishing House), [1970].

1472 KRÁSA, MILOSLAV. Das Lächeln von Angkor.

Fotografien von Ján Cifra. 215, (11)pp. 169 illus. hors texte. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Praha (Artia), 1963.

1473 KRAUSE, ERICH-DIETER. Lehrbuch der indonesischen Sprache.

367pp. 4to. Cloth.


1474 KREEMER, J. Atjèh.

Algemeen samenvattend overzicht van land en volk van Atjèh en onderhoorigheden. 2 vols. xvi,

602pp., 18 plates. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued; xii, 705pp., 10 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. 4to.

Orig. cloth.

Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1922-1923.

1475 KRENGEL, MONIKA. Sozialstrukturen im Kumaon, Bergbauern im Himalaya.

(Beiträge zur Südasienforschung,

Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 124.) xiv, 315, (9)pp., 6 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.


1476 KRICK, HERTHA. Das Ritual der Feuergründung (Agnyadheya).

Herausgegeben von Gerhard Oberhammer.

(Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-historische Klasse. Sitzungsberichte. 399./

Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Südasiens. 16.) xvii, (1), 682pp. Stout 4to. Wraps.

Wien (Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1982.

1477 KRISHNA DEVA. Khajuraho.

(2), 44pp., 20 plates, 1 folding plan. Wraps.

New Delhi (Director General of Archaeology in India), 1965.

1478 KRISHNA DEVA. Temples of North India.

(India: The Land and People.) vi, (2), 87, (9)pp., 28 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

New Delhi (National Book Trust), 1969.

1479 KRISHNA, NANDITHA. The Art and Iconography of Vishnu-Narayana.

xiv, 122pp., 47 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Taraporevala), 1980.

1480 KRISHNA RAO, M.V.N. Indus Script Deciphered.

xv, (1), 203pp., 34 plates. 108 figs. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



88

Delhi (Agam Kala Prakashan), 1982.

1481 KRISHNAMACHARIAR, MADABHUSHI. History of Classical Sanskrit Literature.

Being an elaborate account of all branches of classical Sanskrit literature, with full epigraphical and archaological notes and references, an introduction dealing with language, philology and chronology and index of authors and works. (4), viii, cxix, (5), 1120pp. Stout 4to.

Buckram. Originally published in 1937.


1482 KRISHNAMURTI, BH. & SIVANANDA SARMA, P. A Basic Course in Modern Telugu.

xxix, (3), 287, (5)pp. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.

Hyderabad (Privately Printed), 1968.

1483 KRISHNAMURTI, BH. & GWYNN, J.P.L. A Grammar of Modern Telugu.

xxii, (2), 459pp. 1 plate. 4to. Cloth.


1484 KRISHNASWAMI, S. Musical Instruments of India.

Revised edition. 55, (1)pp., 12 plates. 4to. Wraps.


1485 KRSNADASA KAVIRAJA GOSVAMI. Sri Caitanya-caritamrta of Krsnadasa Kaviraja Gosvami.

Adi-lila. Volume One:

“Krsnadasa Kaviraja Glorifies the Lord and His Associates.” With the original Bengali text, Roman transliterations, synonyms, translation and elaborate purports by...A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada. xii, 615, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth.

New York (The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust), 1974.

1486 KRUNG THEP 2 SATAWAT.

45pp., 10 color plates. 4to. Wraps.

[Krungthep?] (Rongphim Samnak Lekhathikan Khana Ratthamontri), 1981.

1487 KRUSE, WILHELM. Denkmäler indischer Kunst.

Second edition. (Indien. 8.) 18pp., 48 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Heidelberg/Berlin (Kurt Vowinckel Verlag), 1943.

1488 KRUYT, ALB. C. De West-Toradjas op Midden-Celebes.

(Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandsche Akademie van

Wetenschappen te Amsterdam. Afdeeling Letterkunde. N.S. 40.) 4 vols. + Album of Plates. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Amsterdam (N.V. Noord-Hollandsche Uitgevers-Maatschappij), 1938.

1489 KSEMARAJA. Sivasutra et Vimarsini de Ksemaraja.

Traduction et introduction par Lilian Silburn. (Publications de l’Institut de Civilisation Indienne. Série in-8°. Fasc. 47./ Études sur le Sivaïsme du Cachemire, École Spanda.) viii, 192, (2)pp., 1 plate. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Institut de Civilisation Indienne/ E. de Boccard), 1980.

1490 KUALA LUMPUR. MUSEUMS DEPARTMENT, FEDERATION OF MALAYA. Guide to Ancient Monuments and Historic

Sites.

Part One. 18pp. 3 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Kuala Lumpur, 1959.

1491 KUBITSCHEK, HANSDIETER. Südostasien: Völker und Kulturen.

319pp. 90 illus. (30 color) hors texte. 40 figs. 2 maps

(1 lrg. folding, loose in rear pocket, as issued). Boards.


1492 KUBITSCHEK, HANS DIETER & WESSEL, INGRID. Geschichte Indonesiens.

Vom Altertum bis zur Gegenwart. xii, (2),

266pp. 47 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Boards.


1493 KÜCHLER, JOHANNES. Penang.

Kulturlandschaftswandel und ethnisch-soziale Struktur einer Insel Malaysias. (Giessener geographische Schriften. 13.) ix, (1), 165, (1)pp. 27 illus. hors texte. 24 maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 4to. Wraps.

English-language summary.

Giessen (Selbstverlag des Geographischen Instituts, Justus Liebig-

1494 KÜHN, HERBERT. Das Antlitz Indiens.

222pp., 12 plates. Cloth.

Basel/Stuttgart (Benno Schwabe & Co.), 1963.

Universität), 1968.

1495 KÜHNEL, ERNST (INTRODUCTION). Indische Miniaturen aus dem Besitz der Staatlichen Museen zu Berlin.

(72)pp.

19 tipped-in color plates with facing commentary. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Gebr. Mann), 1937.

1496 KUHN, ISOBEL. Ascent to the Tribes.

Pioneering in North Thailand. 157pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. First published 1956.

Singapore (OMF Books), 1984.

1497 KULKE, ECKEHARD. The Parsees in India.

A minority as agent of social change. 300, vi, (2)pp. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



89

New Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), [1978].

1498 KULKE, HERMANN. Cidambaramahatmya.

Eine Untersuchung der religionsgeschichtlichen und histor ischen Hintergründe für die Entstehung der Tradition einer südindischen Tempelstadt. (Freiburger Beiträge zur Indologie. 3.) xvi, 241, (3)pp. 28 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.


1499 KULKE, HERMANN. Jagannatha-Kult und GajapatiKönigtum.

Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte religiöser Legitimation hinduistischer Herrscher. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 23.) x, (2), 263, (3)pp. 27 illus. &

2 maps hors texte. 4to. Wraps.


1500 KULKE, HERMANN & ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR. Geschichte Indiens.

416pp. 11 maps. 4to. Cloth.


1501 KUMAR, ANN & MCGLYNN, JOHN H. Illuminations: The Writing Traditions of Indonesia.

Featuring manuscripts from the National Library of Indonesia. With essays and other contributions by Mastini Hardjoprakoso, Thomas M. Hunter Jr.,

Supomo Suryohudoyo, A.H. Johns, Henri Chambert-Loir, Ian Proudfoot, Virginia Hooker, Mark Durie, Annabel Teh Gallop,

Edi S. Ekadjati, Raechelle Rubinstein, Th.C. van der Meij, T.E. Behrend, Bernard Arps, Roger Tol, Uli Kozok, Alan Feinstein. xxii, 297pp. 294 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Jakarta/New York (The Lontar Foundation/ Weatherhill, Inc.), 1996.

1502 KUMAR, NITA. The Artisans of Banaras.

Popular culture and identity, 1880-1986. xix, (1), 279pp. 15 illus. hors texte. 4to.

Cloth.


1503 KUMAR, NITA. Friends, Brothers, and Informants.

Fieldwork memoirs of Banaras. viii, (4), 260pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.


1504

KUMMER, MANFRED. Grundlagen einer kommunikativen Grammatik für das Thailändische.

ix, (3), 128pp. 3 plates.

4to. Wraps.


1505 KUNST, J. Music in Java.

Its history, its theory and its technique. Third, enlarged edition. Edited by E.L. Heins. 2 vols. xviii,



1506 KUNSTADTER, PETER (EDITOR). Southeast Asian Tribes, Minorities, and Nations.

(Princeton Center of International

Studies.) 2 vols. xii, (2), 902, (2)pp., 32 plates, 15 maps. 4to. Cloth.


1507 KUO, WILLIAM. Teaching Grammar of Thai.

/ Phasa Thai rian sanuk chang. xiv, 469pp. Lrg. 4to. Plastic covers, GBCbound.


1508 KURUP, A.M. Cire Perdue Casting in Swamimalai (Madras State).

Edited by Ruth Reeves and B.K. Roy Burman.

(Census of India 1961. Monograph Series Vol. I, Part VII-A, Monograph No. 4.) vii, (3), 76pp., 30 plates, 16 maps. Lrg. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1509 KUSCH, EUGEN. Indien im Bild.

48, (2)pp., 154 plates (4 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Nürnberg (Verlag Hans Carl), 1959.

1510

LA LOUBÈRE, SIMON DE. The Kingdom of Siam.

With an introduction by David K. Wyatt. (Oxford in Asia Historical

Reprints.) 2 vols. in 1. ix, (3), 260pp., 12 plates. Sm. folio. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1693 edition.

Kuala Lumpur/Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1969.

1511 LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD. Lexique Jarai, français, vietnamien (parler de la province de Plei Ku).

Avec le concours de Nguyên-Van-Trong. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 63.) ix, (1), 296, (2)pp., 3 maps. 4to. Wraps.


1512 LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD. Prières Jarai.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et

Documents sur l’Indochine. 8.) xxxiv, (4), 458pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1513 LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD & CHAPUIS, JACQUES. Bibliographie du Laos.

(Pu blications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 50.) 2 vols. 267, (3)pp.; 411, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



90

Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1964-1978.

1514 LAFONT, PIERRE BERNARD, ET AL. Catalogue des manuscrits Cam des bibliothèques françaises.

Par P.-B. Lafont,

Po Dharma et Nara Vija. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 114.) 161, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1515 LAIDLAW, JAMES. Riches and Renunciation.

Religion, economy, and society among the Jains. (Oxford Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology.) vi, (6), 436pp., 22 plates. 2 maps, 2 figs. 4to. Wraps.


1516 LAJOUX, JEANDOMINIQUE. Le tambour du déluge.

Villages des montagnes d’Indochine. (Collection “Les Jours de l’Homme.”) 125, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions du Seuil), [1977].

1517 LAJPAT RAI, LALA. The Arya Samaj.

An account of its origin, doctrines, and activities, with a biographical sketch of the founder. With a preface by Sidney Webb. xxvi, (4), 305, (1)pp., 10 plates. Cloth.

London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1915.

1518 LAKSMIDHARABHATTA. Krtyakalpataru of Bhatta Laksmidhara.

Vol. I: Brahmacarikanda. Edited by K.V. Rangaswami

Aiyangar. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 106.) xvi, 100, 328pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1519 LAKSMIDHARABHATTA. Krtyakalpataru of Bhatta Laksmidhara.

Vol. IV: Sraddhakanda. Edited by K.V. Rangaswami

Aiyangar. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 110.) xviii, 51, (1), 348pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1520 LAL, KISHORI SARAN. History of the Khaljis, A.D. 1290-1320.

(8), 388pp. 2 maps, 1 plate. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Karachi (Union Book Stall), [1966].

1521 LAL, MUNI. Shah Jahan.

xvi, 452pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1522 (LALDYADA) TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC. The Word of Lalla the Prophetess.

Being the Sayings of Lal Ded or Lal

Diddi of Kashmir (Granny Lal) Known also as Laleshwari, Lalla Yogishwari & Lalishri, between 1300 & 1400 A.D. Done into

English verse from the Lalla-Vakyani or Lal-Wakhi and annotated by Richard Carnac Temple. xiii, (3), 292pp. 4to. Cloth.


1523 LALWANI, K.C. Sramana Bhagavan Mahavira: Life & Doctrine.

xi, (5), 206pp. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Minerva Associates), 1975.

1524 LALWANI, K.C. (EDITOR). Arya Sayyambhava’s Dasavaikalika sutra (Dasaveyalia sutta).

Translated and notes by

Calcutta (Jain Bhawan), 1973-1974.

Kastur Chand Lalwani. xx, 268pp. 4to. Cloth.


1525

LALWANI, K.C. (EDITOR). Sudharma Svami’s Bhagavati sutra.

Prakrit text with English translation and notes based on the Commentary of Abhayadeva Suri. Vols. 1 - 2. xv, (3), 334, (2)pp.; xv, (3), 403pp., 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

1526 LAMBERT, H.M. Gujarati Language Course.

xvi, 309pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1527 LAMBERT, H.M. Marathi Language Course.

xiv, (6), 301pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford (Humphrey Milford, Oxford University Press), 1943.

1528

LAMOTTE, ÉTIENNE. Histoire du bouddhisme indien: Des origines à l’ère Saka.

(Publications de l’Institut Orientaliste de Louvain. 14.) xii, 862pp., 30 plates, 5 maps & plans. Text figs. Stout 4to. Wraps. Originally published Louvain 1958.

Louvain-laNeuve (Université de Louvain, Institut Orientaliste), 1976.

1529 LAMOTTE, ÉTIENNE (EDITOR). L’enseignement de Vimalakirti (Vimalakirtinirdesa).

Traduit et annoté par Étienne

Lamotte. (Université de Louvain, Institut Orientaliste. Bibliothèque du Muséon. 51.) xv, (1), 488pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Louvain (Publications Universitaires/ Institut Orientaliste), 1962.

1530 LAN PHU’O’NG & STIEFEL, MATTHIAS. Ramakien.

Der Kampf der Götter, Helden und Dämonen. (Orbis Pictus. 64.)

77pp. Prof. illus. Boards.

Bern/Stuttgart (Hallwag Verlag), 1977.

1531 LANEROLLE, S.D. DE. Origins of Sinhala Culture.

xv, (3), 76pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



91

Colombo (Lake House Investments Ltd. Publishers), 1976.

1532 LANGEN, K.F.H. VAN. Handleiding voor de beoefening der Atjehsche taal.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en

Volkenkunde van NederlandschIndië.) ix, (3), 158pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.


1533 LANGEN, K.F.H. VAN. Woordenboek der Atjehsche taal.

vi, 288pp. 4to. Orig. wraps.


1534 LANGLET, PHILIPPE & QUÁCH, THANH TÂM. Atlas historique des six provinces du sud du Vietnam du milieu du

XIXe au début du XXe siècle.

287, (1)pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Paris (Les Indes Savantes), 2001.

1535 LANMAN, CHARLES ROCKWELL. Sanskrit Reader: Text and Vocabulary and Notes.

xx, 405, (1), 16pp. 4to. Cloth

(disbound).


1536 LANMAN, CHARLES ROCKWELL. Sanskrit Reader: With Vocabulary and Notes.

First Edition, fifth issue. xx, (4), 405,

(1), 7, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Boston (Ginn and Company), 1906.

1537 LANNOY, RICHARD. The Speaking Tree.

A study of Indian culture and society. xxvi, (2), 466pp. 56 illus. hors texte. Sm.

4to. Wraps.

London/New York (Oxford University Press), 1974.

1538 LANYON-ORGILL, PETER A. An Introduction to the Thai (Siamese) Language for European Students.

xii, 91pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Victoria, B.C. (The Curlew Press), 1955.

1539 LAPIERRE, DOMINIQUE. Stadt der Freude.

540, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Gütersloh (C. Bertelsmann), 1985.

1540 LATIF, SYAD MUHAMMAD. History of the Punjab: From the Remotest Antiquity to the Present Time.

xix, (1), 652pp.

4to. Boards. Reprint, limited to 250 copies, of the Calcutta 1891 edition.

Lahore (Progressive Books), 1984.

1541 LAUF, DETLEF-I. Das Bild als Symbol im Tantrismus.

Die indischen Tantras als praktische Führer zur seelischen

Ganzheit des Menschen. (Welt der Bilder. 3.) 76pp. 72 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

München (Heinz Moos Verlag), 1973.

1542 LAW, BIMALA CHURN. Geography of Early Buddhism.

With a foreword by F.W. Thomas. xxi, (3), 88, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co.), 1932.

Calcutta/Simla (Thacker, Spink & Co.), 1922.

1543 LAW, BIMALA CHARAN. Historical Gleanings.

With a foreword by B.M. Barua. (Calcutta Oriental Series. No. 6.E.2.) x,

101, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

1544 LAYMAN, EMMA MCCLOY. Buddhism in America.

xvii, (3), 342pp., 10 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Chicago (Nelson-Hall), 1976.

1545 LAZZERI, RICCARDO & MARTINELLI, ANTONIO. Kanch Mandir: Le temple des miroirs.

(Iconographia.) 93pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Paris/Milano (Éditions du Chêne/ F.M. Ricci), 1979.

1546 LÊ, THÀNH KHÔI. 3000 Jahre Vietnam.

Schicksal und Kultur eines Landes. Bearbeitet und ergänzt von Otto Karow.


München (Kindler), 1969.

1547 LEACH, E.R. Political Systems of Highland Burma.

A study of Kachin social structure. With a foreword by Raymond Firth.

With a new introductory note by the author. xx, 324pp. 6 maps. Wraps.

Boston (Beacon Press), 1965.

1548 LEACH, E.R. Pul Eliya.

A village in Ceylon. A study of land tenure and kinship. xiv, (2), 343, (1)pp, 5 plates, 9 charts. 7 maps, 7 diagrams, 8 tables. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



92

1549 LEAF, MURRAY J. Information and Behavior in a Sikh Village.

Social organization reconsidered. xi, (1), 296pp., 4 plates.

4to. Cloth.


1550 LEBAR, FRANK M. (EDITOR). Ethnic Groups of Insular Southeast Asia.

2 vols. 1: Indonesia, Andaman Islands, and

Madagascar. vi, (2), 226pp., 10 maps. 2: Philippines and Formosa. iv, (4), 167pp., 7 maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Haven (Human Relations Area Files Press), 1972-1975.

1551 LEBAR, FRANK M., ET AL. Ethnic Groups of Mainland Southeast Asia. [By] F.M. Lebar, Gerald C. Hickey, John K.

Musgrave. x, (4), 288pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Haven (Human Relations Area Files Press), 1964.

1552 LE BONHEUR, ALBERT. Cambodge: Angkor.

Temples en péril. 263pp. 154 color plates, 82 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

N.p. (Édition Herscher), 1989.

1553 LE BONHEUR, ALBERT. Von Göttern, Königen und Menschen.

Flachreliefs von Angkor Vat und dem Bayon

(Kambodscha, 12. Jahrhundert). Fotos: Jaroslav Poncar. Hommage à George Coedès (1886-1969). 112pp. Prof. illus.

Oblong 4to. Wraps.

[Wuppertal] (Peter Hammer Verlag), 1995.

1554 LECLÈRE, ADHÉMAR. Cambodge: Fêtes civiles et religieuses.

(Annales du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque de

Vulgarisation. 42.) xii, 660, (2)pp., 13 plates. Orig. wraps.

Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Hachette et Cie.), 1917.

1555 LECLÈRE, ADHÉMAR. Contes laotiens et contes cambodgiens.

Recueillis, traduits et annotés. (Collection de Contes et

Chansons Populaires. 25.) 272pp. 12mo. New wraps.


1556 LEE, SHERMAN E. Ancient Cambodian Sculpture.

115, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Asia House Gallery, New York, Fall 1969.

New York (The Asia Society Inc.), 1969.

1557 LEE, SHERMAN E. & CHANDRA, PRAMOD. A Newly Discovered Tuti-Nama and the Continuity of the Indian

Tradition of Manuscript Painting.

(32)pp. 13 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Cleveland (The Cleveland Museum of Art), n.d.

1558 LEEMANN, ALBERT. Thailand, Land der Freien.

195pp. 103 color illus. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette.

Bern (Kümmerly & Frey), 1974.

1559

LEFÈVRE-PONTALIS, PIERRE. Notes sur des amulettes siamoises.

(Annales du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque de

Vulgarisation. 45.) 49, (3)pp., 27 plates with 107 illus. Wraps.

Paris (Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1926.

1560 LEHMAN, F.K. The Structure of Chin Society.

A tribal people of Burma adapted to non-western civilization. (Illinois

Studies in Anthropology. 3.) xx, 244pp. 40 illus., 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Urbana (The University of Illinois Press), 1963.

1561 LEHMANN, JOHANNES. Buddha: Leben, Lehre, Wirkung.

Der östliche Weg zur Selbsterlösung. 347, (5)pp., 8 plates (6 color). Sm. 4to. Cloth.

München (C. Bertelsmann Verlag), 1980.

1562 LEHMANN, THOMAS. A Grammar of Modern Tamil.

(Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture. Publication No. 1.) xxi, (1), 387pp. 4to. Wraps.

Pondicherry (Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture), 1989.

1563 LEIDEN. RIJKSMUSEUM VOOR VOLKENKUNDE. Het leven van Buddha in de kunst.

Second printing. 23, (1)pp., 32 plates. Wraps.

Leiden, [1967].

1564 LEIFER, WALTER. Indien und die Deutschen.

500 Jahre Begegnung und Partnerschaft. (Schriftenreihe des Instituts für

Auslandsbeziehungen, Stuttgart. Reihe: Deutschausländische Beziehungen. 10.) 469, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


1565 LEINFELDEN-ECHTERDINGEN. DEUTSCHES SPIELKARTEN-MUSEUM. Indische Spielkarten.

Inventarkatalog der indischen Sammlung des Deutschen Spielkarten-Museums. [Von] Rudolf von Leyden. 155pp. 128 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Leinfelden-Echterdingen, 1977.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



93

1566 LE MAY, REGINALD. An Asian Arcady.

The land and peoples of Northern Siam. xiv, 274pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 99 illus. hors texte. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth.

Cambridge (W. Heffer & Sons), 1926.

1567 LE MAY, REGINALD. The Coinage of Siam.

Second edition. ([Selected Articles from The Siam Society Journal]. 9.) xi, (1),

134, (4)pp., 32 plates with facing commentary. Text illus. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Bangkok 1932 edition.

Manila (USIS), 1961.

1568 LE MAY, REGINALD. A Concise History of Buddhist Art in Siam.

xxiii, (1), 169, (3)pp., 2 folding maps. 206 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Cambridge 1938


1569 LE MAY, REGINALD. Südostasien.

Das Erbe Indiens. (Kindlers Kulturgeschichte.) 406pp., 18 plates (2 color), 1 map.

Cloth.

München (Kindler), 1967.

1570 LEMOINE, JACQUES. Khoi tan seou: A Yao Manuscript.

(2), 231pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Chinese-language title on front cover: “Kai tan shu quan ji.”

[Vientiane, 1975].

1571 LEMOINE, JACQUES. Un village Hmong Vert du haut Laos.

(Centre de Documentation et de Recherches sur l’Asie du

Sud-Est et le Monde Insulindien: Atlas EthnoLinguistique. Recherche coopérative sur programme. 61./ Deuxième série:

Monographies.) 219pp. 37 illus., 39 figs., 8 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1572 LENINGRAD. MUZEI ANTROPOLOGII I ETNOGRAFII IM. PETRA VELIKOGO (AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR). Indiia.

Kratkii putevoditel’ po ekspozitsii. 16, (4)pp. 5 plates, 1 plan. 12mo. Wraps.

Moskva/Leningrad (Izdatel’stvo “Nauka”), 1964.


1573 LEOSHKO, JANET (EDITOR). Bodhgaya: the Site of Enlightenment.

Foreword by Pratapaditya Pal. viii, 156pp. Prof. illus. (numerous color). Sm. folio. Cloth.

1574 LESTER, ROBERT C. Theravada Buddhism in Southeast Asia.

vii, (3), 201, (1)pp. 1 map. Cloth.

Ann Arbor (The University of Michigan Press), 1973.

1575 LEUBA, JEANNE. Un royaume disparu.

Les Chams et leur art. Avec une préface de Louis Finot. 203, (5)pp., 28 collotype plates. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Paris/Bruxelles (G. Van Oest et Cie.), 1923.

1576 LEUENBERGER, HANS. Die Burmastrasse.

Gestern-heute-morgen. Westchina, Indochina, Thailand, Burma, Ostindien.

208pp., 4 maps. 63 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. boards.

Starnberg am See (Karl Specht Verlag), 1943.

1577 LEUMANN, ERNST. Maitreya-samiti, das Zukunftsideal der Buddhisten.

Die nordarische Schilderung in Text und

Übersetzung nebst sieben andern Schilderungen in Text oder Übersetzung. Mit einer Begründung der indogermanischen

Metrik. (2), 282pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth.


1578

LEUPOL, L. Spécimen des Purânas.

Texte, transcription, traduction et commentaire des principaux passages du

Bhramhâvævarta purâna. xii, (2), 57pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Paris (Maisonneuve et Cie.), 1868.

1579

LÉVÊQUE, JEAN-JACQUES & MÉNANT, NICOLE. Islamic and Indian Painting.

207, (1)pp. Numerous color illus. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.

London (Heron Books), 1970.

1580 LÉVY, PAUL. Recherches préhistoriques dans la région de Mlu Prei [Cambodge].

Accompagnées de comparaisons archéologiques et suivies d’un vocabulaire français-kuy. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 30.) 122,

(4)pp., 65 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Hanoi

(Imprimerie d’Extrême-Orient), 1943.

1581 LEVY, ROBERT I. Mesocosm: Hinduism and the Organisation of a Traditional Newar City in Nepal.

With the collaboration of Kedar Raj Rajopadhyaya. xxii, 829pp. 36 illus., 14 maps. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



94

1582 LEWIS, E. DOUGLAS. People of the Source.

The social and ceremonial orders of Tana Wai Brama on Flores.

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 135.) xx, 370pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.


1583 LEWIS, IVOR. Sahibs, Nabobs and Boxwallahs.

A dictionary of the words of Anglo India. x, 266pp. 4to. Cloth.


1584 LEWIS, PAUL & LEW IS, ELAINE. Völker im Goldenen Dreieck.

Sechs Bergstämme in Thailand. 300pp. Prof. illus.

Oblong 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart/London (Edition Hansjörg Mayer), 1984.

1585 LEWIS, PAUL W. Ethnographic Notes on the Akhas of Burma.

(HRAFlex Book A04-001.) 4 vols. Illus. Plastic covers.


1586 LEYDEN, RUDOLF VON. Die Welt der indischen Spielkarten.

Geschichte, Systematik und Herstellung mit einem Katalog der Sammlung des Museums für Völkerkunde, Wien. (Veröffentlichungen zum Archiv für Völkerkunde. 8.) 159pp. 82 illus.

4to. Wraps.

Wien (Wilhelm Braumüller), 1981.

1587

LHA, LU THU U”. Folktales of Burma.

Second edition. 210p. Illus. 12mo. Wraps.

Mandalay (The Author/ Kyipwayay Press), 1979.

1588 LHA, LU T HU U”. The Victim.

Translated by Than Thun & Kathleen Forbes. 282, (2)pp. Boards.

Mandalay (The Author/ Kyipwayay Press), [1976].

1589 L’HERNAULT, FRANÇOISE. L’iconographie du Subrahmanya au Tamilnad.

(Publications de l’Institut Français d’Indologie. 59.) 272, (8)pp., 4 maps (1 lrg. folding), 8 plans (partly folding). 246 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


1590 LI, YIYUAN. Yi ge yi zhi de shi zhen: Malaiya Hua ren shi zhen sheng huo de diao cha yan jiu.

(Zhong yang yan jiu yuan min zu xue yan jiu suo zhuan kan. Yi zhong. 1.) 260, (2)pp., 6 plates. Figs. Wraps. English-language title-page and list of contents, “An Immigrant Town: Life in an Overseas Chinese Community in Southern Malaya.”

Taibei (Zhongyang yan jiu yuan min zu xue yan jiu suo), 1970.

1591

LIEBERT, GÖSTA. Iconographic Dictionary of the Indian Religions: Hinduism - Buddhism - Jainism.

(Studies in South

Asian Culture. 5.) xviii, (2), 377pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1592 LIM HAK KHEANG, ET AL. Contemporary Cambodian: The Social Institutions.

[By] Lim Hack Kheang, Madeline E.

Ehrman, Kem Sos. xii, 379pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1593 LIM HAK KHEANG & PURTLE, DALE. Contemporary Cambodian: Introduction.

Edited, annotated, and supplemented by Madeline Ehrman and Kem Sos. xxi, (1), 649pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1594 LIN, LI-KUANG. Introduction au Compendium de la loi (Dharma-Samuccaya). L'aidemémoire de la vraie loi

(Saddharma-Smrtyupasthana-sutra).

Recherches sur un sutra développé du Petit Véhicule. Introduction de P. Demiéville.

(Publications du Musée Guimet. Bibliothèque d’Études. 54.) xv, (1), 384pp., 1 plate. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1949.

1595 LINDE, GERD. Bangla Desh.

Indien und die Grossmächte im Pakistanischen Konflikt. 153, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


1596 LING, BING. Zhong Mian Tai Yin bian min zhi.

179pp. Illus. Wraps.

Xingzhou (Xingzhou shi jie shu ju), 1961.

1597 THE LINGA-PURANA.

Translated by a board of scholars. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 5-6./ Unesco

Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 2 vols. xxiv, 809pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


1598 LINGAT, ROBERT. Les régimes matrimoniaux du Sud-Est de l’Asie.

Essai de droit comparé indochinois. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 34.) 2 vols. I: Les régimes traditionnels. 176pp. II: Les droits codifiés. 195pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Paris/Hanoi (E. de Boccard/ École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1952-1955.

1599 LINTNER, BERTIL. Land of Jade.

A journey through insurgent Burma. xvii, (1), 315pp., 54 plates (8 color). 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



95

Edinburgh/Bangkok (Kiscadale/ White Lotus), 1990.

1600 LINTNER, BERTIL. Outrage: Burma’s Struggle for Democracy.

/ Do man` hun` bama praññ` dimuikareci tuik` pvai.

268pp., 16 plates (8 color). Sm. 4to. Wraps. Burmese-language edition.

Edinburgh (Peacock Press), 1990.

1601 LINTNER, BERTIL. Outrage: Burma’s Struggle for Democracy.

vii, (1), 208pp., 16 plates (8 color). Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1602 LISBOA. MUS EU DE ETNOLOGIA. Povos de Timor, povo de Timor: Vida, aliança, morte.

167, (3)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong

4to. Stiff wraps. "Exhibition inaugurated on 89/12/14 at the Museu de Etnologia, Lisbon, in connection with the International

Conference 'Timorese Anthropology: Productions, Languages.'" Parallel texts in Portuguese, French, and English.

Lisboa (Fundação Oriente), 1992.

1603 LISKER, LEIGH. Introduction to Spoken Telugu.

(American Council of Learned Societies. Program in Oriental

Languages. Publication Series B: Aids. 18.) xxvii, (1), 345, (1)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

New York (American Council of Learned Societies), 1963.

1604 LITHAI, KING OF SUKHOTHAI. Three Worlds According to King Ruang.

A Thai Buddhist cosmology. Translation with introduction and notes by Frank E. Reynolds & Mani B. Reynolds. (Berkeley Buddhist Studies Series. 4.) (8), 383pp., 15 color plates. 4to. Cloth.

Berkeley (Regents of the University of California), 1982.

1605 LOBO, WIBKE. The Sun-Temple at Modhera.

A monograph on architecture and iconography. (Forschungen zur

Allgemeinen und Vergleichenden Archäologie. Bd. 2.) xiii, 176, (2)pp., 161 plates with 357 illus. 52 text figs. 4to. Cloth.


1606 LOCKE, JOHN K. Buddhist Monasteries of Nepal.

A survey of the Bahas and Bahis of the Kathmandu Valley. v, (3),

542pp., 3 folding maps. 334 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Kathmandu (Sahayogi Press), 1985.

1607 LOCKE, JOHN K. Karunamaya.

The cult of Avalokitesvara-Matsyendranath in the Valley of Nepal. xvi, 524pp. 74 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

Kathmandu (Sahayogi Prakashan/ Research Centre for Nepal and Asian Studies, Tribhuvan University), 1980.

1608 LOEB, EDWIN M. & HEINE-GELDERN, ROBERT. Sumatra.

Its History and People, by E.M. Loeb. The Archaeology and

Art of Sumatra, by R. HeineGeldern. (Wiener Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik. 3.) ix, (1), 350, (4)pp., 40 plates,

2 maps, 1 chart. 4to. Wraps.

Wien (Verlag des Institutes für Völkerkunde der Universität Wien), 1935.

1609 LOKESH CHANDRA (COMPILER). Sanskrit Texts from the Imperial Palace at Peking in the Manchurian, Chinese,

Mongolian and Tibetan Scripts.

Edited by Lokesh Chandra, from the collection of Raghu Vira. (Satapitaka Series: Indo-

Asian Literatures. Vol. 71, 1-4.) 4 vols. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. “Reproduced in original scripts and languages. Translated, annotated and critically evaluated by specialists of the East and the West in a Series of Collectanea. Founded by Raghu

Vira.”

New Delhi (Institute for the Advancement of Science and Culture), 1966.

1610 LOMBARD, DENYS. Le carrefour javanais: Essai d’histoire globale.

(Civilisations et Sociétés. 79.) 3 vols. I: Les limites de l’occidentalisation. 263, (3)pp. II: Les réseaux asiatiques. 420, (4)pp. III: L’héritage des royaumes concentriques. 337pp.

88 illus., 50 maps and plans. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions de l’École des Hautes Études en Sciences Sociales), 1990.

1611 LOMBARD, SYLVIA J. Yao-English Dictionary.

Edited by Herbert C. Purnell, Jr. (Data Paper No. 69. Southeast Asia

Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University.) xvi, 363pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Ithaca (Southeast Asia Program, Department of Asian Studies, Cornell University), 1968.

1612 LOMMEL, ANDREAS. Kunst des Buddhismus aus der Sa mmlung des Staatlichen Museums für Völkerkunde in

München.

250pp. 135 plates, 1 lrg. folding color plate, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich/Freiburg (Atlantis Verlag), 1974.

1613 LOMMEL, ANDREAS (POSTSCRIPT). Thailand: Plastik aus vier Jahrhunderten.

63, (1)pp. 44 plates. Sm. 8vo. Boards.

München (R. Piper & Co. Verlag), 1964.

1614 LONDON. BEURDELEY, MATTHEWS & CO., LTD. Burmese Art and its Influences.

April 1981. Introduction by Simon

Matthews. 59, (1)pp. 81 illus. 4to. Wraps.

London, 1981.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



96

1615 LONDON. BRITISH MUSEUM. Catalogue of the Coins of the Andhra Dynasty, the Western Ksatrapas, the Raikutaka

Dynasty and the “Bodhi” Dynasty.

By Edward James Rapson. ccviii, 268pp., 21 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.

London, 1908.

1616 LONDON. SHIRLEY DAY LTD. The Ancient Art of South East Asia.

Part Two. In association with Alexander Götz. (42)pp.

19 color plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

London, n.d.

1617 LONDON. HAYWARD GALLERY. In the Image of Man.

The Indian perception of the universe through 2,000 years of

London, 1982. painting and sculpture. March-June 1982. Texts by George Michell and Linda Leach. 231, (1)pp. Prof. illus. (numerous color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

1618 LONDON. INDIA OFFICE. LIBRARY. Catalogue of Burmese Printed Books in the India Office Library.

[By] Kenneth

Whitbread. xi, (3), 231pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (Her Majesty’s Stationery Office), 1969.

1619 LONDON. SPINK & SON LTD. Indian Influence on Art in South-East Asia. Catalogue of an exhibition. Nov. 1970.

Introduction by Douglas Barrett. ix, (1), 77, (1)pp. 38 plates. Cloth.

London, 1970.

1620 LONDON. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. Ganjifa: The Playing Cards of India.

A general survey, with a catalogue of the Victoria and Albert Museum collection. By Rudolf von Leyden. With contributions by Michael Dummett. xiv, 128pp.

Prof. illus. (partly color). Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps.

London, 1982.

1621 LONDON. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. Indian Embroidery.

Text by John Irwin. (Large Picture Book No. 7.) 9,

(1)pp., 28 plates. 4to. Wraps.

London, 1951.

1622 LONDON. VICTORIA AND ALBERT MUSEUM. The Indian Heritage.

Court life & arts under Mughal rule. April-Aug. 1982.

[By] Robert Skelton and the Indian Department. 176pp. Prof. illus. (partly color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

London, 1982.

1623 LONDON. WHITECHAPEL GALLERY. Arts of Bengal. The Heritage of Bangladesh and Eastern India. Nov.-Dec. 1979.

Texts by Robert Skelton, John Lowry, Andrew Topsfield, Veronica Murphy, Susan Stronge. 80pp. Text illus. (11 color). 4to.

Wraps.

London, 1979.

1624

LOOFS, HELMUT H. Südost Asiens Fundamente.

Hochkulturen und Primitivstämme, Geisterglauben, Religionen, Grosse

Politik. 352pp., 1 folding map, 4 color plates. 121 illus., 23 figs., 5 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Safari-Verlag), 1964.

1625 LOPEZ, DONALD S., JR. (EDITOR). Buddhism in Practice.

(Princeton Readings in Religions.) xvi, 608pp. 4to. Wraps.


1626 LORD, JOHN. Die Maharadschas.


Frankfurt/Berlin (Ullstein Verlag), 1973.

New Delhi (Thomson Press [India] Limited), 1972.

1627 LORENZEN, DAVID N. The Kapalikas and Kalamukhas: Two Lost Saivite Sects.

(Australian National University Center of Oriental Studies. Oriental Monograph Series. 12.) xiv, 214pp. 4to. Cloth.

1628 LORRAIN, J. HERBERT & SAVIDGE, FRED W. A Grammar and Dictionary of the Lushai Language (Dulien Dialect).

(4), 346pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Shillong 1898.

Calcutta/Aizawl, Mizoram (Firma KLM Private Limited/ Tribal Research Institute), 1976.

1629 LU PE WIN, U. Historic Sites and Monuments of Mandalay and Environs.

8pp., 15 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

N.p., n.d.

1630 LU PE WIN, U. Pagodas of Pagan.

7, (1)pp., 13 plates. Lrg. sq. 8vo. Wraps.

N.p., n.d.

1631 LU PE WIN, U. Pictorial Guide to Pagan.

76pp., 1 lrg. folding plan. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Rangoon (Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), 1955.

1632 LUCE, G.H. A Comparative Word-List of Old Burmese, Chinese and Tibetan.

xi, (1), 88pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



97

London (School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London), 1983.

1633 LUCE, GORDON H. Old BurmaEarly Pagán.

Assisted by Bo-Hmu Ba Shin, U Tin Oo, the staff of the Burma Historical

Commission, the Burma Archaeological Department, and many other friends. (Artibus Asiae. Supplementum 25.) 3 vols. I:

Text. xviii, 422pp. II: Catalogue of Plates, Indexes. 337, (1)pp., 3 folding maps & 2 tables loosely inserted inside rear cover, as issued. III: Plates. 455 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New York (J.J. Augustin for Artibus Asiae and The Institute of Fine Arts), 1969-1970.

1634 LUCE, G.H. Phases of pre-

Pagán Burma.

Languages and History. (School of Oriental and African Studies.) 2 vols. I: xv,

(1), 185pp. Sm. 4to. II: 137, (1)pp., 100 plates. 2 maps. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.


1635 LUDOWYK, E.F.C. The Modern History of Ceylon.

(Asia-Africa Series of Modern Histories.) ix, (3), 308pp. 29 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Weidenfeld and Nicolson), 1966.

1636 LÜDERS, HEINRICH. Bharhut und die buddhistische Literatur.

(Abhandlungen für die Kunde des Morgenlandes. XXVI,

3.) (2), 182pp. 4to. Cloth.


1637 LÜDERS, HEINRICH. Varuna.

Aus dem Nachlass herausgegeben von Ludwig Alsdorf. 2 vols. I: Varuna und die Wasser. II:

Varuna und das Rta. viii, xxiii, (1), 764pp. 4to. Wraps.

Göttingen (Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht), 1951-1959.

1638 LUIZ, A.A.D. Tribes of Kerala.

(8), ii, 257pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Bharatiya Adimjati Sevak Sangh), 1962.

1639 LUNET DE LAJONQUIÈRE, E. Ethnographie des territoires militaires, rédigée sur l'ordre du Gal Coronnat....

Par le Ct

Lunet de Laj onquière, d'après les travaux de MM. le Lt-Cl Diguet, le Ct Bonifacy, le Ct Révérony, la Capitaine Fesch, etc.

(2), 258, vi pp. Illus. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Title-page supplied in manuscript.

Hanoi (F.H. Schneider), 1904.

1640 LUO, XIANGLIN. Liu xing yu Gan Min Yue ji Malaiya zhi zhen kong jiao.

6, 284pp., 28 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. With

English-language titlepage “The Spread of the Chen K’ung Chiao in South China and Malaya,” by Lo Hsiang-lin. Edition limited to 1000 copies.

Xianggang (Zhongguo xue she/ Institute of Chinese Culture), 1962.

1641 LUO, XIANGLIN. Xi Poluozhou Luo Fangbo deng suo jian gongheguo kao.

6, 165, (1), 8, (4)pp., 31 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Englishlanguage summary “A Historical Survey of the Lan-fang Presidential System in Western

Borneo, Established by Lo Fangpeiu and Other Overseas Chinese,” by Lo Hsiang-lin.

Xianggang (Zhongguo xue she/ Institute of Chinese Culture), 1961.

1642 LUONG, HY V. Revolution in the Village.

Tradition and transformation in North Vietnam, 1925-1955. With the collaboration of Nguyen Dac Bang. xxiii, (1), 272pp. 11 illus., 2 figs., 5 maps, 7 tables. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


1643 LUTZE, LOTHAR. Zwölf Lektionen Hindi.

A rbeitsheft für Anfänger. 44pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (Zweigstelle des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg), 1966.


1644 LYMAN, THOMAS AMIS. Dictionary of Mong Njua.

A Miao (Meo) language of Southeast Asia. (Janua Linguarum. Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata. Series practica. 123.) 403pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

1645 LYMAN, THOMAS AMIS. English/Meo Dictionary.

Second edition. (2), 131 ff. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (The German Cultural Institute, Goethe-Institute), 1973.

1646 LYMAN, THOMAS AMIS. Grammar of Mong Njua (Green Miao).

A descriptive linguistic study. ix, (1), 100pp. 4to. Wraps.


1647 LYNCH, OWEN M. The Politics of Untouchability.

Social mobility and social change in a city of India. xiv, (6), 251pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York/London (Columbia University Press), 1969.

1648 LYNTON, LINDA. The Sari: Styles - Patterns - History - Techniques.

Photographs by Sanjay K. Singh. 208pp. Over 470 illus. (206 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



98

1649 LYONS, ELIZABETH. Thai Traditional Painting.

Second edition. (Thai Culture. 20.) 16pp. 19 illus. hors texte. Wraps.


1650 LYONS, ELIZABETH. The Tosachat in Thai Painting.

Second edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 22.) 28pp. 22 illus. hors texte.

Wraps.


1651 MA, HUAN. Ying-yai shenglan. “The Overall Survey of the Ocean’s Shores” [1433].

Translated from the Chinese text, edited by Feng Ch’eng-Chün with introduction, notes and appendices by J.V.G. Mills. (Hakluyt Society. Extra Series. 42.) xix, (1), 393pp. 12 plates and maps (1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued). Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1652 MABBETT, IAN & CHANDLER, DAVID. The Khmers.

(The Peoples of South-East Asia and the Pacific.) x, (4), 289pp. 47 illus., 8 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford/Cambridge (Blackwell), 1995.

1653 MABUCHI, TOICHI. Tales Concerning the Origin of Grains in the Insular Area of Eastern and Southeastern Asia.

(Reprinted from Asian Folklore Studies, XXIII#1.) 92pp. 4 maps. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

[Nagoya] (Asian Folklore Studies), 1964.

1654 MCCARTHY, MARY. Vietnam.

(4), 106pp. 4to. Wraps.

New York (Harcourt, Brace & World), 1967.

1655 MCCORMACK, WILLIAM. Kannada.

A cultural introduction to the spoken styles of the language. With the assistance of

M.G. Krishnamurthi. xi, (3), 203, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Madison/Milwaukee (The University of Wisconsin Press), 1966.

1656 MACDONALD, MALCOLM. Angkor and the Khmers.

158, (4)pp. 112 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


1657 MACDONELL, ARTHUR ANTHONY. A Practical Sanskrit Dictionary.

With transliteration, accentuation, and etymological analysis throughout. xii, 382, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1929.

Oxford (Oxford University Press), 1954/1958.

1658 MACDONELL, ARTHUR A. A Sanskrit Grammar for Beginners.

Second edition, revised and enlarged. xiv, (2), 264pp.

Cloth (discolored).

London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1911.

1659 MACDONELL, ARTHUR A. A Sanskrit Grammar for Students.

Third edition. xviii, (2), 264pp. Cloth.


1660 MACDONELL, ARTHUR ANTHONY. A Vedic Grammar for Students.

x, (2), 508pp. Cloth.


1661 MACDONELL, ARTHUR ANTHONY. A Vedic Reader for Students.

xxxi, (1), 263, (1)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1662 MACDONELL, ARTHUR A. & KEITH, ARTHUR BERRIEDALE. Vedic Index of Names and Subjects.

With a foreword by

Dr. Sampurnanand. (Indian Texts Series.) 2 vols. xvi, 544pp.; 592pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1912 edition.

Varanasi (Motilal Banarsidass), 1967.

1663 MACDOUGALL, BONNIE GRAHAM & DE ABREW, KAMINI. Sinhala: Basic Course.

3 vols. I: Beginning Signs and

Letters. viii, 110pp. II: General Conversation. xvi, 319pp. III: Sinhala Structures. vii, (1), 103pp. Illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1664 MCFARLAND, GEORGE BRADLEY. Thai-English Dictionary.

xxi, (1), 1019, (3), 39pp. 4to. Cloth.

Stanford (Stanford University Press), 1974.

1665 MCGREGOR, R.S. Outline of Hindi Grammar with Exercises.

xxxiii, (1), 229, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.


1666 MCGREGOR, R.S. (EDITOR). The Oxford Hindi-English Dictionary.

xx, 1083pp. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford/Delhi (Oxford University Press), 1993.

1667 MACKAY, ERNEST. Die Induskultur.

Ausgrabungen in Mohenjo-daro und Harappa. 151pp. 78 illus. hors texte. 1 map.

Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



99


1668 MACKIE, J.A.C. (EDITOR). The Chinese in Indonesia: Five Essays.

x, (2), 282, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Honolulu (The University Press of Hawaii), 1976.

1669 MACLAGAN, EDWARD. The Jesuits and the Great Mogul.

xxi, (1), 433, (1)pp., 12 plates. 2 maps. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth.

London (Burns Oates & Washbourne), 1932.

1670 MCLEOD, W.H. Early Sikh Tradition.

A study of the Janam-sakhis. xiv, 317pp. 4to. Cloth.


1671 MCLEOD, W.H. (EDITOR). Textual Sources for the Study of Sikhism.

(Textual Sources for the Study of Religion.) vi, (4),

166pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1672 MADHAVANANDA, SWAMI (TRANSLATOR). The Brhadãranyaka Upanisad, With the Commentary of Sankaracarya.

With an introduction by...S. Kuppuswami Sastri. Third edition. xxii, (4), 959pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth.

Mayavati, Almora (Advaita Ashrama), 1950.

Madras, 1976.

1673 MADRAS. MADRAS GOVERNMENT MUSEUM. Catalogue of Music Instruments Exhibited in the Government

Museum, Madras.

By P. Sambamoorthy. Revised edition. (8), 27, (3)pp., 14 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

1674 MADRAS. MADRAS GOVERNMENT MUSEUM. Guide to the Anthropological Exhibits.

By C.J. Jayadev. (2), 47pp. 37 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Madras, 1964.

1675 MÄDING, KLAUS. Südindische Bauern: Orientierungschancen im Klassen- und Kastensystem.

(Bochumer

Materialien zur Entwicklungsforschung und Entwicklungspolitik. 14.) (2), 267pp. 4to. Wraps.

Tübingen (Horst Erdmann Verlag), 1980.

1676 MÄNNER, A. Tulu-English Dictionary.

vi, (2), 687, (1)pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1886 edition.


1677 MAFFEI, ANGELUS FRANCIS XAVIER. An English-Konkani Dictionary.

[And]: Konkani-English Dictionary. 2 parts in 1 vol. xi, (1), 545pp.; xii, 156, (2)pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1883 edition.


1678 MAFFEI, ANGELUS FRANCIS XAVIER. A Konkani Grammar.

xiv, (2), 439pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore

1882 edition.

New Delhi (Asian Educational Services ), 1986.

1679 MAGHA. The Sisupâlavadha of Mâgha with the Commentary (Sarvankashâ) of Mallinâtha.

Edited by Pandit

Durgâprasâd and Pandit S’ivadatta. Fifth edition. Revised by Wâsudev Laxman Shâstrî Panasîkar./ Sisupalavadham.

Srimaghapranitam; Kolacalamallinathasurikrtaya Sarvankasakhyaya vyakhyaya samullasitam; Panditadurgaprasadaena

Dagicapanditaívadattena ca samsodhitam. (10), 523, 17pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

Mumbai (Tukaram Javaji), 1910.

1680 DAS MAHABHARATA: EIN ALTINDISCHES EPOS.

Nach dem Sanskrit-

Text übersetzt und zusammengefasst von Biren

Roy; aus dem Englischen übertragen von E. Roemer. (Diederichs Taschenausgaben. 26.) 332, (4)pp. Cloth.


1681 THE MAHABHARATA OF KRISHNA-DWAIPAYANA VYASA.

Translated into English prose from the original Sanskrit text by Kisari Mohan Ganguli. Fourth edition. 12 vols. 4to. Cloth.


1682 MAHADEVA SASTRI, A. (EDITOR). T he S’aiva Upanisads with the Commentary of S’ri Upanisad-brahma-yogin.

(The

Adyar Library Series. 9.) 25, (1), 243pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Adyar, Madras (The Adyar Library), 1950.

1683 MAHADEVAN, IRAVATHAM. The Indus Script: Texts, Concordance and Tables.

(Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India. 77.) viii, 829pp. Prof. illus. Sm. stout folio. Cloth.

New Delhi (The Director General, Archaeological Survey of India), 1977.

1684 MAHADEVASASTRI, KORADA. Descriptive Grammar and Handbook of Modern Telugu.

With key. Edited by Klaus

Ludwig Janert in collaboration with Mulakaluri Srimannarayana Murti Pakalapati (Vegunta) Rani (Gandhi). (Koel Sarasvati

Series. 7.) 493pp. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



100

Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag Wiesbaden), 1985.

1685 MAHALINGAM, T.V. Administration and Social Life Under Vijayanagar.

Second edition, revised. 2 vols. I:

Administration. (10), 317pp., 4 plates. II: Social Life. viii, 436pp., 9 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (University of Madras), 1969-1975.

1686 MAHANAMA. The Mahavamsa, or, The Great Chronicle of Ceylon.

Translated into English by Wilhelm Geiger assisted by Mabel Haynes Bode. With an addendum by G.C. Mendis. lxiii, (1), 327pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London

1912.

Colombo (Ceylon Government Information Department), 1950.

1687 MAHAPATRA, PIYUSHKANTI. The Folk Cults of Bengal.

Foreword by Satyendranath Sen. 160pp. 4to. Boards.


Calcutta (Oxford University Press), 1986.

1688 MAHAPATRA, SITAKANT. Modernization and Ritual: Identity and Change in Santal Society.

ix, (1), 170pp. 1 map. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

1689 MAHAVIRA. Uttaradhyayana sutra: The Last Testament of Bhagavan Mahavira.

Text, translation, notes [by] K.C.

Lalwani. vi, (2), 488pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Prajñanam), 1977.

1690 MAHENDRAKUMARA, MUNI. Jaina Stories (As Gleaned from Cononical [sic] Texts).

As retold in Hindi by Adhyatma

Yogi Muni Sri Mahendra Kumarji ‘Prtham.’ Foreword by Sri Rajaram Shastri. English translation by K.C. Lalwani. 3 vols. xix,

(1), 184pp.; xvii, (3), 182pp.; v, (3), 164pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards.

Calcutta (Arhat Prakashan), 1976-1978.

1691 MAHIPATI. Stories of Indian Saints.

Translation of Mahipati’s Marathi Bkaktavijaya by Justin E. Abbott and Narhar R.

Godbole. Introduction by G.V. Tagare. 2 vols. in 1. xxxvii, (1), 507pp.; xxxiv, 499pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the Poona

1933 edition.


1692 MAINWARING, G.B. Dictionary of the Lepcha-Language.

Compiled by the late G.B. Mainwaring, revised and completed by Albert Grünwedel. xvi, 552pp. 4to. Orig. cloth.

Berlin (Unger Brothers), 1898.

1693 MAINWARING, G.B. A Grammar of the Lepcha Language.

(Bibliotheca Hiamalayica. Series II, Vol. 5.) xxi, (1), 146pp.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint, limited to 500 numbered copies, of the Calcutta 1876 edition.

New Delhi (Manjusri Publishing House), 1971.

1694 MAIRE, J. Étude sur la race Man du Haut Tonkin.

(Annales de l’Institut Colonial de Marseille. 2e série, II.) (228)pp., 12

Hamburg, 1986. plates. Text illus. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth.

Marseille (Institut Colonial), 1904.

1695

MAITHRIMURTHI, MUDAGAMUWE. Das Verhalten der ceylonesischen Buddhisten gegenüber Tieren und Pflanzen.

(1), 110, (2)ff. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. M.A. thesis, Universität Hamburg. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

1696 MAITRA, ASIM. A Guide Book to Lisu Language.

x, (2), 99pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1697 MAÎTRE, HENRI. Les régions Moï du Sud indo-chinois: Le plateau du Darlac.

(2), 335pp., 1 folding map. Frontis. New

Bombay (Asia Publishing House), 1962. boards, 1/4 cloth.

Paris (Plon-Nourrit et Cie.), 1909.

1698 MAJUMDAR, D.N. Caste and Communication in an Indian Village.

(6), 358pp. 20 figs. 4to. Cloth.

1699 MAJUMDAR, R.C. Champa.

History & culture of an Indian colonial kingdom in the Far East, 2nd.-16th century A.D. xxiv,

274, (2), 6, (2), v, (1), 227pp., 21 plates. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1927.

Delhi (Gian Publishing House), 1985.

1700 MAJUMDAR, R.C. The Classical Accounts of India.

Being a compilation of the English translations of the accounts left by

Herodotus, Megasthenes, Arrian, Strabo, Quintus, Diodorus Siculus, Justin, Plutarch, Frontinus, Nearchus, Apollonius, Pliny,

Ptolemy, Aeolian and others with maps, editorial notes, comments, analysis and introduction. xxvi, 504pp. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Firma KLM), 1981.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



101

1701 MAJUMDAR, R.C. KambujaDesá, or, An Ancient Hindu Colony in Cambodia.

(Sir William Meyer Lectures 1942-43.) viii,

(2), 165pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Madras 1944.

Philadelphia (Institute for the Study of Human Issues), 1980.

1702 MAJUMDAR, R.C. Suvarnadvipa: Ancient Indian Colonies in the Far East.

Volume I: Political History. 2 vols. I: xviii, (2),

436, 16pp., 1 folding map. II: Cultural History. xiv, (2), 354, 10, (2)pp., 74 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the Lahore 1927 edition.


1703 MAJUMDAR, R.C. & PUSALKER, A.D. (EDITORS). The Vedic Age.

(The Bharatiya Itihasa Samiti’s History and Culture of the Indian People. 1.) 565, (3)pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

London (Georg Allen & Unwin), 1957.

1704 MAK, LAU FONG. The Sociology of Secret Societies.

A study of Chinese secret societies in Singapore and Peninsular

Malaysia. ix, (1), 178pp. 7 figs. 4to. Cloth.


1705 MAK PHOEUN. Chroniques royales du Cambodge.

Traduction française avec comparaison des différentes versions et introduction. (École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 13.) 3 vols. I: Des origines légendaires jusqu’à Paramaraja 1er. (4), 465, (3)pp. 1 double-page map. II: De Baña Yat à la prise de Lanvaek (de

1417 à 1595). 471, (3)pp. 1 map, 1 plan. III: De 1594 à 1677. (2), 524, (2)pp., 1 double-page map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps

Paris (École Française d’Extrême-Orient/ Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1981-1988.

1706 MAKULLOLUWA, W.B. Dances of Sri Lanka.

(The Culture of Sri Lanka. 8.) 24pp., 25 color plates. Wraps.

[Colombo] (Ministry of Cultural Affairs), n.d.

1707 MALALASEKERA, G.P. Dictionary of Pali Proper Names.

2 vols. xvii, (1), 1163pp.; xi, (1), 1370pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

London (Pali Text Society/ Luzac & Company), 1960.

1708 MALALASEKERA, G.P., ET AL. (EDITORS). Encyclopaedia of Buddhism.

Vol. I, fasc. 1-4, vol. II, fasc. 1-4, vol. III, fasc.

1-4, vol. IV, fasc. 1-4, vol. V, fasc. 1-4, vol. VI, fasc. 1-2. 4to. Wraps.

Colombo (Government of Ceylon), 1961-1999.

1709 MALALGODA, KITSIRI. Buddhism in Sinhalese Society, 1750-1900.

A study of religious revival and change. xiii, (1),

300pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


1710 MALAYSIA AT A GLANCE.

106pp. Illus. Oblong 8vo. Wraps.

[Kuala Lumpur] (Publications Section, External Information Division, Department of Information Services), 1968.

1711 MALIK, ADITYA. Das Puskara-Mahatmya.

Ein religionswissenschaftlicher Beitrag zum Wallfahrtsbegriff in Indien.

Erörterung, Text, Übersetzung. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 155.) xiii, (1),

408, (16)pp., 2 maps. 12 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.


1712 MALIK, JAMAL. Islamische Gelehrtenkultur in Nordindien.

Entwicklungsgeschichte und Tendenzen am Beispiel von

Lucknow. (Islamic History and Civilization: Studies and Texts. 19.) xviii, 609, (1)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.


1713 MALLEBREIN, CORNELIA.

Die anderen Götter: Volks- und Stammesbronzen aus Indien.

Mit Beiträgen von Heidrun

Brückner, Gudrun Bühnemann, Elizabeth Chalier-Visuvalingam, M.K. Dhavalikar, Rainer Hörig, Monika Horstmann, Lydia

Icke-Schwalbe, Gerd Kreisel, Hermann Kulke, Eveline Masilamani-Meyer, Madhukar Shripad Mate, Georg Pfeffer, Josef

Riederer, Cornelia Vogelsanger, Paul Yule. Herausgegeben von Gisela Völger. 559pp. 576 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Rautenstrauch-JoestMuseum, Köln.

Köln (Edition Braus), 1993.

1714 MALONEY, CLARENCE. Peoples of South Asia.

xix, (3), 584pp. Illus. 4to. Boards.


1715 MALONEY, CLARENCE (EDITOR). South Asia: Seven Community Profiles.

xiv, (2), 304pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.


1716 MAN, EDWARD HORACE. A Dictionary of the Central Nicobarese Language (English-Nicobarese and Nicobarese-

English), with appendices containing a comparison of synonymous works in the remaining Nicobarese forms and other matters, preceded by notes on the grammar of the central form. lx, 243pp. 4to. Cloth. First published 1888-1889.

Delhi (Sanskara Prakashak), 1975.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



102

1717 MAN`” NUIN`, U”. Ku hto bo.

(6), 37, (48)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Yan kon (Shei Haung Thu Tei Tha Na Htana), 1962.

1718

MAN`” NUIN`, U”. "Ma no".

Praññ` thon` cu mrok` phya” desa mha sve” khyan`” tui’ e* rui” ra yañ` kye” mhu. (Tuin`” ran`” sa” yañ` kye” mhu ca cañ`. 3.) 29, (1)pp., 48 plates. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Ran` kun` (Praññ` thon` cu Yañ` kye” mhu Van` kri’ Thana a tvak` Mran` ma Nuin` nam to` A cui” ra pum nhip` re” nhan`’ Ca re” Kiriya Thana Van` ka ruik` nhip` thut` ve saññ), 1961.

1719

MAN`” NUIN`, U”. Pyi htaung su ka pa dei tha.

16, 115, (2)pp., 144 plates. 4to. Buckram. D.j. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Ran` kun` (Sa Pei Beik Man Pon Hneik Taik), 1959.

1720 MAN`” NUIN`, U”. Tui’ tuin`” ran`” bhu’a” Praññ` Thon` Cu sa”.

xi, (1), 21, (3)pp., 80 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Ran` Kun` (Yañ` Kye” Mhu Van` Kri” Thana), 1960.

1721 MANDALAY (AND ITS ENVIRONS).

83, (5)pp. Illus. 1 folding plan, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Wraps.

[Rangoon] (Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), n.d.

1722 MANDELBAUM, DAVID G. Society in India.

2 vols. I: Continuity and Change. xi, (1), 323, (1), 37, (1), 14, (4)pp. II: Change and Continuity. ix, (3)pp., pp. 324-665, 37, (1), 14, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps.


1723 MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. History of Laos.

Second edition, revised and enlarged. (6), 325pp. Illus. 4to. Buckram.

Bangkok (Chalermnit), 1971.

1724 MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. History of Thai Literature (Including Laos, Shans, Khamti, Ahom, and Yunnan-Nanchao).

9,

(1), 287pp. Wraps.



1725 MANICH JUMSAI, M.L. History of Thai Literature (Including Laos, Shans, Khamti, Ahom, and Yunnan-Nanchao).

9,

(1), 287pp. Wraps.

1726 [MANICH JUMSAI, M.L.] Ramayana.

Masterpiece of Thai literature retold from the original version written by Ring Rama I of Thailand. (2), 101pp., 2 plates. Cloth.

Bangkok (Chalermnit Bookshop), 1965.

1727 MANICH JUMS AI, M.L. Thai Sprachführer.

Second edition. (6), 209, (3)pp. Wraps.

Bangkok (Chalermnit), 1976.

1728 MANIKKAVACAKAR. Die Hymnen des Manikka-Vasaga (Tiruvasaga).

Aus dem Tamil übersetzt von H.W. Schomerus.

(Religiöse Stimmen der Völker. Texte zur Gottesmystik des Hinduismus. 1.) li, (1), 213, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards.

Jena (Eugen Diederichs), 1923.

1729 MANLEY, TIMOTHY M. Outline of Sre Structure.

(Oceanic Linguistics. Special Publication No. 12.) (10), 239, (3)pp. 10 illus. 4to. Wraps.


1730 MANMOHAN SINGH (TRANSLATOR). Sri Guru Granth Sahib: English & Punjabi Translation.

Second edition. 8 vols.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Amritsar (Shiromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee), 1981-1983.

1731 MANN, MICHAEL. Flottenbau und Forstbetrieb in Indien, 1794-1823.

(Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-

Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 175.) xii, 203, (1)pp. 4 maps. 4to. Wraps.


1732 MANNIN, ETHEL. Land of the Crested Lion.

A journey through modern Burma. 256pp. 23 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth

(stained).

London (Jarrolds), 1955.

1733 MANSUY, H. Stations préhistoriques de Somron-Seng et de Longprao (Cambodge).

29, (1)pp., 15 plates, 1 folding map. 12 text illus. 4to. Wraps.

Hanoi (F.-H. Schneider), 1902.

1734

[MANU.] Mánavadharmasástra [or,] Manusamhitá.

299pp. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. With Kullúka Bhatta commentary called

Manvarthamuktávalí. The text revised by Maithila and edited with an index by Bábú Ráma. Entirely in Sanskrit, without titlepage. Only 1 copy listed in OCLC (Cornell University).

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



103

[Calcutta, 1813].

1735 MARCHAL, HENRI. Nouveau guide d’Angkor.

(4), 245, (5)pp. , 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Phnom Penh (Office National du Tourisme), 1964].

1736 MARCUS, RUSSELL. English-Lao, Lao-English Dictionary.

/ Vatchananukom Àngkit-Lao, Lao-Àngkit (4), 416pp. 12mo.

Plastic covers.


1737 MARING, JOEL M. & MARING, ESTER G. Historical and Cultural Dictionary of Burma.

(Historical and Cultural

Dictionaries of Asia. 4.) vi, 290pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Metuchen, New Jersey (The Scarcrow Press), 1973.

1738

MARJAY, FREDERIC P. Portugal im Orient: Ein historischer Überblick.

56, (6)pp. 80 illus. hors texte. Numerous text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Lisboa (Livraria Bertrand), 1959.

1739 MARKOVÁ-ANSARI, DAGMAR & ANSARI, AHMED. Gesprächsbuch Deutsch-Hindi.

/ Jarmana-Hindi batacita. 266,

(6)pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB Verlag

Enzyklopädie), 1981.

1740 MARLIÈRE, MICHEL. Étude d’un groupe de trois monastères bouddhiques sis à Thonburi (Thailande): Essai de sociographie bouddhique.

(Centre de Recherches d’Histoire et de Philologie de la IVe Section de l’École Pratique des

Hau tes Études. II: Hautes Études Orientales. 7.) vii, (1), v, (1), 252pp. 3 plans. 4to. Wraps.

Genève/Paris (Librairie Droz), 1977.

1741 MAROLD, GERFRIED. Der Zustand der Schiffahrt bei den Völkern am Indischen Ozean.

iv, 85pp. Wraps.

Würzburg-Aumühle (Konrad Triltsch), 1940.

1742 MARR, DAVID G. & MILNER, A.C. (EDITORS). Southeast Asia in the 9th to 14th Centuries.

Introduction by Wang

Gungwu. xviii, 416pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Singapore/Canberra (Institute of Southeast Asian Studies/ Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National

University), 1986.

1743 MARSDEN, WILLIAM. A Dictionary and Grammar of the Malayan Language.

With an introduction by Russell Jones.


(Oxford in Asia Historical Reprints.) 2 vols. xxv, (3), xv, (1), 589, (3)pp.; xlix, 225pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London

1812 edition.

1744 MARSHALL, HARRY IGNATIUS. The Karen People of Burma: A Study in Anthropology and Ethnology.

(The Ohio

State University Bulletin. Vol. 26#13./ Contributions in History and Political Science. 8.) xv, (1), 329pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Columbus (Ohio State University), 1922.

1745 MARSHALL, HARRY I. The Karens of Burma.

(Burma Pamphlets. 8.) 40pp. 8 illus. 12mo. Boards.

London (Burma Research Society/ Longmans, Green & Co.), 1945.

1746 MARTIN, MARIE ALEXANDRINE. Cambodia, a Shattered Society.

xxi, (1), 398pp. 4to. Cloth.


Cambridge (Department of Sanskrit and Indian Studies, Harvard University/ Harvard University Press), 1998.

1747 MASKARINEC, GREGORY G. Nepalese Shaman Oral Texts.

(Harvard Oriental Series. 55.) xii, 695, 391pp. Stout 4to.

Cloth.

1748 MASKARINEC, GREGORY G. The Rulings of the Night.

An ethnography of Nepalese shaman oral texts. xi, (3), 276pp.

Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Madison (The University of Wisconsin Press), 1995.

1749 MASPÉRO, GEORGES. Grammaire de la langue khmère (cambodgien).

(École Française d’Extrême-Orient.) viii, 489pp.

4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth.


1750 MASPÉRO, GEORGES. Le royaume de Champa.

vi, 278pp., 40 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Paris/Bruxelles (Les Éditions G. van Oest), 1928.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



104

1751 MASSARD, JOSIANE. Nous, gens de Ganchong.

Environnement et échanges dans un village malais. Préface: P.E.

Josselin de Jong. (Centre de Documentation et de Recherches sur l’Asie du Sud-Est et le Monde Insulindien.) (2), 443pp. 20

Paris (Presses Universitaires de France), 1960. plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1752 MASSON, ANDRÉ. Histoire du Vietnam.

(“Que sais-je?” 398.) 128pp. 6 maps and plans. Wraps.

1753 MASTER, ALFRED. A Grammar of Old Marathi.

xiv, (2), 172pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1754 MATHESON, SYLVIA A. Rajasthan, Land of Kings.

Design and photography by Roloff Beny. 200pp. 103 plates. Sm. folio.

Cloth.

London (Frederick Muller Limited), 1984.

1755 MATHUR, AGAM PRASAD. Radhasoami Faith.

A historical study. xi, (1), 189pp. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Vikas Publishing House), 1974.

1756 MATHUR, J.C. Drama in Rural India.

(6), 121, (3)pp., 6 plates. 4to. Cloth.

London (Indian Council for Cultural Relations/ Asia Publishing House), [1963].

1757 MATHUR, K.S. Caste and Ritual in a Malwa Village.

viii, (4), 215pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Asia Publishing House), 1964.

1758 MATHUR, P.R.G. The Mappila Fisherfolk of Kerala.

A study in inter-relationship between habitat, technology, economy, society and culture. xii, (2), 434, (2)pp., 21 plates. 3 maps., 17 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Trivandrum (Kerala Historical Society), 1978.

1759 MATHUR, U.B. Folkways in Rajasthan.

(Focus on Folkways in India: Rajasthan.) (10), 202, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

Jaipur (The Folklorists), 1986.

1760 MATICS, K.I. Introduction to the Thai Temple.

141pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram.


1761 MATISOFF, JAMES A. The Dictionary of Lahu.

(University of California Publications in Linguistics. 111.) xxv, (1), 1436,

(2)pp. 80 illus. hors texte. 1 map, 12 text illus. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

Berkeles/Los Angeles (University of California Press), 1988.

1762 MATISOFF, JAMES A. The Grammar of Lahu.

(University of California Publications: Linguistics. 75.) lvi, 693pp. 3 plates, 1 map, 57 figs. Stout 4to. Wraps.


1763 MATSUDA, KAZUNOBU. Indo-sho Toshokan shozo Chuo Ajia shutsudo Daijo nehangyo Bonbun dankanshu: Sutain

Herunre korekushon.

/ Sanskrit Fragments of the Mahayana Mahaparinirvanasutra. A study of the Central Asian documents in the Stein/Hoernle Collection of the India Office Library, London. (Studia Tibetica. 14.) xiv, 78pp., 24 plates (1 color). Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Tokyo (Toyo Bunko), 1988.


1764 THE MATSYA PURANA.

Translated by a Taluqdar of Oudh. 2 vols. in 1. xv, (3), 360, cvi, (4), iii, (1), 370, xvii pp. 4to. Cloth.

Reprint of the Allahabad 1916 edition.

1765 MATTANI MOJDARA RUTNIN (EDITOR). The Siamese Theatre.

A collection of reprints from the Journals of the Siam

Society. v, (5), 291pp., 57 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Siam Society), 1975.

1766 MATTHES, B.F. Eenige proeven van Boegineesche en Makassaarsche poëzie.


Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch Indië.) 62pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. wraps.


1767 MATTHES, B.F. Makassaarsch-Hollandsch woordenboek, met Hollandsch-Makassarsche woordenlijst, opgave van

Makassaarsche plantennamen, en verklaring van een tot opheldering bijgevoegden ethnographischen atlas.

viii,

943pp. 4to. Cloth. Without the Ethnographic atlas.

Amsterdam (Nederlandsch Bijbelgenootschap/ Frederik Muller), 1859.

1768 MATTHES, B.F. Makassaarsche spraakkunst.

xvi, 135pp., 1 folding plate. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



105

Amsterdam (Nederlandsch Bijbelgenootschap/ Frederick Muller), 1858.

1769 MATZEL, KLAUS. Einführung in die singhalesische Sprache.

(Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität

Heidelberg. 5.) xiv, 208pp. 4to. Cloth.


1770 MAUNG MAUNG PYE, U. The Last of the Konbaung Kings.

ii, 80pp. 12mo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Rangoon (Khittaya Publishing House), [1948].

1771 MAUNG MAUNG, U. Burma’s Constitution.

x, (2), 325, (1)pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1772 MAUNG N’UN, MAUNG, ET AL. Birmanskii iazyk.

[By] Maun Maun N’un, I.A. Orlova, E.V. Puzitskii, I.M. Tagunova. (Iazyki

Zarubezhnogo Vostoka i Afriki.) 122, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


1773 MAURICE, ALBERT & PROUX, GEORGES MARIE. L’âme du riz.

(Bulletin de la Société des Études Indochinoises.

Nouvelle Série. XXIX#2-3.) 134, 6pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 22 plates (partly hors texte). 4to. Wraps.

Saigon (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1954.

1774 MAURICE, ALBERT-MARIE. Les Mnong des Hauts-Plateaux (Centre-Vietnam).

Préface de Georges Condominas.

(Collection “Recherches Asiatiques.”) 2 vols. I: Vie matérielle. 456, (8)pp. II: Vie sociale et coutumière. 745, (1), 5, (5)pp.

Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.


1775 MAURY, CURT. Folk Origins of Indian Art. (8), 245, (1)pp. 241 illus. (42 color illus. hors texte). Oblong 4to. Cloth.

New York/ London (Columbia University Press), 1969.

1776 MAXWELL, WILLIAM EDWARD. A Manual of the Malay Language.

With an introductory sketch of the Sanskrit element in

Malay. Sixth edition. viii, 182pp. Orig. cloth.

London (Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner, & Co.), 1902.

1777 MAYER, ADRIAN C. Caste and Kinship in Central India.

A village and its region. xvi, 295pp., 16 plates. 4to. Wraps.


1778 MAYER, ADRIAN C. Land and Society in Malabar.

With a preface by Raymond Firth. (The Institute of Pacific Relations.)

The Hague (G.C.T. van Dorp & Co.), [1906]. vii, (3), 158pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1779 MAYER, L.TH. Practisch Maleisch-Hollandsch en Hollandsch-Maleisch handwoordenboek.

Benevens een “Kort begrip der Maleische woordvorming en spraakleer.” Fourth edition. xix, (1), 622pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

1780 MAYO, KATHERINE. Mother India.

xii, 440pp. Illus. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth.

New York (Blue Ribbon Books), 1930.

1781 MAYRHOFER, MANFRED. Handbuch des Pali.

Mit Texten und Glossar. Eine Einführung in das sprachwissenschaftliche

Studium des Mittelindischen. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. Erste Reihe: Lehr- und Handbücher.) 2 vols I: Grammatik. xxvi,

(2), 214, (2)pp. II: Texte und Glossar. Mit einem Anhang: Einige Proben buddhistischer Sanskrit-Texte. (2), 83pp. Cloth.

He idelberg (Carl Winter Universitätsverlag), 1951.

1782 MAYRHOFER, MANFRED. Kurzgefasstes etymologisches Wörterbuch des Altindischen.

/ A Concise Etymological

Sanskrit Dictionary. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. 2. Reihe: Wörterbücher.) 4 vols. Cloth.

Heidelberg (Carl Winter), 1956-1980.

1783 MAYURAPADA, THERA. Sitiyam sahita Pujavaliya.

vi, 14, (2), 704pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. New boards, 1/4 cloth.

Kolamba (Gunasena), 1932.

1784 MAZUMDAR, B.C. The Aborigines of the Highlands of Central India.

84, iii pp. Wraps.


1785 MAZZEO, DONATELLA & SILVI ANTONINI, CHIARA. Angkor.

Foreword by Han Suyin. (Monumente grosser Kulturen.)

191, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.


1786 MEERWARTH, A. Les Kathakalis du Malabar.

(Extrait du Journal Asiatique, octobredécembre 1926.) (92)pp., 16 plates.

Lrg. 8vo. Orig. wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



106


1787 MEHLIG, JOHANNES (EDITOR). Weisheit des alten Indien.

2 vols. I: Vorbuddhistische und nichtbuddhistische Texte.

580pp. II: Buddhistische Texte. 801, (1)pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth.


1788 MEHROTRA, R.R. Sociolinguistics in Hindi Contexts.

ix, (1), 152, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.), 1985.

1789 MEHROTRA, R.R. Sociology of Secret Languages.

vii, (3), 102, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Simla (Indian Institute of Advanced Study), 1977.

1790 MEIK, VIVIAN. The People of the Leaves.

(6), 194pp., 16 plates. 4to. Cloth.

London (Philip Allan), 1931.

1791 MEINCK, WILLI. Die gefangene Sonne.

Indische Impressionen. Third edition. 259, (1)pp., 48 plates. Cloth.

Halle/Saale (Mitteldeutscher Verlag), 1973.

1792 MEISTER, GEORGE. Der Orientalisch-Indianische Kunst- und Lust-

Gärtner.

Herausgegeben von Friedemann Berger und Wilfried Bonsack. 225, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Dresden 1692.

Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer Verlag), n.d.

1793 MELBOURNE. NATIONAL GALLERY OF VICTORIA. Palm-leaf and Paper.

Illustrated manuscripts of India and Southeast

Asia. By John Guy. With an essay by O.P. Agrawal. May-July 1982. 96pp. 76 illus. (partly color). 4to. Wraps.

Melbourne, 1982.

1794 MELLEMA, R.L. Modern Javaansch proza.

Ten dienste van het onderwijs of middelbare scholen./ Serat gancaran warniwarni ing jaman sapunika: Kangge ing wulangan ing pamulangan tengahan. vii, (1), 272pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Groningen (J.B. Wolters), 1933.

1795 MENDELSON, E. MICHAEL. Sangha and State in Burma.

A study of monastic sectarianism and leadership. Edited by

John P. Ferguson. 400pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


1796 MENDIS, G.C. The Early History of Ceylon and Its Relations With India and Other Foreign Countries.

Foreword by

Wilhelm Geiger. (The Heritage and Life of Ceylon Series.) xiv, (2), 142pp., 20 plates, 10 maps. Cloth.

Calcutta (Y.M.C.A. Publishing House), 1935.

1797 MENON, NARAYANA & DOSHI, SARYU (EDITORS). The Performing Arts.



1798 MENSCHING, GUSTAV. Buddhistische Symbolik.

vii, (1), 52, (2)pp., 68 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Gotha (Leopold Klotz Verlag), 1929.

1799 MERTIN, JOACHIM. Das Dorfentwicklungsprogramm als Methode des W irtschaftsausbaus für das ländliche Indien.

(Forschungen zur Sozial- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte. 4.) ix, (1), 151pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Gustav Fischer Verlag), 1962.

1800 MESSING, MARCEL. Der Buddhismus im Westen: Von der Antike bis heute.

229, (3)pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München (Kösel-Verlag), 1997.

1801 METCALF, BARBARA DALY. Islamic Revival in British India: Deoband, 1860-1900.

xiv, 386, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.


1802 MEWARAM, PARMANAND. A New English-Sindhi Dictionary.

(Institute of Sindhology. Publication No. 58.) (2), 3, (3),

460, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Hyderabad 1933.

Jamshoro (Institute of Sindhology, University of Sind), n.d.

1803 MEY, WOLFGANG. Vielleicht sind diese Dinge die einzige Spur, die wir hinterlassen.

Die bedrohte Zukunft der

Bergvölker in Bangladesh. (Hintergründe & Materialien. 13.) 168pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Hamburg (Museumspädagogischer Dienst/ Galgenberg), 1991.

1804 MEYER, EVELINE. Ankalaparamecuvari.

A goddess of Tamilnadu, her myths and cult. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung,

Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 107.) xii, 339pp. 25 illus. 4to. Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



107

1805 MEYER, J.J. Trilogie altin discher Mächte und Feste der Vegetation.

Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Religions- und

Kulturgeschichte, Fest- und Volkskunde. 3 parts in 1 vol. (8), 238, (6), 267, (5), 339pp. Stout 4to. Wraps.

Zürich/Leipzig (Max Niehans Verlag), [1937].

1806 MEYER, JOHANN JAKOB. Das Weib im altindischen Epos.

Ein Beitrag zur indischen und zur vergleichenden

Kulturgeschichte. xviii, 440pp. Lrg. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

Leipzig (Verlag von Wilhelm Heims), 1915.

1807 MEYER, ROLAND. Cours de langue laotienne.

(4), 303pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Vientiane (Imprimerie du Gouvernement), 1924.

1808 MEYER-BENFEY, HEINRICH. Rabindranath Tagore.

(Die Literatur Sammlung Brandus. 39.) 92, (4)pp., 8 plates. Boards.

Berlin (Brandussche Verlagsbuchhandlung), n.d.

1809 MI MI KHAING. Burmese Family.

Illustrated by E.G.N. Kinch. 140pp. Illus. Wraps.

Bombay/Calcutta (Orient Longmans), 1956.

1810 MIALARET, JEAN-PIERRE. Hinduism in Singapore.

A guide to the Hindu temples of Singapore. 72pp., 1 folding map.

Illus. Sm. 8vo. Boards.

Singapore (Donald Moore for Asia Pacific Press), 1969.

1811 MICHAELS, AXEL. Der Cire-perdue-Guss in Nepal.

iii, 57, (6)ff., 28 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Hamburg (Hamburgisches Museum für Völkerkunde), 1985.

1812 MICHAELS, AXEL. Der Hinduismus.

Geschichte und Gegenwart. 458, (4)pp. 31 illus., 35 tables. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1813 MICHAELS, AXEL. The Making of a Statue: Lost-Wax Casting in Nepal.

(Nepal Research Centre Publications. 6.) 78pp.

29 plates. 4to. Wraps.


1814 MICHAELS, AXEL. Ritual und Gesellschaft in Indien.

Ein Essay. Mit Photos von Niels Gutschow. 142pp. Prof. illus. Sm.

4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Frankfurt (Neue Kritik), 1986.

1815 MICHELL, GEORGE. The Hindu Temple. An introduction to its meaning and forms. 192pp. 106 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Paul Elek), 1977.

1816 MICHELL, GEORGE (EDITOR). Temple Towns of Tamil Nadu.

Photographed by Bharath Ramamrutham. viii, 128pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.


1817 MICHELL, GEORGE & SHAH, SNEHAL (EDITORS). Ahmadabad.

Guest author: John Burton-Page. iv, 187pp. Prof. illus.

Folio. Cloth.


1818 MIKSIC, JOHN. Borobodur: Golden Tales of the Buddhas.

Photographs by Marcello Tranchini. 157pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.

London/Singapore (Bamboo Publishing/ Periplus Editions), 1990.

1819 MILDENBERGER, MICHAEL. Heil aus Asien?

Hinduistische und buddhistische Bewegungen im Westen. Mit einem

Vorwort von Kurt Hutten. 102, (2)pp. Wraps.

Stuttgart (Quell Verlag), 1974.

1820 MILIN. Xi tan ru men.

Chisong ji. (64)pp., printed on folding leaves. 25.5. cm. 4to. Orig. printed wraps. Partly interleaved.

Some staining.

Beijing (Fo xue shu ju), 1928.

1821 MILLER, DAVID C. & WERTZ, DOROTHY C. Hindu Monastic Life: The Monks and Monasteries of Bhubaneswar.

xv,

(5), 228pp. 25 plates, 4 figs. 4to. Wraps.

Montreal/London (McGill-

Queen’s University Press), 1976.

1822 MILLER, HARRY. Prince and Premier.

A biography of Tunku Abdul Rahman Putra Al-Haj, first Prime Minister of the

Federation of Malaya. With a foreword by Tunku Abdul Rahman. 224pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth.

London/Singapore (George G. Harrap & Co./ Donald Moore Limited), 1959.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



108

1823 MILLS, LAURENCE-KHANTIPALO. Buddhism Explained.

An introduction to the teachings of Lord Buddha with reference to the belief in and practice of those teachings and their realization. [By] Bhikku Khantipalo. Third revised edition. xvi,


Bangkok (Thai Watana Panich Press), 1970.

1824 MILNE, LESLIE, MRS. The Home of an Eastern Clan.

A study of the Palaungs of the Shan States. vi, (2), 428pp., 20 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1825 MÎNN LATT YÊKHÁUN. Modernization of Burmese.

(Dissertationes Orientales. 11.) 349pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Prague (Oriental Institute in Academia), 1966.

1826 MINOT, GEORGES. Dialecte thay blanc.

iii, 101 ff. With: Dictionnaire français-thay blanc. iii, 92 ff. And: Appendice.

Notation des consonnes et voyelles du ‘tai d’après le système Martini. (7)ff. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth, with printed cover:

“Vocabulaire français-thay blanc, et éléments de grammaire, Volume I, par Georges Minot, E.F.E.O., 1949.” Mimeograph.

Muong-Te [Viet-Nam], 1932/1933 - Hanoi (École Française d’Extrême-Orient), 1949.

1827 MIR HASAN ‘ALI, B., MRS. Observations on the Mussulmauns of India.

By Mrs. Meer Hassan Ali. Edited with notes and an introduction by W. Crooke. (Oxford in Asia Historical Reprints.) xxviii, 442pp. Frontis. Cloth.

Karachi (Oxford University Press), 1978.

1828 MISCHUNG, ROLAND. Religion und Wirklichkeitsvorstellung in einem Karen-Dorf Nordwest-Thailands.

(Studien zur

Kulturkunde. Veröffentlichungen des Frobenius-Instituts an der Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität, Frankfurt/Main. 69.)

Calcutta (Firma K.L. Mukhopadhyay), 1971. xii, (2), 362, (4)pp. 24 illus. hors texte. 4 maps, numerous text figs. 4to. Wraps.


1829 MISHRA, K.C. The Cult of Jagannatha.

xiv, (2), 251, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 61 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

1830 MISHRA, NARAYAN. Cultural Persistence and Change: A Rural Profile of Anjan.

xiv, 210, (2)pp., 7 plates. 2 maps. Sm.

4to. Cloth.


1831 MISRA, BINAYAK. Indian Culture and Cult of Jagannatha.

(Orissa Studies Project No. 26.) v, (3), 448pp. Frontis. 4to.

Cloth.


1832 MISRA, PROMODE KUMAR. The Nomadic Gadulia Lohar of Eastern Rajasthan.

(Anthropological Survey of India:

Memoir No. 41.) vii, (3), 218pp., 17 plates, 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India), 1977.

1833 MISRA, P.K., ET AL. Nomads in the Mysore City.

[By] P.K. Misra, C.R. Rajalakshmi, I. Verghese. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 22.) (2), 86, (2)pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1834 MISRA, RAJALAKSHMI. Mullukurumbas of Kappala.

(Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 30.) (6), 111, (1)pp.

Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Calcutta (Anthropological Survey of India, Government of India, Indian Museum), 1971.

1835 MITCHINER, JOHN E. Studies in the Indus Valley Inscriptions.

vi, (6), 86pp. Figs. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.), 1978.

1836 MITRA, ASHOK. Calcutta Diary.

xiii, (3), 206pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Frank Cass & Co.), 1977.

1837 MITRA, DEBALA. Bhubaneswar.

(2), 67pp., 20 plates. 5 figs. Wraps.

New Delhi (Director General of Archaeology in India), 1958.

1838 MITRA, DEBALA. Konarak.

(4), 113pp., 24 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

New Delhi (Archaeological Survey of India), 1968.

1839 MITRA, DEBALA. Udayagiri & Khandagiri.

(Archaeological Survey of India.) vi, 65pp., 19 plates (1 folding). Sm. 4to.

Wraps.

New Delhi (Director General, Archaeological Survey of India), 1960.

1840 MITRA, RAJENDRALALA. Buddha Gaya, the Great Buddhist Temple.

The hermitage of Sakya Muni. xiii, (3), 257, (1)pp.,

51 plates (1 folding). 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



109

Delhi (Indological Book House), 1972.

1841 MITTAL, JAGDISH. Andhra Paintings of the Ramayana.

69, (3)pp., 54 plates (10 tipped-in color). 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Hyderabad (Andhra Pradesh Lalit Kala Akademi), 1969.

1842 MITTER, PARTHA. Much Maligned Monsters.

History of European reactions to Indian art. With a new preface. xxiii, (1),

Hamburg (Holsten Verlag), 1971.



1843 MNACKO, LADISLAV. Hanoi-Report.

Vietnam leidet und siegt. 189, (3)pp., 16 plates with 21 illus. Wraps.

1844 MODE, HEINZ. Die buddhistische Plastik auf Ceylon.

(Der indische Kunstkreis in Gesamtschau und Einzeldarstellungen.)

145, (3)pp. 175 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (E.A. Seemann), 1963.

1845 MODE, HEINZ. Das frühe Indien.

2. Auflage. (Grosse Kulturen der Frühzeit.) 267, (7)pp., 96 plates. 52 figs., 3 maps. 4to.

Dresden/Moskau (VEB Verlag der Kunst Dresden/ Verlag Iskusstwo), 1979.

Cloth.

Stu ttgart (J.G. Cotta’sche Buchhandlung Nachfolger), 1963.

1846 MODE, HEINZ. Kunst in Süd- und Südostasien.

(Kleine Geschichte der Kunst.) 374pp. 239 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

1847 MODE, HEINZ & CHANDRA, SUBODH. Indische Volkskunst.


Leipzig (Müller & Kiepenheuer), 1984.

1848 [MODE, HEINZ (EDITOR).] Kalkutta.

(Weltstädte der Kunst.) 75, (3)pp., 168 plates. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Leipzig (Edition Leipzig), 1973.

1849

[MODE, HEINZ (EDITOR).] Sri Lanka: Aus Legende, Märchen, historischer Überlieferung und Bericht.

2500 Jahre

Reisen nach Ceylon. 318, (2)pp. 100 plates, numerous text figs. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Hanau/Main (Müller & Kiepenheuer Verlag), 1981.

1850

MODE, HEINZ & RAY, ARUN (EDITORS). Bengalische Märchen.

506pp. Cloth.

Frankfurt (Insel Verlag), [1969].

1851 MODI, JIVANJI JAMSHEDJI. The Religious Ceremonies and Customs of the Parsees.

xxv, (3), 484, lii, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps. Photocopy.

Bombay (British India Press), 1922.

1852 MÖCKEL, ALJONNA & MÖCKEL, KLAUS (EDITORS). Der Uhrmacher von Dien Bien Phu.

Vietnamesische Erzähler.

(Kleine Arbeiterbibliothek. 33.) 292, (2)pp. Wraps.

Berlin (Damnitz Verlag), 1977.


1853 MOERMAN, MICHAEL. Agricultural Change and Peasant Choice in a Thai Village.

vii, 227, (1)pp., 8 plates. Figs. 4to.

Cloth.

1854 MOFFAT, ABBOT LOW. Mongkut, the King of Siam.

xvii, (1), 254pp., 5 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1855 MOHAPATRA, GOPINATH. The Land of Visnu: A Study on Jagannatha Cult.

xv, (5), 508pp. 4to. Cloth.


1856 MOISY, CLAUDE. Birma.

214pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards.

Lausanne (Éditions Rencontre), 1964.

1857 MOLE, ROBERT L. The Montagnards of South Vietnam.

A study of nine tribes. (4), vii, (1), 277pp. 22 illus. Cloth.


1858 MOLE, ROBERT L. Thai Values and Behavior Patterns.

(6), 182pp., 8 plates. Cloth.


1859 MOLEN, S. VAN DER. Bahasa Indonesia.

An elementary textbook of the Indonesian language. Adapted for the use of

English speaking students by Harry P. Cemach. Second, revised edition. 119pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

The Hague/Bandung (V. van Hoeve), 1952.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



110

1860 MOLESWORTH, J.T. Molesworth’s Marathi-English Dictionary.

Corrected reprint. Preface: N.G. Kalelkar./

Molsvarthakrta Marathi-Ingraji sabdakosa.... 20, xxx, (2), 920pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards. Reprint of the Bombay 1857 edition.

Poona (Shubhada-Saraswat), 1982.

1861 MON` MON` TAN`, U”. Kun`” bhon` chak` maha ra ja van` to` kri”.

3 vols. xii, 564pp., 2 plates; xvi, 616pp., 2 plates; xvi,

758pp., 2 plates. 4to. Boards (covers of vol. III detached).

Ran`kun` (Lay` Ti Manduin` Pum Nhip` Tuik), 1967-1968.

1862 MON-KHMER STUDIES.

[A journal of Southeast-Asian languages]. Vols. 2 - 6, 9/10-11, 13/14. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Saigon, etc., 1966-1984/1985.

1863 MONIER-WILLIAMS, MONIER. A Dictionary English and Sanskrit.

(4), xii, 859pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1864 MONIER-WILLIAMS, MONIER. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary.

Etymologically and philologically arranged with special reference to cognate Indo-European languages. New edition, greatly enlarged and improved with the collaboration of E.

Leumann, C. Cappeller, and other scholars. xxxiv, (2), 1333pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.


1865

MONTEIL, VINCENT. Indonésie.

(Hommes et Civilisations.) 287pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

N.p. (Horizons de France), 1970.

1866 MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Folk Art of Bengal.

A study of an art for, and of, the people. With a foreword by William Rothenstein.

Revised edition. (4), 70, (2)pp., 42 plates. 4to. Cloth.


1867 MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Folk Toys of India.

30, (4)pp., 60 plates. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta/New Delhi (Oxford Book & Stationery Co.), 1956.

1868 MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Indian Primitive Art.

79pp. 56 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta/ New Delhi (Oxford Book & Stationery Co.), 1959.

1869 MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Kali.

The feminine force. 112pp. 104 illus. (18 color). 4to. Wraps.


1870 MOOKERJEE, AJIT. Rituelle Kunst Indiens.

176pp. 135 illus. (101 color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

München (Kösel-Verlag), 1987.

1871 MOOKERJEE, AJIT & KHANNA, MADHU. The Tantric Way. Art, science, ritual. 208pp. 148 illus. (18 color). 80 line drawings. 4to. Wraps.


1872 MOOKERJEE, PRIYA. Pathway Icons. The wayside art of India. 80pp. 76 color illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Wraps.


1873 MOOKERJI, BHUDEB. Rasa-jala-nidhi, or, Ocean of Indian Chemistry, Medicine & Alchemy.

Second edition. (Srigokul

Mudranalaya Ayurveda Series. 1.) 5 vols. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Srigokul Mudranalaya), 1984.

Bombay (Longmans, Green and Co), 1912.

1874 MOOKERJI, RADHAKUMUD. Indian Shipping.

A history of the sea-borne trade and maritime activity of the Indians from the earliest times. With an introductory note by Brajendranath Seal. xxvii, (1), 283pp. 23 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

1875 MOORE, ELIZABETH., ET AL. Ancient Capitals of Thailand.

[By] Elizabeth Moore, Philip Stott, Suriyavudh Sukhasvasti.

Photography by Michael Freeman. 365pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.


1876 MOORE, ELIZABETH H. Moated Sites in Early North East Thailand.

(BAR International Series. 400.) x, (2), 388pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Oxford (B.A.R.), 1988.

1877 MOORE, FRANK J. Peasants of Kathmandu Valley.

A descriptive and exploratory study of a society at the threshold of change. (HRAFlex Books, AK 1-001. Ethnography Series.) 2 vols. xxi, 371 ff. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers.


1878 MOORHEAD, F.J. A History of Malaya and Her Neighbours.

2 vols. x, 245pp., 3 folding charts; x, 237pp. Prof. illus. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



111

London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1957 - Kuala Lumpur (Longmans of Malaya), 1963.

1879 MORAB, S.G. The Killekyatha: Nomadic Folk Artists of Northern Mysore.

(Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No.

46.) (4), 91, (1)pp., 11 plates. Figs. 4to. Wraps.


1880 MORAES, DOM. Bombay.

(Die grossen Städte.) 200pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Amsterdam (Time-Life), 1979.

1881 MORAES, FRANK. Jawaharlal Nehru.


Wien/München (Verlag Kurt Desch), 1957.

1882 MOREV, L.N. Pathanukom Latsia-Lao singlap nakrian khanbialung.

/ Russkolaosskii uchebnyi slovar’ (dlia prodvinutogo etapa): 5000 slov. 560pp. 4to. Cloth.

Moskva (“Russkii Iazyk”), 1985.

1883 MOREV, L.N. Taiskorusskii slovar’.

Pod redaktsiei: S. Semsampana. S prilozheniem kratkogo grammaticheskogo ocherka taiskogo iazyka./ Phacananukram Thaiy-Raschia.... 985pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Moskva ( Izdatel’stvo “Sovetskaia Ensiklopediia”), 1964.

1884 MOREV, L.N., ET AL. The Lao Language.

[By] L.N. Morev, A.A. Moskalev, Iu.Ia. Plam. (Languages of Asia and Africa.)

128, (4)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


1885 MOREV, L.N., ET AL. Laosskorusskii slovar’: Okolo 25,000 slov.

/ Vatchananukom Lao-Latsia. [By] L.N. Morev, V.Kh.

Vasil’eva, Iu.Ia. Plam. 951pp. 4to. Cloth.


1886 MORGENROTH, WOLFGANG. Lehrbuch des Sanskrit.

Grammatik, Lektionen, Glossar. 365pp. 4to. Cloth.


1887 MORINIS, E. ALAN. Pilgrimage in the Hindu Tradition.

A case study of West Bengal. (Oxford University South Asian

Studies Series.) viii, (2), 346pp., 8 plates. 1 map, text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1888 MORRIS, JAN. Stones of Empire: The Buildings of the Raj.

Photographs and captions by Simon Winchester. (2), 234pp.


Oxford/New York (Oxford University Press), 1983.

1889 [MORRIS, JOHN CARNAC]. Telugu Selections Compiled From the Several Text Books in That Language....

Second edition. (6), 607pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Earlier edition published by the Christian Knowledge Society,

Madras, 1858. Edited by K. Ramanujacharyar. Includes a revised edition of “Teloogoo Selections ... [and] Glossary of

Revenue Terms,” compiled by John C. Morris (Madras, 1823); a revised edition of the “Vikramárka Tales,” compiled by R.

Gurumúrti Sástri (also published separately) and selections from the “Verses of Vémana,” with an English prose translation by C.P. Brown.

Madras (Higginbotham and Co.), 1881.

1890 MORRISON, W.S. Henzada District.

Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) v, (1), 259pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the map.


1891 MORTON, DAVID. The Traditional Music of Thailand.

xv, (1), 258pp. 117 illus., 38 charts. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1892 MOTTIN, JEAN. Allons faire le tour du ciel et de la terre.

Le chamanisme des Hmong vu dans les textes. ix, (1), 559pp.,

12 plates with 24 color illus. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.


1893 MOTTIN, JEAN. 55 chants d'amour Hmong Blanc./ 55 zaj kwv txhiaj hmoob clawb [i.e. dawb].

(6), 173pp. Text figs.

4to. Wraps. D.j.

Bangkok (Siam Society), 1980.

1894 MOTTIN, JEAN. Contes et légendes Hmong Blanc.

(4), 385, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

[Thailand] (Don Bosco Press), [1980].

1895 MOTTIN, JEAN. Elements de grammaire Hmong Blanc.

(8), 212pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



112

[Thailand] (Don Bosco Press), n.d.

1896 MOTTIN, JEAN. History of the Hmong.

(4), 62, (2)pp., 12 plates with 24 color illus. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (Odeon Store Ltd.), 1980.

1897 MOULTON, JAMES HOPE. The Treasure of the Magi: A Study of Modern Zoroastrianism.

(The Religious Quest of

India.) xiii, (3), 273pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth.


1898 MOUSSAY, GERARD. Dictionnaire cam-vietnamienfrançais.

/ Tu'diên Chàm-Viêt-Pháp. xli, (3), 498, (2), 95pp. 1 map, numerous text illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Phan Rang (Centre Culturel Cam, Trungtâm van-hóa Chàm), 1971.

1899 MOVIUS, HALLAM L., JR. The Lower Palaeolithic Cultures of Southern and Eastern Asia.

(Transactions of the

American Philosophical Society. N.S. Vol. 38, Part 4.) (92)pp. 43 figs., 4 maps. 4to. Wraps.


1900 MOZHEIKO, I.V. & UZIANOV, A.N. Istoriia Birmy.

Kratkii ocherk. 381, (1)pp. Cloth.


1901 MÜHLMANN, W.E. Mahatma Gandhi.

Der Mann, sein Werk und seine Wirkung. Eine Untersuchung zur Religionssoziologie und politischen Ethik. viii, 298pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Tübingen (Verlag J.C.B. Mohr [Paul Siebeck]), 1950.

1902 MÜLLER, REINHOLD F.G. Eigenwertungen in altindischer Medizin.

(Nova Acta Leopoldina. Abhandlungen der

Deutschen Akademie der Naturforscher Leopoldina. Neue Folge. Nummer 138, Band 20.) 132pp. 4to. Wraps.

Leipzig (Johann Ambrosius Barth Verlag), 1958.

1903

MÜLLER, REINHOLD F.G. Grundsätze altindischer Medizin.

(Acta Historica Scientiarum Naturalium et Medicinalium edidit Bibliotheca Universitatis Hauniensis. 8.) 163pp., 1 folding chart. 4to. Wraps.

Copenhagen (Ejnar Munksgaard), 1951.

1904 MÜNCHEN. BAYERISCHE STAATSBIBLIOTHEK. Botschaften an die Götter: Religiöse Handschriften der Yao.

Südchina, Vietnam, Laos, Thailand, Myanmar. Herausgegeben von Thomas O. Höllmann und Michael Friedrich. Mit

Beiträgen von Lucia Obi, Shing Müller, Xaver Götzfried. Nov.-Dec. 1999. (Ausstellungskataloge. 71./ Asiatische

Forschungen. 138.) 96pp. 59 color illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

München, 1999.

1905 MÜNCHEN. PUPPENTHEATERMUSEUM & MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Rukada:

Puppenspiel in Sri Lanka.

Das Ähälepola Nadagama - das Spiel vom Sturz des letzten Königs von Kandy 1816.

Herausgegeben von Rose Schubert. Feb.-June 1986. 143pp., 16 color plates. 87 illus. 4to. Wraps.

München, 1986.

1906 MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Buddhistische Kunst.

Herausgegeben von Andreas

Lommel. 159, (11)pp. 43 plates, text figs., 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

München, 1968.

1907 MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Buddhistische Kunst.

Herausgegeben von Andreas

Lommel. 2. Auflage. 159, (11)pp. 43 plates, text figs., 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

München, 1974.

1908 MÜNCHEN. STAATLICHES MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Zur Ausstellung Buddhistische Kunst.

(16)pp. 1 plate.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

München, n.d.

1909 MUIR, J. Original Sanskrit Texts On the Origin and History of the People of India, Their Religion and Institutions.

Collected, translated into English, and illustrated by remarks... (Trübner’s Oriental Series.) Vol. I: Mythical and Legendary

Accounts of the Origin in Caste, With an Enquiry Into Its Existence in the Vedic Age. Third edition. xx, 532pp. Vol. II: Inquiry

Whether the Hindus Are of Trans-Himalayan Origin, and Akin to the Western Branches of the Indo-European Race. Third edition. xxxii, 512pp. Vol. III: The Vedas: Opinions of Their Authors, And of Later Indian Writers, in Regard to Their Origin,

Inspiration, and Authority. xxvii, (1), 240pp. Vol. IV: Comparison of the Vedic With the Later Representations of the Principal

Indian Deities. Second edition, revised. xv, (3), 524pp. Vol. V: Contribution to a Knowledge of the Cosmogony, Mythology,

Religious Ideas, Life and Manners, of the Indians in the Vedic Age. Third edition. xiv, (2), 491pp. 4to. Orig. cloth. Mixed editions.

London (Williams and Norgate/ Trübner & Co.), 1861-1890.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



113

1910 MUKHERJEE, B., ET AL. The Chero of Palamau.

[By] B. Mukherjee, B.C. Roy Choudhury, Deepali Ghosh. 88, (8)pp., 8 plates. 12 figs. 4to. Wraps. D.j.


1911 MUKHERJEE, PRABHAT. History of the Jagannath Temple in the 19th Century.

xiii, (1), 449, (1)pp., 2 plates. 4to.

Cloth.

Calcutta (Firma KLM Private Limited), 1977.

1912 MUKHERJEE, RAMKRISHNA. The Rise and Fall of the East India Company.

A sociological appraisal. Second edition, revised and enlarged. xviii, 445pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften), 1958.

1913 MUKHERJI, RAMARANJAN. Literary Criticism in Ancient India.

(4), iii, (1), ii, 554, vi pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

Calcutta (Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar), 1966.

1914 MUKHOPADHYAY, SOMNATH. Candi in Art and Iconography. xvi, 150, (2)pp., 16 plates with 25 illus. 4to. Cloth.


1915 MUKTANANDA, SWAMI. Spiel des Bewusstseins.

Chitshakti Vilkas. Die geheime Kundalini-Praxis. 306, (2)pp., 8 plates

(1 color). Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Freiburg i.Br. (Aurum Verlag), 1975.

1916 MULDER, NIELS. Everyday Life in Thailand: An Interpretation.

xiv, 223pp. Wraps.

Bangkok (Duang Kamol), 1979.

1917 MULGAOKAR, B.D. The Handy English-Sanskrit Dictionary.

Second edition, revised and enlarged. With two appendices on foreign words and phrases and synonymous proper nouns. (4), 787pp. Buckram.

Bombay (Gopal Narayen & Co.), 1936.

Tokyo (Kokusho Kankokai), 1972.

1918 MURAYAMA, CHIJUN. Shakuten, Kiu, Antaku.

(Chosen no kyodo shinshi. Dai 2-bu./ Chosa shriyo. Dai 45-shu.) (560)pp.

Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Keijo (Chosen Sotokufu), Showa 13 [1938].

1919 MURPHY, VERONICA & CRILL, ROSEMARY. Tie-dyed Textiles of India: Tradition and Trade.

(Victoria and Albert

Museum: Indian Art Series.) 206pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Rizzoli), 1991.

1920 MURRAY, ALISON J. No Money, No Honey.

A study of street traders and prostitutes in Jakarta. xxi, (1), 159pp., 1 map. 16 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


1921 MURTI, T.R.V. The Central Philosophy of Buddhism: A Study of the Madhyamika System.

xiii, (3), 372, (2)pp. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.


1922 MUS, PAUL. L'Inde vue de l'Est: Cultes indiens et indigènes au Champa.

44pp. Frontis., 10 text illus. 4to. Wraps.


1923 MYLIUS, KLAUS. Chrestomathie der Sanskritliteratur.



1924 MYLIUS, KLAUS. Geschichte der altindischen Literatur.

Die 3000jährige Entwicklung der religiös-philosophischen, belletristischen und wissenschaftlichen Literatur Indiens von den Veden bis zur Etablierung des Islam. 448pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bern/München (Scherz), 1988.

1925 MYLIUS, KLAUS. Wörterbuch Deutsch-Sanskrit.

322pp. 4to. Cloth.


1926 MYLIUS, KLAUS. Wörterbuch Sanskrit-Deutsch.

583pp. 4to. Cloth.


1927 MYLIUS, NORBERT. Indonesien.

Ein kulturhistorischer Überblick. 46, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Loosely inserted: Indonesien in seiner Kunst. Text by Norbert Mylius. pp. 34-59. Lrg. 8vo. Self-wraps.

Wien (Verein “Freunde der Völkerkunde”), 1960.

1928 MYRDAL, JAN. Kunst und Imperialismus am Beispiel Angkor.

Ein Essay mit 120 Fotos von Gun Kessle. 180pp. 120 illus. Boards.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



114

München (Nymphenburger Verlagshandlung), 1973.

1929 NAGARJUNA. Die Mittlere Lehre (Madhyamika-sastra) des Nagarjuna.

Nach der tibeti schen Version übertragen von

Max Walleser. (Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 2. Teil.) viii, 188pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


1930 NAGARJUNA. Dpal-mgon Phags-pa Klu-s grub kyis mdzad pai ro lans gser gyur gyi chos sgrun ñer gcig pa rgyas par phye ba.

(4), 275pp. Wraps. Chineselanguage title in colophon: “Shi yu gu shi.”

Lha-sa (Bod ljons mi dmans dpe skrun khan), 1980.

1931 NAGARJUNA. Die Mittlere Lehre des Nagarjuna.

Nach der chinesischen Version übertragen von Max Walleser. (Die

New York (Samuel Weiser, Inc.), 1978. buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 3. Teil.) xiii, (3), 191pp. 4to. Wraps.


1932 (NAGARJUNA)

VENKATA RAMANAN, KRISHNIA. Nagarjuna’s Philosophy As Presented in the Mahaprajñaparamitra-sastra.

409pp. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Tokyo 1966.

1933 NAGASWAMY, R. Tantric Cult of South India.

xv, (1), 250, (2)pp. 102 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


1934 NAIK, T.B. The Bhils: A Study.

xiv, (2), 367, (1)pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Bharatiya Adimjati Sevak Sangh), [1956].

1935 NAKAMURA, ZUIRYU, ET AL. Bonji jiten.

Nakamura Zuiryu, Ishimura Kiei, Mitomo Ken’yo hencho. 15, (1), 443, (1), 49pp.

Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Tokyo (Yuzankaku), 1977.

1936 NAKANE, CHIE. Mikai no kao, bunmei no kao.

256pp. Illus. Wraps. D.j.

Tokyo (Chuo Koronsha), 1962.

1937 NA KHSHABI, SHAYKH DIYA’ AL-DIN. Tales of a Parrot.

By Ziya’ u’d-Din Nakhshabi. The Cleveland Museum of Art’s Tutinama. Translated and edited by Muhammed A. Simsar. xxiii, (3), 338, (2)pp., 48 color plates. 4to. Cloth.

Cleveland/Graz (The Cleveland Museum of Art/ Akademische Druck- und Verlagsanstalt), 1978.

1938 NAM THIEO MU’ANG BORAN.

/ In the Ancient City. Third edition. 193, (3)pp. 75 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Parallel texts in

Thai and English.

[Krung Thep] (Warasan Mu’ang Boran), 1979.

1939 NAMANUKROM PHIPHITTHAPHANTHASATHAN NAI PRATHET THAI.

/ Museum Directory in Thailand. 8, 286pp. Wraps.

[Krungthep?] (Krom Sinlapakon), 1974.

1940 ÑANA, LEDI CHA RA TO`. The Manuals of Buddhism (The Exposition of the Buddha-Dhamma).

By Mahathera Ledi

Sayadaw, Aggamahapandita. xi, (3), 280, (2)pp., 2 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Rangoon (Union Buddha Sasana Council), 1965.

1941 NANAVUTTY, PILOO. The Parsis.

viii, (4), 195pp., 13 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

New Delhi (National Book Trust), 1977.

1942 NANDA, B.R. The Nehrus, Motilal and Jawaharlal.



1943 NANDI, RAMENDRA NATH. Religious Institutions and Cults in the Deccan (c. A.D. 600-A.D. 1000).

xviii, 203, (3)pp., 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1944 NANDIYA MATHER`, A RHAN`. Maha Satipatthana Vipassana-Insight Meditation.

Promulagated by the Most Venerable

Taungpulu-tawya Kaba-Aye Sayadaw; translated by U Chit Tin (Kaba-Aye); edited by U Sao Htun Hmat Win. 48pp. 12mo.

Wraps.

Rangoon (Department of Religious Affairs), 1979.

1945 NANJI, AZIM. The Nizari Isma‘ili Tradition in the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent.

(Monographs in Islamic Religion and

Theology.) xii, 216pp. 1 map. 4to. Boards.

Delmar, New York (Caravan Books), 1978.

1946 NANTHANA DANWIWAT. The Thai Writing System.

[Von] Nantana Danvivathana. (Forum Phoneticum. 39.) xx, 345,

(3)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



115


1947 NARADA THERA & BHIKKU KASSAPA. The Mirror of the Dhamma.

Fifth edition. (Vajirarama Publication Series.) (2),

44pp. 12mo. Wraps.

Colombo (The Lanka Bauddha Mandalaya), [1956].

1948 NARAVANE, VISVANATHA DINAKARA. Bharatiya kahavata samgraha (Proverbs of India).

3 vols. (106), 720pp.; (10),

Mysore (Indian Thought Publications), 1967.

792pp.; (6), 788pp;. 4to. Cloth.

Pune (Triveni Samgama-Bhasa Vibhaga), 1978-1983.

1949 NARAYAN, R.K. A Vendor of Sweets.

192pp. Wraps.

1950 NASH, MANNING. The Golden Road to Modernity.

Village life in contemporary Burma. viii, (2), 333pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.

New York (John Wiley & Sons), 1965.

1951 NATARAJAN, B. The City of the Cosmic Dance: Chidambaram.

(Southern Art Series. 2.) 164pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.

New Delhi (Orient Longman), 1974.

1952 NATH, AMAN & WACZIARG, FRANCIS. Arts and Crafts of Rajasthan.

228pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.


1953 (NATH, MADHU NATISAR) GOLD, ANN GRODZINS (EDITOR). A Carnival of Parting.

The tales of King Bharthari and


King Gopi Chand as sung and told by Madhu Natisar Nath of Ghatiyali, Rajasthan. Translated with an introduction and afterword by Ann Grodzins Gold. xx, (2), 368pp. 9 illus. 4to. Wraps.

1954 NATH, Y.V.S. Bhils of Ratanmal.

An analysis of social structure of a Western Indian community. Foreword by Christoph von Fürer-Haimendorf. (The M.S. University Sociological Monograph Series. 1.) x, (4), 229, (1)pp., 14 plates. 13 figs. & maps. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Baroda (The Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda), 1960.

1955 NAUDOU, JEAN. Buddha.

(Die grossen Religionsstifter.) 287pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Köln (Edition Bernd von Nottbeck), n.d.

1956 NAUTIYAL, K.C. Brass and Copper Artwares of Delhi.

Under the guidance of Ruth Reeves and Baldev Raj. (Census of

India 1961. Vol. XIX, Part VII [1].) 206pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Delhi (Superintendent of Census Operations), [1966].

1957 NAWAB, SARABHAI MANILAL. The Life of Lord Shri Mahavira As Represented in the Kalpasutra Paintings.

168 paintings with their significance and description in Gujarati and English./ Srikalpasutranam varnana ane citranusara Prabhu

Srimahavira. 168 soneri, ruperi rangina ane ekarangi citro ane tenam vivecana sahita. (Shree Jain kala-sahitya samshodhan

Series. 18.) 96pp., 68 plates with 168 illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Ahmedabad (The Author), 1978.

1958 NEOG, DIMBESWAR. Introduction to Assam.

226pp. Cloth.

Bombay (Vora & Co.), 1947.

1959 NEPALI, GOPAL SINGH. The Newars.

An ethno-sociological study of a Himalayan community. xi, (1), 476pp., 12 plates with 24 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (United Asia Publications), 1965.

1960 NEUMAN, DANIEL M. The Life of Music in North India.

The organization of an artistic tradition. 296pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Chicago/London (University of Chicago Press), 1990.

1961 NEUMANN, J.H. Karo-Bataks - Nederlands woordenboek.

/ Kamus Bahasa Karo-Batak - Belanda. (Lembaga

Kebudaj aan Indonesia. “Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen.”) 343pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Medan (Varekamp & Co.), 1951.

1962 NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN. Die Lieder der Mönche und Nonnen Gotamo Buddhos.

Aus den Theragatha und Therigatha zum erstenmal übersetzt. viii, 392pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.


1963 NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos aus der Längeren Sammlung Dighanikayo des PaliKanons übersetzt.

3 vols. xix, (1), 478, (2)pp.; xxi, (1), 871, (5)pp.; xi, (1), 452, (4)pp. Boards.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



116

München (R. Piper & Co.), 1927-1928.

1964 NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos aus der Mittleren Sammlung

Majjhimanikayo des Pali-

Kanons zum ersten Mal übersetzt.

Zweite Auflage. 3 vols. xxxiii, (1), 670, (2)pp.; xii, (2), 742,

(4)pp.; x, (1), 635, (3)pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


1965 NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Die Reden Gotamo Buddhos, aus der Sammlung der Bruchstuecke,

Suttanipato, des Pali-Kanons uebersetzt.

Second edition. xxi, (1), 599, (3)pp. Cloth.


1966 NEUMANN, KARL EUGEN (TRANSLATOR). Der Wahrheitspfad, Dhammapadam: Ein buddhistisches Denkmal.

Aus dem Pali übersetzt. Second edition. xi, (3), 156, (2)pp. Boards.


1967 NEVEN, ARMAND. Peintures des Indes: Mythologies et légendes.

136pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Studio du Passage 44, Bruxelles, Sept. 1976.

Bruxelles (Crédit Communal de Belgique), 1976.

1968 NEW DELHI. LALIT KALA AKADEMI. Miniature Painting.

A catalogue of the exhibition of the Sri Motichand Khajanchi

Collection. [By] Karl Khandalavala, Moti Chandra, Pramod Chandra. 68pp., 8 tipped-in color plates. 117 illus. hors texte. 4to.

Boards. D.j.

New Delhi, 1960.

1969 NEW DELHI. NATIONAL MUSEUM. National Museum: An Introduction.

18, (2)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi, 1960.

1970 NEW YORK. ASIA SOCIETY. Southeast Asian Ceramics. Ninth through seventeenth centuries. [By] Dean F. Frasché. Fall

1976. 144pp. 109 plates (partly color). Sq. 4to. Cloth.

New York, 1976.

1971 NEW YORK. THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART. India.

Art and culture, 1300-1900. [By] Stuart Cary Welch. Sept.

1985-Jan. 1986. 478pp. 383 illus. (193 color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

New York, 1985.

1972 NEWMAN, THELMA R. Contemporary Southeast Asian Arts and Crafts. ix, (3), 306pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

New York (Crown), 1977.

1973 NGEN, YOS. Gesp rächsbuch Deutsch-Khmer.

563pp. Cloth.


1974 NGHIÊM, THÊ GI, ET AL. Tù’ diên Pháp Viêt.

[By] Nghiêm Thê Gi, Pham Duy Yên, Bùi Thi Tuyêt Nhung./ [Français

Vietnamien Dictionnaire]. 1181pp. Stout 8vo. Wraps.

Ðà Nang (Nhà xuât ban Ðà Nang), 2000.

1975 NGÔ, SI LIÊN. Ðai Viet su’ ký toàn thu’.

Cao Huy Giu phiên dich; Ðào Duy Anh hieu dính, chú giai và khao chu’ng. Vols. 1

- 2. 353, (3)pp.; 341, (1)pp. Wraps.

Hà Noi (Khoa hoc xã hoi), 1967.

1976 NGUYEN, DU

. Kim Vân Kiêu.

(Collection Unesco d’Oeuvres Représentatives: Connaissance de l’Orient.) 190, (2)pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Paris (Gallimard), 1961.

1977 NGUYEN, DU. Kim-

Vân-Kieu.

Traduction en français par Nguyen-Van-Vinh. Avec hors-texte et culs de lampe de Manh-

Quynh. 2 vols. iii, (1), 778pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Hanoi (Éditions Alexandre de Rhodes), 1942-1943.

1978 NGUYEN, DU. Das Mädchen Kiêu.

Übertragen von Irene und Franz Faber. 294, (2)pp. Tall 8vo. Cloth.

Berlin (Rütten & Loening), 1964.

1979 NGUYEN, ÐÌNH HOÀ. Read Vietnamese.

A graded course in written Vietnamese. Book One (all published). (6), 189pp.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Saigon (Vietnamese-American Association), 1963.

1980

NGUYEN, ÐÌNH HOÀ. Speak Vietnamese.

Revised edition. 307, (1), lxxiv pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



117

1981 NGUYEN, ÐÌNH HOÀ. Vietnamese-English Dictionary.

xiv, 568pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


1982 NGUYEN, JOSEPH HUY LAI. La tradition religieuse, spirituelle et sociale au Vietnam.

Sa confrontation avec le christianisme. (Beauchesne Religions. 11.) 525, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Beauchesne), 1981.

1983 NGUYEN, KHAC KHAM. Introduction to Vietnamese Culture.

(Vietnam Culture Series. 1.) 32pp. Illus. Wraps.

N.p. (Department of National Education, Republic of Vietnam), 1961.

1984 NGUYEN, KHAC VIEN (EDITOR). Ethnographical Data.

Vol. I [all published?] (Vietnamese Studies. 32.) 196pp., 1 folding map, 4 plates, 5 figs. Wraps.

Hanoi, 1972.

1985

NGUYEN, KHAC VIEN (EDITOR). Régions montagneuses et minorités nationales.

(Études Vietnamiennes. 15.) 242,

(6)pp. Illus. Wraps.

Hanoi, 1967.

1986

NGUYEN, KHAC VIEN, ET AL. Anthologie de la littérature vietnamienne.

Introduction et notes de Nguyen Khac Vien,

Nguyen Van Hoah, Huu Ngoc. Avec la collaboration de Françoise Corrèze. Vols. 1-2. I: Des origines au XVIIe siècle. 335pp.

Illus. II: XVIIIe siècle. Première moitié du XIXe siècle. 381, (3)pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Hano i (Éditions en Langues Étrangères), 1972 - Paris (L’Harmattan), 2000.

1987 NGUYEN, LU’O’NG BÍCH. Nguyen Trãi: Dánh giac c u’u nu’o’c.

xiv, 677, (7)pp., 1 plate. Wraps. D.j.

Hà Noi (Nhà xuat ban Quân doi nhân dân), 1973.

1988 [NGUYÊN, LUYÊN, ET AL.] Bildwörterbuch Deutsch und Vietnamesisch....

/ Tù di'ên bang tranh Ðúc và Viet.... 2 vols.

464pp.; 200 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth & wraps.


1989 NGUYEN, QUANG XY & VU, VAN KÍNH. Tú-diên chu Nôm.

xiii, (3), 863pp. 4to. Boards.

[Saigon] (Bô giáo-duc, Trung-tâm hoc-liêu xuat-ban), 1971.

1990

NGUYEN, THANH HUNG. Einführung in die vietnamesische Sprache.

(Frankfurter Ostasien-Studien. 1.) 199pp. Lrg.

8vo. Wraps.

Frankfurt (Verlag Haag + Herchen), 1979.

1991 NGUYEN, TRIEU DAN. A Vietnamese Family Chronicle.

Twelve generations on the banks of the Hat River. ix, (1), 390pp.

Frontis., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Jefferson, North Carolina/London (McFarland & Company), 1991.

1992 NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Le culte des immortels en Annam.

Bois tirés du Hói Chân Biên. Préface de G. Coèdes. (2),

204pp., 7 plates (partly folding). Numerous text illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


1993 NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Les fêtes de Phu-Dông.

Une bataille c éleste dans la tradition annamite. (Cahiers de la Société de

Géographie de Hanoi. 34.) 22pp., 4 plates with 7 illus. 3 text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Hanoi (Société de Géographie de Hanoi), 1938.

1994

NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Introduction à l’étude de l’habitation sur pilotis dans l’Asie du Sud-Est.

(Austro-Asiatica:

Documents et Travaux. 4.) 222pp., 16 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 87 figs. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner), 1934.

1995

NGUYÊN, VAN HUYÊN. Recueil des chants de mariage Thô de Lang-So’n et Ca’o-Bàng (précédé d’une introduction

à l’étude du chû-nôm-thô).

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 5.) xxviii, (2), 181, (97)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


1996 NGUYEN, VAN MENH. Aufbaukurs Vietnamesisch.

Unter Mitarbeit von Winfried Boscher. 253pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (Verlag Enzyklopädie), 1990.

1997 NGUYEN-TIENHUU. Dörfliche Kulte im traditionellen Vietnam.

viii, 271pp. Figs. Wraps.

München (Verlag UNI-Druck), 1970.

1998 NIEHOFF, ARTHUR. Factory Workers in India.

(Milwaukee Public Museum: Publications in Anthropology. 5.) 115pp. 11 illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



118

Milwaukee (Milwaukee Public Museum), 1959.

1999 NIEHOFF, ARTHUR & NIEHOFF, JUANITA. East Indians in the West Indies.

(Milwaukee Public Museum: Publications in

Anthropology. 6.) 192pp. 45 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Milwaukee (Milwaukee Public Museum), 1960.

2000 NIELSEN, AAGE KRARUP. De gyldne pagoders land.

135pp., 38 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Copenhagen (Gyldendal), 1958.

2001 NIELSEN, AAGE KRARUP. Landet med de lykkelige smil.

En karavanefærd gennem Burma. 176pp., 40 plates. 1 map.

4to. Wraps.

Copenhagen (Gyldendalske Boghandel, Nordisk Forlag), 1942.

2002 NIEMEIJER, ALBERT CHRISTIAAN. The Khilafat Movement in India, 1919-1924.

Dissertation...Universiteit van

Amsterdam. vii, (1), 263, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.

The Hague (N.V. De Nederlandsche Boek- en Steendrukkerij V/H H.L. Smits), [1972].

2003 NIGGEMEYER, HERMANN. Kuttia Kond.

Dschungel-Bauern in Orissa. (Ergebnisse der Frobenius-Expedition nach Indien

1955/56.) 257, (1)pp., 32 plates, 1 folding chart, 1 folding map. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. English-language summary.

Haar bei München (Klaus Renner Verlag), 1964.

2004 NIKULIN, N.I. V’etnamskaia literatura.

Kratkii ocherk. (Literatura Vostoka.) 343, (1)pp. Wraps.


2005 NILAKANTA SASTRI, K.A. The Colas.

(Madras University Historical Series. 9.) xv, (1), 812pp., xxxvii plates with over 100 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (The University of Madras), 1975.

2006 NISBET, JOHN. Burma Under British Rule - And Before.

2 vols. viii, (2), 459, (1)pp., 1 plate, 1 plan, 1 lrg. folding map; viii, 452pp., 1 plate, 2 folding maps. Sm. 4to. Orig. cloth.

Westminster (Archibald Constable & Co.), 1901.

2007 NIZAMI, KHALIQ AHMAD. The Life and Times of Shaikh Faridu’d-din Ganj-i-Shakar.

With a foreword by Hamilton

Gibb. x, (2), 144pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Aligarh 1955 edition.

Lahore (Universal Books), 1976.

2008 NJAMMASCH, MARLENE. Untersuchung zur Genesis des Feudalismus in Indien.

(Schriften zur Geschichte und Kultur des Alten Orients. 17.) 166, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.


2009 NO NA PAKNAM. Photchananukrom sinlapa: Kaekhai prapprung.

(4), 392pp., 6 plates. Numerous text illus. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.

Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Krung Sayam Kanphim), 1979.

2010 NO NA PAKNAM. Sinlapa bon bai sema.

/ The Buddhist Boundary Markers of Thailand. 280pp. 241 illus., text figs. 4to.

Wraps.

Krungthep (Mu’ang Boran), 1981.

2011 NOBLE, MARGARET E. The Web of Indian Life.

By the Sister Nivedita (Magaret E. Noble) of Ramakrishna-Vivekananda.

With an introduction by Rabidranath Tagore. New edition. viii, 276pp. New cloth.

Bombay (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1918.

2012 NOORDUYN, J. A Critical Survey of Studies on the Languages of Sulawesi.


Volkenkunde. Bibliographical Series. 18.) x, 245pp., 4 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Leiden (KITLV Press), 1991.

2013 NOOYPALM, HETTY. The Sa’dan-Toraka.

A study of their social life and religion. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk

Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 87 & 118.) 2 vols. I: Organization, Symbols and Beliefs. xii, 338, (2)pp., 16 plates, 1 folding chart. 2 maps. II: Rituals of the East and West. x, 380pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1979 - Dordrecht (Foris Publications), 1986.

2014 NORODOM SIHANOUK, PRINCE. Indochina von Peking aus gesehen.

Gespräche mit Jean Lacouture in Peking. Mit einem Vorwort von Klaus Mehnert. 168, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart (Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt), 1972.

2015 NORTHEY, W. BROOK. The Land of the Gurkhas, or, The Himalayan Kingdom of Nepal.

With a chapter by C.G. Bruce. x, 248pp., 1 lrg. folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



119

Cambridge (W. Heffer & Sons), n.d.

2016 NOSS, RICHARD B. Thai Reference Grammar.

iv, 253, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.


2017 NOTI, SEVERIN. Land und Volk des Königlichen Astronomen Dschaisingh II, Maharadscha von Dschaipur.

vii, (1),

Rangoon (Vipassana Association), 1964.

104pp., 8 heliogravure plates, 2 folding maps. 28 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Dietrich Reimer [Ernst Vohsen]), 1911.

2018 NOTTINGHAM, ELIZABETH K. Buddhist Meditation in Burma.

16, (2)pp. Sm. 8vo. Wraps.

2019 NOTTON, CAMILLE (TRANSLATOR). Annales du Siam.


I: Chroniques de Suvanna Khamdëng. Suvanna K’ôm Kham. Sinhanavati. xxv, (9), 216, (4)pp., 10 plates.

II: Chronique de La:p’un. Histoire de la dynastie Chamt’evi. (14), 68pp., 7 plates.

III: Chronique de Xieng Mãi. xii, (4), 287pp., 10 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Imprimeries Charles-Lavauzelle et Cie.), 1926-Paris (Paul Geuthner), 1932.

2020 NOU, JEAN-LOUIS. Inde: Hommes, rites et dieux.

Texte de Indira Gandhi. 258pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Lausanne (Edita - Vilo), 1978.

2021 NOU, JEANLOUIS, ET AL. Ajanta: Frühbuddhistische Höhlentempel.

Fotografien: JeanLouis Nou. Einführung: André

Bareau. Texte: Amina Okada. 219, (5)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

München (Metamorphosis Verlag), 1993.

2022 [NOVIKOV, N.N., ET AL.] Birmanskorusskii slovar’: Okolo 29,000 slov.

/ Myanma-yusha abidan. [By] N.N. Novikov, L.A.

Davydov, K.P. Shan’gin, B.Ia. Nadtochenko. 783pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2023 NOVIKOV, N.N. & KOLOBKOV, V.P. Russkobirmanskii slovar’: Okolo 23,000 slov.

/ Yusha-myanma abidan. 880pp.

Sm. stout 4to. Cloth.


2024

NOVIKOVA, V.A. Khrestomatiia po bengal’skoi proze XIX veka.

189, (3)pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2025 NOWOTNY, FAUSTA. Eine durch Miniaturen erläuterte Doctrina mystica aus Srinagar.

(Indo-Iranian Monographs. 3.)

65, (1)pp., 3 plates (1 lrg. folding). 4to. Cloth.


2026 NÜRNBERG. BAYERISCHES GEWERBEMUSEUM. Altindische Metall-Gefaesse aus der Sammlung des Bayerischen

Gewerbemuseums.

iv, 68pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Islamic metallwork from Kashmir and

Turkestan. Introduct ion signed “Stockbauer.” Very rare; no copy listed in OCLC.

Nürnberg (Verlagsanstalt des Bayerischen Gewerbemuseums [C. Schrag]), 1889.

2027 NUIN` THVAN`” VE. Mvan` Mran` ma abhidhan`: Anga lip` Mran` ma nhut` thvat` sam pa.

Kyam`” pru su Nuin` Thvan`”

Ve; Bhaddanta Kosalla nhan`’ Lu Phe Van`” tui’ ka krap` mat` taññ`” phrat` pran` chan` pa saññ`. Vol. 1 (all published). 54,

(2), 890pp., 2 plates. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Title on spine and backcover: “The Mon-Burmese Dictionary.”

Ran` kun` (The Author), 1977.

2028 NUSIT CHINDARSI. The Religion of the Hmong Njua.

(12), 197pp., 15 plates 4to. Wraps.


2029 NUTZ, WALTER. Eine Kulturanalyse von Kei.

Beiträge zur vergleichenden Völkerkunde Ostindonesiens. (Ethnologica.

Beiheft 2.) 166pp. Wraps.

Düsseldof (Michael Triltsch Verlag), 1959.

2030 NYANATILOKA, BHIKKU [PSEUD. ANTON GUETH]. Buddhistisches Wörterbuch.

Kurzgefasstes Handbuch der buddhistischen Lehren und Begriffe in alphabetischer Anordnung. 277, (3)pp., 2 tables. Boards.

Konstanz (Verlag Christiani), [1952?].

2031 NYANATILOKA, BHIKKU [PSEUD. ANTON GUETH]. Die Reden des Buddha aus dem “Angútarra-nikaya.” Aus dem

Pali zum ersten Male übersetzt und erläutert. 2. Auflage. 11 parts in 5 vols. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), 1922-1923.

2032 NYANATILOKA, BHIKKU [PSUED. ANTON GUETH] (TRANSLATOR). Die Fragen des Milindo.

Ein historischer Roman enthaltend Zwiegespräche zwischen einem Griechenkönige und einem buddhistischen Mönche über die wichtigsten Punkte

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



120 der buddhistischen Lehre. Aus dem Pali zum erstenmale vollständig ins Deutsche übersetzt. 2 vols. xvi, (6), 340pp.; viii,

268pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

München-Neubiberg (Oskar Schloss Verlag), [1919]-1924.

2033 OBEYESEKERE, GANANATH. The Cult of the Goddess Pattini.

xvii, (1), 629pp., 26 plates. 18 figs. 4to. Cloth.


2034 OBEYESEKERE, GANANATH. Medusa’s Hair.

An essay on personal symbols and religious experience. xiii, (1), 217pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2035 O’CONNOR, STANLEY J., JR. Hindu Gods of Peninsular Siam.

(Artibus Asiae. Supplementum XXVIII.) 76pp., 34 illus.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Ascona (Artibus Asiae), 1972.

2036 O’CONNOR, V.C. SCOTT. Mandalay and Other Cities of the Past in Burma.

xx, 435, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.



2037

ÖSTÖR, AKOS. The Play of the Gods.

Locality, ideology, structure, and time in the festivals of a Bengali town. x, 241pp.

12 figs. 4to. Cloth.


2038 O’FLAHERTY, WENDY DONIGER. Asceticism and Eroticism in the Mythology of Siva.

xii, (2), 386pp., 1 folding chart.

16 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


2039 OKADA, AMINA. Imperial Mughal Painters.

Indian miniatures from the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. 239, (1)pp.

264 illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Paris (Flammarion), [1992].

2040 OKELL, JOHN. A Reference Grammar of Colloquial Burmese.

(School of Oriental and African Studies.) 2 vols. xviii,



2041 OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Buddha.

Sein Leben, seine Lehre, seine Gemeinde. Herausgegeben von Helmuth von

Glasenapp. xii, 535pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Cotta Verlag), 1959.

2042

OLDENBERG, HERMANN. The Dîpavamsa: An Ancient Buddhist Historical Record.

227pp. Sm. 4to. Leatherette.



2043 OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Die Lehre der Upanishaden und die Anfänge des Buddhismus.

viii, 366pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2044 OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Das Mahabaratha.

Seine Entstehung, sein Inhalt, seine Form. (2), 178, (2)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.


2045 OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Die Religion des Veda.

x, 608pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Stuttgart/Berlin 1917 edition.


2046 OLDENBERG, HERMANN. Die Weltanschauung der Brahmana-Texte.

(Vorwissenschaftliche Wissenschaft.) vi, 249,

(1)pp. 4to. Boards.


2047 OLDENBERG, HERMANN (EDITOR). The Vinaya Pitakam: One of the Principal Buddhist Holy Scriptures in the Pâli

Language.

(Pali Text Society.) 5 vols. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1879-1883 edition.

London (Luzac & Company), 1969-London (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1977/1984.

2048 OLIVELLE, PATRICK. The Asrama System.

The history and hermeneutics of a religious institution. xiii, (1), 274pp. 4to.

Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



121

2049 OLIVER, VICTOR L. Caodai Spiritism.

A study of religion in Vietnamese society. With a preface by Pierre Rondot. (Studies in the History of Religions. [Supplements to Numen]. 34.) x, (2), 145pp. 4to. Cloth.


2050 OLNEY, DOUGLAS P. A Bibliography of the Hmong (Miao) of Southeast Asia and the Hmong Refugees in the United

States.

Second edition. (Southeast Asia Refugee Studies. Occasional Papers. 1.) (2), 75 ff. Lrg. 4to. Loose sheets, as issued.

Minneapolis (Southeast Asian Refugee Studies Project, Center for Urban and Regional Affairs, University of Minnesota),

1983.

2051 OLSCHAK, BLANCHE CHRISTINE. Sikkim.

Himalajastaat zwischen Gletschern und Dschungeln. 219, (5)pp. Prof. illus.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Schweizer Verlagshaus AG), 1965.

2052 OLVEDI, ULLI. Buddhismus, Religion der Zukunft?


München (Wilhelm Heyne Verlag), 1973.

2053 ON` SO`, U”. Historical Sites in Burma.

[By] Aung Thaw. (2), i, (1), 157pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Rangoon (The Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), 1972.

2054 ON` SO`, U”. Report on the Excavations at Beikhtano.

By Aung Thaw. viii, 152pp., 65 plates. 85 figs. 4to. Wraps.

Rangoon (Revolutionary Government of the Union of Burma, Ministry of Union Culture), 1968.

2055 ONE THOUSAND HEARTS AND OTHER MODERN BURMESE SHORT STORIES.

(4), 166pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

Rangoon (U Htin Gyi/ Sarpay Beikman), 1973.

2056 ONVLEE, L., ET AL. Kamberaas (Oost-Soembaas)-Nederlands woordenboek met Nederlands-Kamberaas register.

[Door] L. Onvlee in samenwerking met Oe.H. Kapita en met medewerking van P.J. Luijendijk. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-,

Land- en Volkenkunde.) xxii, (2), 628pp. 4to. Cloth.

Dordrecht (Foris Publications Holland), 1984.

2057 OPHUIJSEN, CH. A. VAN. Bataksche teksten (Mandailingsch dialekt).

Erste reeks [all published]. vii, (1), 264pp. 4to.

New boards, 3/4 cloth.

Leiden (S.C. van Doesburgh), 1914.

2058 OPPITZ, MICHAEL. Onkels Tochter, keine sonst.

Heiratsbündnis und Denkweise in einer Lokalkultur des Himalaya.

Tuschzeichnungen von Robert Powell. 516pp. 87 illus., 45 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Frankfurt (Suhrkamp), 1991.

2059 OPPITZ, MICHAEL. Schamanen im Blinden Land.

Ein Bilderbuch aus dem Himalaya. 285pp. 120 plates, text illus. Lrg.

4to. Wraps. D.j.

Frankfurt (Syndikat), 1981.

Detroit (Wayne State University Press), 1965.

2060 ORANS, MARTIN. The Santal.

A tribe in search of a great tradition. xiv, 154, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

2061 ORGAN, TROY WILSON. Hinduism: Its Historical Development.

iv, (2), 425pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Woodbury, New York (Barron’s Educational Series), 1974.

2062 ORR, W.G. A Sixteenth-Century Indian Mystic.

[Dadu and his followers]. With a foreword by Nicol Macnicol. 238pp. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

London/Redhill (Lutterworth Press), 1947.

2063 ORTNER, SHERRY B. High Religion.

A cultural and political history of Sherpa Buddhism. (Princeton Studies in

Culture/Power/History.) xxi, (5), 245pp. 2 illus., 3 maps. 4to. Wraps.


2064 ORTNER, SHERRY B. Sherpas Through Their Ritual.

(Cambridge Studies in Cultural Systems. 2.) xii, 195pp. Illus. 4to.

Cloth.


2065 OSBORNE, MILTON. Sihanouk.

Prince of light, prince of darkness. xi, (1), 283pp., 16 plates. 4to. Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



122

2066 OSLO. UNIVERSITETET. ETNOGRAFISKE MUSEUM. Buddhismen: Kunst og ritualer.

(14)pp., 4 plates. Text figs.

Wraps.

Oslo, 1964.

2067 OTTO, RUDOLF. Die Urgestalt der Bhagavad-gita.

(Sammlung gemeinverständlicher Vorträge und Schriften aus dem

Gebiet der Theologie und Religionsgeschichte. 176.) 46, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Tübingen (Verlag von J.C.B. Mohr [Paul Siebeck]), 1934.

2068 OZHEGOVA, N.I. & OZHEGOV, S.S. Kunst in Burma.

2000 Jahre Architektur, Malerei und Plastik im Zeichen des

Buddhismus and Animismus. 337pp. 154 illus., text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (E.A. Seemann Verlag), 1988.

2069 PADMANABHA, P. Indian Census and Anthropological Investigations.

(Xth International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences.) (6), 184pp. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (Registrar General and Census Commissioner), 1978.

2070 PADMANABHA, P. Special Study: Report on Bhuta Cult in South Kanara District.

(Census of India, 1971: Mysore.

Series 14.) xiii, (1), 239pp., 83 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

[Delhi (Manager, Government of India Press), 1977].

2071 PAGE, A.J. Pegu District.

Volume A. (Burma Gazetteer.) (2), iii, (1), 131, (1), vii, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. Lacking the map.


2072 PAI, C.C.A. Konkni huminyo./ Konkani huminyo./ Konknni huminnyom. Konkany Riddles.

An anthropologcal analysis of the Konkany riddles of Mangalore catholics. (4), 340pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bangalore (Satabdi Prakasan), 1981.

2073 PAI, D.A. Religious Sects of the Hindus.

vi, 104pp., 5 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. First published 1928.


2074 PAL, M.K. Tribal Wood-Carving in India.

(Census of India 1971. Series I: India. Paper 1 of 1973.) xi, (1), 22, (2)pp., 27 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General-India, Ministry of Home Affairs), [1974].

2075 PAL, PRATAPADITYA. Bronzes of Kashmir.

255pp. 120 plates. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.

Graz (Akademische Druck-u. Verlagsanstalt), 1975.

2076 PAL, PRATAPADITYA. The Divine Presence.

Asian sculptures from the collection of Mr. and Mrs. Harry Lenart. 58pp. 41 illus. 4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art, Aug.-Oct. 1978.

Los Angeles, 1978.

2077 PAL, PRATAPADITYA. Krishna: The Cowherd King.

With a technical report by Ben B. Johnson. (Los Angeles County

Museum of Art. Monograph Series. 1.) 61pp. 32 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Los Angeles (Los Angeles County Museum of Art), 1972.

2078 PAL, PRATAPADITYA. Vaisnava Iconology in Nepal.

A study in art and religion. (12), 186, xxxiii, (1) pp., 110 plates. 4to.

Cloth.

Calcutta (The Asiatic Society), n.d.

2079 PAL, PRATAPADITYA (EDITOR). Changing Visions, Lasting Images: Calcutta Through 300 Years.

xvi, 172pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.


2080 PALANIYAPPAN, KI. The Great Temple of Madurai.

English version of the book “Koilmanagar.” 141, (1)pp., 34 plates (2 color). Wraps. D.j.

Madurai (Sri Meenakshisundareswarar Temple Renovation Committee), 1970.

2081 PALLEGOIX, D.J.B. Sappha phachana phasa Thai: Dictionarium linguae Thai sive Siamensis interpretatione Latina,

Gallica et Anglica.

894pp. Folio. Cloth, 3/4 calf.

Parisiis (Jussu Imperatoris Impressum in Typographeo Imperatorio), 1854.

2082 PANDEY, RAJBALI. Indian Palaeography.

Part I (all published). Second edition. xii, 249, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Motilal Banarasi Das), 1957.

2083 PANDEY, SHYAM MANOHAR. The Hindi Oral Epic Canaini: The Tale of Lorik and Canda.

(Istituto Universitario

Orientale, Napoli.) 82, 627pp., 1 plate. Stout 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



123

Allahabad (Sahitya Bhawan Private Limited), 1982.

2084 PANI, JIWAN. Living Dolls: Story of Indian Puppets.

58pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth.


2085 PANI, JIWAN. World of Other Faces: Indian Masks.

vii, (3), 53, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth.


2086 PANIKKAR, KAVALAM MADHAVA. Geschichte Indiens.


Düsseldorf (Progress-Verlag Johann Fladung), 1957.

2087 PANINI. Ashtadhyayi of Panini.

Edited & translated into English by Srisa Chandra Vasu. 2 vols. (4), 2, 1681, (1), 106pp.

Stout 4to. Cloth.


2088 PANINI. The Astadhyayi of Panini.

With translation and explanatory notes by S.D. Joshi and J.A.F. Roodbergen. Vols. I -

III. 4to. Buckram. D.j.

New Delhi (Sahitya Akademi), 1991-1994.

2089

PAÑÑA DIPA, U. The Buddha’s Way to Happiness.

A handbook of buddhist meditation presenting the essence of the

Buddhadhamma for attainment of ultimate peaceful happiness. (6), 87pp. 12mo. Wraps.

Rangoon (U Thaung Lwin/ Zwe Press), 1963.

2090 PANNIER, FRANÇOIS & MANGIN, STEPHANE. Masques de l’Himalaya du primitif au classique.

143, (3)pp. Prof. illus.

4to. Wraps. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at Studio 6, Feb.-April 1989.

[Bayonne] (Éditions Raymond Chabaud), [1989].

2091 PANT, G.N. Horse & Elephant Armour.

xxix, 279, (1)pp., 12 color plates. 123 illus. hors texte. 231 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2092 PANT, G.N. Indian Archery.

Foreword: W.F. Paterson. xxii, (2), 416pp., 110 plates. 398 figs. 4to. Cloth.


2093 PANT, G.N. Indian Arms and Armour.

3 vols. I: Pre- and Protohistoric Weapons and Archery. Foreword by M.N.

Deshpande. xxiv, 184pp., 88 plates. 246 figs. II: Swords and Daggers. Foreword by N.R. Banerjee. xxiv, 255, (1)pp., 246

New Delhi (S. Attar Singh, Army Educational Stores), 1978-1983. plates. 621 figs. III: Human Armour and Shield. Foreword by Kapila Vatsyayan. xiv, 204pp., 122 plates (7 color). 453 figs.

Folio. Buckram. Vol. III inscribed by the author.

2094 PANT, G.N. Indian Shield.

Foreword: R.N. Mehta. (8), 219pp. 73 plates (5 color), 112 figs. Lrg. 4to. Leatherette.

New Delhi (Army Educational Stores), 1982.

2095 PANTHARI, RAGHAVENDRA PRASADA. Pracina Bharata mem samajika parivartana, 700 I. se 1000 I. taka.

328pp.

Sm. 4to. Orig. boards.

Nayi Dilli (Vani Prakasana), 1987.

2096 PAPIN, PHILIPPE. Histoire de Hanoi.

(Histoire des Grandes Villes du Monde.) 404pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.


2097

PARAMESVARA. Haricarita by Parames’vara Bhatta (of Payyur).

Edited by V. Krishnamacharya. (The Adyar Library

Series. 63.) liv, 86, (2), 6pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Adyar, Madras (The Adyar Library), 1948.

2098 PARAMESWARAN PILLAI, MEKKOLLA N. Assissi Malayalam-English Dictionary.

xv, (1), 1056, ii pp. Lrg. stout 8vo.

Buckram.

Changanacherry (Assissi Printing and Publishing House), 1978.

2099 PARANAVITANA, S. The Shrine of Upulvan at Devundara.

(Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of Ceylon. 6.) iv, (4),

89, (3)pp., 24 plates. 1 text fig. Folio. Cloth.

Colombo (The Ceylon Government, Archaeological Department), 1953.

2100 PAREEK, R.N. Tribal Culture in Flux: The Jatapus of Eastern Ghats.

xi, (3), 288pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2101 PAREKUNNEL, A. (EDITOR). Russkomalaialam slovar’.

/ Rasyan-malayalam nighantu. 809, (3)pp. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



124

2102 PARGITER, F. EDEN (TRANSLATOR). The Markandeya Purana.

Translated with notes. (Bibliotheca Indica: A Collection of Oriental Works, Published by The Asiatic Society of Bengal. N.S. 700, 706, 810, 872, 890, 947, 1058, 1076, 1104.) xxxv,

(1), 730pp. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1904 edition.

Varanasi/Delhi (Indological Book House), 1981.

2103 PARIS. MUSÉE DE L’HOMME. Le bétel.

I [all published]: Inde et Asie du Sud-Est. Par Solange Thierry. (Catalogue du

Musée de l’Homme. Série K: Asie. I./ Supplément au tome IX, 3, d’Objets et Mondes, Revue du Musée de l’Homme.) 304pp.

342 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris, 1969.

2104 PARIS. MUSÉE DE L’HOMME. Népal, hommes et dieux.

Dec. 1969-March 1970. 40pp. 53 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris, 1969.

2105

PARIS. MUSÉE NATIONAL DES ARTS ASIATIQUES GUIMET. Art ésoterique de l’Himâlaya.

Catalogue de la donation

Lionel Fournier. Par Gilles Béguin. Oct. 1990-Jan. 1991. 198, (6)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris, 1990.

2106 PARIS. MUSÉE GUIMET. Guide-catalogue du Musée Guimet: Les collections bouddhiques (exposé historique et iconographique).

Inde centrale et Gandhâra, Turkestan, Chine septentrionale, Tibet. 175, (3)pp., 24 plates. Sm. 4to.

Wraps.

Paris/Bruxelles (G. van Oest & Cie.), 1923.

2107 PARIS, PIERRE. Esquisse d’une ethnographie navale des peuples annamites.

Deuxième édition. (Publicaties van het

Museum voor Land- en Volkenkunde en het Maritiem Museum "Prins Hendrik.” 3.) 86pp., 2 folding maps, 1 folding chart.

234 illus. hors texte. Frontis. 4to. Wraps.

Amsterdam (Museum voor Land- en Volkenkunde en het Maritiem Museum "Prins Hendrik” ), 1955.

2108 PARKER, H. Village Folk Tales of Ceylon.

Vols. I & III. iii, (1), 371pp.; iv, 445pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Originally published

London 1910-1914.

Dehiwala (Tisara Prakasakayo), 1971.

2109 PARKIN, ROBERT. The Munda of Central India.

An account of their social organization. xv, (1), 310pp. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth.


2110 PARMANAND MEWARAM. Sindhi-Inglish dikshanari.

Second edition. (Institiyut af Sindhalajia je isha’ati silsile jo kitabu.

37.) 664, xxvi pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1910.

Jamu Shoro/Haidarabad (Institiyut af Sindhalaji, Sindhu Yunivarsit/ Milana ja handha, Adabiyati), 1976.

2111 PARPOLA, ASKO. Deciphering the Indus Script.

xxii, 374pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2112 PARRY, N.E. The Lakhers.

With an introduction and supplementary notes by J.H. Hutton. xx, 640pp., 1 folding map, 1 folding chart. 29 illus. hors texte. Text illus. Sm. stout 4to. Leatherette. Reprint of the London 1932 edition.

Calcutta/Aizawl, Mizoram (Firma KLM/ Tribal Research Institute), 1976.

2113 PARRY, N.E. Lushai Custom.

A monograph on Lushai customs and ceremonies. (4), iv, 130pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Shillong 1928 edition.

Calcutta/ Aizawl, Mizoram (Firma KLM Private Limited/ Tribal Research Institute), 1976.

2114 PASADENA. PASADENA ART MUSEUM. Indian and South-East Asian Stone Sculptures from the Avery Brundage

Collection. [By] René-Yvon Lefebvre d’Argencé and Terese Tse. Fall 1969. 116pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Pasadena, 1969.

2115

PATAÑJALI. Patañjali’s Vyakarana-mahabhasya: Anabhihitahnika (P. 2.3.1--2.3.17).

Introduction, text, translation and notes by S.D. Joshi and J.A.F. Roodbergen. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class C. No. 11.)

(4), 3, (1), lii, (4), 45, (1), 141, (1), 4pp. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. D.j.

Poona (University of Poona), 1976.

2116 PATAÑJALI. Patañjali’s Vyakarana-mahabhasya: Samarthahnika (P. 2.1.1).

Edited with translation and explanatory notes by S.D. Joshi. (Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit. Class C. No. 3.) xix, (1), 32, 223, (1)pp. 4to.

Cloth. D.j.

Poona (University of Poona), 1968.

2117 PATHAK, G. (EDITOR). Indian Alphabets Abroad.

3 vols. I: South India, Ceylon. II: South India, Vietnam, Burma, Malaya,

Jawa, Borneo. III: North India, E. Turkistan, Tibet, Nepal. Sm. 4to. Plastic covers.

New Delhi (All India Educational Supply Co.), 1980-1986?.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



125

2118 PATHAK, R.C. Bhargava’s Standard Illustrated Dictionary of the Hindi Language.

Hindi-English edition. Revised and enlarged. (2), 1280pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Bhargava Book Depot), 1968.

2119 PATHAK, RAJENDRA (TRANSLATOR). Die Logik der Narren und andere Volksgeschichten aus dem Kumaon-

Himalaya.

xx, 138, (4)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Wiesbaden (B. Heymann), 1978.

2120

PATKÓ, IMRE & RÉV, MIKLÓS. Die Kunst Vietnams.

53, (3)pp., 180 plates. 18 text illus. Sm. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (E.A. Seemann Verlag), 1967.

2121 PATNAIK, N. Cultural Tradition in Puri.

Structure and organization of a pilgrim centre. (2), 97pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Simla (Indian Institute of Advanced Study), 1977.

2122

PAULUS, J., ET AL. (EDITORS). Encyclopædie van Nederlandsch-Indië.

Tweede druk. 8 vols. [=4 vols. + 4 vols.

Supplement]. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Vol. 1 edited by J. Paulus; v. 2, by S. de Graaff and D.G. Stibbe; v. 3-4 by D.G. Stibbe; v. 5 by

D.G. Stibbe and C. Spat; v. 6 by D.G. Stibbe and J. Stroomberg; v. 7-8 by D.G. Stibbe and F.J.W.H. Sandbergen.

The Hague/Leiden (Martinus Nijhoff/ E.J. Brill), 1917-1939.

2123 PAVIE, AUGUSTE. Eine friedliche Eroberung.

Indochina 1888. 448pp., 11 plates. Cloth.

Wien (Buchgemeinschaft), n.d.

2124 PAYNE, ERNEST A. The Saktas.

An introductory and comparative study. (The Religious Life of India./ Oriental Religions.

Collection of Basic Works and Classics. 8.) (8), 153, (3)pp. Illus. Cloth. Reprint of the Calcutta 1933 edition.

New York/London (Garland Publishing), 1979.

2125 PAYNE, ROBERT. The Life and Death of Mahatma Gandhi.

703pp., 32 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.), 1969.

2126 PE, HLA. Burma.

Literature, historiography, scholarship, language, life, and Buddhism. (6), 214pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Singapore (Institute of Southeast Asian Studies), 1985.

2127 PE MAUNG TIN, U. & LUCE, G.H. (TRANSLATORS). The Glass Palace Chronicle of the Kings of Burma.

(Burma

Research Society. Text Publication Fund.) xxiii, (1), 227pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Rangoon (Rangoon University Press), 1960.

2128 PEACOCK, JAMES L. Indonesia: An Anthropological Perspective.

(Goodyear Regional Anthropological Series.) (6),

168pp. 4to. Cloth.

Pacific Palisades (Goodyear Publishing Company), 1973.

2129 PEISSEL, MICHEL. Mustang, the Forbidden Kingdom.

Exploring a lost Himalayan land. 318pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


2130 PEISSEL, MICHEL. Zanskar.

Ein Königreich auf dem Dach der Welt. 297, (3)pp., 24 plates. Boards.

Düsseldorf/Wien (Econ Verlag), 1981.

2131 PELLIOT, PAUL. Mémoires sur les coutumes du Cambodge de Tcheo Ta-kouan.

Version nouvelle suivie d’un commentaire inachevé. (Oeuvres Posthumes de Paul Pelliot. 3.) 178, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), 1951.

2132 PELRAS, CHRISTIAN. The Bugis.

(The Peoples of South-East Asia and the Pacific.) xiii, (3), 386pp. 61 plates, 4 maps, 3 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Oxford (Blackwell), 1996.

2133 PELTIER, ANATOLE-

ROGER. Introduction à la connaissance des hlvn ba1 Luang pho de Thaïlande.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 115.) 214pp., 3 plates with 6 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2134 PELTIER, ANATOLE-ROGER. Un texte classique Lao: Le Syvsvat.

(Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient.

Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 10.) xx, 191pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2135 PENTH, HANS. Khamcharu’k thi than Phraphuttharup nai Nakhon Chiang Mai.

2, 236pp., 97 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok] (Khana Kammakan Chatphim ‘Ekkasan thang Prawattisat, Samnak Nayok Ratthamontri), 1976.

2136 PERCHERON, MAURICE. Buddha in Selbstzeugnissen und Bilddokumenten.

(Rowohlts Monographien) 172, (4)pp.

Illus. 12mo. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



126

Reinbek bei Hamburg (Rowohlt), 1958.

2137 PERTOLD, OT. The Ceremonial Dances of the Sinhalese.

An inquiry into the Sinhalese folk-religion. (Reprinted from

“Archiv Orientální,” vol. 2#1, 2, 3.) 4 parts in 3 vols. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Praha (Orientální Ustav), 1930.

2138 PERTOLD, OTAKAR. Príspevky ke studiu lidových nábozenství ceylonských. Cást první [all published]: Simhalské amulety, talismany a rikadla./ Inquiries Into the Popular Religions of Ceylon. Part first: Singhalese Amulets, Talismans and

Spells. (Facultas Philosophica Universitatis Carolinae Pragensis. Sbírka Pojednání a Rozpra. 6.) 80, (2)pp. 27 illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Praha (Nákladem Filosofické Fakulty University Karlovy/ Fr. Rivnáce), 1925.

2139 PETERSON, INDIRA VISWANATHAN. Poems to Siva.

The hymns of the Tamil saints. (Princeton Library of Asian

Translations.) xvi, 382pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


2140 PFANNER, DAVID EUGENE. Rice and Religion in a Burmese Village.

viii, (2), 439 ff. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ph.D. thesis,

Cornell University, 1962, in microfilm photocopy.

Ann Arbor (University Microfilms International), 1980.

2141 PFEFFER, GEORG. Pariagruppen des Pandschab.

Inaugural-Dissertation...Albert-LudwigsUniversität, Freiburg i.Br. (4),

211, (15)pp. 16 illus., 8 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Freiburg i.Br., 1970.

2142 PHAM, CÔNG TAC, HÔ-PHÁP. Phap-Chanh-Truyen, la constitution religieuse du Caodaïsme.

Lois constitutionnelles religieuses expliquées et commentées par sa sainteté Ho-Phap, chef du “Hiep-Thien-Dai.”.... (La Caodaisme, 3e Amnistie de Dieu en Orient.) 191, (7)pp., 33 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Paris (Éditions Dervy), 1953.

2143 PHAM DUY. Musics of Vietnam.

Edited by Dale R. Whiteside. xviii, (2), 161pp., 1 folding chart. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Carbondale/London (Southern Illinois University Press/ Feffer & Simons), 1975.

2144 PHAM, HUY THÔNG (GENERAL EDITOR). Dong Son Drums in Viet Nam.


[Hanoi?] (The Viet Nam Social Science Publishing House), 1990.

2145 PHAN KÊ BÍNH. Viêt-nam phong-tuc (Moeurs et coutumes du Vietnam).

Présentation et traduction annotée par Nicole

LouisHénard. (École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 11.) 2 vols. xli, (1),

431pp. 2 frontis.; 408, (4)pp., 2 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Adrien Maisonneuve), 1975-1980.

2146 PHILADELPHIA. PHILADELPHIA MUSEUM OF ART. Manifestations of Shiva. March-June 1981. [By] Stella Kramrisch.

245, (1)pp. 191 plates (partly color). 4to. Wraps.

Philadelphia, 1981.

2147 PHILADELPHIA. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA. THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUM. Ban Chiang: Discovery of a Lost

Bronze Age.

By Joyce C. White. With contributions from Pisit Charoenwongsa. 96pp. 238 illus. (partly in color). Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.

Philadelphia, 1982.


2148 PHILLIPS, HERBERT P. Thai Peasant Personality.

The patterning of interpersonal behavior in the village of Bang Chan. xii, (2), 231pp. 4to. Cloth.

2149 PHISIT CHAROENWONG. Ban Chiang.

/ Ban Chieng. (10), 144, 31pp. 17 plates, 1 folding map. Wraps.

Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Phitkhanet), 1973.

2150 PHISIT CHAROENWONG & SUBHADRADIS DISKUL, M.C. Thaïlande.

(Archaeologia Mundi.) 269, (3)pp. 261 illus. (93 color). Sm. 4to. Leatherette.

Genève (Les Éditions Nagel), 1976.

2151 PHITTHAYALAPPHRU’TTHIYAKON, PRINCE, GRANDSON OF MONGKUT, KING OF SIAM & DHANIT YUPHO. The

Khon.

By Dhaninivat Kromamün Bidyalabh Bridhyakorn and Dhanit Yupho. Fourth edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 6.) 19, (1)pp.,

12 plates (4 color). Text figs. Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



127

2152 PHITTHAYALAPPHRU’TTHIYAKON, PRINCE, GRANDSON OF MONGKUT, KING OF SIAM. Shadow Play: The Nang.

By Prince Dhaninivat Kromamün Bidyalabh Bridhyakorn. Fourth edition. (Thai Culture. N.S. 3.) 16pp., 16 plates (2 color).

Wraps.


2153 PHRA THEPWISUTTHIMETHI. Siamesische Illustrationen der Buddhalehre.

Erläuterungen zu einem traditionellen buddhistischen Manuskript aus Siam von dem ehrwürdigen Buddhadasa Bhikkhu. (4), 107pp. 47 color plates. Lrg. 8vo.

Cloth.


2154 PHRAMAHAKASAT NAI PHRABOROMRATCHAKKRIWONG KAP PRACHACHON.

/ The Chakri Monarchs and the Thai

People: A Special Relationship. 286pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

[Bangkok] (Khana Ànukammakan Pramuan Èkkasan nai Khana Kammakan Chat Ngan Somphot Krung Rattanakosin 200

Pi mop hai Samnak Ratchalekhathikan chatphim), 1982.

2155 PHUTTHALOETLA NAPHALAI, KING OF SIAM. Nang Loi: The Floating Maiden.

A recitation from an episode of the

Ramakien (a Thai version of the Indian epic Ramayana). [By] Rama II, King of Thailand, 1809-1824. English translation and vocabulary: Pensak Chagsuchinda. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 18.) 68pp. Illus. Sm. 4to.

Wraps.

Lund (Studentlitteratur), 1973.

2156 [PHUTTHAYOTFA CHULALOK, KING OF SIAM]. Ramayana.

Masterpiece of Thai literature retold from the original version

Paris/Gartmore, Stirlingshire (Unesco/ Kiscadale), 1992-2000. written by King Rama I of Siam [by M.L. Manich Jumsai].... Third edition. 98pp., 8 color plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (Chalermnit Bookshop), 1977.

2157 PICHARD, PIERRE. Inventory of Monuments at Pagan.

/ Inventaire des monuments, Pagan./ Pugam rhe” hon`” a chok a um mya” a kron`” a ra cac` tam`”. Vols. 1 - 7. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

2158 PICHARD, PIERRE. The Pentagonal Monuments of Pagan.

(4), 157pp. 117 illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram.


2159 PIEPER, JAN. Die anglo-indisc he Station oder die Kolonialisierung des Götterberges.

Hindustadtkultur und

Kolonialstadtwesen im 19. Jahrhundert als Konfrontation östlicher und westlicher Geisteswelten. (Veröffentlichungen des

Seminars für Orientalische Kunstgeschichte an der Universität Bonn. Reihe B: Antiquitates Orientales. 1.) 263, (1)pp. 6 maps, 43 plans, 67 illus., 48 figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Bonn (Rudolf Habelt Verlag), 1977.

2160 PIGEAUD, TH. Javaans-Nederlands handwoordenboek.

xii, 624pp. Cloth.

Groningen/Batavia (J.B. Wol ters’ Uitgeversmaatschappij), n.d.

2161 PIGEAUD, THEODOR G.TH. Literature of Java.

Catalogue raisonné of Javanese manuscripts in the library of the

University of Leiden and other public collections in the Netherlands. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde,

Leiden.) Vols. I-II. I: Synopsis of Javanese Literature, 900-1900 A.D. xix, (1), 325pp. II: Descriptive Lists of Javanese

Manuscripts. xv, (1), 972pp. 4to. Cloth.

The Hague (Martinus Nyhoff [sic]), 1967-1968.

2162 PIGEAUD, THEODOR G.TH. Java in the 14th Century.

A study in cultural history. The Nagara-Kertagama by Rakawi

Prapañca of Majapahit, 1365 A.D. Third edition, revised and enlarged by some contemporaneous texts, with notes, translations, commentaries and a glossary. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 4.) 5 vols. I: Javanese Texts in Transcription. xvi, 125pp. II: Notes on the Texts and the Translations. xvi, 153pp. III: Translations. xiii, (3), 177pp. IV: Commentaries and Recapitulation. x, (2), 552pp. V: Glossary, General Index. viii, 451pp. 2 folding plates,

2 folding plans, 2 folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff), 1960-1963.

2163 PIGGOTT, STUART. Some Ancient Cities of India.

iv, (2), 102pp., 8 plates. 14 plans and maps. Cloth.


2164 PIKE, J.G. & WILKINS, GORDON S. A Comprehensive English-Oriya Dictionary.

2 vols. in 1. (2), 684, ii pp. 4to.

Buckram. Reprint of the Cuttack 1916 edition.

New Delhi/Madras (Asian Educational Services), 1988.

2165 PINDBORG, J.J. Strejftog i tidlig Indisk boghistorie.

34, (2)pp. 17 plates. 4to. Wraps. One of 49 numbered copies, signed by the author.

Copenhagen (Privately Printed), 1967.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



128

2166 PINGREE, DAVID. Census of the Exact Sciences in Sanskrit.

Series A, Volume I. (Memoirs of the American

Philosophical Society. 81.) vii, (1), 60pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2167 PINK, PETER WILHELM. Ga thutkaca nagih janji = Gathutkaca fordert die Einlösung eines Versprechens: Lakon des javanischen Wayang Purwa, aufgeführt von Raden Soetrisno.

(Veröffentlichungen des Seminars für Indonesische und

Südseesprachen der Universität Hamburg. 12.) vi, 516pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Verlag von Dietrich Reimer), 1977.

2168 PINK-WILPERT, CLARA B. Bali.

Eine Einführung. (Wegweiser zur Völkerkunde. 20.) 105pp. 55 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2169 PINK-WILPERT, CLARA B. Das indonesische Schattentheater.

(Holle Kunstbibliothek.) 107, (1)pp. 36 color plates, 23 figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2170 PIPER, JACQUELINE M. Bamboo and Rattan.

Traditional uses and beliefs. (Images of Asia.) xi, (1), 88pp. 30 plates.

Boards.


2171 PIRIYA KRAIROEK. Khokhithen kieokap bæp sinlapa nai Prathet Thai.

Khatlu’ak chak Phiphitthaphanthasathan hæng

Chat, Sakha Suan Phumiphak./ Art Styles in Thailand. A selection from national provincial museums, and an essay in conceptualization. 236, (2), x pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok] (Krom Sinlapakon, Krasuang Su’ksathikan), 1977.

2172 PIRIYA KRAIROEK. The Sacred Image: Sculptures from Thailand.

/ Das heilige Bildnis: Skulpturen aus Thailand. Text:

Piriya Krairiksh. Photographs: Brian Brake. 247pp. 71 plates, text figs. 4to. Boards. Exhibition organized by the Museum for

East-Asian Art of the City of Cologne in collaboration with the Department of Fine Arts and the National Museum, Bangkok,

1979-1980.

Köln (Museum für Ostasiatische Kunst), 1979.

2173 PLAESCHKE, HERBERT. Buddhistische Kunst.

Das Erbe Indiens. 193, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 74 plates, text figs. Sm. sq.

4to. Boards.

Wien/Graz (Ve rlag Hermann Böhlaus Nachf.), 1972.

2174 PLAESCHKE, HERBERT & PLAESCHKE, INGEBORG. Hinduistische Kunst: Das indische Mittelalter.

177, (3)pp. 72 plates. Sq. 4to. Boards.

Wien/Köln (Verlag Hermann Böhlaus Nachf.), 1978.

2175 PLAESCHKE, HERBERT & P

LAESCHKE, INGEBORG. Indische Felsentempel und Höhlenklöster: Ajanta und Elura.

235, (1)pp., 1 folding map. 146 illus. (26 color), 61 figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Wien/Köln (Hermann Böhlaus Nachf.), 1983.

2176 PLATTS, JOHN T. A Dictionary of Urdu, Classical Hindi, and English.

viii, 1259pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Originally published

1884.


2177 PLAYFAIR, A. The Garos.

With an introduction by J. Bampfylde Fuller and a new introduction by Parimal Chandra Kar.

[Bangkok (Assumption Press, Charles Barbier), 1969]. xxxiii, 172pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1909.

Gauhati/Calcutta (United Publishers), 1975.

2178 PLION, RAYMOND. Fêtes et cérémonies de Thaïlande.

194, (4)pp., 40 plates. Cloth.

2179 POCHHAMMER, WILHELM. VON. Indiens Weg zur Nation.

Die politische Geschichte eines Subkontinents. 919pp. Lrg. stout 8vo. Cloth.

Bremen (Schünemann Universitätsverlag), 1973.

2180 PODIPARA, PLACID J. Die Thomas-Christen.

(Das östlichen Christentum. Abhandlungen, im Auftrag des Ostkirchlichen

Instituts der deutschen Augustiner. N.S. 18.) 201pp., 4 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.

Würzburg (Augustinus-Verlag), 1966.

2181 PONDER, H.W. Javanese Panorama.

More impressions of the 1930s. 263, (1)pp. Illus. Wraps. Originally published London

1942.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



129

2182 POPE, G.U. Munivar arulicceyta Nalatiyar.

The Naladiyar, Or, Four Hundred Quatrains in Tamil. With introduction, translation, and notes critical, philological and explanatory to which is added a concordance and lexicon with authorities from the oldest Tamil writers. (50), 440, 8pp. 4to. Cloth. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author to Heinrich Lüders.


2183 PORÉE, GUY & MASPERO, ÉVELINE. Moeurs et coutumes des Khmèrs.

Origines. Histoire. Religions. Croyances. Rites.

Évolution. Préface de Georges Coedès. (Collection de Documents et de Témoignages pour Servir à l’Histoire de Nôtre

Temps.) 270, (2)pp. 48 illus. hors texte. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Payot), 1938.

2184 [PORÉE-MASPERO, ÉVELINE, ET AL.] La vie du paysan khmer.

102, (2)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

PhnomPenh (Éditions de l’Institut Bouddhique/ Commission des Moeurs et Coutumes du Cambodge), 1969.

2185

[PORÉE-MASPERO, ÉVELINE, ET AL.] Bidhi knun gruasar Khmaer.

/ Cérémonies privées des cambodgiens. 81, (7)pp.

Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

PhnomPenh (Éditions de l’Institut Bouddhique/ Commission des Moeurs et Coutumes du Cambodge), 1958.

2186 [PORÉE-MASPERO, ÉVELINE, ET AL.] Cérémonies des douze mois: Fêtes annuelles cambodgiennes.

84, (2)pp., 1 folding chart. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

[Phnom-Penh] (Commission des Moeurs et Coutumes du Cambodge), n.d.

2187 PORÍZKA, VINCENC. Hindstina Hindi Language Course.

Cást I [all published]. 534, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Praha (Státní Pedagogické Nakladatelství), 1963.

2188 POSSEHL, GREGORY L. (EDITOR). Harappan Civilization: A Contemporary Perspective.

ix, (7), 440pp. Most prof. illus.

Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

Warminster (Aris & Phillips/ American Institute of Indian Studies), 1982.

2189 POSTEL, M., ET AL. Antiquities of Himachal. [By] M. Postel, A. Neven, K. Mankodi. (Project for Indian Cultural Studies.

Vol. I. ) vii, (1), 327, (1)pp. 441 illus. (some color). Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Franco-Indian Pharmaceutical Private Ltd.), 1985.

2190 POTTER, JACK M. Thai Peasant Social Structure.

x, (2), 249pp., 10 plates. Figs. 4to. Cloth.


2191 POTTER, SULAMITH HEINS. Family Life in a Northern Thai Village.

A study in the structural significance of women. xv,

(1), 137pp. 26 illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2192 POWELL, ANTHONY. Living Buddhism.

Photographs by Graham Harrison; foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lama.


London (British Museum Publications), 1989.

2193 PRAHA. NÁPRSTEK MUSEUM. Indické lidové obrázky z Purí.

23, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in

Czech and English.

Praha, 1967.

2194 PRAKAI NONTAWASEE. Changes in Northern Thailand and the Shan States, 1886-1940.

(Southeast Asian Studies

Program. Comparative Research Award. Report No. 1.) xiii, (1), 378pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.

Pasir Panjang, Singapore (Southeast Asian Studies Program, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies), 1988.

2195 PRAMAR, V.S. Haveli: Wooden Houses and Mansions of Gujarat.

Photographs by Anand Patel, V.S. Pramar. 238,

(2)pp. 160 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2196 PRANATHA VIDYALANKARA. Inscriptions of Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro.

(Studies in Egyptian and Ancient Middle

East Epigraphy. Part I [A]./ Contributions to the History and Antiquities of Egypt and of the Ancient Middle East. 1.) 2 parts. I:

[Text]. 4, (2)pp. Wraps. II: [Plates]. 6 lrg. folding plates, loose in portfolio, as issued. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Ties. Edition limited to


100 copies.

Benares (The Indian Book-Shop, Theosophical Society), 1939.

2197 PRASAD, RAJENDRA. The Asif Jahs of Hyderabad: Their Rise and Decline.

xiv, 446pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.

2198 PRASAD, SAILESWAR. Craft Survey Report on Stoneware Craft of Patharkatti Village (District Gaya).

Edited by S.D.

Prasad. (Census of India 1961. Vol. IV: Bihar. Part VII-A, No. 1.) vii, (5), 49, (1), vi pp. 27 illus. hors texte. 1 map, figs. Lrg.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



130

[Delhi (Manager of Publications), 1969].

2199 PRASAD, SAILESWAR & PAL, M.K. Ritual Terracottas and Terracotta Toys of Darbhanga.

(Census of India 1971.

Series 1: India. Miscellaneous Studies. Monograph No. 1./ No. 7 of 1961 Series.) viii, 79, (3)pp., 33 plates. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2200 PRASIT CHAWALITTHAMRONG. Pathanukrom Chin-Thai.

[Xiao Yuanchuan bian zhu]. 62, 26, 1700pp. Lrg. stout 8vo.

Buckram. Title in colophon: “Zhong Tai da ci dian.”

Tai jing (Nan mei you xian gong si), 1962.

2201 PRAWDIN, MICHAEL. Das Reich aus dem Nichts.

Die ersten Grossmogulen. 217, (3)pp., 16 plates (1 color). 3 maps. 4to.

Cloth.


2202 PREECHA CHATURABHAWD. People of the Hills.

v, (1), 200pp. Illus. Wraps.

Bangkok (Duang Kamol), 1980.

2203 PRESCHEZ, PHILIPPE. Les relations entre la France et la Birmanie au XVIIIe et au XIXe siècles.

(France-Asie. Asia.

189/190.) (148), 7pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (France-Asie/Asia), 1967.

2204 PRESLER, FRANKLIN A. Religion Under Bureaucracy.

Policy and administration for Hindu temples in South India.


(Cambridge South Asian Studies.) ix, (1), 179pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2205 PRESSMAR, EMMA. Indische Ringe.

105, (3)pp. 55 illus. 4to. Cloth.

2206 PRESTON, JAMES J. Cult of the Goddess: Social and Religious Change in a Hindu Temple.

x, (2), 109pp., 8 plates. 6 maps, 2 figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2207 PRICHA PHINTHONG. Wetsandon khamkhlong ‘Isan.

480pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Ubonratchathani (Siritham), 1982.

2208 PULLEY, SANDE. A Yankee in the Yellow Robe.

An American buddhist monk’s role in east-west cultural exchange.

130pp. Frontis. Cloth. D.j.

New York (Exposition Press), 1967.

2209 PUNYAVIJAYA, MUNI (EDITOR). Angavijja: Science of Divination Through Physical Signs & Symbols.

/ Puvvayariyaviraiya angavijja. [Manussavivihacettainirikkhanadarena bhavissaiphalananavinnanaruva.] Parisitthaivibhusiya.

Samsodhakah sampadakasca muni Punyavijayah. (Prakrtagranthaparisad/Prakrit Text Society Series. 1.) viii, 94, 372pp., 1 plate. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Banaras (Prakrit Text Society), 1957.

2210 PURCELL, VICTOR. The Chinese in Southeast Asia.

(The Royal Institute of International Affairs.) xxxvii, (1), 801, (1)pp., 2 folding maps. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth.

London (Geoffrey Cumberledge, Oxford University Press), 1952.

2211 PURI, L.R. Teachings of the Gurus.

xv, (3), 234pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

[Beas], Punjab (Radha Soami Satsang, Beas), 1973.

2212 PURUSARTHA.

Recherches de sciences sociales sur l’Asie du Sud. Vols. 1 - 2. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Centre d’Études de l’Inde et de l’Asie du Sud), 1975.

2213 PUSPADANTA. Harivamsapurana.

Ein Abschnitt aus der ApabhramsaWelthistoire “Mahapurana

Tisatthimahapurisagunalamkarta” von Puspadanta. Als Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Apabhramsa nach der Universalgeschichte der Jainas herausgegeben von Ludwig Alsdorf. (Alt- und NeuIndische Studien herausgegeben vom Seminar für Kultur und

Geschichte Indiens an der Hansischen Universität. 5.) xii, 515, (1)pp., 3 plates. Lrg. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Hamburg (Friederichsen, de Gruyter & Co.), 1936.

2214 PUZITSKII, E.V. Kachinskii iazyk (iazyk Chzhingpkho).

(Iazyki Narodov Azii i Afriki.) 110, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2215 QUIGLY, E.P. Some Observations on Libraries, Manuscripts and Books of Burma.

From the 3rd century A.D. to 1886

(with special reference to the royal library of the last kings of Burma). Foreword by Than Tun. 34pp. 17 illus. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



131

London (Arthur Probsthain), 1956.

2216 RABINOVICH, I.S., ET AL. Nepal’sko-russkii slovar’: 38 000 slov.

Sostavili: I.S. Rabinovich, N.I. Korolev, L.A. Aganina....



2217 RABINOVICH, I.S. & SEREBRIAKOV, I.D. Pandzhabskorusskii slovar’.

/ Pañjabi-Rusi shabada-kosha. 1039pp. Stout

4to. Cloth.


2218 RADCLIFFE-BROWN, A.R. The Andaman Islanders.

xiv, 510, (2)pp., 2 maps. 46 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

New York (The Free Press of Glencoe), 1964.

2219 RADHAKANTADEV, RAJA. Sabdakalpadrumah.

Samaparivardhitah, Varada Prasada Vasu, Haricarana Vasu. 3. samskarana./ Shabda-Kalpadrum. (Caukhamba Samskrta granthmala. 93.) 5 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Caukhamba Samskrta Sirija Aphisa), 1967.

2220 RADHAKRISHNAN, S. Die Bhagavadgita.

Sanskrittext mit Einleitung und Kommentar. Mit dem indischen Urtext verglichen und ins Deutsche übersetzt von Siegfried Lienhard. 448pp. 4to. Cloth.


2221 RADHAKRISHNAN, S. Indian Philosophy.

Revised edition. (Library of Philosophy.) 2 vols. 738, (2)pp.; 807, (3)pp. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

London/New York (George Allen & Unwin/ The Macmillan Company), 1929-1931.

2222 RADHAKRISHNAN, S. Indische Philosophie.

2 vols. I: Von den Veden bis zum Buddhismus. 593pp. II: Die Systeme des

Brahmanismus. 658pp. 4to. Cloth.

Darmstadt (Holle Verlag), n.d.-1956.

Annamalainagar (Annamalai University), 1961.

2223 RAGHAVAN, V. Some Old Lost Rama Plays.

Lectures delivered in the Annamalai University. xiv, 126, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Stiff wraps.

2224 RAGHU VIRA & LOKESH CHANDRA. Gilgit Buddhist Manuscripts: Facsimile Edition.

/ Gilgita-Bauddha-granthavalih.

(Sata-pitaka Series. Indo-Asian Literatures. 10.) Vols. 5 - 10. Prof. illus. Oblong folio. Cloth.

New Delhi (International Academy of Indian Culture), 1970-1974.

2225 RAHA, MANIS KUMAR (EDITOR). The Himalayan Heritage.

xxvi, 468, (4)pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2226 RÁHULA. The Selalihini sandesa, with a paraphrase.

By Sangharaja Sri Rahula Maha Sthavira. Revised and edited by...Dharmakirti Sri Dharmarama Nayaka Sthavira. Fifth edition. 71pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth; orig. wraps. bound in.

Sinhalese-language text.

Peliyagoda, Kelaniya (R. Amarasinha/ The Srilankodaya Press), 1925.

2227 RAHULA, TOTAGAMUVE. The Parevi sandesaya.

By Sri Rahula Sangharaja...Sri Sanghabodhi Sri Vijayabahu Pirivena,

Totagamuwa. With a discriptive [sic] paraphrase by T. Sirisunandasabha Maha Thero, viharadhipathi (incumbent). iv, 124pp.

Lrg. 8vo. Cloth; orig. wraps. bound in. Sinhalese-language text.

Tangalla/Matara (D.S.W. Muniweera/ The Matara Printing Works), 1925.

2228 RAHULA, WALPOLA. Was der Buddha lehrt.

Vorwort von Paul Demiéville. 223pp. Frontis. Cloth.

Zürich (Origo Verlag), 1963.

2229

RAINGAN KANSAMRUAT LÆ KHUTTÆNG BURANA BORANNAWATTHUSATHAN MU’ANG KAO SUKHOTHAI, PHO.

SO. 2508-2512.

2, 2, 106pp., 32 lrg. folding plans. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok] (Khana Kammakan Prapprung Bura na Borannasathan Changwat Sukhothai læ Changwat Kamphæng Phet),

1969.

2230 RAMA SHARMA, M.H. The History of the Vijayanagar Empire.

2 vols. I: Beginnings and Expansion (1308-1559). xxv, (1),

246, (2)pp., 7 plates. 1 map. II: The Last Phase: Decline and Disappearance (1569-1679). xi, (1), 611pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.

Bombay (Popular Prakashan), 1978-1980.

2231 RAMA VARMA. Kartaviryavijayaprabandha of Sri Asvati Tirunal Rama Varma.

(Reprint from the Journal of the

Travancore University Oriental Manuscripts Library. 4.) ii, 9, (1), 2pp. 4to. Wraps. (chipped).

Trivandrum (Superintendent, Government Press), 1947.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



132

2232 RAMA VARMA. Srngarasudhakarabhana of Sri Asvati Tirunal Rama Varma.

(Reprint from the Journal of the Travancore

University Oriental Manuscripts Library. 3.) iv, 28pp. 4to. Wraps.

Trivandrum (The University Manuscripts Library/ Superintendent, Government Press), 1945.

2233 RAMAKRISHNA, G., ET AL. An Encyclopaedia of South Indian Culture.

[By] G. Ramakrishna, N. Gayathri, Debiprasad

Chattopadhyaya. (4), 544pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta/Delhi (K.P. Bagchi & Co.), 1983.

2234 RAMAMURTI, G.V. A Manual of the So:ra: (or Savara) Language.

xxxi, (3), 254pp. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.

Madras (Superintendent, Government Press), 1931.

2235 RAMAN, B.V. Hindu Astrologie.

308pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

München-Planegg (Otto Wilhelm Barth-Verlag), 1938.

2236 RAMAN, BANGALORE VENKATA. A Manual of Hindu Astrology: Correct Casting of Horoscopes.

Foreword by B.

Suryanarain Rao. Seventh edition. xv, (1), 177pp. Cloth.

Bangalore (Raman Publications), 1962.

2237 RAMAN, K.V. Sri Varadarajaswami Temple-

Kañchi.

A study of its history, art and architecture. x, (6)pp., 206pp., 40 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2238 RAMANUJA. Siddhanta des Ramanuja.

Ein Text zur indischen Gottesmystik. Aus dem Sanskrit von Otto Rudolf. Zweite

Auflage. iv, 177pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Tübingen (Verlag von J.C.B. Mohr [Paul Siebeck]), 1923.

2239 RAMARAJU, BI. Folklore of Andhra Pradesh.

(2), 176pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2240 RAMBLE, CHARLES, ET AL. (EDITORS). Proceedings of the International Seminar on the Anthropology of Tibet and the Himalaya.

September 21-28, 1990 at the Ethnographic Museum of the University of Zurich. Editors: Charles Ramble,

Martin Brauen. Coeditors: Beatrice Miller, Gérard Toffin. (Ethnologische Schriften Zürich. 12.) 441pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Zürich (Ethnological Museum of the University of Zurich), 1993.

2241 RAMM-BONWITT, INGRID. Figurentheater.

Lebendige Tradition des Puppen- und Schattenspiels in Asien. 160pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart/Zürich (Belser Verlag), 1991.

2242 RAMSEYER, URS. Kultur und Volkskunst in Bali.

276pp. 405 illus. (partly color). Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Atlantis Verlag), 1977.

2243 RAMSUKHDAS, SWAMI. Art of Living.

iii, (1), 124pp., 1 color plate. Wraps.

Gorakhpur (Govind Bhawan Gita Press), 1985.

2244 RAMSUKHDAS, SWAMI. Benedictory Discourses.

(3), 185pp. 1 color plate. Boards.

Gorakhpur (Govind Bhawan Karyalaya, Gita Press), 1985.

2245 RANADE, G.H. Music in Maharashtra.

ii, 58pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

New Delhi (Maharashtra Information Centre), 1967.

2246 RANDHAWA, M.S. Basohli Painting.

125pp. 38 tipped-in color plates. 5 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Government of India, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting), 1959.

2247 RANDHAWA, M.S. Kangra Paintings of the Bhagavata Purana.

99pp. 15 tipped-in color plates, 10 tipped-in text illus.

Folio. Cloth.

New Delhi (National Museum of India), 1960.

2248 RANDHAWA, M.S. Travels in the Western Himalayas: In Search of Paintings.

xv, (1), 240pp. 77 illus. hors texte. 4to.

Cloth.

Delhi (Thomson Press), 1974.

2249 RANDHAWA, MOHINDER SINGH & GALBRAITH, JOHN KENNETH. Indian Painting: The Scene, Themes and

Legends.

xiii, (5), 142pp. 34 tipped-in color plates, 14 figs., 2 maps. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Boston (Houghton Mifflin Company), 1968.

2250 RANDHAWA, M.S. (INTRODUCTION). Kangra Valley Painting.

(8), 17, (1)pp., 40 color plates with titled tissue guards.

Map. Sm. folio. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



133

New Delhi (Government of India, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting), 1954.

2251 RANGA IYER, C.S. Father India.

A reply to Mother India. 207pp. Cloth.

London (Selwyn & Blount Ltd,), 1927.

2252 RANGOON. BURMA RESEARCH SOCIETY. Fiftieth Anniversary Publications.

Nos. 1-2. I: Some of the Papers Read at the Fiftieth Anniversary Conference. 543pp. Numerous plates hors texte. II: Selection of Articles from the Journal of the

Burma Research Society. (4), 544, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. & cloth.

Rangoon, 1960-1961.

2253 RANGOON. DIRECTOR OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEY. Pictorial Guide to Pagan.

(8), 58, (6)pp., 1 lrg. folding plan.

Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Rangoon, 1971.

2254 RANGOON (SIGHTS AND INSTITUTIONS).

158pp. Prof. illus. Wraps.

[Rangoon] (Ministry of Union Culture, Government of the Union of Burma), n.d.

2255 RANGOONWALLA, FIROZE. A Pictorial History of Indian Cinema.


London (Hamlyn), 1979.

2256 RAO, S.R. Lothal and the Indus Civilization.

With a foreword by Mortimer Wheeler. xix, (1), 215pp., 44 plates. 41 text figs.

4to. Cloth.

London (Asia Publishing House), 1973.

2257 RAO, S.R. & SASTRY, B.V.K. Traditional Paintings of Karnataka.

xvi, (6), 102pp., 104 plates (41 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Bangalore (Karnataka Chitrakala Parishath), 1980.

2258 RAPSON, E.J. Indian Coins.

(Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan

Research]. II. Band, 3. Heft, B.) 56pp. 5 plates, loose in rear, as issued. 4to. Wraps.


2259 RAQUEZ, A. Pages laotiennes.

Le Haut-Laos, le Moyen-Laos, le Bas-L aos. Préface par Somdet Pra Chao Zakarine, roi du


Luang-Prabang. (2), ii, (2), ii, 537, (1), iii, vi, viii pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 312 illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram.

Hanoi (F.-H. Schneider), 1902.

2260 RATH, B.K. Cultural History of Orissa (A.D. 855-1110).

xii, (4), 208pp., 3 lrg. folding charts, 70 plates. 4to. Leatherette.

2261 RATNA POTH PRAKASAKAYO: EDITORIAL BOARD. Ratna Eng[lish]-Sin[halese] Pocket Dictionary.

/ Ratna Ingrisi-

Simhala Sanksipta sabdakosayo. 503, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards.

Colombo (Ratna Poth Prakasakayo), 1970.

2262 RATNACHANDRAJI. An Illustrated Ardha-Magadhi Dictionary.

Literary, philosophic and scientific with Sanskrit, Gujrati,

Hindi and English equivalents, references to the texts & copious quotations by Shatavdhani The Jaina Muni Shri

Tokyo (Meicho-fukyu-kai), 1977.

Ratnachandraji Maharaj.... With an introduction by A.C. Woolner. 5 vols. Illus. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Ajmer 1923-

1938.

2263 RATNAGAR, SHEREEN. Encounters: The Westerly Trade of the Harappa Civilization.

xxi, (3), 294pp. 30 illus., 1 double-page map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2264 RATTANAYAPT; (SANGOP), LUANG. Dikchannari phasa Àngkrit plæ pen Thai.

Doi Luang rattanayapti (Sangop)./

English-Siamese Dictionary. Compiled by Luang Ratanayatti (Sngob.). (2), 557pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Krung Thep (Rongphim Luang), 1901.

2265 RAU, HEIMO. Indien.

Kunst- und Reiseführer mit Landeskunde. (Kohlhammer Kunst- und Reiseführer.) 496pp. Prof. illus.


Boards.


2266 RAU, HEIMO. Nepal.

Kunst- und Reiseführer. 316pp., 24 plates. 29 plans, 2 maps. Boards.

2267 RAU, HEIMO. Stilgeschichte der indischen Kunst.

2 vols. 494pp. 235 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



134

2268 RAU, WILHELM. Weben und Flechten im Vedischen Indien.

(Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz.

Abhandlungen der geistes- und sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse. Jahrgang 1970, Nr. 11.) 40, (4)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Mainz/Wiesbaden (Verlag der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz/ Franz Steiner Verlag), 1970.

2269 RAUCHWETTER, GERHARD. Malaysia.

167, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Cloth.

München (Süddeutscher Verlag), 1990.

2270 RAUCHWETTER, GERHARD. Traumziel Königreich Thailand.


München (Süddeutscher Verlag), 1988.

2271 RAVIER, H. Dictionarium latino-annamiticum completum et novo ordine dispositum, cui accedit appendix praecipuas voces proprias cum brevi explicatione continens.

xii, 1270, 72pp. Lrg. 4to. New cloth.

Ninh Phú (Ex typis Missionis Tunquini Occidentalis), 1880.

2272 RAVIGUPTA. The Siddhasara of Ravigupta.

Edited by R.E. Emmerick. (Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in

Deutschland. Supplementband 23.) 2 vols. I: The Sanskrit Text. ix, (1), 199pp. II: The Tibetan Version With Facing English

Translation. viii, 482pp. 4to. Cloth.

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1980-1982.

2273 RAWSON, P.S. The Indian Sword.

(Arms and Armour Series.) xii, 108pp., 48 plates. 4to. Cloth.

London (Herbert Jenkins), 1968.

2274 RAWSON, PHILIP. The Art of Tantra.

216pp. 176 illus. (25 color). 4to. Cloth.


2275 RAWSON, PHILIP. Indian Painting.

169, (2)pp., 4 plates. 62 tipped-in color illus., figs. 4to. Cloth.

Paris/ New York (Pierre Tisné/ Universe Books), 1961.

2276 RAWSON, PHILIP. Tantra.

Le culte indien de l’extase. 128pp. 190 illus. (32 color). 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Éditions du Seuil), 1973.

2277 RAWSON, PHILIP. The Art of Southeast Asia.

Cambodia, Vietnam, Thailand, Laos, Burma, Java, Bali. (The World of Art

Series.) 288pp. 251 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

New York/Washington (Frederick A. Praeger), 1967.

2278 RAY, BENOY GOPAL. Religious Movements in Modern Bengal.

(Visna-Bharati Research Publications.) vi, (2), 244pp.


Santiniketan (Visva-Bharati), 1965.

2279 RAY, NIHARRANJAN. Sanskrit Buddhism in Burma.

Proefschrift...Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden. xii, (2), 101, (3)pp. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Amsterdam (H.J. Paris), 1936.

2280 RAY, PRAPHULLA CHANDRA. A History of Hindu Chemistry.

From the earliest times to the middle of the sixteenth century A.D. With Sanskrit texts, variants, translation and illustrations. Vol. I. Second edition, revised and enlarged. 2 parts in

1 vol. cxxxii, 312pp., 7 plates. Sanskrit Texts. 70pp. Vol. II: 2 parts. (20), xcvi, 289, 151, xxi pp. Cloth, 3/4 leather (spine torn). Vol. II in photocopy. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Calcutta (The Bengal Chemical & Pharmaceutical Works), 1903-Calcutta (Chuckervertty, Chatterjee & Co.), 1925.


2281 RAY, SUDHANSU KUMAR. The Ritual Art of the Bratas of Bengal.

With a foreword by M.S. Randhawa. vi, (2), 68pp., 25 plates. 14 text figs. 4to. Cloth.

2282 REBLING, EBERHARD. Die Tanzkunst Indiens.

263pp.153 illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Wilhelmshaven (Heinrichshofen’s Verlag), 1982.

2283 REBLING, EBERHARD. Die Tanzkunst Indonesiens.

156pp., 93 plates. 52 figs. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Wilhelmshaven (Florian Noetzel Verlag, HeinrichshofenBücher), 1989.

2284 REEVES, RUTH. Cire Perdue Casting in India.

With a foreword by Kamaladevi Chattopadhyay. (Crafts Museum Series.)

124pp. 74 plates. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Crafts Museum), 1962.

2285 REFUGE, B. Swankalok, de export-ceramiek van Siam.


Lochem (De Tijdstroom), 1976.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



135

2286 REGAMEY, CONSTANTIN. Der Buddhismus Indiens.

(Der Christ in der Welt. Eine Enzyklopädie. XVII. Reihe: Die nichtchristlichen Religionen. 6.) 103, (3)pp. Wraps.

Aschaffenburg (Paul Pattloch Verlag), 1964.

2287 REGMI, M.P. Anglo-Nepali-Dictionary.

Fourth edition. (4), 1358pp., 9 plates. Stout 8vo. Cloth.

Kathmandu (M.P. Sharma), 1979.

2288 REIGNER, JANINE. Religions minoritaires et cultes marginaux de l’Inde.

74, (6)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Editions Publisud), 1991.

2289 REINHARD, KURT. Die Musik Birmas.

(Schriftenreihe des Musikwissenschaftlichen Seminars der Universität München:

Studien zur musikalischen Kultur- und Stilgeschichte. 5.) (6), 106, 40pp. 4to. Wraps.

Würzburg-Aumühle (Konrad Triltsch Verlag), 1939.

2290 REINHORN, MARC. Dictionnaire laotienfrançais.

2 vols. xlix, (1), 2150, (2)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Buckram.


2291 REINICHE, MARIE-LOUISE. Les dieux et les hommes.

Étude des cultes d’un village du Tirunelveli, Inde du Sud. (Cahiers de l’Homme: Ethnologie - Géographie - Linguistique. N.S. 18.) xii, 283pp., 8 plates. Figs. 4to. Wraps.

Paris/The Hague (Mouton), 1979.

2292 RENOU, LOUIS. Der Hinduismus.

(Grosse Religionen der Welt.) 296, (6)pp. 23 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Leatherette.

Genf (Editio-Service), 1972.

2293 REUTHER, OSCAR. Indische Paläste und Wohnhäuser.

Mit Beiträgen von Conrad Preusser und Friedrich Wetzel. (2),

104, (2)pp., 176 heliotype plates with over 350 illus.. 36 text figs. Folio. Orig. dec. cloth.

Berlin (Leonhard Preiss Verlag), 1925.

2294 REYNOLDS, C.H.B. Sinhalese: An Introductory Course.

(4), 319pp. 4to. Wraps.


2295 REYNOLDS, CHRISTOPHER. Sri Lanka: Die heilige Insel des Buddhismus.

Photographien von Hitoshi Tamura. 138,

(2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Freiburg (Herder), 1982.

2296 REYNOLDS, H.O. Some Notes on Colloquial Burmese Syntax.

ii, (2), 104pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Rangoon (British Burma Press), 1931.

2297 RHEMREV, J.L.TH. Serat gurma lelana.

Ri ngéngga ing gambar 4 lembar. Tuwan I. Él. Rémrép’ murubasa ing Betawi kang angangget. 92pp., 4 double-page color lithographic places. Orig. wraps. OCLC lists only one copy in an American library (Cornell University).

[Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1884].

2298 RHODIUS, HANS & DARLING, JOHN. WALTER SPIES and Balinese Art.

Edited by John Stowell. 96pp. Prof. illus. Lrg.

4to. Cloth.

Amsterdam/Zutphen (Tropenmuseum/ Terra), 1980.

2299 RICHTER, ANNE. Arts and Crafts of Indonesia.

Special photography by John Storey. 160pp. 199 illus. (156 color). 4to.

Wraps.


2300 RICHTER, EBERHARDT. Lehrbuch des modernen Burmesisch (Umgangssprache).



2301 RICHTER, EBERHARDT & THAN ZAW, MAUNG. Deutschburmesisches Gesprächsbuch.

306pp. 12mo. Cloth.


2302 RICHTER-USHANAS, EGBERT. The Symbolic Conception of the Indus Script.

A symbolic and phonetic decipherment.

Second revised edition. 64pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bremen (Privately Printed), 1992.

2303 RICHTER-USHANAS, EGBERT. Der kosmische Mensch und die Indus-Kultur.

Dreizehn Beiträge zur Kulturgeschichte

Indiens und des Vorderen Orient. 210, (2)pp. Wraps.


2304 RICHTERUSHANAS, EGBERT. Der fünfte Veda.

Die Indus-Schrift im Vergleich zum Rig-veda. xviii, 87, (2)ff. Prof. illus.

Lrg. 4to. Wraps., GBC-bound.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



136


2305 RINDL, PETER. Malaienreport.

Maos verlorene Territorien. 222pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2306 RINGIS, RITA. Thai Temples and Temple Murals.

xxix, (1), 163pp. 25 color illus. hors texte. 113 text illus. 4to. Boards.


2307 RIVERS, W.H.R. The Todas.

755, (1)pp., 71 folding charts, 1 folding map. 76 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2308 RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. A History of Sufism in India.

2 vols. I: Early Sufism and Its History in India to AD 1600.

(6), 467, (1)pp., 4 plates, 2 maps. II: From Sixteenth Century to Modern Century. xi, (1), 535, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Munshiram Manoharlal), 1986; 1983.

2309 RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. Religious and Intellectual History of the Muslims in Akbar’s Reign, With Special

Reference to Abu’l Fazl (1556-1605).

xiv, 564pp. 4to. Cloth.


2310 RIZVI, S

AIYID ATHAR ABBAS. Shah ’Abd al-’Aziz: Puritanism, Sectarian Polemics and Jihad.

(8), 609pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth.

Canberra (Ma’rifat Publishing House), 1982.

2311 RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. Shah Wali-Allah and His Times.

A study of eighteenth century Islam, politics and society in India. (6), 452pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth.

Canberra (Ma’rifat Publishing House), 1980.

2312 RIZVI, SAIYID ATHAR ABBAS. A SocioIntellectual History of the Isna ’Ashari Shi’is in India.

With an analysis of early

Shi’ism. 2 vols. I: 7th to 16th Century A.D., with an analysis of early Shi’ism. (6), 455pp., 3 plates. II: 16th to 19th Century

A.D. xiv, 480pp., 2 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Canberra (Ma’arifat Publishing House), 1986.

2313 ROAD ATLAS OF THAILAND.

56pp. 35 maps, plans. 4to. Wraps.

[Bangkok?] (The Shell Company of Thailand), n.d.

2314 ROBEQUAIN, CHARLES. Le Thanh Hoá.

Étude géographique d’une province annamite. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 23-24.) 2 vols. 636pp., 48 plates, 7 folding maps, 4 tables. 33 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris/Bruxelles (Les Éditions G. van Oest), 1929.

2315

ROBERT, R. Notes sur les Tay Dèng de Lang Chánh (Thanh-hoé - Annam).

(Institut Indochinois pour l’Étude de l’Homme. Mémoire no. 1.) (2), 182, (4)pp., 53 plates, 10 charts and maps (mostly folding). Lrg. 4to. New cloth. Ex-libris A.B.

Griswold.


2316

ROBERTSON, RICHARD G. Robertson’s Practical English-Thai Dictionary.

xii, (2), 319pp. 12mo. Plastic.


2317 ROBINNE, FRANÇOIS. Fils et maîtres du lac.

Relations interethniques dans l’État Shan de Birmanie. Préface de Charles

Macdonald. (Chemins de l’Ethnologie.) 364pp., 8 plates. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (CNRS Éditions/ Éditions de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme de Paris), 2000.

2318 ROBINNE, FRANÇOIS. Savoirs et saveurs.

L’identité culinaire des birmans. (École Française d’Extrême-Orient.

Monographies. 175.) 272pp. 83 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2319 ROBINSON, FRANCIS (EDITOR). The Cambridge Encyclopedia of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal,

Bhutan and the Maldives.



2320 ROBINSON, M. & SHAW, L.A. The Coins and Banknotes of Burma.

xi, (5), 160, (2)pp., 14 plates. Numerous text illus.

4to. Wraps.

Manchester (Privately Printed), 1980.

2321 ROBSON, S.O. (EDITOR). Hikajat Anda kén Penurat.

Edited and translated by S.O. Robson. (Bibliotheca Indonesica. 2.)

(4), 147pp. 4to. Wraps.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



137

2322 RODRIGUE, YVES. Nat-Pwe.

Burma’s supernatural sub-culture. 80, (40)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Gartmore, Stirlingshire (Paul Strachan, Kiscadale), 1992.

2323

RÖDER, J. Alahatala, die Religion der Inlandstämme Mittelcerams.

(Ergebnisse der Frobenius-Expedition 1937-38 in die Molukken und nach Holländisch Neu-Guinea. 3.) viii, 142, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 15 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to.

Wraps.

Bamberg (Bamberger Verlagshaus Meisenbach & Co.), 1948.

2324

RÖSEL, JAKOB. Entwicklung und Dynamik des Tamilen-Konflikts auf Sri Lanka.

(Aktuelle Informationspapiere zu

Entwicklung und Politik. 12.) (2), 57, (3)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Freiburg i.Br. (Arnold-Bergstraesser-Institut), 1987.

2325 RÖSEL, JAKOB. Der Palast des Herrn der Welt.

Entstehungsgeschichte und Organisation der indischen Tempel- und

Pilgerstadt Puri. (Arnold-Bergstraesser-Institut: Materialien zu Entwicklung und Politik. 18.) xxxviii, 378, (4)pp. 4to. Cloth.

München (Weltforum Verlag), 1980.

2326 ROGHAIR, GENE H. The Epic of Palnadu.

A study and translation of Palnati Virula Katha, a Telugu oral tradition from

Andhra Pradesh, India. xix, (1), 399pp., 9 plates. 3 maps. 4to. Cloth.


2327 ROH TWAH: SU’U-TAM.

So dac biet ve ngôn ngu’ Chàm, Noi-san nghiên-cu’u cua Thanh Van Suong. 28ff. Illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Phan-rang (Trungtâm van-hóa Chàm), n.d.

2328 ROLAND, JOAN G. Jews in British India.

Identity in a colonial era. xiii, (3), 355pp. 12 illus., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Hanover/London (Brandeis University Press/ University Press of New England), 1989.

2329 ROLLAND, ROMAIN. The Life of Ramakrishna.

(Ramakrishna, the Man-Gods and the Universal Gospel of Vivekananda.

1.) x, (4), 325pp., 1 plate. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Mayavati, Almora (Advaita Ashrama), 1954.

2330 ROLLAND, ROMAIN. Mahatma Gandhi.

146, (6)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

ErlenbachZürich/München (Rotapfel-Verlag), 1923.

2331 RONG SYAMANANDA. A History of Thailand.

Third edition. (6), 208pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University/ Thai Watana Panich Co.), 1977.

2332 ROOP, D. HAIGH. An Introduction to the Burmese Writing System.

xiii, (1), 122pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2333 ROORDA, T. Javaansch brievenboek.

Naar handschriften uitgegeven. 3e druk vermeerderd met een verzameling brieven uit den nieuweren tijd door A.C. Vreede. iv, 530pp. 4to. Wraps.


2334 ROORDA, T. Javaansche grammatica, benevens een leesboek tot oefening in de Javaansche taal.

Tweede deel:

Leesboek. vii, (1), 369, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 buckram.


2335

ROORDA, T. Javaansche wetten; namelijk de Nawålå-pradåtå, de Angger-sadåså, de Angger-ageng, de Anggergoenoeng en de Angger-aroebiroe.

viii, (2), 262pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.


2336 ROORDA, TACO & VREEDE, ALBERT CORNELIS. Beknopte Javaansche grammatica, benevens een leesboek tot oefening in de Javaansche taal.

Fourth edition. xii, 342pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather. Lacking title-page.

Zwolle (Tjeenk Willink), 1893.

2337 ROORDA VAN EYSINGA, P.P. Geschiedenis van Sultan Ibrahim, Vorst van Eirak.

Uit het Maleisch in Javaansche poëzy met Javaansch karakter overgebragt, voor eerstbeginnenden, door P.P. Roorda van Eysinga. Mitsgaders Niti sastra, of Zedespreuken, in het Kawi met roode letters en de Javaansche vertaling achter iedere spreuk met zwarte letters voor vergevorderen, uitgegeven door denzelfden schrijver. iv, 30, 43pp. Lrg. 8vo. Orig. printed boards (rebacked).

Amsterdam (L. van Bakkenes), 1843.

2338 ROSENFIELD, JOHN M. The Dynastic Arts of the Kushans.

(California Studies in the History of Art. 6.) xliii, (1), 377pp.

166 illus. hors texte. 30 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



138

2339 ROSENKRANZ, GERHARD. Der Weg des Buddha.

Werden und Wesen des Buddhismus als Weltreligion. 356pp. 15 illus. hors texte. 1 fig. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Evang. Missionsverlag), 1960.

2340 ROSINY, TONNY. Birma.

Das Glück des einfachen Lebens. Eine Länderkunde. 280pp. Illus. Cloth.


2341 ROSS, THOMAS. Der Tod des Heiligen Baumes.

Ein Bericht aus dem innersten Indien. 353, (5)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München/Wien (Carl Hanser Verlag), 1991.

2342 ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR. 5mal Indien.


München/Zürich (R. Piper & Co.), 1979.

2343 ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR. Mahatma Gandhi.

Der Revolutionär der Gewaltlosigkeit. Eine politische Biographie. 454,

(2)pp., 12 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München/Zürich (Piper), 1989.

2344 ROTHERMUND, DIETMAR (EDITOR). Indien.

Kultur, Geschichte, Politik, Wirtschaft, Umwelt. Ein Handbuch. 682, (2)pp.

Illus. 4to. Cloth.


2345 ROTTERDAM. MUSEUM VOOR LAND- EN VOLKENKUNDE. Indo-aziatische sculpturen.

Collectie Gedon (München).

May-Oct. 1963. Text by J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. 71, (1)pp. 44 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Rotterdam, 1963.

2346 ROTTLER, J.P. A Dictionary of the Tamil and English Languages.

[Parts III-IV: Revised by W. Taylor and T.

Vencatachala Moodelly]. 4 vols. bound in 1. Sm. stout folio. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Madras (Printed at the Vepery Mission Press), 1834-1841.

2347 ROUILLARD, HENRIETTE. Nord-Indien.

(Richtig reisen.) 287, (1), 40, iv pp., 36 color plates. Numerous text illus. Sm. 4to.

Wraps.


2348

ROUILLARD, HENRIETTE & RÉGNIER, FABIEN. Süd-Indien.

(Richtig reisen.) 304, (2), 47, (1), v pp. 43 color illus. hors texte. Numerous text illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2349 ROUX, HENRI. Quelques minorités ethniques du Nord-Indochine.

Avec la collaboration de Tran-Van-Chu. (France-Asie.

No. 92/93.) (288)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Saigon, 1954.

2350 ROUX, HENRI. Les Tsa Khmu.

(Extrait du Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient, t. 27.) 54, (2)pp., 9 plates. 7 figs.

4to. Wraps.

[Hanoi], 1927.

2351 ROXBURGH, WILLIAM. Flora Indica, or, Descriptions of Indian Plants.

With additions and observations by Nathaniel

Wallich. Edited with William Carey. Facsimile reprint of the first edition with an introduction by D.H. Nicolson. 2 vols. ix, (1),

7, (1), 493pp.; v, (1), 588pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Serampore 1820-1824 edition.

New York (Oriole Editions), 1975.

2352 ROY, ASHIM KUMAR & GIDWANI, N.N. A Dictionary of Indology.

4 vols. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.), 1983-1986.

2353 ROY, ASIM. The Islamic Syncretistic Tradition in Bengal.

xxii, (4), 310pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2354 ROY CHOUDHURY, MAKHAN LAL. The Din-I-Ilahi, or, The Religion of Akbar.

xxxii, 222pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the

Calcutta 1952 (second) edition.


2355 ROY, NILIMA & PAL, M.K. Basketry and Mat-Weaving in India.

Foreword: A. Chandra Sekhar. (Census of India. Series

No. 2. Paper No. 2.) vii, (1), 6pp., 25 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General, India, Ministry of Home Affairs), 1970.

2356 ROY, SACHIN. Anthropologists in India: Short-Biography, Bibliography and Current Projects.

xx, (4), 218pp. 4to.

Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



139

New Delhi (Indian Anthropological Association), 1970.

2357 ROY, SACHIN. Aspects of Padam-Minyong Culture.

Foreword by Verrier Elwin. xviii, (2), 315pp., 18 plates. Text illus. 4to.

Dec. boards, 1/4 buckram.

Shillong (North-East Frontier Agency), 1960.

2358 ROY, SARAT CHANDRA. Oraon Religion & Customs.

With an introduction by T.C. Hodson; foreword by Nirmal Kumar

Bose. xiii, (3), 303pp., 12 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Ranchi 1928 edition.

Calcutta (Editions Indian), 1972.

2359 ROY, SARAT CHANDRA. The Oraons of Chota Nagpur: Their History, Economic Life, and Social Organization.

With...an introduction by A.C. Haddon. xix, (1), 491, (1), 3, (1)pp., 33 plates, 1 folding map. Stout 8vo. Buckram.

Ranchi (The Brahmo Mission Press), 1915.

2360 ROY, T.N. The Ganges Civilization.

A critical archaeological study of the Painted Grey Ware and Northern Black Polished

Ware periods of the Ganga Plains of India. x, (2), 293, (1)pp., 12 plates, 7 folding tables. 3 figs. 4to. Leatherette.

New Delhi (Ramanand Vidya Bhawan), 1983.

2361

RUBEN, WALTER. Einführung in die Indienkunde.

Ein Überblick über die historische Entwicklung Indiens. ix, (1), 390,

(2)pp., 5 maps (1 folding). 4to. Cloth.


2362 RUBEN, WALTER. Eisenschmiede und Dämonen in Indien.

Ergebnisse einer Reise.... (Internationales Archiv für


Ethnographie. Band 37, Supplement.) xx, 306, (2)pp., 33 plates with 60 illus. Folio. Wraps.


2363 RUBEN, WALTER. Geschichte der indischen Philosophie.

x, 351pp. 4to. Cloth.

2364 RUBEN, WALTER. Die gesellschaftliche Entwicklung im alten Indien.

(Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu

Berlin. Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Orientforschung. 67.) Vols. I - IV & VI. I: Die Entwicklung der

Produktionsverhältnisse. ix, (3), 242pp. II: Die Entwicklung von Staat und Recht. viii, 292pp. III: Die Entwicklung der

Religion. ix, (3), 277pp. IV: Die Entwicklung der Philosophie. ix, (1), 311, (3)pp. VI: Die Entwicklung der Gangesgesellschaft. xiii, (1), 365pp. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1967-1973.

2365 RUBEN, WALTER. Indische Romane.

Eine ideologische Untersuchung. (Deutsche Akademie der Wissenschaften zu

Berlin. Institut für Orientforschung. Veröffentlichung Nr. 60.) Vols. II-III. II: Probleme der Liebe und des Freiheitskampfes in

Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1956. indischen Romanen aus den Jahren 1937-1961. v, (3), 353pp. III: iv, (2), 286pp. 4to. Wraps.


2366 RUBEN, WALTER. Kalidasa.

Die menschliche Bedeutung seiner Werke. 111pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

2367 RUBEN, WALTER. Die Philosophen der Upanischaden.

338pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bern (A. Francke Verlag), 1947.

2368 RUBEN, WALTER (EDITOR). Die ökonomische und soziale Entwicklung Indiens.

Sowjetische Beiträge zur indischen

Geschichte. 2 vols. x, 308pp.; (2), 239pp. 4to. Cloth.


2369 RUNCIMAN, STEVEN. The White Rajahs.

A history of Sarawak from 1841 to 1946. xii, 319, (1)pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2370 RUPAGOS

VAMI. Sri Rupa Gosvami’s Bhakti-rasamrta-Sindhuh.

Sanskrta text with Devanagari script with transliteration in English and English translation with comments. Translated by Tridandi Swami Bhakti Hrdaya Bon Maharaj.... Vol. I. xliii,

(1), 426pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j. Edition limited to 1100 copies.

Vrindaban, Uttar Pradesh (Institute of Oriental Philosophy), 1965.

2371 RUSSEK, RENÉ. Hinduismus: Bilderkanon und Deutung.

237, (3)pp. 272 illus. 4to. Wraps.

München (Battenberg Verlag), 1986.

2372 RUSTOMJI, NARI. Bhutan: The Dragon Kingdom in Crisis.

(6), 150pp. 22 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2373 RVHE KUIN`” SA”. Chan` ran` thum” phvai’ mhu.

xvi, (2), 106pp., 35 plates (partly in color). Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Slightly stained.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



140

Mantale” Mrui’ (Kri” pva” re” Pum nhip` tuik`), 1951.

2374 RYAN, N.J. The Cultural Heritage of Malaya.

xiii, (1), 184pp. Prof. illus. Wraps.

Kuala Lumpur (Longman Malaysia), 1973.

2375 RYAN, N.J. Malaya Through Four Centuries.

An anthology 1500-1900. x, 162pp., 8 plates. 3 maps. Wraps.

London/Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1959.

2376

SABATIER, LÉOPOLD. La chanson de Damsan.

Légende radé du XVIe siècle (tribu malaïo-polynésienne du Darlac) transmise par la traditio n orale, recueillie et transcrite en français. Préfaces de MM. C. Pasquier et O. Roland Dorgelès.

Compisitions de Maurice de Becque. 152, (4)pp., 16 etchings with tissue guards. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j. One of 180 numbered copies on papier vélin des papeteries d’Arches (from the edition limited to 225 numbered copies). Signed by L. Sabatier on the title-page.

Paris (Leblanc et Trautmann), 1927.

2377 SABATIER, L. Recueil des coutumes rhadées du Darlac (Hdruôm hra klei duê klei bhian du’m).

Recueillis par L.

Sabatier...traduites et annotées par D. Antomarchi. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. Collection de

Textes et Documents sur l’Indochine. 4.) 301pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2378 SÁCH CÔNG-VU CÁC SÚ-DO.

Translated by W.C. Cadman, et al. 82pp. Wraps.

Shanghai (Société Biblique Britannique et Étrangère), 1922.

2379 SÁCH TIN-LÀNH THEO THÁNH GIANG.



2380 SÁCH TIN-LÀNH THEO THÁNH MÁC.



2381 SACHER, RUTH. A Chej.

Ein kambodschanischer Schelmenroman. 70, (2)pp. Tipped-in color frontis. 12mo. Cloth.


2382 SACHER, RUTH & NGUON PHAN. Lehrbuch des Khmer.



2383 SACHER, RUTH (EDITOR). Märchen der Khmer.

438pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

[Wiesbaden] (Drei Lilien Verlag), 1979.

2384 THE SACRED BOOKS OF THE JAINAS.

Original texts and commentaries with introduction, translation, notes, etc., edited with the co-operation of various scholars by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal. 11 vols., as follows:

1: Davva-Samgaha (Darvya-

Samgraha) by Nemichandra Siddhânta-Chakravartî with a Commentary by Brahama-Deva.

Edited by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal.

2: Tattvarthadhigama sutra (A Treatise on the Essential Principles of Jainism) by Sri Umasvami Acharya. Edited...by J.L.

Jaini.

3: The Building of the Cosmos, or, Pañchîstikâyasâra (The Five Cosmic Constituents) by Svami Sri Kundakundacharya.

Edited...by A. Chakravartinayanar.

4: Purushartha-Siddhyupaya (Jaina-Pravachana-Rahasya-Kosha) by Shrimat Amrit Chandra Suri. Edited...by Ajit Prasada.

5: Gommatsara Jiva-Kanda (The Soul) by Shri Nemichandra Siddhanta Chakravarti. Edited...by Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini.

6: Gommatsara Karma-Kanda (Part I) by Shri Nemichandra Siddhanta Chakravarti. Edited...by Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini....

7: Atmanushasana (Discourse to the Soul) by Shri Guna-Bhadra Acharya. Edited...by Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini.

8: Samayasara (The Soul-Essence) by Shri Kunda Kunda Acharya. [Edited by] Rai Bahadur J.L. Jaini....

9: Niyamsara (The Perfect Law) by Shri Kunda Kunda Acharya. [Edited by] Uggar Sain....

10. Gommatsara Karma-Kanda (Part II). Edited...by Jaina-Dharma Bhushana Brahmachari Sital Prasada Ji assisted by

Pandit Ajit Prasada.

11. Pariksamukham by Manikyanandi (With Prameya-Ratnamala by Anantavirya). Edited...by Sarat Chandra Ghoshal. 4to.

Cloth. Reprint of the 1917-1940 edition.

New York (AMS Press), 1974.

2385 SADANANDA YOGINDRA. Vedanta-sara: A Work on Vedanta Philosophy.

By Sadananda. Edited with introduction, translation and explanatory notes by M. Hiriyanna. Second edition. (Poona Oriental Series. 14.) xx, 62pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Poona (Oriental Book Agency), 1962.

2386 SADDHATISSA, H. Buddhist Ethics: Essence of Buddhism.

Foreword by M. O’C. Walshe. 202, (6)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2387 SAGANT, PHILIPPE. Le paysan limbu: Sa maison et ses champs.

(Le Monde d’Outre-Mer Passé et Présent. Première série: Études. 41.) 404pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



141

Paris/The Hague (Mouton), 1976.

2388 SAGER, PETER. Moskaus Hand in Indien.

Untersuchung über die sowjetische Propaganda in Indien. 232pp., 44 plates.

Boards.

Bern (Verlag Schweizerisches Ost-Institut), 1966.

2389 [SAHAI, RAMA NATH (EDITOR).] Hindi pathamala (bhaga 1-4).

/ Hindi Primer (Books 1-4). [Sampadaka] Rama Natha

Sahaya.... xxiv, 760pp. Sm. stout 4to. Wraps. D.j.

New Delhi (Central Hindi Directorate, Ministry of Education and Social Welfare), [1974].

2390 SAHAI, SACHCHIDANAND. Ramayana in Laos.

A study in the Gvay dvórahbi. Foreword by Suniti Kumar Chatterji. xix,


(1), 148pp. 33 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


2391 SAHAI, SACHCHIDANAND. The Krsna Saga in Laos.

A study in the Brah Ku’td Brah Ban, or The Story of Banasura.

124pp. 4to. Cloth.

2392 SAHI, JYOTI. The Child and the Serpent.

Reflections on popular Indian symbols. xiv, 218pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

London/Boston (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1980.

2393 SAIKIA, PABAN CHANDRA. The Dibongiyas.

Social and religious life of a priestly community. (2), 109pp. 17 illus. hors

Oxford (Clarendon Press), 1894. texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2394 ST. JOHN, RICHARD FLEMING ST. ANDREW. A Burmese Reader.

Being an easy introduction to the written language and companion to Judson’s Grammar.... (The Oxford Oriental Series.) xxxii, 256, (4), 16pp., 2 plates. Cloth.

2395 SAKSENA, P.N., ET AL. Moharram in Two Cities: Lucknow and Delhi.

[By] P.N. Saksena, S. Bhatia, S.P. Thkral, S. Suri,

K.A. Gupta. Foreword: Asok Mitra. (Census of India 1961. Monograph Series Vol. I, Part VII-B, No. 3.) (6), 124pp. 60 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

New Delhi (Office of the Registrar General India, Ministry of Home Affairs), [1966].

2396

SALENTINY, FERNAND. Die Gewürzroute.

Die Entdeckung des Seewegs nach Asien. Portugals Aufstieg zur ersten europäischen See- und Handelsmacht. (DuMont Dokumente.) 166, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Stiff wraps.


2397 SALES, ANNE DE. Je suis né de vos jeux de tambours.

La religion chamanique des Magar du Nord. (Recherches sur la

Haute Asie. 2.) 339pp., 8 plates with 14 illus. Figs. 4to. Wraps.

Nanterre (Société d’Ethnologie), 1991.

2398 SALETORE, BHASKER ANAND. Mediaeval Jainism.

With special reference to the Vijayanagara Empire. ii, (4), 426pp.

Frontis. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Bombay (Karnatak Publishing House), [1938].

2399 SALETORE, R.N. Encyclopaedia of Indian Culture.

5 vols. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1981-1985.

2400 SALETORE, R.N. Indian Witchcraft.

(4), 216pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2401 SALMON, CLAUDINE & LOMBARD, DENYS. Les chinois de Jakarta: Temples et vie collective.

/ The Chinese of

Jakarta: Temples and Communal Life. (Études Insulindiennes-Archipel. 1.) lxxxviii, (2), 358pp. 34 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to.

Wraps.

Paris (Éditions de la Maison des Sciences de l’Homme), 1980.

2402 SALMONY, ALFRED. Die Plastik in Siam.

ix, (1), 61, (3)pp., 70 plates (3 color) with 95 illus., 1 map. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Hellerau (Avalun-Verlag), 1926.

2403 SAMADDAR, SIVAPRASAD. Calcutta Is.

xxi, (3), 324pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Buckram.

Calcutta (The Corporation of Calcutta), 1978.

2404 SAMSON, LEELA. Der klassische indische Tanz: Bharata Natyam, Manipuri, Kathak, Odissi, Kathakali.

Fotos:

Avinash Pasricha. 142, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart/Bonn (Burg Verlag), 1987.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



142

2405 SAND, KLEMENS VAN DE. Grundlagen und Probleme der ländlichen Lokalverwaltung in Indien.

(Mitteilungen des

Instituts für Asienkunde Hamburg. 54.) 202, (8)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2406 SANDHU, KERNIAL SINGH & WHEATLEY, PAUL (EDITORS). Melaka: The Transformation of a Malay Capital c. 1400-

1980.

2 vols. xxix, (1), 816pp.; xxix, (1), 784pp. 56 illus. hors texte. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2407

SÁNG-THÊ KY.



2408 SANGHARAKSHITA, BHIKSHU. Die drei Kleinode.

Eine Einführung in den Buddhismus. 294, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München (Delp), 1971.

2409 SANGHARAKSHITA, BHIKSHU. A Survey of Buddhism.

Third edition. x, (2), 527pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bandalore (The Indian Institute of World Culture), 1966.

2410 SANGSRI WIGAYATIPAT. Die nonverbalen Aspekte des traditionellen Thai-Theaters.

vii, 271, (1)pp. 30 plates. Lrg.

4to. Wraps. M.A. thesis, Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversität, München.

München, 1981.

2411 SANKAR. Subarna sujog.

241pp. Sm. 4to. Boards.

Calcutta (Dey’s Publishing), 1989.

2412 SANKARACARYA. Saundarya-lahari (The Ocean of Beauty) of Sri Samkara-Bhagavatpada.

With transliteration,

Adyar, Madras (The Theosophical Publishing House), 1977.

English translation, commentary, diagrams and an appendix on Grayoga by S. Subarhmanya Sastri and T.R. Srinivasa

Ayyangar. xix, (1), 285pp. Figs. Boards.

2413 SANKARACARYA. Upadesasahasri: gadyapadyabhagadvayam / A Thousand Teachings: In Two Parts - Prose and

Poetry - of Sri Sankarâchârya.

Translated into English with explanatory notes by Swâmi Jagadânanda. Second edition. viii,

315pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth. D.j.

Mylapore, Madras (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1949.

2414 SANKARACARYA. Upadeshasahasri.

Unterweisung in der All-Einheits-Lehre der Inder von Meister Shankara:

Gadyaprabandha oder das Buch in Prosa. Aus dem Sanskrit

übersetzt und erläutert von Paul Hacker.

(Religionsgeschichtliche Texte. 2.) 57, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Bonn (Ludwig Röhrscheid Verlag), 1949.

2415 SANKARANARAYANA, P. A Telugu-English Dictionary.

v, (1), 50, 901pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth (rebacked).

Madras (V. Ramaswamy Stastrulu & Sons), 1927.

2416 SANTI LEKSUKHUM. Temples of Gold: Seven Centuries of Thai Buddhist Paintings.

Photographs by Gilles Mermet.


London (Thames & Hudson), 2001.

2417 SANTIDEVA. Eintritt in das Leben zur Erleuchtung (Bodhicaryavatara).

Lehrgedicht des Mahayana aus dem Sanskrit

übersetzt von Ernst Steinkellner. 158, (2)pp. Wraps.


2418 SANYAL, CHARU CHANDRA. The Rajbansis of North Bengal.

(The Asiatic Society. Monograph Series. 11.) (4), 272, vii pp., 22 plates. Sm. folio. Wraps.


2419 SAPARAMADU, S.D. (EDITOR). The Polonnaruva Period.

Third edition. (The Ceylon Historical Journal. 4.) 206pp., 33 plates. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.


2420 SARAF, D.N Indian Crafts: Development & Potential.

(4), 279pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Cloth.


2421 SARKAR, BENOY KUMAR. The Political Institutions and Theories of the Hindus.

A study in comparative politics. xxiv,

242pp. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Leipzig (Verlag von Markert & Petters), 1922.

2422 SARKAR, JADUNATH. A History of Jaipur, c. 1503-1938.

Revised and edited by Raghubir Sinh. xvi, 416pp. 9 plates (1 color). 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



143

Hyderabad (Orient Longman), 1984.

2423 SARKAR, NIKHIL, ET AL. Woodcut Prints of Nineteenth Century Calcutta.

Texts by Nikhil Sarkar, Purnendu Pattrea,

Pranabranjan Ray, B.N. Mukherjee. 128pp. 130 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Calcutta (Seagull Books), 1983.

2424 SARKAR, SASANKA SEKHER. The Malérs of the Rajmahal Hills.

vii, (3), 129, (5), iii pp., 13 charts & tables (partly folding), 1 folding map. 34 figs. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Calcutta (The Book Company), 1938.

2425 SARKISYANZ, EMANUEL. Die Kulturen KontinentalSüdostasiens.

Kambodscha, Birma, Thailand, Laos, Vietnam,

Malaya. (Handbuch der Kulturgeschichte. 2. Abteilung: Kulturen de r Völker.) 160pp. 69 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Wiesbaden (Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft Athenaion), 1979.

2426

SARKISYANZ, EMANUEL. Südostasien seit 1945.

(Forschungsinstitut der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Auswärtige Politik.)

179, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

München (R. Oldenbourg Verlag), 1961.

2427 SARMA, A.C. Tai Ahom System of Government.

vii, (5), 372pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2428 SARMA, A.V.N. Adivasis of Kodiakkarai.

(Bulletin of the Madras Government Museum. N.S.-General Section. Vol. 13#1.) iv, 67pp., 8 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Madras (The Director of Stationery and Printing, Government of Tamil Nadu), 1976.

2429 SARMA, NILAKAMALA. Pracina Bharata mem Sakti-puja.

/ Sakti Worship in Ancient India. xix, (1), 483, (3)pp. 37 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Buckram.

Jodhapura (Saintiphika Pablisarsa), 1986.

Amadavada/Gujarata Rajya (Yunivarsiti Granthanirmana Borda/ Vitaraka, Balagovinda Bukaselarsa), 1976-1981.

2430 SASTRI, KESAVARAMA KASIRAMA. Brhad Gujarati kosa./ Comprehensive Gujarati Dictionary.

2 vols. 1. Svaro ane ka-cata varga. 2. Vyañjano, ta-pa varga, antahstha, ane ushmaksharo. 41, (3), 2327pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

2431 SASTRI, VISVABANDHU. Atharvavediya-brhatsarvanukramanika.

pathavimasaumpayikena pathabhedaditippanena samyojita sati bhimadevah, pitambaradatta Ityetabhyam sahakrtena visvabandhuna sampadita./ Atharvavediyabrhatsarvanukramanika. Edited, critically, and annotated with text-comparative data from original manuscripts and other available materials by Vishva Bandhu in collaboration with Bhim Dev & Pitambar Datt. (Woolner Indological Series. 1./

Vishveshvaranad Institute Publications. 377.) xix, (1), 197pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram.

Hosiarapuram (Visvesvarananda-vaidika-sodha-samsthanam), 1966.

2432 SATHIANPHONG WANNAPOK (TRANSLATION). Phuttha wachana nai Thammabot.

/ The Buddha’s Words in the

Dhammapada. Second edition. (22), 493pp. Wraps. Parallel texts in Pali, Thai and English.

Krung Thep (Su’ksit Sayam), 1980.

2433

SAVINA, F.M. Dictionnaire étymologique français-nùng-chinois.

xi, (1), 528pp. 4to. Wraps.

Hongkong (Imprimerie de Nazareth), 1924.

2434 SAVINA, F.M. Dictionnaire français-mán.

Précédé d'une note sur les Mán kim-di-mun et leur langue. (Extrait du “Bulletin de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient,” t. 26.) 255pp. 4to. Wraps.


2435 SAVINA, F.M. Dictionnaire miao-tseufrançais précédé d'un précis de grammaire miao-tseu et suivi d'un vocabulaire français-miao-tseu.

(Bulletin de l'École Française d'Extrême Orient. 16#2.) xxii, 246pp. Lrg. 4to. Later wraps.

Hanoi (École Française d'Extrême Orient), 1917.

2436 SAVINA, F.M. Guide linguistique de l’Indochine française.

2 vols. xvii, (3), 1198, 1198, 107, 10, (2)pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loosely inserted, as issued. 4to. Buckram.

Hongkong (Imprimerie de la Société des Missions-Etrangères), 1939.

2437 SAVINA, F.M. Le vocabulaire Bè de F.M. Savina.

Présenté par A.G. Haudricourt. (Publications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 57.) 170pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.


2438

SCHAEFFER, JÖRG. Traditionalle Gesellschaft und Geschichte der Rhadé im südvietnamesischen Hochland.

Inaugural-Dissertation...Albert-LudwigsUniversität, Freiburg i.Br. (6), 202, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Freiburg (Johannes Krause), 1979.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



144

2439 SCHÄRER, HANS. Ngaju Religion.

The conception of god among a South Borneo people. With a preface by P.E. de

Josselin de Jong. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 6.) xv, (1), 229, (3)pp., 26 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.


2440 SCHÄRER, HANS. Der Totenkult der Ngadju Dajak in Süd-Borneo.

Mythen zum Totenkult und die Texte zum Tatolak

Matei. (Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 51.) 2 vols. I: Mythen zum Totenkult.

II: Handlungen und Texte zum Totenkult. xv, (1), viii, 963pp. 4to. Wraps.


2441 SCHARFE, HARTMUT. Untersuchungen zur Staatsrechtslehre des Kautalya.

(4), 349, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.


2442 SCHARLAU, WINFRIED. Vier Drachen am Mekong.

Asien im Umbruch. 384pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2443 SCHAYER, STANISLAV. Die Struktur der magischen Weltanschauung nach dem Atharva-Veda und den Brahmana-

Texten.

(Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des Buddhismus und verwandter Gebiete. 15./ Sonderdruck au s der “Zeitschrift für Buddhismus.”) 45pp. 4to. Wraps.


2444 SCHEBESTA, PAUL. Die Negrito Asiens.

(Studia Instituti Anthropos. 6, 1213./ Die Pygmäenvölker der Erde. II. Reihe.) 2 vols. in 3 parts. I: Geschichte, Geographie, Umwelt, Demographie und Anthropologie der Negrito. xv, (1), 496, 21, (3)pp., 17 plates with 63 illus., 1 lrg. folding map. II: Ethnographie der Negrito. 2 parts. 1. Halbband. Wirtschaft und Soziologie. xiv, (4),

339, (1)pp., 42 plates with 105 illus. 2. Halbband: Religion und Mythologie. xiv, (2), 336pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. Text figs.

Lrg. 4to. New cloth.

WienMödling (St.-Gabriel Verlag), 1952-1957.

2445 SCHECTER, JERROLD. The New Face of Buddha.

Buddhism and political power in Southeast Asia. xix, (1), 300pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Coward-McCann), 1967.

2446 SCHEFOLD, REIMAR. Lia: Das grosse Ritual auf den Mentawai-Inseln (Indonesien).

694, (2)pp., 1 lrg. folding chart.

126 illus. 4to. Wraps. Summaries in Bahasa Indonesia and English.

Berlin (Reimer), 1988.

2447 SCHERMAN, L. Brettchenwebereien aus Birma und den Himalayaländern.

(Sonderabdruck aus dem Münchner


Jahrbuch der Bildenden Kunst, 1913.) (20)pp. 25 illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

München (Verlag Georg D.W. Callwey), 1913.

2448 SCHICK, JÜRGEN. Die Götter verlassen das Land.

Kunstraub in Nepal. 143, (1)pp. 183 illus., 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

2449 SCHIFFMAN, HAROLD F. A Reference Grammar of Spoken Kannada.

(Publications on Asia of the School of

International Studies, University of Washington. 39.) xxii, 177, (5)pp. Frontis. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2450 SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE. Berge, Wüsten, Heiligtümer.

Meine Reisen in Pakistan und Indien. 287pp. 7 maps. 4to. Cloth.


2451 SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE. Im Reich der Grossmoguln.

Geschichte, Kunst, Kultur. 459, (3)pp. 37 illus., 1 map, 1 chart.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2452 SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE. Der Islam im indischen Subkontinent.

(Grundzüge. 48.) v, (1), 163pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2453 SCHIMMEL, ANNEMARIE & WELCH, STUART CARY. A nvari’s Divan: A Pocket Book for Akbar.

A Divan of

Auhaduddin Anvari, copied for the Mughal emperor Jalaluddin Akbar (r. 1556-1605) at Lahore in A.H. 996/A.D. 1588. Now in the Fogg Art Museum of Harvard University. 142pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

New York (The Metropolitan Museum of Art), 1983.

2454 SCHLEBERGER, ECKARD. Die indische Götterwelt.

Gestalt, Ausdruck und Sinnbild. Ein Handbuch der hinduistischen

Ikonographie. 293, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Köln (Eugen Diederichs Verlag), 1986.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



145

2455 SCHLINGLOFF, DIETER. German Indology.

A list of institutions and persons concerned with Sanskrit and allied studies.

(27)ff. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps., GBC-bound.

N.p., n.d.

2456 (SCHMALKALDEN, CASPAR) JOOST, WOLFGANG (EDITOR). Die wundersamen Reisen des Caspar Schmalkalden nach West- und Ostindien, 1642-1652.

Nach einer bisher unveröffentlichten Handschrift bearbeitet und herausgegeben. 2.

Auflage. 192pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB F.A. Brockhaus Verlag), 1983..

2457 SCHMIDT, KARL. Pali, Buddhas Sprache.

Anfänger-Lehrgang zum Selbstunterricht. 77, (3)pp. Cloth.

Konstanz (Paul Christiani), 1951.

2458 SCHMIDT, P.W. Die MonKhmer Völker.

Ein Bindeglied zwischen Völkern Zentralasiens und Austronesiens. x, (2), 157pp.,

3 maps. New wraps., orig. front-cover mounted.

Braunschweig (Friedrich Vieweg und Sohn), 1906.

2459 SCHMIDT, P.W. Slapat ragawan datow smim ron. Buch des Ragawan, der Königsgeschichte.

Die Geschichte der

MonKönige in Hinterindien nach einem Palmblatt-Manuskript aus dem Mon übersetzt, mit einer Einführung und Noten versehen. (Sitzungsberichte der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Philosophisch-historische Classe. Band 151,

III.) 196pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Wien (Alfred Hölder), 1906.

2460 SCHMIDT, RICHARD. Indische Erotik.

Nach den wichtigsten Quellen erstmalig dargestellt. Zweite Auflage. xi, (1), 691,

(1)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Berlin (Hermann Barsdorf Verlag), [1910].

2461 SCHMIDT, RICHARD (TRANSLATOR). Sukasaptati: Das indische Papageienbuch.

(Meisterwerke orientalischer

Literaturen. 3.) xvi, 243, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.


2462 SCHMITHAUSEN, LAMBERT. Alayavijñana.

On the origin and the early development of a central concept of Yogacara philosophy. (Studia Philologica Buddhica: Monograph Series. IV.) 2 vols. I: Text. II: Notes, Bibliography and Indices. ix, (3),

700, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Tokyo (The International Institute for Buddhist Studies), 1987.

2463 SCHMITHAUSEN, LAMBERT. Buddhism and Nature.

The lecture delivered on the occasion of the EXPO 1990. An enlarged version with notes. (Studia Philologica Buddhica: Occasional Paper Series. 6.) (4), 67pp. 4to. Wraps.


2464 SCHMITHAUSEN, LAMBERT. The Problem of the Sentience of Plants in Earliest Buddhism.

(Studia Philologica

Buddhica: Monograph Series. 6.) (4), 121, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.


2465 SCHMITT, EBERHARD. Indien: Politik, Ökonomie, Gesellschaft.

Unter Mitarbeit von Eva Preuss. 341, (3)pp. Prof. illus.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (EXpress Edition), 1982.

2466 SCHNEIDER, ULRICH. Einführung in den Buddhismus.

xii, 221, (3)pp., 4 plates, 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2467 SCHNEIDER, ULRICH. Einführung in den Hinduismus.

(Orientalistische Einführungen in Gegenstand, Ergebnisse und

Perspektiven der Einzelgebiete.) xv, (1), 257pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2468 SCHNITGER, F.M. Forgotten Kingdoms in Sumatra.

With contributions by C. von Fuhrer-Haimendorf and G.L. Tichelman; with an introduction by John N. Miksic. xx, (2), 175, (3)pp., 40 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Originally published Leiden 1939.


2469 SCHOENBERG, J. (TRANSLATOR). Der Hitopadescha.

Altindische Märchen und Sprüche. Aus dem Sanskrit übersetzt. xxvii, (3), 225pp. Wraps.

Wien (Verlag von Carl Konegen), 1884.

2470 SCHOLL-LATOUR, PETER. Der Tod im Reisfeld.

Dreissig Jahre Krieg in Indochina. 384pp. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2471 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Batiken eines Kindertragtuches.

(Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E

1270/1967.) 21pp. 8 illus. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



146

Göttingen (Institut für den wissenschaftlichen Film), 1974.

2472 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, TakProvinz): Begräbnis eines Knaben.

(Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1278/1967.)

25pp. 7 illus. Wraps.


2473 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, TakProvinz): Entkörnen und Mahlen von Mais.


1277/1968.) 14pp. 6 illus. Wraps.


2474 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Hanfweben auf dem Trittwebstuhl.


1274/1967.) 17pp. 5 illus. Wraps.


2475 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herrichten der Kette beim Hanfweben.


1273/1968.) 16pp. 5 illus. Wraps.


2476 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-

Provinz): Herstellen einer Wasserbütte.


1235/1968.) 15pp. 3 illus. Wraps.


2477 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen einer Wasserpfeife.


1237/1968.) 14pp. 3 illus. Wraps.


2478 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, TakProvinz): Herstellen eines Gewürzmörsers.


1234/1968.) 14pp. 3 illus. Wraps.


2479 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen von Hanfgarn zum Weben.


1272/1967.) 19pp. 7 illus. Wraps.


2480 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen von Silberdraht und Anfertigen einer Kette.

(Encyclopaedia

Cinematographica. E 1231/1968.) 17pp. 4 illus. Wraps.


2481 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Herstellen von Tontiegeln zum Silberschmelzen.

(Encyclopaedia



2482 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, TakProvinz): Kindertragen mit einem Rückentuch.


1281/1968.) 15pp. 4 illus. Wraps.


2483 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Opiumernte.

(Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1275/1968.) 15pp. 4 illus.

Wraps.


2484 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Opiumrauchen.

(Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1276/1968.) 14pp. 2 illus. Wraps.


2485 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, Tak-Provinz): Schnitzen einer Armbrust.

(Encyclopaedia Cinematographica. E 1238/1968.)

20pp. 6 illus. Wraps.


2486 SCHOLZ, F. Miao (Thailand, TakProvinz): Verzieren der Schmuckplatte eines Silbergehänges.

(Encyclopaedia



2487 SCHOLZ, FRIEDHELM. Der Herr des Bodens in Ostindonesien.

InauguralDissertation...Universität Köln. 185, (5)pp., 16 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Köln, 1962.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



147

2488 SCHOMERUS, H.W. (TRANSLATOR). Sivaitische Heiligenlegenden (Periyapurana und Tiruvatavurar-Purana).

(Religiöse Stimmen der Völker. Texte zur Gottesmystik des Hinduismus. 2.) xxxi, (3), 305, (3)pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Jena (Verlag Eugen Diederichs), 1925.

2489 SCHREINER, ALFRED. Les institutions annamites en BasseCochinchine avant la conquête française.

3 vols. (2),

340pp.; (2), 324pp.; vii, (1), 325, xlvii pp. Marbled boards, 1/4 leather (rubbed).

Saigon (Claude & Cie.), 1900-1902.

2490 SCHREINER, LOTHAR. Adat und Evangelium.

Zur Bedeutung der altvölkischen Lebensordnungen für Kirche und Mission unter den Batak in Nordsumatra. (Missionswissenschaftliche Forschungen. 7.) 315, (1)pp. 10 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Englishlanguage summary.

Gütersloh (Gütersloher Verlagshaus Gerd Mohn), 1972.

2491 SCHRENCK-NOTZING, CASPAR. Hundert Jahre Indien.

Die politische Entwicklung 1857-1961. 239pp., 2 folding maps.

Cloth.

Stuttgart (W. Kohlhammer Verlag), 1961.

2492 SCHROCK, JOANN L., ET AL. Minority Groups in Thailand.

Contributors: Joann L. Schrock, Irene Crowe, Marilou

Fromme, Dennis E. Gosier, Virginia S. McKenzie, Raymond W. Myers, Patricia L. Syegeman. (Ethnographic Study Series.) viii, (2), 1135pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Washington, D.C. (Department of the Army), 1970.

2493 SCHROCK, JOANN L., ET AL. Minority Groups in the Republic of Vietnam.

Contributors: Joann L. Schrock, William

Stockton Jr., Elaine M. Murphy, Marilou Fromme. (Ethnographic Study Series./ Department of the Army Pamphlet No. 550-

105.) ix, (1), 1163pp. Figs. Lrg. stout 4to. Wraps. Mimeograph.

Springfield, Virginia (National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce), 1966.

2494 SCHROEDER, ALBERT. Dai nam hóa tê dô Luc. Annam: Études numismatiques.

Texte [only]. vii, (1), 651pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Paris (Imprimerie Nationale/ Ernest Leroux), 1905.

2495 SCHROEDER, LEOPOLD VON. Indien’s Literatur und Cultur in historischer Entwicklung.

Ein Cyklus von fünfzig

Vorlesungen. Zugleich als Handbuch der indischen Literaturgeschichte, nebst zahlreichen, in deutscher Uebersetzung mitgetheilten Proben aus indischen Schriftwerken. vii, (1), 785, (1)pp. Sm. stout 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Leipzig (H. Haessel), 1887.

2496 SCHRÖDER, MANFRED. Reis auf roter Erde.

Skizzen aus der Landwirtschaft Vietnams. 166pp. Prof. illus. Sm. sq. 4to.

Boards.

[Berlin] (Deutscher Landwirtschaftsverlag), [1979].

2497 SCHUBRING, WALTHER. Die Lehre der Jainas nach den alten Quellen dargestellt.

(Grundriss der indo-arischen

Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. III. Band, 7. Heft.) (2), 251pp. 4to. Cloth.


2498 SCHUBRING, WALTHER. Nayadhammakahao.

Das sechste Anga des Jaina-

Siddhanta. Einführung, kritische

Nacherzählung mit Ausgabe der wichtigeren Textpartien, Kommentar und Glossar. Aus dem Nachlass herausgegeben von

J. Deleu. (Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz. Abhandlungen der geistes- und sozialwissenschaftlichen

Klasse. Jahrgang 1978, Nr. 6.) 79, (5)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Mainz/Wiesbaden (Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur/ Franz Steiner Verlag), 1978.

2499 SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Auf den Spuren des Buddha Gotama.

Eine Pilgerfahrt zu den historischen Stätten.

183, (1)pp. 56 color plates, figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Olten/Freiburg i.Br. (Walter-Verlag), 1992.

2500 SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Buddhism and Buddhist Studies in Germany.

44, (2)pp. 16 illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Rangoon (Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany), 1970.

2501 SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Buddhismus: Stifter, Schulen und Systeme.


Olten/Freiburg i.Br. (Walter-Verlag), 1976.

2502 SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Buddhistische Bilderwelt.

Ein ikonographisches Handbuch des Mahayana- und

Tantrayana-Buddhismus. 381, (3)pp. 420 illus. 4to. Cloth.


2503 SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Der historische Buddha.



15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



148

2504 SCHUMANN, HANS WOLFGANG. Mahayana-Buddhismus.

Die zweite Drehung des Dharma-Rades. 215, (1)pp. Illus.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2505 [SCHUMANN, OLAF H.] Der Islam in Indonesien.

(Christentum und Islam. 9.) 74pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Breklum/Wiesbaden (Breklumer Verlag/ Orientdienst e.V.), 1978.

2506 SCHWARTZBERG, JOSEPH E. (EDITOR). A Historical Atlas of South Asia.

With the collaboration of Shiva G. Bajpai,

Raj B. Mathur and Hameed ud-Din, Lawrence S. Leshnik, Monique E. Schwartzberg, Donna Scott, Eleanor M. Zelliot, and others. Second impression, with additional material. (The Association for Asian Studies. Reference Series. 2.) xxxix, 376pp.

Prof. illus. Lrg. folio. Cloth.


2507 SCHWARZ, FRANZ F. Die Nala-Legende I und II.

Text, Umschrift, Übersetzung und Kommentar. (Arbeiten aus dem

Institut für vergleichende Sprachwissenschaft. 7.) xviii, 65pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Wien (Gerold & Co.), 1966.

2508 SCHWEISGUTH, P. Étude sur la littérature siamoise.

(2), 409pp., 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Wraps.


2509 SCOTT, J.G. Burma.

A handbook of practical information. Third edition revised. vi, 536pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Staining.

London (Daniel O’Connor), 1921.

2510 SCOTT, J.G. Burma from the Earliest Times to the Present Day.

(The Story of the Nations.) xii, 372pp., 32 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (T. Fisher Unwin), 1924.

2511 [SCOTT, JAMES GEORGE.] The Burman: His Life and Notions.

By Shway Yoe [pseud.]. 2 vols. xiv, (2), 370, (6)pp.; viii,

360pp. Cloth.


2512 SCOTT-KEMBALL, JEUNE. Javanese Shadow Puppets.

65, (1)pp. 30 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

London (British Museum), 1970.


2513 SECKEL, DIETRICH. Kunst des Buddhismus: Werden, Wanderung und Wandlung.

Second edition. (Kunst der Welt:

Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.) 332pp. 55 tipped-in color plates, 73 text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase.

2514 SEIDENFADEN, ERIK. The Thai Peoples.

Book I [all published]: The Origins and Habitats of the Thai Peoples with a

Sketch of Their Material and Spiritual Culture. (12), 177pp. 80 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.


2515 SEIDENSTÜCKER, KARL. Süd-buddhistische Studien.

I [all published]: Die Buddha-Legende in den Skulpturen des

AnandaTempels zu Pagan. (Mitteilungen aus dem Museum für Völkerkunde. IV./ Aus dem 9. Beiheft zum Jahrbuch der

Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen Anstalten. XXXII.) 114pp., 40 plates. 1 plan, 11 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Hamburg (Lütcke & Wulff), 1916.

2516 SEIDENSTÜCKER, KARL. Zwölf Jataka-Reliefs am Ananda-Tempel zu Pagan.

(Untersuchungen zur Geschichte des

Buddhismus und verwandter Gebiete. 17./ Sonderdruck aus der “Zeitschrift für Buddhismus.”) 31, (1)pp., 6 plates with 12 illus. 4to. Wraps.


2517 SEIN, KENNETH & WHITEY, J.A. The Great Po Sein.

A chronicle of the Burmese theater. Drawings by Ba Lone Lay. xiv,

170pp. 15 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Bloomington/London (Indiana University Press), 1965.

2518 SEKHAR, ANANTARAMAYYAR CHANDRA. Evolution of Malayalam.

(Deccan College Dissertation Series. 10.) (4),

220pp. 4to. Wraps.


2519 SELIGMANN, C.G. & SELIGMANN, BRENDA Z. The Veddas.

With a chapter by C.S. Myers and an appendix by A. Mendis

Gunasekara. (Cambridge Archaeological and Ethnological Series.) xiii, (3), 463, (1)pp., 72 plates, 1 folding map. 15 text figs.

4to. Leatherette. Reprint of the Cambridge 1911 edition.

Oosterhout (Anthropological Publications), 1969.

2520 SELL, HANS JOACHIM. Der schlimme Tod bei den Völkern Indonesiens.

vii, (1), 337pp. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



149


2521 SELLATTO, BERNARD. Hornbill and Dragon.

Arts and culture of Borneo. 49, (185)pp. 472 color illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Singapore (Sun Tree Publishing), 1992.

2522 SELTMANN, FRIEDRICH. Die Kalang.

Eine Volksgruppe auf Java und ihre Stamm-Mythe. Ein Beitrag zur Kulturgeschichte

Javas. Mit tabellarischer Übersicht, Indizes und Glossar. 430pp., 53 plates (8 color), 2 folding maps. 17 text figs. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.


2523 SELTMANN, FRIEDRICH. Schatten- und Marionettenspiel in Savantvadi (Süd-Maharastra).

102, (2)pp., 38 plates with


146 illus. (32 color). 7 text figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2524 SELTMANN, FRIEDRICH. Schattenspiel in Kerala.

Sakra les Theater in Süd-Indien. Mit Summary und einem Anhang:

Sequence of Scenes of the Kamba-Ramayanak-Kuttu. 134, (4)pp., 44 plates with 165 illus. (16 color). 3 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

2525 SEN, CHITRABHANU. A Dictionary of the Vedic Rituals.

Based on the Srauta and Grhya sutras. 172pp., 3 plates, 9 plans. 4to. Cloth.


2526 SEN, DEVDAN & MACKENZIE, SIMON P.M. Himalaya: Die Klöster des Lama.

Photographs by Hitoshi Tamura. (Die Welt

Delhi (Mittal Publications), 1988. der Religionen. 12.) 138, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Freiburg (Herder), [1983].

2527 SEN, DINESHCHANDRA (EDITOR). The Ballads of Bengal.

4 vols. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Calcutta 1923-1932.

2528 SEN, DIPANKAR. Handicrafts Survey Monograph on Lac Ornaments.

Editor: Sukumar Sinha. (Census of India 1961.

West Bengal & Sikkim. Vol. XVI, Part VIIA [ii].) xxvi, (2), 134, (6)pp., 48 plates (5 color), 2 maps. 13 figs., 37 tables. Lrg. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2529

SEN, GERTRUDE EMERSON. The Pageant of India’s History.

Vol. 1 [all published]. xii, 431pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York/London (Longmans, Green and Co.), 1948.

2530 SEN, P. Handicrafts Survey Monograph on Dokra Artisans of Dariapur (Burdwan).

[By] P. Sen, R.A. Singh, A.N.

Mukherjee, S. Sinha. (Census of India 1961. West Bengal & Sikkim. Vol. XVI, Part VII-A [4].) xxvi, 100pp., 40 plates, 2 maps. Text figs. Lrg. 4to. Boards.

Delhi (Government of India Press), 1973.

2531 SEN, PRABHAS. Crafts of West Bengal.

Photographed by S. Mahalanobis. (Living Traditions of India.) 172, (8)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.


2532 SEN, SURENDRA NATH. Eighteen Fifty-Seven.

With a foreword by Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. xxv, (3), 468pp., 8 plates,

3 folding maps. 4to. Wraps.

[Delhi] (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, Government of India), 1958.

2533 SENA, NAGENDRANATHA. The Ayurvedic System of Medicine, or, An Exposition, in English, of Hindu Medicine as

Occurring in Charaka, Sucruta, Bágbhata, and Other Authoritative Works, Ancient and Modern, in Sanskrit.

By

Kabiraj Nagendra Nath Sen Gupta. 2 vols. 32, lxii, 496pp.; iii, (1), 73, (1), 778pp. Stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1901.

Delhi (Neeraj Publishing House), 1984.

2534 SENEVIRATNA, ANURADHA. Traditional Dance of Sri Lanka.

(Central Cultural Fund, Ministry of Cultural Affairs.

Publication No. 18.) (2), 122, (2)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Colombo (Central Cultural Fund, Ministry of Cultural Affairs), 1984.

2535 SENEVIRATNA, ANURADHA & POLK, BENJAMIN. Buddhist Monastic Architecture in Sri Lanka (The Woodland

Shrines).

152pp., 48 color plates. 4to. Cloth.


2536 SENEVIRATNE, H.L. Rituals of the Kandyan State.

(Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 22.) (10), 190pp. 6 maps,

7 figs. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



150

2537 SENI PRAMOD, M.R. Interpretative Translations of Thai Poets.

Fourth edition. (2), 73, (27)pp. 12 color plates. 4to.

Wraps.

Bangkok (Thai Watana Panich Co.), 1978.

2538 SETHNA, NELLY H. Kalamkari: Painted & Printed Fabrics from Andhra Pradesh.

(Living Traditions of India.) 94pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Ahmedabad (Mapin International), 1985.

2539 SETTAR, S. Inviting Death: Indian Attitude Towards the Ritual Death.

(Monographs and Theoretical Studies in

Sociology and Anthropology in Honour of Nels Anderson. Publication 28.) xxx, 324pp., 49 plates. 64 text figs. 4to. Wraps.


2540 SETTAR, S. & SONTHEIMER, GUNTHER D. (EDITORS). Memorial Stones.

A study of their origin, significance and variety. (Institute of Indian Art History, Karnatak University, Dharwad. I.A.H. Series. No. 2./ South Asia Institute, University of

Heidelberg. South Asian Studies. XI/ 11.) (16), 393pp. 168 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Dharwad/ New Delhi (Institute of Indian Art History/ South Asia Institute), 1982.

2541 SEWELL, ROBERT. A Forgotten Empire (Vijayanagar).

A contribution to the history of India. xx, 427pp. 4to. Buckram, 1/4 cloth.


2542 SHACKLE, C. A Guru Nanak Glossary.

xxxi, (1), 276pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2543 SHACKLE, C. An Introduction to the Sacred Language of the Sikhs.

(10), 207pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2544 SHACKLE, C. Punjabi.

x, 223pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

London (Teach Yourself Books), 1972.

2545 SHAH, HAKU. Votive Terracottas of Gujarat.

Edited by Carmen Kagal. (Living Traditions of India.) 152pp. Prof. illus. Sq.

4to. Cloth.

Ahmedabad (Mapin International), 1985.

2546

SHAH, HAKU, ET AL. Gopal: Ein indischer Balladensänger zeichnet sein Leben.

Von Haku Shah, Barbara und

Eberhard Fischer. (54)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in German and Gujarati.

Wuppertal (Peter Hammer Verlag), 1985.

2547 SHAH, P.G. Vimukta Jatis: Denotified Communities in Western India.

With a foreword by U.N. Dhebar. xv, (1), 164pp., 7 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Bombay (Gujarat Research Society), 1967.

2548 SHAH, SYED FARUQUE. In der Fremde.

/ Prabase. Bengalische Gedichte Bengalisch-Deutsch. Editiert und ins Deutsche

übertragen von Rahul Peter Das. 79pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Parallel texts in German and Bengali.


2549 SHAH, UMAKANT P. Jaina-Rupa-Mandana.

Volume I [all published]: Jaina Iconography. viii, (2), 342pp., 109 plates. Lrg.

4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Abhina Publications), 1987.

2550 SHAKESPEAR, JOHN. A Dictionary, Hindustani and English, and English and Hindustani, the Latter Being Entirely

New.

Fourth edition, greatly enlarged. xii, 2414, (2)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.

London (Printed for the Author and published by Pelham Richardson), 1849.

2551 SHAMASASTRY, R. The Origin of the Devanagari Alphabets.

70pp. Figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Varanasi (Bharati-Prakashan), 1973.

2552 SHAN, SHARAN-JEET. In My Own Name: An Autobiography.

New edition. (10), 177pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

London (The Women’s Press), 1986.

2553 SHANTA, N. La voie jaina.

Histoi re, spiritualité, vie des ascètes pèlerines de l’Inde. Présentation de R. Panikkar. (Les Deux

Rives.) 613pp. 19 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (O.E.I.L.), 1985.

2554

SHAPOSHNIKOVA, L.V. Bei den Australoiden Südindiens.

304pp., 32 plates (mostly in color). Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig/Moskva (VEB F.A. Brockhaus Verlag/ Verlag Progress), 1976.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



151

2555 SHAPOSHNIKOVA, L.V. Das Geheimnis der Toda.

Reisen in den Blauen Bergen Südindiens. 351, (5)pp., 32 plates (8 color), 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Leipzig (F.A. Brockhaus Verlag), 1976.

2556 SHAPOSHNIKOVA, L.V. Meine Freunde die Kung.

Als Ethnologin in Südindien. 306, (2)pp., 17 color plates. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB F.A. Brockhaus Verlag), 1983.

2557 SHARMA, ARYENDRA & VERMEER, HANS J

. Einführung in die Grammatik des modernen Hindi.

(Studienausgabe). 2.

Auflage. (2), iii, (1), 103pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2558 SHARMA, ARYENDRA & VERMEER, HANS J. HindiDeutsches Wörterbuch.

5 vols. xvii, (1), 1644pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Heidelberg (Julius Groos Verlag), 1983-1985.

2559 SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Festivals of India.

xxiii, (3), 156pp., 9 color plates. 107 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.


2560 SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Iconography of Revanta. 86pp., 46 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2561 SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Iconography of Sadasiva.

xxi, (3), 61, (3)pp., 38 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2562 SHARMA, BRIJENDRA NATH. Iconography of Vainayaki.

92pp., 37 plates (1 color). Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2563 SHARMA, JAGDISH SARAN. Encyclopaedia Indica.

Second revised edition. 2 vols. (5), 1407pp. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (S. Chand & Company), 1981.

2564 SHARMA, KRISHNA M. Jarman hindi kos./ DeutschHindi Wörterbuch.

xxxix, (1), 1216pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Gladenbach (Verlag Hinder + Deelmann), 1978.

2565 SHARMA, R.C. Brass and Copperware Industry in Uttar Pradesh, With Special Reference to Varanasi.

(Census of

India 1961. Vol. XV: Uttar Pradesh. Part VII A. Handicrafts Survey Monograph No. 4.) (4), iii, (3), 52pp., 65 plates, 4 charts,

2 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2566 SHARMA, R.C. Woollen Carpet and Blanket Industry in Uttar Pradesh.

With special study of woollen carpet industry at

Shahjahanpur and blanket industry at Muzaffarnagar. (Census of India 1961. Vol. XV: Uttar Pradesh. Part VII A. Handicrafts

Survey Monograph No. 1.) iii, (3), 69, (1)pp., 48 plates, 2 maps. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2567 SHARMA, RAM KARAN. Elements of Poetry in the Mahabharata.

(University of California Publications in Classical

Philology. 20.) xiii, (1), 175pp. 4to. Wraps.


2568 SHARMA, SURESH K. & BAKSHI, S.R. (EDITORS). Encyclopaedia of Kashmir.

10 vols. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Anmol Publications), 1996.

2569 SHARP, LAURISTON & HANKS, LUCIEN M. Bang Chan.

Social history of a rural community in Thailand. (Cornell Studies in Anthropology.) 314pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.


2570 SHARVANANDA. Kathopsanisad.

Including original verses, constructed text (anvaya) with a literal word by word translation, English rendering of each stanza, copious notes, and introductory note. (Upanisad Series.) vii, (1), 114pp.

Wraps.

Mylapore (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1968.

2571 SHASHI, S.S. (EDITOR). Encyclopaedia Indica: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh.

Vols. 1 - 10. 4to. Cloth.


2572 SHASHI, S.S. (EDITOR). Encyclopaedia of Indian Tribes.

12 vols. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



152

2573 SHAW, WILLIAM. Notes on the Thadou Kukis.

Edited, with introduction, notes, appendices, illustrations and index by J.H.

Hutton. (From the Journal and Proceedings, Asiatic Society of Bengal, N.S., Vol. 24#1. Article No. 1.) 175pp., 7 plates, 1

The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1958. folding map. 4to. Cloth.

[Calcutta] (Asiatic Society of Bengal/ Government of Assam), 1929.

2574 SHCHERBATSKOI, F. I. Buddhist Logic.

(Indo-Iranian Reprints. 4.) 2 vols. xii, 560pp.; vi, (2), 468, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.

2575 SHCHERBATSKOI, F. I. Buddhist Logic.

2 vols. xii, 558, (18)pp.; vi, (2), 468, (18)pp. 4to. Wraps. Reprint of the Leningrad

1930 edition.


2576 SHEA, DAVID & TROYER, ANTHONY (TRANSLATORS). The Dab istán, or School of Manners.

The religious beliefs, observances, philosophic opinions and social customs of the nations of the East. Translated from the original Persian. With

New York/London (M. Walter Dunne), 1901. a special introduction by A.V. Williams Jackson. (Universal Classics Library./ Oriental Literature.) xv, (1), 411pp. Frontis. 4to.

Marbled boards, 3/4 buckram.

2577 SHEKHAR, I. Sanskrit Drama: Its Origin and Decline.

(Orientalia Rheno-Traiectina. 7.) xxvii, (1), 214pp., 10 plates. 4to.

Cloth.


2578 SHENDGE, MALATI J. The Civilized Demons: The Harappans in Rgveda.

xv, (1), 441pp., 1 folding map, 12 plates with



2579 SHEPPARD, MUBIN, TAN SRI DATUK. Living Crafts of Malaysia.

118pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth.

Singapore (Times Books International), 1978.

2580

SHEPPARD, MUBIN, TAN SRI DATUK. The Magic Kite And Other Ma’yong Stories.

x, 50pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Kuala Lumpur (Federal Publications), 1960.

2581 SHEPPARD, MUBIN, TAN SRI DATUK. Malay Courtesy.

A narrative account of Malay manners and customs in everyday use. Foreword by Dato’ Abdul Razak bin Hussein. 33pp. Illus. Wraps.

Singapore (Donald Moore), 1957.

2582 SHER, SHER SINGH. The Sikligars of Punjab: A Gypsy Tribe.

xi, (3), 415pp. 27 illus. hors texte, 33 diagrams. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Sterling Publishers), 1966.

2583 SHERWANI, H.K. History of the Qutb Shahi Dynasty.

xxiv, 739pp., 1 folding chart. Frontis., 16 illus. hors texte. Stout 4to.

Cloth.


2584 SHERWANI, H.K. & JOSHI, P.M. (EDITORS). History of Medieval Deccan (1295-1724).

2 vols. I: Mainly Political and

Hyderabad (Director of Printing and Publication Bureau, Government of Andhra Pradesh), 1973-1974.

Military Aspects. xvi, (2), 653pp. 1 lrg. folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. II: Mainly Cultural Aspects. xxx, (2), 627,

(3)pp., 90 plates. Text figs. Stout 4to. Buckram.

2585 SHIRATORI, YOSHIRO, ET AL. Tonan Ajia sanchi minzokushi: Yao to sono rinsetsu shoshuzoku.

334pp. Prof. illus.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase. Englishlanguage summary entitled “Ethnography of the Hill Tribes of Southeast Asia.”

Tokyo (Kodansha), 1978.

2586 A SHORT GUIDE TO: BOROBUDUR, MENDUT AND PAWON.

28pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

N.p. (Department of Information, Republic of Indonesia), n.d.

2587 SHORTO, H.L. A Dictionary of Modern Spoken Mon.

xvi, (2), 280pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2588 SHORTO, H.L. A Dictionary of the Mon Inscriptions from the Sixth to the Sixteenth Centuries.

Incorporating materials collected by C.O. Blagden. (London Oriental Series. 24.) xli, (1), 406pp. 4to. Cloth.


2589 SHULMAN, DAVID DEAN. The King and the Clown in South Indian Myth and Poetry.

xvi, 447, (1)pp. 3 illus. 4to. Wraps.


2590 SHULMAN, DAVID DEAN. Tamil Temple Myths.

Sacrifice and divine marriage in the South Indian Siva tradtion. xvi, 471,

(1)pp. 6 illus. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



153


2591 SHULMAN, FRANK JOSEPH. Burma.

An annotated bibliographical guide to international doctoral dissertation research,

1898-1985. xvii, (1), 247pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Lanham, Maryland/Washington, D.C. (University Press of America/ Asia Program, The Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars), 1986.

2592 SHWE ZAN, U. The Golden Mrauk-U: An Ancient Capital of Rakhine.

200pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

Yangon (The Author), 1994.

2593 SIBETH, ACHIM. Batak.

Mit den Ahnen leben. Menschen in Indonesien. Mit Beiträgen von Uli Kozok und Juara R. Ginting.

240pp. 327 illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps. D.j. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at the Linden-Museum, Stuttgart, June-

Sept. 1990.

Stuttgart/London (edition hansjörg mayer), 1990.

2594 SIDOROVA, V.S. Skul’ptura drevnei Indii.

77, (11)pp., 86 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Moskva (Izdatel’stvo “Iskusstvo”), 1971.

2595 SIEM, TJAN TJOE. Javaanse kaartspelen.

Bijdrage tot de beschrijving van land en volk. (Verhandelingen van het

Koninklijk Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. Vol. 75#1.) (4), 168pp. 7 illus. (1 tipped-in color). 4to.

Wraps.

Bandoeng (A.C. Nix & Co.), 1941.

2596 SIEMENS, JOCHEN. Sri Lanka, Ceylon.

(Richtig reisen.) 311, (9)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2597 SIEVERS, ANGELIKA. Ceylon.

Gesellschaft und Lebensraum in den orientalischen Tropen. Eine sozialgeographische

Landeskunde. (Bibliothek geographischer Handbücher.) xxxii, 398, (2)pp., 24 plates with 77 illus., 28 maps. 7 figs. 4to.

Cloth. Ex-library.


2598 SILACARA, BHIKKHU. What Is Buddhism?

79, (1)pp. 12mo. Wraps.

Calcutta (Maha Bodhi Society of India), 1957.

2599 SILBERNAGEL, ISIDOR. Der Buddhismus nach seiner Entstehung, Fortbildung und Verbreitung.

Eine kulturhistorische Studie, Zweite (ergänzte) Ausgabe. viii, 207pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

München (Verlag der J.J. Lentner’schen Buchhandlung), 1903.

2600 SILVA, SIMON DE. Hand Book of Sinhalese Grammar With Exercises on Ollendorff’s System.

ii, (2), 113pp. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.

Colombo (Kollupitiya Press), 1903.

2601 SIMHA, BHAGAVANA. Harappa sabhyata aura Vaidika sahitya.

2 vols. (16), 415pp.; (4), 328pp. Figs. Lrg. 8vo. Boards.

Nayi Dilli (Radhakrshna), 1987.

2602 SIMON, PIERRE J. & SIMONBAROUH, IDA. Hâu Bóng.

Un culte viêtnamien de possession transplanté en France. (École

Pratique des Hautes Études, Sorbonne. VIe Section: Sciences Économiques et Sociales. Cahiers de l’Homme: Éthnologie,

Géographie, Linguistique. N.S. 13.) 86, (2)pp. 30 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Paris/The Hague (Mouton & Co.), 1973.

2603 SIMONBÄRWINKEL, ROSEMARIE. Chrestomathie der modernen indonesischen Literatur.

295, (1)pp. 4to. Cloth.


2604 SIMOONS, FREDERICK J. & SIMOONS, ELIZABETH S. A Ceremonial Ox of India: The Mithan in Nature, Culture, and

History.

With notes on the domestication of common cattle. 323pp. 29 illus. hors texte. 6 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Madison (The University of Wisconsin Press), 1968.

2605 SIMPSON, WILLIAM. The Buddhist Praying-Wheel.

A collection of material bearing upon the symbolism of the wheel and circular movements in custom and religious ritual. viii, 303 (3)pp. 48 illus. Sm. 4to. Orig. red. cloth.


2606 SIN`” PHE MRAN`’. Selected Short Stories of Thein Pe Myint.

Translated, with introduction and commentary, by Patricia

M. Milne.... 268pp. Wraps. D.j.

Rangoon (Sarpa Yeiktha Publishers), 1975.

2607 SINGER, MILTON. When a Great Tradition Modernizes.

An anthropological approach to Indian civilization. Foreword by

M.N. Srinivas. xviii, 430pp., 8 plates. 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



154

London (Pall Mall Press), 1972.

2608 SINGER, MILTON & COHN, BERNARD S. (EDITORS). Structure and Change in Indian Society.

(Viking Fund

Publications in Anthropology. 47.) xvi, 507pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Chicago (Aldine Publishing Company), 1968.

2609 SINGER, MILTON (EDITOR). Krishna: Myths, Rites, and Attitudes.

With a foreword by Daniel H.H. Ingalls. xvii, (7),

277pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

Honolulu (East-West Press Center), 1966.

2610 SINGER, MILTON (EDITOR). Traditional India: Structure and Change.

(Publications of the American Folklore Society.

Bibliographical Series. 10.) xxiii, (1), 332pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Philadelphia 1959 edition.

Jaipur (Rawat Publications), 1975.

2611 SINGER, NOEL F. Burmese Puppets.

(Images of Asia.) 98pp. 45 illus. (25 color). Sm. 8vo. Boards.


2612 SINGER, NOEL F. Old Rangoon, City of the Shwedagon.

(4), 214pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Gartmore, Stirling. (Paul Strachan, Kiscadale), 1995.

2613 SINGH, C.P. The Ho Tribe of Singhbhum.

vi, (2), 168pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2614 SINGH, CHANDRA LAL & SINGH, MATSHYENDRA LAL. Nepali-English Dictionary (With Pronunciation in Roman

Nepali).

Second edition. xvi, 586pp. Sm. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Kathmandu (Educational Enterprise Ltd.), 1983.

2615 SINGH, GOPAL (EDITOR). Sri Guru Granth Sahib: English Version.

4 vols. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi/London (World Sikh Centre), n.d.

2616 SINGH, JASPAL. Gewerkschaftsführer Indiens.

InauguralDissertation...Universität Köln. ix, (1), 245, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo.

Wraps.

Köln, 1972.

2617 SINGH, K.S. The Scheduled Castes.

Second, revised edition. (People of India. National Series. 2.) xv, (1), 1375pp. Stout

4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Anthropological Survey of India/ Oxford University Press), 1995.

2618 SINGH, K.S. Tribal Society in India.

An anthropo-historical perspective. xii, (2), 327pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2619 SINGH, KHUSHWANT. Delhi.

Roman. 455pp., 3 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Hamburg (Dölling und Galitz Verlag), 1995.

2620 SINGH, KHUSHWANT (EDITOR). Gurus, Godmen and Good People.

xv, (1), 119pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Orient Longman), 1975.

2621 SINGH, MADANJEET. L’art de l’Himalaya: La peinture et la sculpture.

Ladakh, Lahaul et Spiti; Siwalik, Nepal; Sikkim,

Bhutan. (Livres d’Art Unesco.) 287pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

[Genève] (Weber), 1968.

2622 SINGH, MAYA. The Panjabi Dictionary.

(6), 1221pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1895.

Delhi (Amar Prakashan), 1982.

2623 [SINGH, MAYA]. The Panjabi Dictionary.

[The Vanguard Punjabi English Dictionary]. (6), 1221pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Originally published 1895; re-issued Patiala 1972.

Lahore (Vanguard Books), 1983.

2624 SINGH, MEHAR. Sikh Shrines in India.

(6), 47, (3)pp., 20 plates. 4to. Wraps.

New Delhi (Publications Division, Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, Government of India), 1975.

2625 SINGH, NISSOR. English Khasi Dictionary.

xiv, 603pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Shillong 1906 edition.


2626 SINGH, NISSOR. Khasi-English Dictionary.

Edited by P.R.T. Gurdon. iv, 247pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published

Shillong 1906.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



155

Delhi (Cultural Publishing House), 1983.

2627 SINGH, R.K. BIRENDRA. Handicraft Survey Reports. 1: Bell-Metal Industry.

(Census of India 1961. Vol. 22: Manipur.) xiv, 21, (1)pp., 13 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Delhi (Manager, Government of India Press), n.d.

2628 SINGH, RAGHUBIR. The Ganges.

174, (16)pp. 123 color illus. Lrg. oblong 4to. Cloth.


2629 SINGH, TEJA. English-Panjabi Dictionary (Revised and Enlarged).

(2), 752pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Lahore (Lahore Book Shop), 1980.

2630 SINGH, TRILOCHAN. Life of Guru Hari Krishan.

A biography and history. xx, 200, (2)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Delhi Sikh Gurdwara Management Committee), 1981.

2631 SINHA, D.P. Culture Change in an Intertribal Market.

The role of the Banari intertribal market among the hill peoples of

Chotanagpur. xii, (4), 117pp. 24 illus. hors texte. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2632 SINHA, H.N. The Development of Indian Polity.

xv, (1), 589pp. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay/Calcutta (Asia Publishing House), 1963.

2633 SINHA, KANCHAN. Karttikeya in Indian Art and Literature.

xxiv, 175, (1)pp., 46 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2634 SINHA, R.P.N. (INTRODUCTION). Geeta Govind in Basohli School of Indian Painting.

Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.

(2), 15, (1)pp., 9 tipped-in plates (8 color) with facing commentary. Sm. folio. Wraps.

New Delhi/Bombay (Oxford Book & Stationery Co./ D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co.), n.d.

Varanasi (N.K. Bose Memorial Foundation), 1978.

2635 SINHA, SURAJIT & SARASWATI, BAIDYANATH. Ascetics of Kashi.

An anthropological exploration. xi, (1), 286pp. 37 illus. hors texte. Sm. 4to. Buckram.

2636 SINHA, SUSHANTA KUMAR. Kleine Chrestomathie der bengalischen Literatur.

95pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2637 SINLAPA KANSALAK NANG YAI FIMU’ NAICHANG ‘EK RATCHAKAN THI 2.

4, 11, (73)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. English-language title on backcover: “The Arts of Thai Pictures Play Made In the Reign Of H.M. King Rama II.”

[Phra Nakhon (Borisat Khana Chang), 1953].

2638 SINLAPA LÆ PRAWATTISAT SUKHOTHAI.

(4), 40pp., 19 plates. 4to. Wraps.

[Phranakhon (Krom Sinlapakon)], 1972.

2639 SIRCAR, DINESCHANDRA. Indian Epigraphical Glossary.

xiv, (2), 560pp. 4to. Buckram.


2640 SIRCAR, DINESCHANDRA. Indian Epigraphy.

xxi, (1), 475, v pp., 36 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2641 SIRISENA, W.M. Sri Lanka and South-East Asia.

Political, religious and cultural relations from A.D. c. 1000 to c. 1500.

With a foreword by A.L. Basham. xiv, 186pp., 8 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.


2642

SIRMOKADAM, MADHUDUDAN SHRINIVAS. Di nyu stêndarda diksanari. I: Marathi-ingraji-marathi.

/ The New

Standard Dictionary. Vol. I: Marathi-English Marathi. viii, 1281pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Mumbai (Kesava Bhikaji Dhavale), 1970.

2643 SITAPATI, PIDATALA. Sri Venkateswara, the Lord of the Seven Hills, Tirupati.

(Bhavan’s Book University. 156.) x, (4),

Graz (Verlag Styria), 1979.

219pp., 10 plates, folding plan. Boards.


2644 SITTE, FRITZ. Rebellenstaat im Burma-Dschungel.

240pp. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

2645 THE SIVA-PURANA.

Translated by a board of scholars. (Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 1-4./ Unesco

Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 4 vols. xviii, 2120pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



156


2646 SIVARAJA PILLAI, K.N. The Chronology of the Early Tamils.

Based on the synchronistic tables of their kings, chieftains and poets appearing in the Sangam literature. xvi, (8), 284pp. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the Madras 1932 edition.


2647 SIVARAMAMURTI, CALAMBUR. Indien: Kunst und Kultur.

603pp. 1,175 illus. (180 color plates). Sm. stout folio. Cloth.

Freiburg/Basel (Herder), 1975.

2648 SIVARAMAMURTI, C. Kalugumalai and Early Pandyan Rock-cut Shrines.

(Heritage of Indian Art Series. 3.) 46, (2)pp.,

34 plates, 1 folding map. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Bombay (N.M. Tripathi Private Ltd.), 1961.

2649 SIVARAMAMURTI, CALAMBUR. Nataraja in Art, Thought and Literature.

xxxv, (1), 417pp. 405 illus. (22 tipped-in color).

Stout folio. Cloth.


2650 SKINNER, G. WILLIAM. Leadership and Power in the Chinese Community of Thailand.

(Monographs of the Association for Asian Studies. 3.) xvii, (3), 363, (3)pp. Figs. 4to. Cloth.


2651 SKROBANEK, WALTER. Buddhistische Politik in Thailand.

Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des heterodoxen

Messianismus. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 23.) vii, (1), 315pp. 4to. Wraps.


2652 SLAJE, WALTER. Katalog der SanskritHandschriften der Österreichischen Nationalbibliothek (Sammlungen

Marcus Aurel Stein und Carl Alexander von Hügel).

(Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophischhistorische Klasse. Sitzungsberichte. 546./ Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Sprachen und Kulturen Südasiens. 23.)

151pp. 7 plates (2 color). 4to. Wraps.

Wien (V erlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1990.

2653 SLESIN, SUZANNE & CLIFF, STAFFORD. Indian Style.

Photographs by David Brittain; foreword by Ismail Merchant and

James Ivory; introduction by Steven R. Weisman. 299pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Cloth.


2654 SLOAN, W.H. A Practical Method with the Burmese Language.

Fourth edition. 209pp. 4to. New boards, 1/4 cloth.

Rangoon (American Baptist Mission Press), 1901.

2655 SMALLEY, WILLIAM A. (EDITOR). Phonemes and Orthography: Language Planning in Ten Minority Languages of

Thailand.

(Pacific Linguistics. Series C. No. 43.) xi, (3), 347, (15)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Canberra (Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, The Australian National University), 1976.

2656 SMALLEY, WILLIAM A., ET AL. Mother of Writing: The Origin and Development of a Hmong Messianic Script.

[By]

William A. Smalley, Chia Koua Vang, Gnia Yee Yang. Mitt Moua, project translator. xii, 221pp. 8 illus., 4 figs. 4to. Wraps.


2657 SMART, R.B. Akyab District.

(Burma Gazetteer. Vol. A.) iv, 261pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1917.


2658 SMEDT, MARC DE. Das Kamasutra.

Erotische Miniaturen aus Indien. 106, (2)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

N.p. (Parkland), 1980.

2659 SMITH, DONALD EUGENE. Religion and Politics in Burma.



2660 SMITH, HAROLD E. Historical and Cultural Dictionary of Thailand.

(Historical and Cultural Dictionaries of Asia. 6.) vi,


Metuchen, New Jersey (The Scarecrow Press), 1976.

2661 SMITH, JOHN D. The Epic of Pabuji.

A study, transcription and translation. Epic narration: Parbu Bhopo. Illustrations: Srilal

Josi. (University of Cambridge Oriental Publications. 44.) xiii, (1), 512, (2)pp. 10 plates (1 lrg. folding, color, hors texte), 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.


2662

SMITH, KENNETH D. Bài hoc tiêng sedang.

/ Sedang Language Lessons. (Tu sách Ngôn-ngu’ dân-tôc thieu-so Viêt-Nam.

Cuôn 2, phan 2.) 39pp. Oblong 8vo. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



157

Saigon (Bô Giáo-duc), 1967.

2663 SMITH, KENNETH D. Ngu’-vu’ng Sedang.

/ Sedang Vocabulary: Sedang - Viêt - English. (Tu sách Ngôn-ngu’ dân-tôc thieuso Viêt-Nam. Cuôn 2, phan 1.) ix, 128pp. Wraps.

Saigon (Bô Giáo-duc), 1967.

2664 SMITH, R.B. & WATSON, W. (EDITORS). Early South East Asia.

Essays in archaeology, history and historical geography.

(School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.) xv, (3), 561pp., 5 maps. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

New York/Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1979.

2665 SMITH, RONALD BISHOP. Siam, or, The History of the Thais from 1569 A.D. to 1824 A.D.

Foreword by Sukich

Nimmanheminda. 154pp. Frontis., 1 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bethesda, Maryland (Decatur Press), 1967.

Bethesda, Maryland (Decatur Press), 1966.

2666 SMITH, RONALD BISHOP. Siam, or, The History of the Thais from Earliest Times to 1569 A.D.

Foreword by Sukich

Nimmanheminda. 109pp. Frontis., 2 maps. 4to. Wraps.

2667 SMITH, VINCENT A. Akbar, the Great Mogul, 1542-1605.

xv, (1), 504pp., 14 plates (1 color), 8 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth

(slightly worn).


2668 SMITH, VINCENT A. The Oxford History of India.

Fourth edition, edited by Percival Spear. xv, (3), 945pp., 40 plates, 1 folding map. Text figs. Stout 8vo. Wraps.


2669 SMITH, W.L. The One-Eyed Goddess: A Study of the Manasa Mangal.

(Acta Universitatis Stockholmiensis: Stockholm

Oriental Studies. 12.) 208pp. 4to. Wraps.

Stockholm (Almqvist & Wiksell), 1980.

2670 SMITH, WILLIAM CARLSON. The Ao Naga Tribe of Assam.

With an introduction by J.H. Hutton. xxvii, (1), 244pp., 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Orig. dec. cloth.


2671 SMYTH, H. WARINGTON. Notes of a Journey on the Upper Mekong, Siam.

x, 109pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to.

Orig. cloth, 1/4 leather.

London (The Royal Geographic Society/ John Murray), 1895.

2672 SNELLGROVE, DAVID L. (EDITOR). The Image of the Buddha. [By] Jean Boisselier, Ahmad Hasan Dani, Su-Young

Hwang, Niharranjan Ray, Dietrich Seckel, Alexander C. Soper, Maurizio Taddei, Osamu Takata. 482pp. 353 illus. (partly color). Sm. folio. Cloth.

London/Paris (Serindia Publications/ Unesco), 1978.

2673 SNELLING, JOHN. Buddhismus.

Ein Handbuch für den westlichen Leser. Mit einer Einleitung und zusätzlichen

Anmerkungen versehen von Karl-Heinz Golzio. 462, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2674 SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model English-Thai Dictionary.

2 vols. 22, 1686pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Bangkok (Thai Watana Panich Co.), 1982.

2675 SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model English-Thai Dictionary: Desk Edition.

(2), 878pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Krung Thep Maha Nakhon (Thaiwatthanaphanit), 1995.

2676 SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model Thai-English Dictionary.

Fifth edition 2 vols. 7, (1), 1072pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2677 SO SETHAPUTRA. New Model Thai-English Dictionary: Desk Edition.

(2), 478pp. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2678 SOCIÉTÉ DES ÉTUDES INDOCHINOISES: CINQUANTE ANS D’ORIENTALISME FRANÇAIS.

(Bulletin de la Société des

Études Indochinoises. Nouvelle Série. XXVI#4.) (166)pp., 12 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Société des Études Indochinoises), 1951.

2679

SÖRENSEN, S. An Index to the Names of the Mahabharata.

With short explanations and a concordance to the Bombay and Calcutta editions and P.C. Roy’s translation. xli, (1), 807, (1)pp. Sm. folio. Cloth. Originally published London 1904.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



158

2680 SOLKIN, DAVID. Die Sikhs.

293, (3)pp. 19 illus. and maps hors texte. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

München (Nymphenburger), 1986.

2681

SOMADEVA BHATTA. Der Ozean der Erzählungsströme.

Herausgegeben von Johannes Mehlig. 2 vols. 1116pp.; 856pp.

Cloth.

Leipzig/Weimar (Gustav Kiepenheuer), 1991.

2682 SOMBAT SINLAPA CHAK BORIWEN KHU’AN PHUMIPHON.

80pp. 24 plates, figs. 4to. Wraps. Captions in parallel Thai and English.

Phranakhon (Krom Sinlapakon), 1960.

2683 SOMESVARADEVA. Ullagharaghava-nataka.

A Sanskrit drama by Somesvaradeva. Edited by Agama-Prabhakara Muni

Punyavijaya and Bhogilal Jayachandbhai Sandesara. (Gaekwad’s Oriental Series. 132.) xix, (1), 162pp., 4 plates. 4to.

Boards, 1/4 cloth. Edition limited to 500 copies.


2684 SOMETH MAY. Cambodian Witness.

The autobiography of Someth May. Edited and with an introduction by James

Fenton. 287pp. Wraps.

London/Boston (Faber and Faber), 1988.

2685 SONG, ONG SIANG. One Hundred Ye ars’ History of the Chinese in Singapore.

xxii, 602pp. Numerous illus. hors texte.

Stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the 1923 edition.

Singapore (University of Malaya Press), 1967.

2686 SONGSAK PRANGWATTHANAKUN & CHEESMAN, PATRICIA. Pha Lan na: Yuan, Lu’, Lao.

/ Lan Na Textiles: Yuan

Lue Lao. 108pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English.

[Chiang Mai] (Mahawitthayalai Chiang Mai, Khrongkan Sun Songsoem Sinlapawatthanatham), 1987.

2687

SONOLET, J.F. & P’A PHEN. Le Cambodge: Guide franco khmer.

Avec la transcription phonétique romanisée des statistiques sur le Cambodge moderne, des cartes et renseignements touristiques, des notions élémentaires de grammaire.

Preface du P.S. Dhammârâma./ Kambujarattha magguddesak Paran Khmaer.... (22), 616pp., 3 lrg. folding maps, 2 folding

Wiesbaden (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1976. charts. Sm. oblong 4to. Buckram.

Phnom Penh (Librairie Bouth-Neang), 1963.

2688

SONTHEIMER, GÜNTHER-DIETZ. Biroba, Mhaskoba und Khandoba.

Ursprung, Geschichte und Umwelt von pastoralen

Gottheiten in Maharastr a. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität Heidelberg. 21.) vii, (1), 279, (1)pp., 1 folding map, 16 plates. 4to. Wraps.

2689 SOPHER, DAVID E. The Sea Nomads.

A study of the maritime boat people of Southeast Asia. (National Museum

Publications.) (2), x, 444pp., 5 maps. 4to. Wraps.

Singapore (National Museum), 1977.

2690 SOUTHWOLD, MARTIN. Buddhism in Life.

The anthropological study of religion and the Sinhalese practice of Buddhism.

(Themes in Social Anthropology.) xii, 232pp. 4to. Cloth.


2691 [SOUVIGNET, E. (INTRODUCTION).] Variétés tonkinoises....

Par A + B. iii, (3), 583, (1), x, ii pp. Lrg. 8vo. New marbled boards, 1/4 cloth.

Hanoi (Imprimerie Schneider), 1903.

2692 SPAHNI, JEANCHRISTIAN. Die Gewürzstrasse.

Fotos: Maximilien Bruggmann. Second edition. 206pp. Prof. illus. Lrg.

4to. Cloth. D.j.


2693 SPATE, O.H.K. & LEARMONTH, A.T.A. India and Pakistan: Land, People and Economy.

With the collaboration of A.M.

Learmonth. xxxi, (3), 439pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

London (Methuen & Co.), 1967.

2694 SPEAR, PERCIVAL. Twilight of the Mughuls: Studies in Late Mughul Delhi.

With a new introduction. xviii, (2), 269,

(1)pp., 1 folding map, 4 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1951.

Karachi/Lahore (Oxford University Press), 1973.

2695 SPENCER, HAROLD. A Kanarese Grammar.

With graduated exercises. Revised by W. Perston. xii, 452pp. 4to. Cloth.

Mysore City (Wesley Press), 1950.

2696 SPIES, OTTO & BANNERTH, ERNST. Lehrbuch der Hindustani-Sprache.

(Sprachbücher.) viii, 203pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



159

Leipzig/Wien (Otto Harrassowitz), 1945.

2697 SPINKS, CHARLES NELSON. The Ceramic Wares of Siam.

Second edition, revised. vii, (3), 196, (2)pp., 54 plates (2 color). Numerous text figs. 4to. Wraps.


2698 SPIRO, MELFORD E. Buddhism and Society.

A great tradition and its Burmese vicissitudes. xiv, 510pp. 4to. Cloth.


2699 SPIRO, MELFORD E. Burmese Supernaturalism.

A study in the explanation and reduction of suffering. (Prentice-Hall

College Anthropology Series.) x, (2), 300pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Englewood Cliffs, N.J. (Prentice-Hall), 1967.

2700 SPIRO, MELFORD E. Kinship and Marriage in Burma.

A cultural and psychodynamic analysis. xix, (1), 313pp. 4to.

Wraps.


2701 SPITZING, GÜNTER. Das indonesische Schattenspiel.

Bali-JavaLombok. (DuMont Taschenbücher. 110.) 236, (4)pp.

133 illus. (18 color). Wraps.


2702 SREEKRISHNA SARMA, E.R. (EDITOR). Kausitaki-Brahmana.

(Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in

Deutschland. Supplementband 9, 1.) 1: Text. xvii, (1), 210pp. 4to. Cloth.


2703 [SRINATH DUARA, BARBARUA]. Tungkhungia buranji, or, A History of Assam, 1681-1826 A.D.

An old Assamese chronicle of the Tungkhungia dynasty of Ahom sovereigns. With marginalia, genealogical tables, bibliography, glossary, and index compiled, edited, and translated by S.K. Bhuyan. xxxii, 262, (2)pp. Frontis. in color. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2704 SRINIVAS, M.N. The Remembered Village.

(Center for South and Southeast Asia Studies, University of California,

Berkeley.) xvi, (4), 356pp., 8 plates. 6 maps and diagrams. 4to. Cloth.


2705 SRINIVASA IYENGAR, K.R. (EDITOR). Indian Literature Since Independence: A Symposium.

xlv, (3), 372pp. 4to.

Boards.


2706 SRIVASTAVA, M.C.P. Mother Goddess in Indian Art, Archaeology & Literature.

xiv, (2), 231, (1)pp. 43 illus. hors texte.

4to. Cloth.


2707 SRIVASTAVA, S.N. Parhaiya: A Scheduled Tribe in Bihar.

(Census of India, 1971. Ethnographic Study No. 23./

Monograph Series. Vol. I.) x, 129pp. 20 plates, text figs. Lrg. 8vo. Boards.


2708 STACHE-WEISKE, AGNES. German Indology.

A list of institutions and persons concerned with Sanskrit and allied studies.

34pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps., GBC-bound.

München, 1988.

2709 STACK, EDWARD. The Mikirs.

From the papers of the late Edward Stack; edited, arranged and supplemented by Charles

Lyall. xvii, (1), 184pp. 4to. Cloth. Originally published London 1908.

Gauhati (United Publishers), n.d.

2710

STADT UND RITUAL: BEITRÄGE EINES INTERNATIONALEN SYMPOSIONS ZUR STADTBAUGESCHICHTE SÜD- U.

OSTASIENS.

/ Urban Space and Ritual. Proceedings of an international symposion on urban history of South- and East-

Asia. Darmstadt, June 2-4, 1977. Edito rs: Niels Gutschow, Thomas Sieverts. (Beiträge und Studienmaterialien der

Fachgruppe Stadt. 11.) 139pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Darmstadt (Technische Hochschule Darmstadt), n.d.

2711 STADTNER, DONALD M. (EDITOR). The Art of Burma: New Studies.

(4), 128pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Mumbai (Marq Publications), 1999.

2712

STAHR, VOLKER S. Südostasien und der Islam.

Kulturraum zwischen Kommerz und Koran. xiv, 381pp. Illus. 4to. Boards.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



160

2713 STARGARDT, JANICE. The Ancient Pyu of Burma.

Volume One [all published to date]: Early Pyu Cities in a Man-Made

Landscape. xxix, (3), 416pp., 28 plates. 3 folding maps, loose in rear pocket, as issued. 109 text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Cambridge/Singapore (Publications on Ancient Civilization in South East Asia/ The Institute of Southeast Asian Studies),

1990.

2714 STARZA, O.M. The Jagannatha Temple at Puri.

Its architecture, art and cult. (Studies in South Asian Culture. Vol. XV.)

161, (1)pp. 111 illus. hors texte (1 color). 26 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2715 STEINMANN, BRIGITTE. Les Tamang du Népal, usages et religions, religion de l’usage.

310pp., 8 color plates with 16 illus. 22 figs. Sm. folio. Wraps.

Pa ris (Éditions Recherche sur les Civilisations), 1987.

2716 STELLER, K.G.F. & AEBERSOLD, W.E. Sangirees-Nederlands woordenboek met Nederlands-Sagirees register.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xi, (5), 622pp., 1 folding map. 65 illus. 4to. Cloth.


2717 STENZLER, ADOLF FRIEDRICH. Elementarbuch der Sanskrit-Sprache.

Grammatik, Texte, Wörterbuch. Siebente

Auflage, umgearbeitet von Richard Pischel. iv, 117, (1)pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

München (Louis Köhlers Hof- und Verlagsbuchhandlung), 1902.

2718 STERN, PHILIPPE. L’art du Champa (ancien Annam) et son évolution.

(Publication du Musée Guimet. Études et

Documents d’Art et d’Archéologie. 3.) (4), 122, (2)pp., 64 plates (48 heliogravure). Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (Adrien-Maisonneuve), n.d.

2719 STEVENSON, H.N.C. The Economics of the Central Chin Tribes.

With a foreword by Reginald Hugh Dorman-Smith. xv,

(3), 200pp., 22 plates, 3 maps. 4to. Cloth. Originally published Bombay 1943.

Farnborough, Hants. (Gregg Press), 1968.


2720 STEVENSON, SINCLAIR, MRS. The Rites of the Twice-Born.

With foreword by A.A. Macdonell. xxiv, 474pp. 4to. Cloth.


2721 STEVENSON, SINCLAIR, MRS. The Heart of Jainism.

With an introduction by G.P. Taylor. xxiv, 336pp. 4to. Cloth.

Originally published Oxford 1915.


2722 STEWART, J.A. Manual of Colloquial Burmese.

xii, 122pp. 4to. Cloth.

London (Luzac & Company), 1955.

2723 STEWART, J.A. & DUNN, C.W. A Burmese-English Dictionary.

From material supplied by a large number of contributors.

6 vols. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Rangoon/London (University of Rangoon/Luzac & Company), 1940 - London (School of Oriental and African Studies,

Heidelberg (Privately Printed), 1990.

University of London), 1981.

2724 STIEHL, ULRICH. Sanskrit-Kompendium.

Ein Lehr, Übungs- und Nachschlagewerk. 464pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

2725 STIETENCRON, HEINRICH VON. Indische Sonnenpriester: Samba und die Sakadvipiya-Brahmana.

Eine textkritische und religionsgeschichtliche Studie zum indischen Sonnenkult. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der Universität

Heidelberg. 3.) 287pp. 4to. Cloth.


2726

STÖHR, WALDEMAR & ZOETMULDER, PIET. Die Religionen Indonesiens.

(Die Religionen der Menschheit. 5, 1.) v, (3),

354, (2)pp. 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (W. Kohlhammer Verlag), 1965.

2727 STONE, ANTHONY PHILIP. Hindu Astrology: Myths, Symbols and Realities.

xi, (1), 323pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Select Books), 1981.

2728 STORZ, HANS-ULRICH. Birma: Land, Geschichte, Wirtschaft.

(Schriften des Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 21.)

302pp. 4to. Cloth.


2729 STRACHAN, PAUL. Mandalay.

Travels from the golden city. xii, (2), 226pp., 56 color plates. 4to. Cloth.

Gartmore, Stirling (Kiscadale Publications), 1994.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



161

2730 STRACHAN, PAUL. Pagan: Art & Architecture of Old Burma.


Whiting Bay, Isle of Arran (Kiscadale), 1989.

2731 STRASSER, ROBERT. Rajasthan, Gujarat, Indien.

(Landeskunde und Führer zu Kunststätten. Teil 1: Rajasthan. Teil 2:

Gujarat.) 380, (4)pp., 12 color plates. 1 lrg. folding map, loosely inserted, as issued. 222 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2732 STRASSER, ROBERT. Südindien: Land der Dravidas und Tausend Tempel.

Ein landeskundlicher und kustgeschichtlicher Führer. (Führer zu den Kunststätten Südindiens. 2.) 350pp., 4 maps. 129 illus., 88 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2733 STRASSER, ROBERT. Südindien: Land der Dravidas und Tausend Tempel.

Ein landeskundlicher und kustgeschichtlicher Führer. Band I: Landeskunde Südindiens. 380, (2)pp., 8 color plates, 2 folding maps. 35 illus., 24 maps,

58 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2734 STRATTON, CAROL & SCOTT, MIRIAM MCNAIR. The Art of Sukhothai: Thailand’s Golden Age.

From the midthirteenth to the mid-fifteenth centuries. 163pp. 35 color illus. hors texte. 128 text illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2735 STRAUSS, OTTO. Indische Philosophie.

286pp. Frontis. Lrg. 8vo. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

München (Verlag Ernst Reinhardt), 1924.

2736 STREBEL, JOHANN. Ban Chiang.

Die Entdeckung einer alten Kultur. Die neolithischen und bronzezeitlichen Funde aus

Thailand nach dem heutigen Stand. 88pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

[Wiesbaden (Privately Printed), n.d.].

2737 STRONG, JOHN S. The Legend of King Asoka.

A study and translation of the Asokavadana. (Princeton Library of Asian

Translations.) xii, 336pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2738 STUART-FOX, MARTIN. A History of Laos.

xiii, (3), 253pp. 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2739 STUART-FOX, MARTIN & KOOYMAN, MARY. Historical Dictionary of Laos.

(Asian Historical Dictionaries. 6.) xlix, (1),

258, (2)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram.

Metuchen, New Jersey/London (The Scarcrow Press), 1992.

2740 STUDIES OF OLD SIAMESE COINS.

(Selected Articles from The Siam Society Journal. 10.) 148pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.


2741 STUTLEY, MARGARET. Ancient Indian Magic and Folklore.

An introduction. xiii, (1), 190pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2742 STUTLEY, MARGARET. The Illustrated Dictionary of Hindu Iconography.

175, (1)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

London/Boston (Routledge & Kegan Paul), 1985.

2743 STUTLEY, MARGARET & STUTLEY, JAMES. A Dictionary of Hinduism.

Its mythology, folklore and development, 1500

B.C.-A.D. 1500. xx, 372pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2744 STUTTERHEIM, WILLEM. Rama-Legenden und Rama-Reliefs in Indonesien.

(Der Indische Kulturkreis in

Einzeldarstellungen.) 2 vols. xx, 333, (3)pp., 1 plate; (4)pp., 230 plates, (10)pp. Lrg. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2745 STUTTGART. INSTITUT FÜR AUSLANDSBEZIEHUNGEN. Tantra.

Texts by Philip S. Rawson and Ajit Mookerjee. 118,

(2)pp. 301 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart, n.d.

2746 STUTTGART. LINDENMUSEUM. Buddhismus: Kultbild und Kultgerät.

July-Sept. 1973. Text by Klaus J. Brandt. 8, (1)ff.

Wraps.

Stuttgart, 1973.

2747 STUTTGART. LINDEN-

MUSEUM. Java und Bali: Buddhas, Götter, Helden, Dämonen.

June-Aug. 1980. Edited by M.

Thomsen. 292pp. 299 illus. (24 color). Sq. 4to. Boards.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



162

2748 STUTTGART. LINDENMUSEUM. Südasien-Abteilung.

[By] Gerd Kreisel. 151pp. 163 illus. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart, 1987.

2749

STUTTGART. WÜRTTEMBERGISCHER KUNSTVEREIN. Indische Kunst.

Jan-March 1966. (102)pp., 85 plates (8 color).

Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Stuttgart, 1966.

2750 SUBHADRADIS DISKUL, M.C. Art in Thailand.

A brief history. Second edition, revised. (4), 32pp., 102 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Krung Siam Press), 1971.

2751 SUBHAN, JOHN A. Sufism: Its Saints and Shrines.

An introduction to the study of Sufism with special reference to India. viii, 412pp. Frontis. Stout 8vo. Orig. boards. Presentation copy, inscribed by the author.

Lucknow (Lucknow Publishing House), [1938].


2752 SUBHANKARA. Sangita damodarah.

Edited by Gaurinath Sastri and Govindagopal Mukhopadhyaya. (Calcutta Sanskrit

College Research Series. 11./ Texts No. 8.) 45, (1), 136pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

2753 SUBRAHMANIAN, N. History of Tamilnad (to A.D. 1565).

Third edition. (12), 467pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Madurai (Koodal Publishers), 1978.

2754 SUBRAHMANIAN, N.S. Encyclopaedia of the Upanisads.

xii, (2), 564pp. 4to. Cloth.


2755 SUDRAKA. Mrkkhakatika, d.i. Das irdene Wägelchen.

Ein dem König Çûdraka zugeschriebenes Schauspiel. Übersetzt von Otto Böhtlingk. (2), iv, 213, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

St. Petersburg (Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1877.

2756

SÜDOSTASIEN.

2 vols. 403pp.; 403pp. Prof. illus. Sm. folio. Cloth.

Frankfurt (Arbeitsgemeinschaft der Buchhandlungen), 1971.

2757 SÜSS, JOACHIM. Zur Erleuchtung unterwegs.

Neo-Sannyasin in Deutschland und ihre Religion. (Marburger Studien zur

Afrika- und Asienkunde. Serie C: Religionsgeschichte. 2.) 321, (3)pp. Wraps.


2758 SUGATHAPALA, T. (EDITOR). Girâ sandesáya.

Edited with a commentary. Fourth edition. x, (2), 32, 127, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo.

Cloth; orig. wraps. bound in.

Colombo (K.D. Perera & Son/ Vidyadarsa Press), 1933.

2759 SUGIYAMA, KOICHI. A Study of the Mundas: Village Life in India.

Edited by Jiro Kawakita. (Hill Peoples Surrounding the

Ganges Plain. II./ Synthetic Research of the Culture of Rice-Cultivating Peoples in Southeast Asian Countries III.) 2 vols.

(16), 292, (56)pp. 199 illus. hors texte. 7 figs., 8 maps; 1 lrg. folding table, 2 lrg. folding maps, loose in portfolio, as issued.

4to. Cloth & boards. `

[Tokyo] (Tokai University Press), 1969.

2760 SUKANDA-TESSIER, VIVIANE. Le triomphe de Sri en pays soundanais.

Étude ethno-philologique des techniques et rites agraires et des structures socioculturelles. (Publications de l'École Française d'Extrême-Orient. 101.) xii, 468pp. 69 illus. hors texte. 124 figs. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Paris (École Française d'Extrême-Orient), 1977.

2761 SUKTHANKAR, VISHNU SITARAM, ET AL. (EDITORS). The Mahabharata.

For the first time critically edited by Vishnu S.

Sukthankar [Vol. VII-XII: V.S. Sukthankar, S.K. Belvalkar; Vol. XIII ff.: Vishnu S. Sukthankar, S.K. Belvalkar, P.L.

Vaidya]...and illustrated from ancient models by Shrimant Balasaheb Pant Pratinidhi. 19 parts in 22 volumes, as follows:

I: The Adiparvan. Being the first book of the Mahabharata, the great epic of India. For the first time critically edited by Vishnu

S. Sukthanka. 2 vols.

II: The Sabhaparvan. Being the second book.... For the first time critically edited by Franklin Edgerton.

III-IV: The Aranyakaparvan. Being the third book.... For the first time critically edited by Vishnu S. Sukthankar. 2 vols.

V: The Virataparvan. Being the fourth book.... Critically edited by Raghu Vira.

VI: The Udyogaparvan. Being the fifth book.... Critically edited by Sushil Kumar De. 2 vols.

[VII]: The Bhishmaparvan. Being the sixth book.... For the first time critically edited by Shripad Krishna Belvalkar. 2 vols.

[VIII-IX]: The Dronaparvan. Being the seventh book.... For the first time critically edited by Sushil Kumar De. 2 vols.

X: The Karnaparvan. Being the eighth book.... For the first time critically edited by Parashuram Lakshman Vaidya.

[XI]: The Salyaparvan. Being the ninth book.... For the first time critically edited by Ramchandra Narayan Dandekar.

[XII]: The Sauptikaparvan. Being the tenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Hari Damodar Velankar. With: The

Striparvan. Being the eleventh book.... For the first time critically edited by Vasudev Gopal Paranjpe.

[XIII-XV]: The Santiparvan. For the first time critically edited by Sripad Krishna Belvalkar. [The twelfth book...]. 5 vols.

[XVI-XVII]: The Anusasanaparvan. Being the thirteenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Ramachandra Narayan

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



163

Dandekar. 2 vols.

[XVIII]: The Asvamedhikaparvan. Being the fourteenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Raghunath Damodar

Karmarkar.

XIX: The Asramavasikaparvan. Being the fifteenth book.... For the first time critically edited by Shripad Krishna Belvalkar.

With: The Mausalaparvan. Being the sixteenth book.... And: The Mahaprasthanikaparvan. Being the seventeenth book....

And: The Svargarohanaparvan. Being the eighteenth book.... Lrg. 4to. Buckram.

Poona (Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute), 1933-1966.

2762 SUKUL, KUBER NATH. Varanasi Down the Ages.

(6), 328pp. 21 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Pajendra Nagar, Patna (Privately Printed), 1974.

2763 SUMOHADIWIDJOJO, MUHAMMAD SUBUH, RADEN MAS. Subud.

Rendered from his original poem in High Javanese into Bahasa Indonesia...together with an English translation.... (Suslia Budhi Dharma: The Way of Submission to the Will of

God.) 386pp. 4to. Cloth.

Gjøvik (The Subud Brotherhood/ Mariendals Boktrykkeri), 1959.

2764 SUNDARA, A. The Early Chamber Tombs of South India.

A study of the Iron Age megalithic monuments of North

Karnataka. Preface: H.D. Sankalia. xviii, (2), 259, (3)pp., 31 plates, 21 figs. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (University Publishers), 1975.

2765 SURADASA. Surdas Krishnayana.

2 vols. [I:] Das Hohe Lied des Gottes Krishna. Eine Auswahl aus dem zehnten Buch des Sursagar. Herausgegeben und...übertragen von N.M. Sazanova; deutsche Textfassung...von Roland Beer. 173, (3)pp.

Prof. illus. [II:] Kommentare. Russische und englische Textfassung. Text by N.M. Sazanova. 107, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth. Slipcase.


2766 SURAPALA. Das Wissen von der Lebensspanne der Bäume: Surapalas Vrksayurveda.

Kritisch editiert, übersetzt und kommentiert von Rahul Peter Das. Mit einem Nachtrag von G. Jan Meulenbeld zu seinem Verzeichnis “Sanskrit Names of

Plants and their Botanical Equivalents.” (Alt- und Neu-Indische Studien herausgegeben vom Seminar für Kultur und

Geschichte Indiens an der Universität Hamburg. 34.) ix, (1), 589pp. 4to. Wraps.

Wiesbaden/Stuttgart (Franz Steiner Verlag), 1988.

2767 SURVEY OF RESEARCH IN SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY, 1969-1979.

A project sponsored by The

Indian Council of Social Science Research. xl, 264pp.; xvi, 344pp.; xv, (1), 264, (2)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Satvahan), 1985-1986.

2768 SUZUKI, DAISETZ TEITARO. Outlines of Mahayana Buddhism.

Prefatory essay by Alan Watts. xxix, (3), 383pp. Wraps.

New York (Schocken Books), 1963.

2769 SVEDJA-HIRSCH, LENKA. Die indischen devadasis im Wandel der Zeiten.

“Ehefrauen” der Götter, Tempeltänzerinnen und Prosti tuierte. (Europäische Hochschulschriften. Reihe XIX: Volkskunde/Ethnologie. Abt. B: Ethnologie. 26.) xx, 169pp. 7 illus., 4 maps. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bern/Berlin (Peter Lang), 1991 [i.e. 1992].

2770 SWAAN, WIM. Lost Cities of Asia. Ceylon, Pagan, Angkor. 175, (3)pp. 103 illus. 4to. Cloth.

London (Elek), 1966.

2771 SWAHANANDA, SWAMI. The Chandogya Upanisad.

Containing the original text with word-by-word meaning, running translation and copious notes. (Upanisad Series.) lviii, (4), 623pp. Wraps. D.j.

Mylapore (Sri Ramakrishna Math), 1980.

2772 SWARUPANANDA, SWAMI. Shrimad-Bhagavad-Gita.

With text, word-for-word translation, English rendering, comments and index. xiv, 434pp. Cloth.

Calcutta (Advaita Ashrama), 1967.

2773 SWEENEY, AMIN. Malay Shadow Puppets.

The Wayang Siam of Kelantan. 83pp. 36 plates. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

London (The British Museum), 1972.

2774 SWETTENHAM, FRANK A. Vocabulary of the English and Malay Languages With Notes.

2 vols. I: English-Malay.

Eighth edition. viii, (2), xxxii, 245pp. II: Malay-English. Seventh edition. xxii, 170pp. Cloth.

Shanghai (Kelly & Walsh), 1909; 1908.

2775 SYAMCHAUDHURI, N.K. & DAS, M.M. The Lalung Society.

A theme for analytical ethnography. (Anthropological Survey of India. Memoir No. 31.) (6), iii, (1), 165pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps. D.j.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



164

2776 THE SYSTEM OF CORRELATION OF MAN AND HIS ENVIRONMENT.

The philosophy of the Burma Socialist Programme

Party. (4), 77, (1)pp., 1 folding chart. Cloth.

[Rangoon] (The Burma Socialist Programme Party, The Union of Burma), 1964.

2777 TACHIKAWA, MUSASHI. The Structure of the World in Udayana’s Realism.

A study of the Laksanavali and the

Kiranavali. (Studies of Classical India. 4.) xiv, 180pp. 4to. Cloth. D.j.

Dordrecht (D. Reidel Publishing Company), 1981.

2778 TADDEI, MAURIZIO. Indien.

(Archaeologia Mundi.) 262, (2)pp. 169 illus. (53 color). Sm. 4to. Buckram.

Stuttgart (Nagel Verlag), 1970.

2779 TADDEI, MAURIZIO. Indien.

Vorwort von Clement Greenberg. (Monumente grosser Kulturen.) 191pp. 112 illus. Sm. folio.

Cloth.


2780 TADGELL, CHRISTOPHER. The History of Architecture in India. From the dawn of civilization to the end of the Raj. ix,

(1), 336pp., 55 color plates. 350 illus. Lrg. sq. 4to. Wraps.

London (Phaidon), 1990.

2781 TAGARE, GANESH VASUDEO (TRANSLATOR). The Kurma-Purana.

(Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 20-

21./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 2 vols. xlvi, (2), 632pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2782 TAGARE, GANESH VASUDEO (TRANSLATOR). The Narada-Purana.

(Ancient Indian Tradition & Mythology Series. 15-

18./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) 4 vols. xv, (1), 1746pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2783 TAJ K’PAUZ HAI LE P’KLA.

K’caj Yeisoo av taj hpiv taj maz dauv av taj sof taj sau av geij. (2), 222, (8)pp. Illus. Wraps.

[Bangkok (Printed at the Assumption Press by Sangwan Surasarang, Publisher), 1972].

2784 TALIB, GURBACHAN SINGH & JODHA SINGHA. Sri Guru Grant Sahib in English Translation.

Vols. I - II. I: Upto the

End of Raga Gauri. II: Raga Asa to Raga Telang. xcix, (1), xv, (1), 1520pp. 4to. Silk over boards.

Patiala (Publication Bureau, Punjabi University), 1984-1985.

2785 TAMBIAH, S.J. Buddhism and the Spirit Cults in North-East Thailand.

(Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. [2].) xi, (1), 388pp., 4 plates. 5 figs. 4to. Cloth.


2786 TAMBIAH, STANLEY JEYARAJA. Buddhism Betrayed?

Religion, politics, and violence in Sri Lanka. xix, (1), 203pp., 6 plates. 4to. Wraps.


2787 TAMBIAH, STANLEY JEYARAJA. The Buddhist Saints of the Forest and the Cult of Amulets.

A study in charisma, hagiography, sectarianism, and millenial Buddhism. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 49.) xi, (1), 417pp. 16 illus.

4to. Wraps.


2788 TAMBIAH, S.J. World Conqueror and World Renouncer.

A study of Buddhism and polity in Thailand against a historical background. (Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 15.) viii, 557pp. 4to. Wraps.


2789 TAMIL LEXICON.

Published under the authority of the University of Madras. 6 vols. + Supplement. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2790 TAMNAN PHRAKOT LAE HIP SOP BANDASAK, RABIAP KANSOP.

Lae, Khamtuan kanpatibat ratchakan nai ratchasamnak. (2), 81pp., 21 plates. 4to. Boards.

[Bangkok] (Samnak Phraratchawang), 1966.

2791 TAMNAN PHU’NMU’ANG CHIANG MAI.

4, 150pp., 8 plates. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Phranakhon (Khana Kammakan Chatphim ‘Ekkasan thang Prawattisat/ Ro. Pho. Samnak Thamniap Nayok Ratthamontri),

1971.

2792 TAPP, NICHOLAS. The Hmong of Thailand: Opium People of the Golden Triangle.

(Anti-Slavery Society. Indigenous

Peoples and Development Series. Report No. 4.) 72pp. 5 plates, 2 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

London/Cambridge (Anti-Slavery Society/ Cultural Survival Inc.), 1986.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



165

2793 TARLING, NICHOLAS (EDITOR). The Cambridge History of Southeast Asia.

2 vols. I: From Early Times to c. 1800. xv,

(1), 655pp. II: The Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries. (8), 706pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.


2794 TATE, D.J.M. The Making of Modern South-East Asia.

2 vols. I: The European Conquest. Revised edition. xii, 582pp. 68 maps, 12 illus., 16 tables. II: The Western Impact. Economic and social change. xiii, (1), 618pp. 37 maps, 6 tables. 4to.

Cloth.

Kuala Lumpur (Oxford University Press), 1977-1979.

2795 TAVERNIER, ÉMILE. La famille annamite.

(Publication de la Commission Luro.) 107pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Saigon (Éditions Ngyuên-Van-Cua), 1927.

2796 TAVERNIER, JEAN-BAPTISTE. Travels in India by Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Baron of Aubonne.

Translated from the original French edition of 1676 with a biographical sketch of the author, notes, appendices, &c. by V. Ball. Second edition, edited by William Crooke. 2 vols. xc, (4), 335pp., 1 folding map; vi, (1), 399pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2797 TAYLOR, KEITH WELLER. The Birth of Vietnam: Sino-Vietnamese Relations to the Tenth Century and the Origins of

Vietnamese Nationhood.

xv, 439 ff. 8 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ph.D. thesis, University of Michigan, 1976, in microfilm photocopy.


2798 TA YLOR, PAUL MICHAEL, ET AL. Beyond the Java Sea: Art of Indonesia’s Outer Islands.

By Paul Michael Taylor and

Lorraine V. Aragon with assistance from Annamarie L. Rice. 318pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition circulated by The National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.


2799 TEEUW, A., ET AL. Siwaratrikalpa of Mpu Tanakun.

An Old Javanese poem, its Indian source and Balinese illustrations.

By A. Teeuw, S.O. Robson, Th.P. Galestin, P.J. Worsley, P.J. Zoetmulder. (Bibliotheca Indonesica. 3.) xi, (1), 338pp., 7 plates (6 lrg. folding; 1 color). 4to. Cloth.


2800 TEEUW, A. & SUPRIYANTO, I. Indonesisch-Nederlands woordenboek.

Vierde, herziene en uitgebreide druk. (Koninklijk

Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xviii, 871pp. Stout 8vo. Cloth.

Leiden (KITLV Uitgeverij), 1996.

2801 TEJASANANDA, SWAMI. The Ramakrishna Movements: Its Ideal and Activities.

Third edition. (4), 53pp., 6 plates. Sm.

4to. Wraps.

Belur Math, Howrah (The Ramakrishna Mission Saradapitha), 1964.

2802 TELJEUR, DIRK. The Symbolic System of the Giman of South Halmahera.

(Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. 142.) 215pp. 31 illus., 12 maps, 12 tables. 4to. Wraps.


2803 TEMPLE, G. A Glossary of Indian Terms Relating to Religion, Customs, Government, Land; And Other Terms and

Words in Common Use.

To which is added a glossary of terms used in district work in the N.W. Provinces and Oudh, and

Ran` Kun` (Ca pe Mit` chve Ca pe), 1981. also of those applied to labourers. (6), 332pp. 4to. Wraps.

London (Luzac & Co.), 1897.

2804

TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC. Mran` ma Mi rui” pha la dha le Nat Sa muin`”.

Re” su Cha Rac`khyad` Tan`pay`l` Ci Ùin`

Ì” ; bhasa pran` su O” Thve” Han`; cu chon`” rha phve tan` pra su O” Bha Nnvan`’. vii, (1), 192pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

2805 TEMPLE, RICHARD CARNAC. Notes on Antiquities in Ramannadesa (the Talaing Country of Burma).

(The Indian

Antiquary. A Journal of Oriental Research. Vol. 22, Part I.) (40)pp., 19 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. (slightly torn).

Bombay, 1893.

2806 TEMPLE, R.C. The Thirty-Seven Nats.

A phase of spirit-worship prevailing in Burma. (4), vi, (2), 71, (1), v, (3), x pp., 23 color plates. 37 illus. hors texte. Numerous text figs. Folio. Cloth. Slipcase. Reprint, limited to 750 numbered copies, of the

London 1906 edition

London (Paul Strachan, Kiscadale Publications), 1991.

2807 TEMPLES OF NORTH INDIA.

Revised edition. 44pp., 1 folding map. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Delhi (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1959.

2808 TEMPLES OF SOUTH INDIA.

50, (2)pp., 40 plates. Numerous text illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



166

New Delhi (The Publications Division, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India), 1960.

2809 TENDELOO, H.J.E. Maleische grammatica.

2 vols. I: Klankleer, schrift, etymologie, syntaxis. xv, (1), 433pp. II:

Aanteekeningen en toelichtingen. viii, (2), 370pp. Orig. wraps. (Vol. I disbound).


2810 TERWIEL, B.J. Monks and Magic.

An analysis of religious ceremonies in Central Thailand. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian

Studies. Monograph Series. No. 24.) viii, 296pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2811 TERWIEL, B.J. The Tai of Assam and Ancient Tai Ritual.

General editor: Sachchidanand Sahai. 2 vols. I: Life-cycle

Ceremonies. v, (1), 187pp. 5 illus., 3 maps, 9 tables. II: Sacrifices and Time-reckoning. vi, 191pp. 2 illus., 24 tables. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

Gaya (Centre for South East Asian Studies), 1980-1981.

2812 TEXTOR, ROBERT B. Patterns of Worship.

A formal analysis of the supernatural in a Thai village. (Hraflex Books:

Descriptive Ethnography Series. A07-002.) 4 vols. 8vo. & oblong 4to. Plastic covers.


2813 TEXTOR, ROBERT B. Roster of the Gods.

An ethnography of the supernatural in a Thai village. (Hraflex Books:

Descriptive Ethnography Series. A07-001.) 6 vols. Plastic covers.


2814 THAKUR, JANARDAN. All the Janata Men.

vi, (2), 175pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2815 THAKUR, JANARDAN. All the Prime Minister’s Men.

ix, (3), 182pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2816 THAKUR, UPENDRA. Madhubani Painting.

xii, (4), 158pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Abhinav Publications), n.d.

2817 THAN, SAM. Vakyaparivattan Khmaer-Paran.

/ Lexique khmèr-français. (2), 655, (1), 4pp. Cloth.

Bhnam Beñ (Ronbumb Sam Sapannasa), 1962.

2818 THAN TUN. Essays on the History and Buddhism of Burma.

Edited by Paul Strachan. (2), 185pp. Wraps.

Whiting Bay, Isle of Arran (Kiscadale Publications), [1988].

2819 THAN TUN. History of Buddhism in Burma, A.D. 1000-1300.

(Mran` ma nuin` nam Sutesana À san`” Gyanay`/The

Journal of the Burma Research Society. Separatum, Vol. 61, parts I-II.) v, (1), 263, (3)pp. Illus. 4to. Wraps.

Ran` kun` (Mran` ma Nuin` nam Sutesana A san`”), 1978.

2820 THANKAPPAN NAIR, P. Tribes of Arunachal Pradesh.

(6), 324pp., 31 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Guwahati (Spectrum Publications), 1985.

2821 THAPAR, B.K. Recent Archaeological Discoveries in India.

xiii, (1), 159, (1)pp. 25 color illus. hors texte. 89 text illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Tokyo/Paris (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies/ Unesco), 1985.

2822 THERAPHAN L. THONGKUM & SI PHUNGPA. Photchananukrom Bru-Thai-Àngkrit.

/ A Bruu-Thai-English Dictionary.

(18), xiii, (3), 614pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Krung Thep (Khrongkan Wichai Phasa Thai læ Phasa Phu’nmu’ang Thin Tang Tang, Phak Wicha Phasasat, Khana

Àksonsat, Chulalongkon Mahawitthayalai), 1980.

2823 THIBAUT, G. Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik.

(Grundriss der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde

[Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. II. Band, 9. Heft.) 80, (2)pp. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth. Bound with:

Rapson, E.J. Sources of Indian History: Coins. (Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research. Vol. II, Part 3, B.) 56pp., 5 plates.

Strassburt (K.J. Trübner), 1897.

Strassburg (K.J. Trübner), 1899.

2824 THIEN ÂN, THÍCH. Buddhism and Zen in Vietnam in Relation to the Development of Buddhism in Asia.

Edited, annotated, and developed by Carol Smith. 301, (1)pp., 13 plates. Cloth.

Los Angeles/Rutland, Vermont (College of Oriental Studies, Graduate School/ Charles E. Tuttle Company), 1975.

2825 THIOUNN, CHAUFEA VEANG, SAMDACH. Danses cambodgiennes, d’après la version originale du Samdach Chaufea

Thiounn. Revue et augmentée de Jeanne Cuisinier; illustrations de Sappho Marchal; préface par P. Pasquier. Troisième

édition. 95, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



167

[Phnom Penh?] (Institut Bouddhique), [1968].

2826 THIPAKONWONGMAHAKOSATHIBODI (KHAM), CHAOPHRAYA. The Dynastic Chronicles: Bangkok Era, the Fourth

Reign, B.E. 2394-2411 (A.D. 1851-1868).

By Câwphrajaa Thíphaakrawon. Translated by Chadin (Kanjanavanit) Flood with the assistance of E. Thadeus Flood./ Phraratchaphongsawadan Krung Rattanakosin. Ratchakan thi 4, Pho. So. 2394-2411.

Vols. I - III. xvi, xix, 559pp.; iii, (3), 222pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Tokyo (The Centre for East Asian Cultural Studies), 1965-1967.

2827 THOMANN, TH.H. Pagan.

Ein Jahrtausend buddhistischer Tempelkunst. 186, (2)pp., 108 plates (10 tipped-in color), 1 folding map. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Stuttgart/Heilbronn (Verlag Walter Seifert), 1923.

2828 THOMAS, DAVID D. Chrau Grammar.

(Oceanic Linguistics. Special Publication No. 7.) x, 258pp. 2 maps, 1 fig. 4to. Wraps.


2829 THOMAS, EDWARD J. The History of Buddhist Thought.

xv, (1), 316pp. Frontis. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Barnes & Noble), 1967.

2830 THOMAS, EDWARD J. The Life of Buddha as Legend and History.

Third edition, revised. xxiv, 297, (5)pp. Frontis. 4to.

Cloth.


2831 THOMAS, MARTIN, ET AL. Bucher’s Bangkok.

Fotos: Martin T homas. Text: Sangsri Wigayatipat und Xaver Götzfried.

55pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. D.j.

München/Luzern (C.J. Bucher), [1989].

2832 THOMAS, NAVAKATESH J. Die SyrischOrthodoxe Kirche der Südindischen Thomas-Christen.

Geschichte -

Kirchenverfassung - Lehre. (Das östlichen Christentum. Abhandlungen, im Auftrag des Ostkirchlichen Instituts der deutschen Augustiner. N.S. 19.) 239, (1)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Würzburg (Augustinus-Verlag), 1967.

2833 THOMAS, P. Epics, Myths and Legends of India.

A comprehensive survey of the sacred lore of the Hindus, Buddhists and

Jains. vi, 212pp., 100 plates with 286 illus. Frontis. in color. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2834 THOMAS, P. Festivals and Holidays of India.

xii, 115pp., 25 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2835 THOMAS, P. Hindu Religion, Customs and Manners. Describing the customs and manners, religious, social and domestic life, arts and sciences of the Hindus. Fourth revised Indian edition. xiii, (1), 139, (1)pp., 116 plates with 261 illus.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. ), 1960.

2836 THOMAS, P. Incredible India.

x, 181pp., 59 plates with 142 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2837 THOMAS, P. Kama Kalpa or the Hindu Ritual of Love.

A survey of the customs, festivals, rituals and beliefs concerning marriage, morals, women, the art and science of love and sex symbolism in religion in India from remote antiquity to the present day.... xvi, 151pp. 225 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2838 THOMPSON, LAURENCE C. A Vietnamese Grammar.

xxi, (1), 386pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.

Seattle (University of Washington Press), 1965.

2839 THONGKUM, THERAPHAN L. Nyah Kur (Chao Bon)-Thai-English Dictionary.

(Monic Language Studies. 2.) xii, 522pp.

Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Chulalongkorn University Printing House), 1984.

2840 THONGYOI SÆNGSINCHAI. A Village Ordination: Banphachapawat khamklon.

Phra Maha Thongyoi Worakawintho tæng; [translated by] Thomas Silcock. (Scandinavian Institute of Asian Studies. Monograph Series. 25.) xxiii, (1), 93, 93pp.,

21 plates. 4to. Wraps.


2841

THÜRK, HARRY, ET AL. Stärker als die reissenden Flüsse.

Vietnam in Geschichte und Gegenwart. [By] Harry Thürk,

Erwin Borchers, Wilfried Lulei, Horst Szeponik, Diethelm Weidemann. 349, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

[Berlin] (Deutscher Militärverlag), [1970].

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



168

2842 THUMB, ALBERT. Handbuch des Sanskrit mit Texten und Glossar.

Eine Einführung in das sprachwissenschaftliche

Studium des Altindischen. (Indogermanische Bibliothek. 1. Abteilung: Sammlung Indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher.

I. Reihe: Grammatiken. 1. Band, Teil I.) Vols. I - II. I. Teil: Grammatik. xviii, 505, (3)pp. II. Teil: Texte und Glossar. (2), 133,

(3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.


2843 THURGOOD, GRAHAM. From Ancient Cham to Modern Dialects: Two Thousand Years of Language Contact and

Change.

With an appendix of Chamic reconstructions and loanwords. (Oceanic Linguistics. Special Publication No. 28.) xvii,

(3), 307, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Honolulu (University of Hawai‘i Press), 1999.

2844 THURSTON, EDGAR. Ethnographic Notes in Southern India.

viii, 580pp., 40 plates. Sm. stout 4to. Cloth (worn).

Madras (Superintendent, Government Press), 1906.

2845

THVAN`” RVHE KHUIN`. Ra khuin` rhe” hon`” mrui’ to` mya”.

iv, (2), 207, (3)pp., 10 plates. text figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Ran` kun` Mrui’ (Siddhi Mruin` Pum nhip` tuik`), 1985.

2846 TIFFEN, NICOLE. Der Dschainismus in Indien.

Reiseeindrücke und Photographien. Einleitung: Colette Caillat. 116, (4)pp.

Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Genf (Weber), 1987.

2847 TILAKASIRI, J. The Puppet Theatre of Asia.

xii, 166pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

[Colombo (Department of Cultural Affairs/ Department of Government Printing), 1968].

2848 TILAKASIRI, J. Puppetry in Sri Lanka.

(The Culture of Sri Lanka. 4.) 29, (3)pp., 18 plates (5 color). 12mo. Wraps.

[Colombo] (Department of Cultural Affairs/ Government Press), 1976.

2849 TILLAKARATNE, MINIWAN P. Manners, Customs and Ceremonies of Sri Lanka.

(Studies on Sri Lanka Series. 4.) (8),

200pp., 31 plates (8 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Delhi (Sri Satguru Publications), 1986.

2850 TILLOTSON, G.H.R. The Rajput Palaces: The Development of an Architectural Style, 1450-1750.

vii, (1), 224pp. 245 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2851 TINKER, HUGH. The Union of Burma.

A study of the first years of independence. Second edition. xiv, 424pp., 1 folding map. 2 maps in text. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2852 TIRUVALLUVAR. Tirukkural.

With English translation and commentary and an introduction by A. Chakravarti. 2 parts. lxix,

(1), 627pp. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. Photocopy.

Madras (Diocesan Press), 1953.

2853 TIRUVALLUVAR. Tirukkural of Tiruvalluvar: (In Roman Transliteration) With English Translation.

By V.R.

[Madras] (The Adyar Library), 1949.

Ramachandra Dikshitar; with a foreword by A. Ramaswami Mudaliar. (The Adyar Library Series. 67.) xvii, (1), 271, (1), 7pp.

Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.,

2854 TISDALL, WILLIAM ST. CLAIR. A Conversation-Grammar of the Hindustani Language.

Second edition. (Method

Gaspey-Otto-Sauer.) viii, 371pp. Boards (spine taped).

Heidelberg (Julius Groos), 1937.

2855 TISDALL, WILLIAM ST. CLAIR. A Simplified Grammar of the Gujarati Language.

Together with a short reading book and vocabulary. 189pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1892.

New York (Frederick Ungar Publishing Co.), 1961.

2856 TIWARI, BHOLANATH & DVIJENDRA NATHA. Angrezi-Hindi muhavara lokokti kosa.

/ A Dictionary of English-Hindi

Idioms, Provers & Proverbial Sayings. viii, 591pp. 4to. Cloth.

Dilli (Prabhat Prakashan), 1988.

2857 TIYAVANICH, KAMALA. Forest Recollections.

Wandering monks in twentieth-century Thailand. xxi, (1), 410pp. 8 figs.

4to. Wraps.

Honolulu (University of Ha wai‘i Press), 1997.

2858

TO’ CIN’ KHUI. A Preliminary Study of the Kalyani Inscriptions of Dhammacheti, 1476 A.D.

By Taw Sein-ko. (Reprinted from the Indian Antiquary.) 60pp., 6 plates, 3 plans. Lrg. 4to. New boards; orig. front-cover mounted.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



169

Bombay (Education Society), 1893.

2859 TOD, JAMES. Annals and Antiquities of Rajast’han, or, The Central and Western Rajpoot States of India.

With a preface by Douglas Sladen. 2 vols. xxx, 631pp., 1 folding map; xxxii, 637pp., 1 folding chart. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the

1914 edition.

New Delhi (M.N. Publishers), 1983.

2860 TOFFIN, GÉRARD (EDITOR). Man and His House in the Himalayas: Ecology of Nepal.



2861 TOKYO. MATSUZAKAYA. Tai kodai bijutsu ten.

/ Exhibition of the Arts of Thailand. May-June 1962. (24)pp., 40 plates.

Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Tokyo, 1962.

N.p., n.d.

2862 TOKYO. THE TOYO BUNKO. A Bibliography of Books on Southeast Asia in the Toyo Bunko (Tokyo).

336 ff. Sm. folio.

Cloth. Mimeographed.

2863 TONAN AJIA NO KAOKU.

/ Traditional Houses of Southeast Asia. (Ritoru warudo kenkyu hokoku/Little World Studies. 6.) xxx, 113pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps. English-language summaries.

Nagoya (Ningen Hakubutsukan Ritoru Warudo), 1982.

2864 TOORN, J.L. VAN DER. Minangkabausche spraakkunst.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van

NederlandschIndië, ‘s-Gravenhage.) xxiv, 227pp. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.


2865 TOPSFIELD, ANDREW. The City Palace Museum, Udaipur: Paintings of Mewar Court Life.

Photographs by Pankaj

Shah. 170pp. 73 color plates, 32 figs. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2866 TRAGER, FRANK N. Burma: A Selected and Annotated Bibliography.

With the assistance of Janelle Wang, Dorothea

Schoenfeldt, Ann Riotto, Mary Parker, Aung San Suu Kyi; and Robert Bordonaro and Frank Simonie. (Behavior Science

Bibliographies.) xii, 356pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New Haven (Human Relations Area Files Press), 1973.

2867 TRAGER, FRANK N. & KOENIG, WILLIAM J. Burmese Sittàns (1764-1826): Records of Rural Life and

Administration.

With the assistance of Yi Yi. (The Association for Asian Studies: Monograph No. 36.) xvii, (3), 440pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.

Tucson (The University of Arizona Press), 1979.

2868 TRAN, KY PHU’O’NG. My So’n trong lich su’ nghe thuat Cham.

96pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Orig. wraps.

Ðà Nang (Nhà xuat ban Ðà Nang), 1988.

2869 TRAN, ÐU’O’NG (EDITOR). Die Xanu-Wälder: Geschichten aus Vietnam.

158, (2)pp. Cloth.

Berlin (Verlag Neues Leben), 1976.

2870 TRANH, TU’O’NG DÂN GIAN VIET NAM.

95, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Folio. Wraps. D.j.

Hà Noi (My Thuât), 1962.

2871 TRAUTMANN, THOMAS R. Dravidian Kinship.

(Cambridge Studies in Social Anthropology. 36.) xv, (3), 472pp. Figs. 4to.

Cloth.


2872

TRENCKNER, V. (EDITOR). The Milindapañho: Being Dialogues Between King Milinda and the Buddhist Sage

Nagasena.

The Pali text, edited. To which has now been appended a general index by C.J. Rylands, and an index of gathas by Rhys Davids. (Pali Text Society.) xi, (1), 466pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1880 edition.

London (Luzac & Company), 1962.

2873 TRIER, JESPER. Ancient Paper of Nepal.

Results of ethno-technological field work on its manufacture, uses and historywith technical analyses of bast, paper and manuscripts. (Jutland Archaeological Society Publications. 10.) 271pp. 239 illus. 5 tipped-in samples (2 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Copenhagen (Gyldendal), 1972.

2874

TRINH VÂN THANH. Thanh-ngu’ diên-tích danh-nhân tù-diên.

2 vols. 1474, (8)pp. 4to. Wraps.

[Sai Gon] (Tác Gia Giu Ban Quyèn), 1966.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



170

2875 TRIPATHI, B.D. Sadhus of India.

The sociological view. Foreword by G.S. Ghurye. xv, (3), 258pp., 4 plates, 1 map. Sm.

4to. Cloth.


2876 TRITTEL, WALTER. Einführung in das Siamesische.

(Lehrbücher des Seminars für Orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin.

34.) viii, 112, (4)pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2877 TRIVEDI, HARAGOVINDA PREMASANKARA. Kathiyavadani juni vartao.

Yane, Kathiyavadanum kanthastha sahitya

(Pharbasa Gujarati Sabha granthamala. Nam 6.) Vol. I. 274pp. Cloth. Vol. 2 was published in 1928.

Mahuva (Trivedi), 1922.

2878 TRIVIKRAMA NARAYANAN, PADMA. Mahabalipuram.

With a foreword by Shri Sri Prakasa. ii, (4), iv, 59, (1)pp. Prof. illus.

Sm. 8vo. Wraps.


2879 TROISI, J. The Santals.

A classified and annotated bibliography. (2), 234pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2880 TROISI, JOSEPH. Tribal Religion: Religious Beliefs and Practices Among the Santal.

xi, (5), 294pp., 8 plates. 4 maps.

4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Manohar Publications), 1979.

2881 TROLL, CHRISTIAN W. (EDITOR). Muslim Shrines in India: Their Character, History and Significance.

(Islam in India:

Studies and Commentaries. 4.) xvi, 327pp., 12 plates. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


2882 TRUMPP, ERNEST (TRANSLATOR). The Adi Granth, or The Holy Scriptures of the Sikhs.

Translated from the original

Gurmukhi with introductory essays. xi, (1), cxxxviii, 715, (1)pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1877.


2883 TRUONG, QUANG TIEN. Die marxistische Theorie in der Entwicklung der vietnamesischen Geschichte.

(4), 225,

(3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Frankfurt (Haag + Herchen), 1979.

2884 TU, ERHWEI. Totenbräuche in Tonkin und Annam und deren Beziehung zu China.

Dissertation...Universität Freiburg in der Schweiz. ix, (1), 171pp., 3 maps. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Zürich (Juris-Verlag), 1953.

2885 TUCCI, GIUSEPPE. Nepal.

The discovery of the Malla. 96pp. 60 illus. hors texte. Cloth.


2886 TUCCI, GIUSEPPE. Rati-lila.

Studie über die erotischen Darstellungen in der nepalesischen Kunst. 173, (1)pp. Prof. illus.

(numerous color). Sm. folio. Cloth.

Geneva (Nagel), 1969.

2887 TÜRSTIG, HANS-GEORG. Jyotisa.

Das System der indischen Astrologie. (Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-

Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 57.) xviii, 343, (9)pp. 4 maps, 2 illus. 4to. Wraps.


2888 TULASIDASA. Sriramacaritamanasa; sacitra, satika, mota taipa.

Tikakara: Hanumanaprasada Poddara. Navama bara.

14, 1069pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Gorakhapura (Gitapresa), 1957.

2889

TUN NYEIN, U. The Student’s English-Burmese Dictionary.

With supplement by U Tun Aung Gyaw and also supplement of economic usage. Seventh edition./ Anàlip`-Mran` ma abhidhan`. (8), 991, (5), 130, (4), 74pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

Rangoon (ABMSU Central Concos), 1957.

2890 TURLACH, MANFRED. Kerala.

Politisch-soziale Struktur und Entwicklung eines indischen Bundeslandes. (Schriften des

Instituts für Asienkunde in Hamburg. 26.) 386pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.


2891 TURNER, RALPH LILLEY. A Comparative and Etymological Dictionary of the Nepali Language.

With indexes of all words quoted from other Indo-Aryan languages, compiled by Dorothy Rivers Turner. xxiii, (1), 932pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



171

2892 TURNER, R.L. A Comparative Dictionary of the Indo-Aryan Languages.

11 fascicles. xx, 841pp. With: Indexes.

Compiled by Dorothy Rivers Turner. ix, (1), 357pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. & cloth.

London (Oxford University Press), 1962-1966; 1969.

2893 TURTON, ANDREW (EDITOR). Civility and Savagery: Social Identity in Tai States.

xxii, 376pp. 23 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Richmond, Surrey (Curzon), 2000.

2894 TUUK, H.N. VAN DER. Bataksch leesboek, bevattende stukken in het Tobasch, Mandailingsch en Dairisch.

Vols. I -

III. Eerste stuk: Stukken in het Tobasch. (2), 326pp. Tweede stuk: Stukken in het Mandailingsch. (2), 295pp. Derde stuk:

Stukken in het Dairisch. (2), 287pp. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth.

Amsterdam (Frederik Muller), 1860 - 1861 [front-cover: 1862].

2895 TUUK, H.N. VAN DER. Bataksch-Nederduitsch woordenboek.

viii, 549, (3)pp. 4to. New cloth.

Amsterdam (Frederik Muller), 1861.

2896 TUUK, H.N. VAN DER. A Grammar of Toba Batak.

(Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation

Series. 13.) li, (3), 405pp. 4to. Cloth.


2897 TUUK, HERMANUS NEUBRONNER VAN DER. Les manuscrits Lampongs, en possession de M. le baron Sloet van de Beele (ancien gouverneurgeneral des Indes Néerlandaises).

Publiés par H.N. van der Tuuk. xvi, 142pp. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

Leide (T. Hooiberg et Fils), 1868.

2898 TWEEDIE, M.W.F. Prehistoric Malaya.

(Background to Malaya Books.) 42, x pp., 12 plates. 23 figs. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Singapore (Donald Moore), 1957.

2899 THE TWELVE PRINCIPAL UPANISADS.

Text in Devanagari; and translation with notes in English from the Commentaries of Sankaracarya and the Gloss of Anandagiri. By E. Röer. [Vol. III: Chandogya and Kausitaki-brahmana Upanisads. By Raja

Delhi (Nag Publishers), 1978-1979.

Rajendralal Mitra and E.B. Cowell]. 3 vols. x, 312pp.; 452pp.; x, (2), 339pp. Lrg. 8vo. Buckram. Reprint of the Madras 1931-

1932 edition.

2900 UBEROI, MOHAN SINGH. Gorakhnath and Mediaeval Hindu Mysticism.

Including text and translation of Machhendra,

Gorakh Goshti, Padas and Shlokas of Gorakh, Shlokas of Charpatnath. With forewords by Francis Younghusband and Betty

Heimann. xxii, 16, 94, 40pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps. Photocopy.

Lahore (M. Singh), 1937.

2901 UDOM WAROTAMASIKKHADIT. Thai Syntax: An Outline.

(Janua Linguarum. Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata.

Series practica. 68.) 80pp. 4to. Wraps. D.j.


2902 UHLE, MAX (TRANSLATOR). Vetala-pantschavinsati.

Die fünfundzwanzig Erzählungen eines Dämons. (Meisterwerke orientalischer Literaturen. 9.) xxxi, (1), 231, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Translation based chiefly on the Sanskrit text edited by

Uhle (Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1881) from Sivadasas version.


2903 UHLIG, HELMUT. Auf den Spuren Buddhas.

Reise durch Ceylon, Birma, Thailand, Laos, Kambodscha, Vietnam. (Die

Welt des Buddhismus in ihrer Auseinandersetzung mit dem Materialismus in Südostasien.) 327pp., 8 color plates. 64 illus. hors texte. 9 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Klagenfurt (Verlag Buch und Welt), 1977.

2904 UHLIG, HELMUT. Tantrische Kunst des Buddhismus.

Unter Mitarbeit von Heidi und Ulrich von Schroeder. 316, (2)pp.


Frankfurt/Wien (Safari bei Ullstein), 1981.

2905 UNBESCHEID, GÜNTER. Kanphata.

Untersuchungen zu Kult, Mythologie und Geschichte sivaitischer Tantriker in Nepal.

(Beiträge zur Südasienforschung, Südasien-Institut, Universität Heidelberg. 63.) xxxiii, (1), 197, (3)pp., 16 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps.


2906 UNGER, ANN HELEN & UNGER, WALTER. Hue.

Die Kaiserstadt von Vietnam. 179, (3)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

München (Hirmer), [1995].

2907 UNGER, ANN HELEN & UNGER, WALTER. Laos.

Land zwischen gestern und morgen. 191pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

München (Hirmer), [1999].

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



172

2908 UPADHYAYA, BHAGWAT SARAN. India in Kalidasa.


Allahabad (Kitabistan), 1947.

2909

UPHAM, EDWARD (EDITOR). The Mahávansi, the Rájá-ratnácari, and the Rájá-vali, Forming the Sacred and

Historical Books of Ceylon; Also, a Collection of Tracts Illustrative of the Doctrines and Literature of Buddhism.

3 vols. x, xxxviii, 358pp.; 325pp.; x, 369pp. Lrg. 8vo. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

London (Parbury, Allen, and Co.), 1833.

2910 VACANANUKRAM KHMER.

/ Dictionnaire cambod gien. Cinquième édition. 2 vols. 4to. Cloth.

[Phnom-

Penh] (Édition de l’Institut Bouddhique), 1967-1968.

2911 VAGBHATA, SON OF SOMA. The Neminirvana of Vagbhata.

Edited by Pandit S’ivadatta and Kas’inath Pandurang

Parab. Second edition. (Kâvyamâlâ. 56.) (2), 99, (1), 19pp. Wraps.

Bombay (Pândurang Jâwajî/ “Nirnaya-Sagar” Press), 1936.

2912 VAIDYA, KARUNA KAR (EDITOR). Folk Tales of Nepal: First Series.

x, (2), 132pp. Illus. 12mo. Wraps.

Kathmandu (Ratna Pistak Bhandar), 1976.

2913 VAIDYANA

THADIKSITA. Jataka parijatah: Vaidyanatha Dikshita’s Jatakaparijata.

With an English translation and copious explanatory notes and examples by V. Subrahmanya Sastri. Revised & enlarged. 2 vols. lxvi, 1080, 216pp. 4to.

Cloth.

Bangalore City (V.B. Soobiah and Sons), 1932-1933.

2914 VAIDYANATHAN, K.R. Sri Krishna, the Lord of Guruvayur.

(Bhavan’s Book University. 195.) xxv, 175pp., 26 plates, 1 map. Boards.


2915 VALK, J.W. VAN DER. Beknopte handleiding om de Javaansche taal te leeren spreken.

Fourth edition. viii, 411, (1)pp.

Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2916 VALMIKI. Râmâyana: Das Lied vom Koenig Râma.

Ein altindisches Heldengedicht des Vâlmîki in sieben Buechern. Zum

Erstenmal ins Deutsche uebertragen, eingeleitet und angemerkt von J. Menrad. Erster Band [all published]: Erstes Buch

(Buch der Jugend). lii, 302, (6)pp. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

München (Theodor Ackermann), 1897.

2917 VALMIKI. The Ramayana of Valmiki.

Translated by Hari Prasad Shastri. 3 vols. I: Bala Kanda. Atodhya Kanda. xviii,

430pp. II: Aranya Kanda. Kishkindha Kanda. Sundara Kanda. xii, 543pp. III: Yuddha Kanda. Uttara Kanda. xii, 708pp. 4to.

Cloth.

London (Shanti Sadan), 1952-1959.

2918 VALMIKI. Srimadvalmikiya Ramayana: Sacitra, Hindibhasantarasahita.

Fifth edition. 2 vols. 16, 1680pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Gorakhapura (Gitapresa), n.d.

2919 VAMANA & JAYADITYA. La Kasika-vrtti (adhyaya I, pada 1).

Traduit et commentée par Yutaka Ojihara et Louis Renou.

(Pu blications de l’École Française d’Extrême-Orient. 48.) 3 vols. bound in 1. vi, (2), 124pp.; 133pp.; 187pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Commentary by Jayaditya and Vamana on the Ashtádhyáyi of Panini.


2920 VAMANABH

ATTA. The S’ringârabhûshana of Vâmana-Bhatta-Bâna.

Edited by Pandit S’ivadatta and Wâsudev Laxman

Shâstrî Pans’îkar. Third edition. (Kâvyamâlâ. 58.) (2), 19pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bombay (Pândurang Jâwajî), 1927.

2921 VAN BEEK, STEVE & INVERNIZZI TETTONI, LUCA. An Introduction to the Arts of Thailand.

220pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to.

Cloth.

Hong Kong (Travel Publishing Asia Limited), 1985.

2922 VAN KYI, U. English-Chin (Lai) Dictionary.

(2), 160pp. 12mo. Orig. printed wraps.

[Falam, Chin Hills (U Kap Dum: At the Pawlipi Printing Press)], 1959.

2923 VAN TÂN. Tù diên Trung Viêt./ Zhong yue ci dian.

1418pp. Stout 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

[Hà-nôi] (Nhà Xuat Bán Su Thât), 1956.

2924 VANAJA, R. Indian Coinage.

(2), 115pp., 8 color plates. 197 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2925 VANDYOPADHYAYA, HARICARANA. Bangiya sabdakosa.

2 vols. 30, (2), 2431, (3)pp. Stout 4to. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



173

Niu Dilli (Sahitya Akademi), 1978.

2926 VARADAPANDE, M.L. Krishna Theatre in India.

145pp., 15 color plates. 98 illus. hors texte. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2927 VARAHAMIHIRA. Das grosse Buch der Nativitätslehre (Brihat Jataka) des Varaha Mihira.

Nach der englischen

Übersetzung von C. Chidambaram Iyer ins Deutsche übersetzt und bearbeitet von Wilhelm Wulff. 199, (3)pp., 3 plates, 3 diagrams. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Hamburg (Ataïr-Verlag), 1925.

2928 VARAHAMIHIRA. The Pañcasiddhantika of Varahamihira.

[By] O. Neugebauer and D. Pingree. (Det Kongelige Danske

Videnskabernes Selskab. Historisk-Filosofiske Skrifter. Vol. 6#1.) 2 vols. 206pp.; 154pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Copenhagen (Munksgaard), 1970-1971.

2929 VASANTHA MADHAVA, K.G. Religions in Coastal Karnataka, 1500-1763.

xv, (1), 206pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

New Delhi (Inter-India Publications), 1985.

2930 VASUBANDHU. L’Abhidharmakosa de Vasubandhu.

Traduction et annotations. [Par] Louis de la Vallée Poussin.

Nouvelle édition anastatique présentée par Étienne Lamotte. (Mélanges Chinois et Bouddhiques. 16.) 6 vols. 4to. Wraps.

Bruxelles (Institut Belge des Hautes Études Chinoises), 1971.

2931 VASUBANDHU. Three Works of Vasubandhu in Sanskrit Manuscript.

The Trisvabhavanirdesa, the Vimsatika with its

Vrtti, and the Trimsika with Sthiramati’s Commentary. Edited by Katsumi Mimaki, Musashi Tachikawa and Akira Yuyama.

(Bibliotheca Codicum Asiaticorum. 1.) xviii, (2)pp., 159 plates. Lrg. oblong 4to. Wraps. D.j.


2932 VATSYAYAN, SACHCHIDANANDA. Islands in the Stream: A Novel.

[By] ‘Ajneya’ (Sachchidananda Vatsyayan). 355pp.


Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2933 VATUK, SYLVIA (EDITOR). American Studies in the Anthropology of India.

xix, (3), 517pp. 4to. Wraps.

2934 VAUGHAN, J.D. The Manners and Customs of the Chinese of the Straits Settlements.

With an introduction by Wilfred

Blythe. (Oxford in Asia: Historical Reprints.) vii, (3), 126pp. Illus. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Originally published 1879.

Kuala Lumpur/Singapore (Oxford University Press), 1971.

2935 VEDEHA THERA. Die zweite Dekade der Rasavahini.

Von Magdalene und Wilhelm Geiger. (Sitzungsberichte der

Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Philosophisch-philologische und historische Klasse. Jahrgang 1918.

5. Abhandlung.) 74pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 cloth.

München (Verlag der Königlich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften), 1918.

2936 VEEN, KLAAS W. VAN DER. I give thee my daughter.

A study of marriage and hierarchy among the Anavil Brahmans of

South Gujarat. (Studies of Developing Countries. 13.) (6), 297pp. 11 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Assen (Van Gorcum & Comp.), 1972.

2937 VELDER, CHRISTIAN. Der Kampf der Götter und Dämonen.

Aus dem thailändischen Ramakien übertragen und mit einem Nachwort versehen. 321pp., 1 map, 3 tables. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

Schweinfurt (Verlag Neues Forum), 1962.

2938 VELDER, CHRISTIAN. Märchen aus Thailand.

(Die Märchen der Weltliteratur.) 295pp. Boards, 1/4 cloth.


2939 VELLIS, NINON & HAAB, ARMIN. Bhutan-

Fürstenstaat am Götterthron.

Zweite erweiterte und neubearbeitete Auflage.


Gütersloh (Bertelsmann), 1969.

2940 VENKATARAM SHARMA, V. Critical Studies on Katyayana's Suklayajurvedapratisakhya.

(4), 461pp. 4to. Cloth. Some wormholing.


2941 VÉQUAUD, YVES. Die Kunst von Mithila.

Bildreportage: Edouard Boubat. 124, (4)pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Cloth.

Genf (Weber), [1977].

2942 VERGHESE, PAUL (EDITOR). Die syrischen Kirchen in Indien.

(Die Kirchen der Welt. 13.) 222, (2)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Evangelisches Verlagswerk), 1974.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



174

2943 VERGOUWEN, J.C. The Social Organisation and Customary Law of the Toba-Batak of Northern Sumatra.

Preface by

J. Keuning. (Koninklijk Instituut foor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 7.) xv, (1), 461pp., 1 lrg. folding map.

4to. Cloth.


2944 VERMA, M.K. & SHARMA, T.N. Intermediate Nepali.

2 vols. I: Structure. viii, (4), 227pp. II: Reader. x, (2), 186pp. Sm. 4to.

Cloth.


2945 VERMA, R.I. Leather Footwear Industry in Uttar Pradesh, With Special Study at Kanpur.

(Census of India 1961. Vol.

XV: Uttar Pradesh. Part VII A. Handicrafts Survey Monograph No. 2.) (4), iii, (5), 31pp., 31 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2946 VERMA, SOM PRAKASH. Art and Material Culture in the Pain tings of Akbar’s Court.

(Centre of Advanced Study,

Department of History, Aligarh Muslim University.) xxxviii, (2), 150pp., 78 plates. 4to. Cloth.


2947 VETTAMMANI. Puranic Encyclopaedia.

A comprehensive dictionary with special reference to the epic and Puranic literature. [By] Vettam Mani. viii, 922pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


2948 VICKERS, ADRIAN. Bali: Ein Paradies wird erfunden.

Geschichte einer kulturellen Begegnung. 407pp. 30 illus. hors texte. Text figs. 4to. Wraps.

[Köln] (Verlag Bruckner & Thünker), [1994].

2949 VIDYAKARA. An Anthology of Sanskrit Court Poetry: Vidyakara’s “Subhasitaratnakosa.” Translated by Daniel H.H.

Ingalls. (The Harvard Oriental Series. 44./ Unesco Collection of Representative Works: Indian Series.) x (2), 611pp. 4to.

Cloth.


2950 VIDYARTHI, L.P. Rise of Anthropology in India: A Social Science Orientation.

2 vols. I: The Tribal Dimensions. vii, (1),

476pp. II: The Rural, Urban and Other Dimensions. vii, (1), 384pp. 4to. Cloth.


2951 VIDYARTHI, L.P. The Sacred Complex in Hindu Gaya.

Second edition with new introduction. xxxii, 232pp., 4 plates with

10 illus. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


2952 VIDYARTHI, L.P., ET AL. The Sacred Complex of Kashi.

A microcosm of Indian civilization. [By] L.P. Vidyarhti [sic],

Makhan Jha, B.N. Saraswati. 319pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. 2 maps, 6 figs., 12 tables. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2953 VIDYARTHI, L.P. & RAI, B.K. The Tribal Culture of India.

(6), 487pp., 27 plates, 2 maps. 4to. Cloth.


2954 VIDYAVIJAYA, MUNI. Surisvara aura samrat Akabara.

Mula Gujarati lekhaka, Muniraja Vidyavijaya; anuvadaka,

Krshnalala Varma. 24, 414pp. Illus. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Agara (SrivijayadharmalakshmiJñanamandira), 1923.

2955 VIJAYATUNGA, HARISCANDRA (EDITOR). Prayogika Simhala sabdakosaya.

Vidhayaka katr Hariscandra Vijayatunga.

2 vols. xxi, (3), 1924pp. Sm. stout 4to. Buckram.

[Colombo] (Samskrtika Katayutu pilibanda Amatyamsaya), 1982-1984.

2956 VISAKHAPUJA. B.E. 2510.

(Annual Publication of the Buddhist Association of Thailand.) (10), 99, (5)pp. Prof. illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Bangkok (Phuttha Samakhom hæng Prathet Thai), 1967.


(Annual Publication of the Buddhist Association of Thailand.) (8), 163pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

Bang kok (Phuttha Samakhom hæng Prathet Thai), 1974.


(Annual Publication of The Buddhist Association of Thailand.) 110pp., 30 plates. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok, 1970.

2959 VISVANATHA PILLAI, V. A Tamil-English Dictionary.

Revised and enlarged with an appendix of modern scientific terms.

706pp. 4to. Cloth.

Madras (Madras School Book and Literature Society), 1963.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



175

2960 VITEBSKY, PIERS. Dialogues With the Dead.

The discussion of mortality among the Sora of eastern India. (Cambridge

Studies in Social and Cultural Anthropology. 88.) xix, (1), 294pp., 11 plates. Numerous text illus. 4to. Cloth.


2961 VITSAXIS, VASSILIS G. Hindu Epics, Myths and Legends in Popular Illustrations.

With a foreword by A.L. Basham. xii,

98pp. 46 tipped-in plates. 4to. Cloth.


2962 VLEKKE, BERNARD H.M. Nusantra.

A history of the East Indian Archipelago. xv, (3), 439pp. 9 maps. 4to. Cloth. Third printing.


2963 VOIGT, JOHANNES H. Max Mueller: The Man and His Ideas.

xiii, (1), 101pp., (2)-pp. facsimile. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2964 VOLWAHSEN, ANDREAS. Islamisches Indien.

(Architektur der Welt.) 192pp. Prof. illus. (gravure). Sm. oblong 4to.

Boards.

Fribourg (Office du Livre), 1969.

2965 VOORHOEVE, P. Codices Batacici.

(Codices Manuscripti. 19.) 537, (1)pp. 1 plate. 4to. Wraps.

Leiden (Universitaire Pers), 1977.

2966 VREEDE, A.C. Handleiding tot de beoefening der Madoeresche taal.

2 vols. bound in 1. xxx, 166pp., 1 folding chart; vii,

(1), 271pp. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 cloth.

Leiden (E.J. Brill), 1874-1876.

2967 VROKLAGE, B.A.G. Ethnographie der Belu in Zentral-Timor.

3 vols. xi, (1), 688pp.; (2), 227, (1)pp.; (2)pp., 106 plates.

4to. & sm. folio. Wraps.


2968 VU, DUY-TU. Lehrbuch der vietnamesischen Sprache.

Eine Einführung mit Übungen, Lösungen und Tonmaterial. 194,

(2)pp. 4to. Wraps.


2969 VU, NGOC LIEN. Moeurs et coutumes du Viet-Nam.

[Par] La-Giang Vu-Ngoc-

Liên. Tome premier (all published). (2),


Hanoi (Pham-HuyNghiên & Cie.), 1942.

2970 VU THE QUYEN. Die vietnamesische Gesellschaft im Wandel.

Kolonialismus und gesellschaftliche Entwicklung in

Vietnam. (Sinologica Coloniensia. 8.) 404pp. 4to. Wraps.


2971 VUCKOVACKI, VERA. Indien im Spiegel seiner Kunst.

Eine Ein führung in die Kunst Indiens. 287pp. 99 illus. (14 color),

25 figs., 11 plans. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.


2972 WACKERNAGEL, JAKOB. Altindische Grammatik.

I: Lautlehre. lxxix, (1), 343, (1)pp. Sm. 4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.



II, 1: Einleitung zur Wortlehre. Nominalkomposition. xii, 329pp. Sm.

4to. Marbled boards, 3/4 leather.



Band II, 2: Die Nominalsuffixe. Von Albert Debrunner. xi, (1), 966pp.

Stout 4to. Cloth.


2975 WAGNER, FRITS A. Indonesien.

Die Kunst eines Inselreiches. Vierte Auflage. (Kunst der Welt. Ihre geschichtlichen, soziologischen und religiösen Grundlagen. Die aussereuropäischen Kulturen.) 268, (2)pp. 63 tipped-in color plates, text figs.

Sm. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase.


2976 WAGNER, REINHARD (EDITOR). Bengalische Texte in Urschrift und Umschrift.

(Lehrbücher des Seminars für

Orientalische Sprachen in Berlin. 33.) 132pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



176

2977 WALBEEHM, A.H.J.G. Javaansche spraakkunst (schrift, uitspraak, taalsoorten en woordafleiding).

Second edition. vi,

146pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 buckram.


2978 WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Das Catusparisatsutra.

Eine kanonische Lehrschrift über die Begründung der buddhistischen

Ge meinde. Text in Sanskrit und Tibetisch, verglichen mit dem Pali nebst einer Übersetzung der chinesischen Entsprechung im Vinaya der Mulasarvastivadins. Auf Grund von Turfan-Handschriften herausgegeben und bearbeitet. (Abhandlungen der

Deutschen Akademie de r Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst. Jahrgang 1960, Nr. 21.) Teil

III: Textbearbeitung: Vorgang 22-28. (240)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.


2979 WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Die Legende vom Leben des Buddha.

In Auszügen aus den heiligen Texten. Aus dem

Sanskrit, Pali und Chinesischen übersetzt und eingeführt von Ernst Waldschmidt. Vermehrter und verbesserter Nachdruck der 1929....Ausgabe. 266pp., 21 plates (5 color). Sm. 4to. Boards, 3/4 leather.

Berlin (

Volksverband der Bücherfreunde. Wegweiser-Verlag), 1929.

2980 WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Das Mahaparinirvanasutra.

Text in Sanskrit und Tibetisch, verglichen mit dem Pali nebst einer

Übersetzung der chinesischen Entsprechung im Vinaya der Mulasarvastivadins. Auf Grund von Turfan-Handschriften herausgegeben und bearbeitet. (Abhandlungen der Deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Klasse für

Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst. Jahrgang 1949, Nr. 1; 1950, Nr. 2-3.) 3 vols. I: Der Sanskrit-Text im handschriftlichen

Befund. 101pp. II: Textbearbeitung: Vorgang 1-32. (202)pp., 2 plates. III: Textbearbeitung: Vorgang 33-51 (inbegriffen das

Mahasudarsanasutra). (222)pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Akademie-Verlag), 1950-1951.

2981 WALDSCHMIDT, ERNST. Die Überlieferung vom Lebensende des Buddha.

Eine vergleichende Analyse des

Mahaparinirvanasutra und seiner Textentsprechungen. Erster Teil: Vorgangsgruppe I-IV. (Abhandlungen der Akademie der

Wissenschaften in Göttingen. Philologisch-historische Klasse. Dritte Folge, Nr. 29.) vi, 186pp. 4to. Wraps.


2982 WALES, H.G. QUARITCH. Ancient Siamese Government and Administration.

vii, (1), 263pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1934 edition.

New York (Paragon Book Reprint Corp.), 1965.

2983 WALES, H.G. QUARITCH. Angkor and Rome.

A historical comparison. xviii, 166pp. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Bernard Quaritch, Ltd.), 1965.

2984 WALES, H.G. QUARITCH. Divination in Thailand.

The hopes and fears of a Southeast Asian people. xii, (2), 145pp., 11 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London/Dublin (Curzon Press), 1983.

2985 WALKER, ANDREW. The Legend of the Golden Boat.

Regulation, trade and traders in the borderlands of Laos, Thailand,

China and Burma. (Anthropology of Asia Series.) xviii, 232pp., 13 plates. 9 maps. 4to. Cloth.

Richmond, Surrey (Curzon), 1999.

Delhi (Hindustan Publishing Corporation), 1986.

2986 WALKER, ANTHONY R. The Toda of South India: A New Look.

(Studies in Sociology and Social Anthropology.) xix, (1),


2987 WALKER, ANTHONY R. (EDITOR). Farmers in the Hills.

Ethnographic notes on the Upland peoples of North Thailand.

N.p. (Penerbit Universiti Sains Malaysia), 1975.

(Data Papers in Social Anthropology, School of Comparative Social Sciences, Universiti Sains Malaysia.) viii, (4), 211pp., 28 plates. 7 maps, 7 figs. 4to. Wraps.

2988 WALKER, BENJAMIN. Hindu World.

An encyclopedic survey of Hinduism. 2 vols. xiii, (1), 608, (2)pp.; ix, (1), 695, (1)pp.

4to. Cloth.


2989 WALL, BARBARA. Les Nya Hön.

Étude ethnographique d’une population du plateau de Bolovens (Sud-Laos). (Collection

“Documents pour le Laos.” 6.) v, (1), 228pp. 35 illus. hors texte. 31 figs., 3 maps. 4to. Wraps.


2990 WALLESER, MAX. Die philosophische Grundlage des älteren Buddhismus.

Zweite unveränderte Auflage. (Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen Entwicklung. 1. Teil.) xi, (1), 148pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


2991 WALLESER, MAX. Prajñaparamita: Die Vollkommenheit der Erkenntnis.

Nach indischen, tibetischen und chinesischen

Quellen. (Quellen der Religionsgeschichte. Band 6, Gruppe 8.) (4), 164pp. 4to. Orig. cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



177


2992 WALLESER, MAX. Die Sekten des alten Buddhismus.

(Die buddhistische Philosophie in ihrer geschichtlichen

Entwicklung. 4.) vii, (1), 93, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.


2993 WANG, DAYUAN. Dao yi zhi lue jiao shi.

Wang Dayuan yuan zhu; Su Jiqing jiao shi. (Zhong wai jiao tong shi ji cong kan.)

London (The Epworth Press), 1947-1952.

4, 8, 434pp. Wraps.

Beijing (Zhonghua shu ju), 1981.

2994 WARD, C.H.S. Buddhism.

2 vols. I: Hinayana. Revised edition. 143pp. II: Mahayana. 222pp. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

2995 WARD, F. KINGDON. In Farthest Burma.

The record of an arduous journey of exploration and research through the unknown frontier territory of Burma and Tibet. 311pp. 23 illus. & 2 maps hors texte. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Philadelphia (J.B. Lippincott Company), 1921.

2996 WARDER, A.K. Indian Kavya Literature.

6 vols. I: Literary Criticism. xvii, (5), 281pp. II: Origins and Formation of the

Classical Kavya. (2), 393pp. III: The Early Medieval Period (Sudraka to Visakhadatta). (2), 307pp. IV: The Ways of

Originality (Bana to Damodaragupta). xii, 641pp. V: The Bold Style (Saktibhadra to Dhanapala). xii, 891pp. VI: The Art of

Storytelling. xiii, (1), 852pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2997 WARDER, A.K. An Introduction to Indian Historiography.

(Monographs of the Department of Sanskrit and Indian

Studies, University of Toronto.) xii, (4), 196pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


2998 WARDER, A.K. Pali Metre.

A contribution to the history of Indian literature. xiii, (1), 252pp. Sm. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

London (Pali Text Society/ Luzac and Company), 1967.

2999 WARMING, WANDA & GAWORSKI, MICHAEL. The World of Indonesian Textiles.

200pp. 52 color plates, 153 illus. Lrg.

4to. Cloth.

London (Serindia Publications), 1981.

3000 WARNECK, JOH. Die Religion der Batak.

Ein Paradigma f

ür die animistischen Religionen des Indischen Archipels.

(Quellen der Religions-Geschichte. Band 1, Gruppe 12.) vi, 136pp. 4 illus. 4to. New cloth; orig. wraps. bound in.


3001 WARNECK, JOH. Toba-Batak - Deutsches Wörterbuch.

Mit den Ergänzungen von Joh. Winkler. Neu herausgegeben von

R. Roolvink. Mit einem Register Deutsch-Batak von K.A. Adelaar. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde.) xii,

332pp. 4to. Cloth.


3002 WARREN, JAMES FRANCIS. Ah Ku and Karayuki-san.

Prostitution in Singapore, 1870-1940. xxvii, (3), 433pp. 25 illus. hors texte. 4 maps. 4to. Cloth.


3003 WARREN, WILLIAM. The House on the Klong.

The Bangkok home and Asian art collection of James Thompson.

Photographs by Brian Brake. 87pp. 92 illus. (44 color). 4to. Cloth.

New York/Tokyo (Walker/ Weatherhill), 1969.

3004 WARREN, WILLIAM & INVERNIZZI TETTONI, LUCA. Arts and Crafts of Thailand. Consultant: Chaiwut Tulayadhan.

160pp. 230 illus. (177 color). 4to. Wraps. D.j.


3005 WARSZAWA. MUZEUM AZJI I PACYFIKU. Grafika lamajska z Nepalu ze zbiorów Andrzeja Wawrzyniaka.

(20)pp. 10 illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Parallel texts in Polish and English.

Warszawa, n.d.

3006 WARTOONS.

Compiled by: The Department of Information and Public Relations, Government of Andhra Pradesh,

Hyderabad. (96)pp. Prof. illus. Oblong 4to. Wraps.

[Hyderabad (Government Central Press), 1965].

3007 WAS IST BUDDHISMUS UND WAS WILL ER?

Eine Einführung in die Gedankenwelt des Buddha Gotama. 79pp. 4to.

Wraps.

N.p. (Neubuddhistischer Verlag), n.d.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



178

3008 WASHINGTON. NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART. The Sculpture of Indonesia.

[By] Jan Fontein. With essays by R.

Soekmono, Edi Sedyawati. June-Nov. 1990. 312pp. 180 illus. (106 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

Washington, 1990.

3009 WASHINGTON. THE TEXTILE MUSEUM. Master Dyers to the World.

Technique and trade in early Indian dyed cotton textiles. [By] Mattiebelle Gittinger. 207pp. 177 illus. (partly color). Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Washington, 1982.

3010 WATSON, ADAM. The Grammer [sic] of the Ho Language: An Eastern Himalayan Dialect.

vii, (1), 194pp. 4to. Cloth.

Originally published 1915.


3011 WATSON, ADAM. The War of the Goldsmith’s Daughter.


London (Chatto & Windus), 1964.

3012 WATSON, C.W & ELLEN, ROY (EDITORS). Understanding Witchcraft and Sorcery in Southeast Asia.

viii, 222pp. 1 map. 4to. Cloth.


3013 WATTS, NEVILLE A. The Half-Clad Tribals of Eastern India.

ix, (1), 153pp., 65 plates. Text figs. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bombay (Orient Longmans), 1970.

3014 WAUGH, ALEC. Bangkok.

The story of a city. (6), 282pp. 30 illus., 1 double-page map. 4to. Cloth.

Boston/Toronto (Little, Brown and Company), 1971.

3015 WEBER, ALBRECHT (EDITOR). Srisuklayajurvede Satapathabrahmanam madhyandiniyiyam sakhayamanusrtya srimatsayanacaryaharisvamidvivedagangakrtabhasyebhyah saramuddhrtya da.

/ The Catapatha-Brahmana in the

Madhyandina-Cakha with Extracts from the Commentaries of Sayana, Harisvamin and Dvivedaganga. Second edition.

(Caukhamba-Samskrta-granthamala. 96.) xiii, (1), 1194pp. Lrg. stout 4to. Cloth. Sanskrit text is a reprint of the Berlin 1855 edition.

Varanasi (Caukhamba Samskrta Sirija Aphisa), 1964.

3016 WEBSTER, JOHN C.B. Popular Religion in the Punjab Today.

149pp. Sm. 4to. Boards. D.j.

Batala/Delhi (The Christian Institute of Sikh Studies/ I.S.P.C.K.), 1974.

3017 WECK, WOLFGANG. Heilkunde und Volkstum auf Bali.

xii,, 248pp. 27 plates. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Stuttgart (Ferdinand Enke Verlag), 1937.

3018 WEDDING CEREMONIALS.

Edited and published by “Prapantja.” 90pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. D.j.

[Djakarta] (Prapantja), n.d.

3019 WEHRLI, HANS J. Beitrag zur Ethnologie der Chingpaw (Kachin) von Ober-Burma.

(Supplement zu Bd. XVI von

“Internationales Archiv für Ethnographie.”) xvi, 83, (1)pp., 5 plates, 1 map. Lrg. 4to. New boards, 3/4 cloth.


3020 WEINER, SHEILA L. Ajanta: Its Place in Buddhist Art.

xx, 128pp. 104 illus. hors texte. 9 text figs. 4to. Cloth.


3021

WELCH, STUART CARY, ET AL. The Emperors’ Album: Images of Mughal India.

[By] Stuart Cary Welch, Annemarie

New York (The Metropolitan Museum of Art/ Harry N. Abrams), 1987.

Schimmel, Marie L. Swietochowski, Wheeler M. Thackston. 318pp. 128 illus. (52 color). Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Published in conjunction with an exhibition at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, Oct. 1987-Feb. 1988.

3022 WELLS, KENNETH E. Thai Buddhism: Its Rites and Activities.

xviii, 331pp., 16 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (Suribayun Publishers), 1975.

3023 WENING, R. Angkor.

Die vergessene Tempelstadt im Urwald. 131, (1)pp. Numerous tipped-in color plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


3024 WENING, RUDOLF & SOMM, A.F. Wunderland Siam.

Photos von Michael Wolgensinger. 121pp. 90 tipped-in color plates.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


3025 WENK, KLAUS. Murals in Burma. Volume I [all published]: Paintings from Pagan of the Late Period, 18th Century.

With a contribution by U Tin Lwin. xvi, 267pp. 66 plates (mostly tipped-in color; partly folding), 6 text illus. (1 tipped-in color).

Lrg. folio. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



179

Zürich (Verlag Iñigo von Oppersdorff), 1977.

3026 WENK, KLAUS. Die Ruderlieder - kap he ruö - in der Literatur Thailands.

(Abhandlungen für die Kunde des

Morgenlandes. Vol. 37#4.) 177, (3)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Wiesbaden (Deutsche Morgenländische Gesellschaft/ Franz Steiner), 1968.

3027 WENZ, HEINRICH. Weltmacht Indien.

268, (4)pp. Illus. 4to. Cloth.

N.p. (Büchergilde Gutenberg), n.d.

3028 WEPF, REINHOLD. Vietnam.

Vom Mekongdelta zum Song Ben Hai. 99pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth.

Bern (Kümmerly & Frey, Geographischer Verlag), 1968.

3029 [WERBINKÖHLER, HANS, ET AL.] Indien, Indonesien, Tibet.

(Oldenbourgs Abriss der Weltgeschichte. Teil II, Abschnitt

B.) 70pp. 4to. Wraps.

München (Verlag R. Oldenbourg), 1954.

3030 WERNER, JAYNE SUSAN. The Cao Dài: The Politics of a Vietnamese Syncretic Religious Movement.

2 vols. xx, 719 ff., 3 maps and plans. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps. Ph.D. thesis, Cornell University, 1976, in microfilm photocopy.


3031 WERNER, ROLAND. Jah-het of Malaysia, Art and Culture.

With remarks on the JahHet language by Gérard Diddloth. xxxv, (1), 626pp. 746 illus. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Kuala Lumpur (Penerbit Universiti Malaya), 1975.

3032 WERNER, ROLAND. Mah Meri of Malaysia: Art and Culture.

xxvi, 485pp. 460 illus., 13 figs., 3 maps. 4to. Boards. D.j.

Kuala Lumpur (Penerbit Universiti Malaya), 1974.

3033 WERSHOVEN, F.J. Lehr- und Lesebuch der siamesischen Sprache und DeutschSiamesisches Wörterbuch....

(Die

Kunst der Polyglottie. 38.) vi, (2), 181, (3)pp. Sm. 8vo. Dec. cloth.

Wien/Pest (A. Hartleben’s Verlag), n.d.

3034 WERTH, ALEXANDER. Der Tiger Indiens.

Subhas Chandra Bose. Ein Leben für die Freiheit des Subkontinents. 272pp. 42 illus. hors texte, 15 facsimiles. 4to. Cloth.

München/Esslingen (Bechtle), 1971.

3035 WESSELS-MEVISSEN, CORINNA. The Gods of the Directions in Ancient India.

Origin and early development in art and literature (until c. 1000 A.D.) (Monographien zur indischen Archäologie, Kunst und Philologie. 14.) xxi, (1), 233pp. 327 illus.

Lrg. 4to. Cloth.


3036 WESTPHAL, WILFRIED. Herrscher zwischen Indus und Ganges.

Das britische Kolonialreich in Indien. 413, (2)pp. Illus.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.

München (C. Bertelsmann Verlag), 1980.

3037 WESTPHAL-HELLBUSCH,

SIGRID & WESTPHAL, HEINZ. Hinduistische Viehzüchter im nord-westlichen Indien.

(Forschungen zur Ethnologie und Sozialpsychologie. 8-9.) 2 vols. I: Die Rabari. 358, (2)pp., 2 maps. 32 illus. hors texte. II:

Die Bharvad und die Charan. 262, (2)pp., 1 folding map. 32 illus. hors texte. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Duncker & Humblot), 1974-1976.

Bad Homburg v.d.H. (Verlag Gehlen), 1969.

3038 WEZLER, ALBRECHT. Paribhasa IV, V und XV.

Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der einheimischen indischen grammatischen Scholastik. 266pp. 4to. Cloth.

3039 WHEATLEY, PAUL. The Golden Khersonese.

Studies in the historical geography of the Malay Peninsula before A.D.

1500. xxxiii, (1), 388pp. 52 maps and figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Kuala Lumpur (University of Malaya Press), 1966.

3040 WHEELER, MONROE (EDITOR). Textiles and Ornaments of India. A selection of designs. Texts by Pupul Jayakar and

John Irwin. 95, (1)pp. 110 illus. (7 color). Sq. 4to. Boards.

New York (The Museum of Modern Art), 1956.

3041 WHEELER, MORTIMER. AltIndien und Pakistan bis zur Zeit des Königs Ashoka.

(Alte Kulturen und Völker.) 215,

(1)pp., 57 plates. 25 figs., 7 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Köln (Verlag M. DuMont Schauberg), [1959].

3042 WHITEHEAD, HENRY. The Village Gods of South India.

Second edition, revised and enlarged. (The Religious Life of

India.) 175, (1)pp., 18 plates. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



180

Calcutta/London (Association Press/ Oxford University Press), 1921.

3043 WHITNEY, WILLIAM DWIGHT. Indische Grammatik, umfassend die klassische Sprache und die älteren Dialecte.

Aus dem Englischen übersetzt von Heinrich Zimmer. (Bibliothek indogermanischer Grammatiken. 2.) xxvii, (1), 519, (1)pp. Sm.

4to. Cloth.

Leipzig ( Breitkopf und Härtel), 1879.

3044 WHITWORTH, GEORGE CLIFFORD. An Anglo-Indian Dictionary.

A glossary of Indian terms used in English, and of such

English or other non-Indian terms as have obtained special meanings in India. xv, (1), 350, (2)pp. Sm. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1885 edition.

Gurgaon/New Delhi (Indian Documentation Service), 1976.

3045 WHO’S WHO OF INDIAN WRITERS.

(4), 410, (26)pp. 4to. Cloth.


3046 WIBUN LISUWAN. Pha Thai: Phatthanakan thang ‘utsahakam læ sangkhom.

Bannathikan, Wibun Lisuwan; khana bannathikan, Phisit Charoenwong , Natthaphat Chanthawit, Somchai Nin‘athi. (Khrongkan Sinlapa ‘utsahakam Thai. Chut thi

2.) 9, (1), 218pp. Prof. illus. Lrg. 4to. Buckram. Introduction and captions in parallel Thai and English.

[Bangkok] (Bansat Ngoenthun ‘Utsahakam hæng Prathet Thai), 1987.

3047 WICKRAMASINGHE, MARTIN. Sinhala Language and Culture.

(4), 155pp. Wraps.


3048 WICKREMASINGHE, MARTINO DE ZILVA. Sinhalese Self-Taught.

119pp. 12mo. New wraps; orig. wraps. bound in.

London (E. Marlborough & Co.), 1916.

3049 WIEN. GALERIE ZACKE. Buddhistische, hinduistische und jainistische Skulpturen, Bronzen und

Ritualgegenstände.

Stammeskunst aus Südostasien. Texte: Wolfmar Zacken. Feb.-March 1990. (70)pp. 67 illus. 4to.

Wraps.

Wien, 1990.

3050 WIEN. KUNSTHISTORISCHES MUSEUM. Die Portugiesen in Indien.

Die Eroberungen Dom João de Castros auf

Tapisserien, 1538-1548. Oct.Jan. 1993. Texts by Maria Antonia Carvalho Fernandes, Rafael Moreira, José Manuel Garcia, and Rotraud Bauer. 210pp. Numerous color plates (partly folding). Lrg. 4to. Stiff wraps.

Wien, 1992.

3051 WIEN. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Kunst aus Indien.

Von der Industalkultur im 3. Jahrtausend v. Chr. bis zum 19.

Jahrhundert n. Chr. July-Oct. 1960. Texts by H. Goetz, H. Mandorff, C. Hundhausen. 161pp., 76 plates. Sq. 4to. Wraps. Text in German and English.

Wien, 1960.

3052 WIEN. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Nepal.

Sonderausstellung. 19pp. 1 map. Lrg. 8vo. Wraps.

Wien, n.d.

3053

WIEN. MUSEUM FÜR VÖLKERKUNDE. Der Südostasiatische Archipel: Völker und Kulturen.

Ausstellung und Katalog:

Heide Leigh-Theisen. 107, (1)pp. 120 illus. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps.

Wien, 1985.

3054 WIESE, EIGEL. Burma.

Reise im goldenden Land. 183, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Boards.

Stuttgart (Pietsch Verlag), 1989.

3055 WIESE, EIGEL. Thailand.

Begegnungen im Goldenen Dreieck. 167, (1)pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Cloth.

Stuttgart (Pietsch Verlag), 1990.

3056

WIESNER, ULRICH. Nepal: Königreich im Himalaya.

Geschichte, Kunst und Kultur im Kathmandu-Tal. (DuMont

Dokumente: Kunst-

Reiseführer.) 273, (5)pp. 130 illus., 48 figs. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


3057 WIJESEKERA, NANDADEVA. Veddas in Transition.

xx, 253, (1), xix, (1)pp., 32 plates. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


3058 WILHELM, FRIEDRICH. Politische Polemiken im Staatslehrbuch des Kautalya.

(Münchener Indologische Studien. 2.)

(4), 158pp. 4to. Wraps.


3059 WILKINSON, R.J. An Abridged Malay-English Dictionary (Romanised).

Seventh edition, revised and enlarged by A.E.

Coope. x, 269, (1)pp. Cloth.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



181

London (Macmillan & Co.), 1957.

3060 WILLENBERG, URSULA. Interethnischökonomische Beziehungen in Süd-Viêt-Nam.

Ihre Bedeutung für den

Ethn ogeneseprozess. (Veröffentlichungen des Museums für Völkerkunde zu Leipzig. 24.) 170, (2)pp. 7 illus., 5 maps. Sm.

4to. Wraps.


3061 WILLI, VICTOR J. Indien heute.

Politische Erörterungen, soziale und wissenschaftliche Aspekte, Profile indischer Städte,

Macht und Ohnmacht der Religionen in angewandt wertsoziologischer Sicht. 216pp. 37 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Orell Füssli Verlag), 1964.

3062 WILLIAMS, HARRY. Ceylon, Pearl of the East.


London (Robert Hale Limited), 1956.


3063 WILLIAMS, JOANNA G. The Art of Gupta India: Empire and Province.

209, (1)pp. 268 illus. hors texte. Oblong 4to.

Wraps.

3064 WILLIAMS-HUNT, P.D.R. An Introduction to the Malayan Aborigines.

With a foreword by Gerald Templer. iv, (4), 102pp.,

23 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Kuala Lumpur (Government Press), 1952.

3065 WILPERT, CLARA B. Götter und Dämonen: Handschrift mit Schattenspielfiguren.

Mit eine r Einführung in das javanische Schattenspiel. (Die bibliophilen Taschenbücher.) 89, (7)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 8vo. Cloth.

Dortmund (Harenberg), 1980.

3066 WILPERT, CLARA B. Schattentheater.

(Wegweiser zur Völkerkunde. 13.) 86, (2)pp., 17 plates, 2 maps. 18 figs. Wraps.


3067 WILSON, H.H. Istilahati ‘adliyah va malguzari.

(6), xxiv, 728, (4)pp. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Reprint of “A Glossary of Judicial and

Revenue Terms, And of Useful Words Occurring in Official Documents Relating to the Administration of the Government of

British India, from the Arabic, Persian, Hindustání, Sanskrit, Hindí, Bengálí, Uriya, Maráthi, Guazráthí, Telugu, Karnáta,

Tamil, Malayálam, and Other Languages,” London 1855.

Islamabad (Muqtadirah-yi Qaumi Zaban), 1985.

3068 WILSON, H.H. Religious Sects of the Hindus.

Edited by Ernst R. Rost. viii, (2), 221pp. Sm. 4to. Buckram. Originally published 1861.

Calcutta (Susil Gupta Private Limited), 1958.

3069 WILSON, H.H. Rg-veda-samhita / Rgvedasamhita: Text in Nagari, English Translation, Notes and Appendices Etc.

Preface by Dayanand Bhargawa. Enlarged & arranged by Nag Sharan Singh. (N.P. Series. 17.) 6 vols. Buckram.

Delhi (Nag Publishers), 1977-1978.

3070 WILSON, H.H. The Vishnu Purana.

A system of Hindu mythology and tradition translated from the original Sanskrit and

Calcutta (Punthi Pustak), 1972. illustrated by notes derived chiefly from other puranas. With an introduction by R.C. Hazra. (24), lxxii, 562pp. 4to. Cloth.

Originally published London 1840.

3071 WIMONPHAN PITATHAWATCHAI. Pha Ìsan.

/ [Esarn Cloth Design]. 55, (1)pp., 53 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps. Parallel texts in Thai and English.

[Khon Kaen] (Khana Su’ksasat, Mahawitthayalai Khon Kæn doi dai rap thun ùtnun chak Munnithi Fot), 1973.

3072 WIMONPHAN PITATHAWATCHAI. Sinlapahatthakam phu’nban khong Phak Tai.


Parallel texts in Thai and English.

[Bangkok] (Munnithi Mæban Àsa), 1976.

3073 WINDISCH, ERNST. Geschichte der Sanskrit-Philologie und indischen Altertumskunde.

(Grundriss der indo-arischen

Philologie und Altertumskunde [Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research]. I. Band, I. Heft B.) 2 vols. in 1. vii, (1), 460pp. 4to.

Cloth.

Strassburg (Verlag von Karl J

. Trübner), 1917-1920.

3074 WINFIELD, W.W. A Grammar of the Kui Language.

(Bibliotheca Indica. Work Number 245./ Issue Number 1496, New

Series.) xiv, 248, (2)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Calcutta (Baptist Mission Press/ Asiatic Society of Bengal), 1928.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



182

3075 WINK, ANDRÉ. Al-Hind: The Making of the Indo-Islamic World.

2 vols. I: Early Medieval India and the Expansion of

Islam, 7th-11th Centuries. viii, 396pp. II: The Slave Kings and the Islamic Conquest, 11th-13th Centuries. xii, 427pp. 4to.

Cloth.

Leiden/New York (E.J. Brill), 1990-1997.

3076 WINKLER, JOHANNES. Die Toba-Batak auf Sumatra in gesunden und kranken Tagen.

Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des animistischen Heidentums. (2), 234, (2)pp. 29 illus. hors texte. 14 figs. Sm. 4to. Orig. boards, 1/4 cloth. Th e author’s own

Stuttgart (Verlag W. Kohlhammer), 1976. copy.

Stuttgart (Chr. Belser A.G., Verlagsbuchhandlung), 1925.

3077 WINKLER, JÜRGEN & ARYAL, MUKUNDA RAJ. Nepal.


3078 WINSTEDT, RICHARD. A Practical Modern English-Malay Dictionary.

Fourth edition, with an appendix. 421pp. Cloth.

Singapore (Marican & Sons), 1960.

3079 WINTER, C.F., SR. Kawi-Javaansch woordenboek, ten behoeve van degenen, die Javaansche gedichten wenschen te lezen.

vii, (1), 576pp. 4to. Orig. boards, rebacked. Preface in Dutch; Kawi-language text in Javanese script.


3080 WINTERNITZ, EMANUEL. Die Frau in den indischen Religionen.

I. Teil [all published]: Die Frau im Brahmanismus.

(Sonderdruck aus d em Archiv für Frauenkunde und Eugenetik, Band I und III.) (4), 121, (3)pp. 4to. Wraps.

Leipzig (Verlag von Curt Kabitzsch), 1920.

3081 WINTERNITZ, M. Geschichte der indischen Litteratur.

1. Band: Einleitung, der Veda, die volkstümlichen Epen und die

Puranas. Zweite Auflage. (Die Litteraturen des Ostens in Einzeldarstellungen. 9, I.) xii, (2), 505, (3)pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Leipzig (C.F. Amelangs Verlag), 1909.

3082 WINTERNITZ, M. Geschichte der indischen Litteratur.

2. Band. 2 parts in 1. 1. Hälfte: Die buddhistische Litteratur. 2.

Hälfte: Litteratur der Jainas. vi, x, 403, (1)pp. Lrg. 8vo. New cloth.

Leipzig (C.F. Amelangs Verlag), 1913[-1920].

3083 WINTERNITZ, M. Geschichte der indischen Literatur.

3. Band: Die Kunstdichtung. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur.

Neuindische Literatur. xii, 697pp. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth. Reprint of the 1920 edition.

Stuttgart (K.F. Koehler Verlag), 1968.

3084 WINZELER, ROBERT L. (EDITOR). Indigenous Peoples and the State: Politics, Land, and Ethnicity in the Malayan

Peninsula and Borneo.

(Yale Southeast Asia Studies. Monograph 46.) 316pp. Prof. illus. 4to. Wraps.

New Haven (Yale University Southeast Asia Studies), 1997.

3085 WIRSING, GISELHER. Indien.

Asiens gefährliche Jahre. 323, (1)pp., 4 plates. 1 map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


3086 WIRZ, PAUL. Exorzismus und Heilkunde auf Ceylon.

292pp. 87 illus. hors texte. 56 text figs. 4to. Cloth.

Bern (Verlag Hans Huber), 1941.

3087 WIRZ, PAUL. Kataragama, die heiligs te Stätte Ceylons.

55, (1)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Basel (Birkhäuser Verlag), 1954.

3088 WIRZ, PAUL. Tier- und Menschendarstellungen in der singhalesischen Kunst.

(Separatabdruck aus den

Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel, Band 60.) 22pp., 3 plates. 6 text figs. 4to. Wraps.

Basel (E. Birkhäuser & Cie.), 1949.

3089 WISER, WILLIAM H. & WISER, CHARLOTTE VIALL. Behind Mud Walls, 1930-1960.

With a foreword by David G.

Mandelbaum. xv, (3), 249pp. Wraps.


3090 WIT PHINKHANNGOEN. Sinlapa lai Thai.

(4)pp., 74 plates. Oblong 4to. Boards.

Thonburi (Po. Phitsanakha), 1965.

3091 WOJOWASITO, SOEWOJO. A Kawi Lexicon.

Edited by Roger F. Mills. (Michigan Papers on South and Southeast Asia.

17.) xv, (1), 629pp. 4to. Wraps.

Ann Arbor (The University of Michigan, Center for South and Southeast Asian Studies), 1980.

3092

WOLFF, ERICH. Zur Lehre vom Bewusstsein (Vijñanavada) bei den späteren Buddhisten.

Unter besonderer

Berücksichtigung des Lankavatarasutra. (Materialien zur Kunde des Buddhismus. 17.) 90pp. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



183

Heidelberg (Carl Winters Universitätsbuchhandlung), 1930.

3093 WONG, C.S. A Cycle of Chinese Festivities.

xv, (1), 204pp., 30 plates. 4to. Cloth.

Singapore (Malaysia Publishing House), 1967.

3094 WOOD, W.A.R. A History of Siam from the Earliest Times to the Year A.D. 1781, With a Supplement Dealing With

More Recent Events.

Revised edition. 300pp., 12 plates, 1 folding map. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

Bangkok (The Siam Barnakich Press), 1933.

3095 WOODROFFE, JOHN. The Garland of Letters (Varnamala): Studies in the Mantra-shastra.

Second edition. x, (2),

296pp. Figs. 4to. Boards, 1/4 cloth. D.j.

Madras (Ganesh & Co.), 1951.

3096 WOODROFFE, JOHN. The Serpent Power.

Being the Sat-cakra-nirupana and Padukapañcaka. Two works on Laya-yoga, translated from the Sanskrit, with introduction and commentary. xii, (4), 500pp., 9 plates. 4to. Cloth.


3097 WOODROFFE, JOHN. Tantraraja Tantra: A Short Analysis.

With a preface by Yogi Shuddhananda Bharati. Third edition.

With: Punyananda. Kama-Kala-Vilasa by Punyananda-Natha with the Commentary of Natanananda-Natha. Translated with commentary by John Woodroffe. Fourth edition. xxi, (3), 243, (1)pp. Frontis. in color, 1 plate. Sm. 4to. Cloth.


3098 WRAY, ELIZABETH, ET AL. Ten Lives of the Buddha.

Siamese temple paintings and Jataka tales. By Elizabeth Wray,

Clare Rosenfield, and Dorothy Bailey. 154pp., 28 plates (24 color). 4to. Cloth.


3099 WULF, ANNALIESE. Vietnam.

Pagoden und Tempel im Reisfeld- im Fokus chinesischer und indischer Kultur. (DuMont

Dokumente: KunstReiseführer.) 548, (4)pp. Prof. illus. Sm. 4to. Stiff wraps.


3100 WUN, U. Takkasuil` Mran` ma sat` ññvan`” kyam`”.

U” Van` pru cu saññ`. (Ran` kun` takkasuil` ca up` thut` ve phran`’ khyi re” ko`miti ca cañ`. 7.) (4), 394pp. 4to. Boards.

[Ran` kun` mrui’] (Ran` kun` takkasuil` ca up` thut` ve phran`’ khri re” ko`miti), 1963.

3101 WYLIE, TURRELL. A Tibetan Religious Geography of Nepal.

(Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente. Serie

Orientale Roma. 42.) xviii, 66pp., 1 folding map. 4to. Wraps.

Roma (Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente), 1970.

3102 XIONG, LANG, ET AL. English-Mong-English Dictionary.

/ Phoo txhais lug Aakiv-Moob leeg-Aakiv. [By] Lang Xiong,

Joua Xiong, Nao Leng Xiong. vii, (1), 570pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.

Bangkok (Pandora), 1984.

3103 XUÂT Ê-DÍO-TÔ KY.



3104 YALMAN, NUR. Under the Bo Tree.

Studies in caste, kinship, and marriage in the interior of Ceylon. xii, (4), 406pp. 38 figs., 41 tables, 12 maps. 4to. Wraps.


3105 YAMADA, RYUJI. Cultural Formation of the Mundas.

Edited by Jiro Kawakita. (Hill Peoples Surrounding the Ganges

Plain. I./ Synthetic Research of the Culture of Rice-Cultivating Peoples in Southeast Asian Countries III.) (12), 433, (15)pp.,

121 plates (8 color). 4 figs., 5 maps. 4to. Cloth.

[Tokyo] (Tokai University Press), 1970.

3106 YAMAMOTO, TATSURO. Dokei goran chiyo shizu.

Edited by Hirosato Iwai. (Toyo Bunko sokan. 13.) 2 vols. 4, 8, 19,

(1)pp., 314 plates, printed on double leaves. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps. Folding cloth case. Facsimile reproduction of the manuscript in the École Fançaise d’Extrême-Orient, Hanoi.

Tokyo (Toyo Bunko), 1943.

3107 YANG, DAO. Dictionnaire français-hmong blanc.

/ Phau ntawv txhais lis Fab Kis. Avec la collaboration de Lis Choj Lis

Foom, Muas Nruas, Thoj Phiab, Vaj Paj, Vwj Lis, Yaj Kab. 968, (2)pp. Stout 8vo. Leatherette.

N.p. (Com ité National d’Entraide & Jacques Lemoine), 1980.

3108 YANG, DAO. Les Hmong du Laos face au developpement.

Préface par René Dumont. (2), 202pp. 55 illus. hors texte.

4to. Wraps.

[Vientiane] (Édition Siaosavath), 1975.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



184

3109 YASKA. Jâska’s Nirukta sammt den Nighantavas.

Herausgegeben und erläutert von Rudolph Roth. lxxii, 228, 230pp. 4to.

Cloth. Reprint of the Göttingen 1852 edition.


3110 YASODEVASURI. Tirthankara Bhagavana Sri Mahavira.

35 rangina citra tatha unaka Gujarati, Hindi, aura Angreji bhasha mem paricaya; citrakara Gokuladasa Kapadiya; lekhaka, samyojaka Munisri Yasovijayaj./ Tirthankar Bhagawan Mahavira....

Second edition. (162)pp. 35 color plates, text figs. Folio. Cloth.

Mumbai (Jaina Citrakala Nidarsana), 1976.

3111 YATES, WARREN G., ET AL. Lao: Basic Course.

[By] Warren G. Yates, Souksomboun Sayasithsena, Malichanh

Svengsouk. 2 vols. xxiv, 423pp.; xiii, (1), 366pp. 4to. Wraps.

Washington, D.C. (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1970-1971.

3112 YATES, WARREN G. & SOUKSOMBOUN SAYASITHSENA. Reading Lao: A Programmed Introduction.

viii, 483pp. 4to.

Wraps.

Washington (Foreign Service Institute, Department of State), 1974.

3113 YAZDANI, G. (EDITOR). The Early History of the Deccan.

2 vols. xviii, 857, (3)pp., 65 plates, 1 folding map. 4to. Cloth.

First published London 1960.


3114 YEGAR, MOSHE. The Muslims of Burma.

A study of a minority group. (Schriftenreihe des Südasien-Instituts der

Universität Heidelberg.) xi, (3), 151pp. 1 map. 4to. Wraps.


3115 YOUNG, GORDON. The Hill Tribes of Northern Thailand: A Socio-Ethnological Report.

(The Origins and Habitats of the Hill Tribes Together with Significant Changes in their Social, Cultural & Economic Patterns. Monograph No. 1.) (2), xiv,

92pp., 25 plates (partly in color). 6 maps. 4to. Wraps.


3116 YOUNG, LINDA WAI LING. Shan Chrestomathy.

An introduction to Tai Mau language and literature. (Center for South and

Southeast Asia Studies, University of California, Berkeley. Monograph Series. No. 28.) viii, 316pp. 4to. Cloth.

Lanham/New York (University Press of America), 1985.

3117 YU, TONG-SIK. A Bibliography on Family and Religion in Korea (1945-1970).

/ Munhongrok Han`guk ui kajok kwa chongkyo e kwanhan yon`gu, 1945-1970. 28pp. 4to. Wraps.


3118 YULE, HENRY & BURNELL, A.C. Hobson-Jobson.

A glossary of colloquial Anglo-Indian words and phrases, and of kindred terms, etymological, historical, geographical and discursive. New edition edited by William Crooke. xlvii, (3), 1021pp.

Sm. stout 4to. Cloth. Reprint of the London 1903 edition.


3119 YULE, PAUL. Lothal.

Stadt der Harappa-Kultur in Nordwestindien. Nach den Arbeiten von S.R. Rao dargestellt.

(Materialien zur Allgemeinen und Vergleichenden Archäologie. 9.) (2), 50pp. 22 illus. 4to. Wraps.


3120 ZAEHNER, R.C. Hinduism.

(4), 210pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


3121 ZAGO, MARCELLO. Rites et cérémonies en milieu bouddhiste lao.

(Documenta Missionalia. 6.) vii, (3), 408pp. 2 maps.

4to. Wraps.

Roma (Università Gregoriana Editrice), 1972.

3122 ZAGORSKI, ULRICH. Burma.

(This Beautiful World. 32.) 144, (2)pp. 89 color illus., figs. Sm. 8vo. Wraps.

Tokyo/Palo Alto (Kodansha International), 1972.

3123 ZBAVITEL, DUSAN. Lehrbuch des Bengalischen.

ii, 173pp. Sm. 4to. Wraps.


3124 ZBAVITEL, DUSAN. Schlüssel zum Lehrbuch des Bengalischen.



3125 ZBAVITEL, DUSAN & MODE, HEINZ (EDITORS). Bengalische Balladen.

289, (3)pp., 8 color plates. Lrg. 8vo. Cloth.

Slipcase.

Leipzig (Insel-Verlag), 1976.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



185

3126 ZEBROWSKI, MARK. Deccani Painting.

296pp., 24 color plates. 263 illus. Lrg. 4to. Cloth.

London/ Los Angeles (Sotheby Publications/ University of California Press), 1983.

3127

ZETLAND, LAWRENCE JOHN LUMLEY DUNDAS, MARQUIS OF. India: A Bird’s-Eye View.

By the Earl of Ronaldshay. xiii, (1), 322pp., 24 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. 4to. Cloth.

London (Constable and Company), 1930.

3128 ZEYLANICUS [PSEUD.] Ceylon Between Orient and Occident.

With a foreword by S.A. Pakeman. 288pp., 8 plates. 2 maps. Sm. 4to. Cloth.

London (Elek Books), 1970.

3129 ZHANG, KUN. A Comparative Study of the Kathinavastu.

(Indo-Iranian Monographs. 1.) 120pp. Figs. 4to. Cloth.


3130 ZHANG, XIE. Dong xi yang kao.

(Zhong wai jiao tong shi ji cong kan.) 21, (1), 302pp. Wraps.


3131 ZHENG, SHIXU. Tong gu kao lüe.

(Shanghai Shi bo wu guan cong shu. Bing lei. Di 2 zhong.) 2, 66pp., 3 plates (1 folding).

Lrg. 8vo. Cloth; orig. wraps. bound in.

Shanghai (Zhonghua shu ju), 1936.

3132 ZHOU, DAGUAN. Zhenla feng tu ji jiao zhu.

Zhou Daguan yuan zhu; Xia Nai jiao zhu. (Zhong wai jiao tong shi ji cong kan.) 3, (1), 205pp., 8 plates with 16 illus. Wraps.


3133 ZIDE, ARLENE R.K. & ZVELEBIL, KAMIL V. (EDITORS). The Soviet Decipherment of the Indus Valley Script:

Translation and Critique.

(Janua Linguarum. Studia memoriae Nicolai van Wijk dedicata. Series practica. 156.) 142pp. 4to.

Wraps.


3134 ZIDE, N.H., ET AL. A Premchand Reader.

[By] N.H. Zide, Colin P. Masica, K.C. Bahl, A.C. Chandola. (Asian Language

Series.) vi, (2), 302pp. Lrg. 4to. Wraps.

Chicago/Honolulu (South Asia Language and Area Center, University of Chicago/ East-West Center Press), n.d.

3135 ZIEGLER, F. Ziegler's English-Kannada Dictionary./ Inglis Kannada diksnari.

Sixth edition, revised and considerably enlarged by Chr. Watsa. ix, (1), 614pp. 4to. Buckram. Reprint of the Mangalore 1929 edition.


3136 ZIMMER, HEINRICH. The Art of Indian Asia.

Its mythology and transformations. Completed and edited by Joseph

Campbell. (The A.W. Mellon Lectures in the Fine Arts. Bollingen Series XXXIX.) 2 vols. I: Text. xix, (5), 465, (5)pp., 48 plates. II: Plates. xviii, (4)pp., 614 plates. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Slipcase.

New York (Pantheon Books), 1955.

3137 ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Kunstform und Yoga im indischen Kultbild.

190, (4), xi, (3)pp., 36 plates. 9 figs. 4to. Wraps.

Berlin (Frankfurter Verlags-Anstalt), 1926.

3138 ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Maya, der indische Mythos.

(Gesammelte Werke. 2.) vii, (1), 439, (1)pp. 12 illus. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Rascher Verlag), 1952.

3139 ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Mythen und Symbole in indischer Kunst und Kultur.

(Gesammelte Werke. 1.) xi, (1), 282, (2)pp.

71 illus. hors texte. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Rascher Verlag), 1951.

3140 ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Philosophie und Religion Indiens.

597, (5)pp. 4to. Cloth.

Zürich (Rhein-Verlag), 1961.

3141 ZIMMER, HEINRICH. Philosophies of India.

Edited by Joseph Campbell. (Bollingen Series. XXVI.) xvii, (3), 687, (1)pp.

Sm. 4to. Cloth.

New York (Pantheon Books), 1951.

3142 ZIMMERMANN, PETER. Auf der Suche nach Indien und Südostasien.

Englische Belletristik im Zeitalter des

Kolonialimperialismus. 257, (1)pp., 8 plates. Sm. 4to. Boards.


3143 ZLATOVERKHOVA, V.G. Fonetika birmanskogo literaturnogo iazyka.

Eksperimental’nye issledovaniia. 124, (4)pp. 148 figs. 4to. Wraps.

15 April, 2020

ARS LIBRI



186


3144 ZOETE, BERYL DE & SPIES, WALTER. Dance and Drama in Bali.

With a preface by Arthur Waley. xx, 342, (2)pp., 112 plates, 1 lrg. folding map. Lrg. 4to. Cloth. Title-page clipped.


3145 ZOETMULDER, P.J. Kalangwan.

A survey of old Javanese literature. (Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en

Volkenkunde. Translation Series. 16.) xvii, (1), 588pp. 4to. Cloth.


3146 ZOETMULDER, P.J. & ROBSON, S.O. Old Javanese-English Dictionary.


Volkenkunde.) 2 vols. xxxi, (1), 2368pp. 4to. Cloth.


3147

ZOGRAF, G.A. Die Sprachen Südasiens.

167pp. 1 folding map, loose in rear pocket, as issued. Cloth.

Leipzig (VEB Verlag Enzyklo pädie), 1982.

3148 ZÜRICH. KUNSTHAUS. Borobudur.

Kunst und Religion im alten Java, 8.-14. Jahrhundert. Oct. 1977-Jan. 1978. 216pp.

Prof. illus. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps.

Zürich, 1977.

3149 ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Indische Skulpturen der Sammlung Eduard von der Heydt./ Indian Sculptures in the von der Heydt Collection.

Descriptive catalogue by J.E. van Lohuizen-de Leeuw. 250pp. Prof. illus. Sq. 4to. Boards.

Parallel texts and captions in German and English.

Zürich, 1964.

3150 ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Kunst und Religion in Indien. 2500 Jahre Jainismus. [By] Eberhard Fischer [and]

Jyotindra Jain. 71, (1)pp. 270 illus. Sq. 4to. Wraps.

Zürich, 1974.

3151 ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Kunsttraditionen in Nordindien.

Stammeskunst, Volkskunst, klassische Kunst. Aug.-

Sept. 1972. Text by Eberhard Fischer and Haku Shah. 64pp. 200 illus. Sm. oblong 4to. Wraps.

Zürich, 1972.

3152

ZÜRICH. MUSEUM RIETBERG. Orissa: Kunst und Kultur in Nordost-Indien.

Herausgegeben von Eberhard Fischer,

Sitakant Mahapatra

, Sinanath Pathy. Mit Beiträgen von Bettina Bäumer, Thomas Donaldson, Elisabeth Eschler, Barbara

Fischer, Hermann Kulke, Nilamani Misra, Debala Mitra, Marie-Louise Nabholz-Kartaschoff, D.N. Patnaik, B.N. Patnaik, B.N.

Sinha, I. Wettsien, B. Kauf. (Publikat ionsstiftung für das Museum Rietberg Zürich. 2.) 360pp. 806 illuis., 2 maps. Sq. 4to.

Wraps.

Zürich, 1980.

3153 ZVELEBIL, KAMIL V. Lexicon of Tamil Literature.

(Handbuch der Orientalistik. Zweite Abteilung: Indien. 9.) xxiv, (4), 782,

(4)pp. 4to. Cloth.


3154 ZVELEBIL, KAMIL. The Smile of Murugan.

On Tamil litterature of South India. xvi, 378pp., 3 plates, 1 folding map. 4to.

Cloth.


3155 ZWALF, W. (EDITOR). Buddhism. Art and faith. 300pp. 422 illus. (partly color). 4to. Wraps.

London (British Museum Publications), 1985.

15 April, 2020

@~1~AARAU

Related documents

Products

Support

@~1~AARAU

Related documents

Add this document to collection(s)

Add this document to saved

Suggest us how to improve StudyLib